1 The Virginia JournaB of Science Volume 7 (New Series), 1956 EDITORIAL BOARD Horton H. Hobbs, Jr., Charlottesville . Editor Mary E. Humphreys, Staunton . Associate Editor B. F, D. Runk, Charlottesville . Managing Editor Richard W. Irby, Jr., Richmond . Advertising Manager SECTION EDITOR Carl W. Allen, Blacksburg . Agricultural Science Irving G. Foster, Lexington . Astronomy, Mathematics and Physics P. Ame Hansen, College Park, Md. . Bacteriology Robert T. Brumfield, Farmville . Biology Carl ]. Likes, Richmond . . Chemistry James P. Patton, Richmond . Education Robert M. Hubbard, Charlottesville . Engineering W. D. Lowry, Blacksburg . Geology W. Parker Anslow, Jr., Charlottesville . Medical Science Richard H. Henneman, Charlottesville . Psychology Caroline Gambrill, Waynesboro . . . Science Teachers P. N. Somerville, Silver Spring, Md . Statistics CONTENTS No. 1, January 28, 1956 Clovene and ^ -Caryophyllene Alcohol — Albert W. Lutz and Evans B. Reid . 1 The Postembryonic Development of the First Pleopod of Camharus longulus longulus Girard (Decapoda, Astacidae) — C. W. Hart, Jr . 9 Cat Chromosomes — Ladley Husted and George Walker . 14 Distribution of Poisonous Snakes on the York- James Peninsula: A Zoogeographic Mystery — Ollie King Goodwin and John Thornton Wood . 17 Observations on the Mayfly Fauna of a Stream in Central Virginia — Jean E. Pugh . 22 News and Notes . 29 No. 2, April 20, 1956 Tha Crystal — A Thing of Beauty and a Tool of Science — Allan T. Gwathmey . 53 The Logical Basis of Evolution — Richard E. Blackwelder . 62 An Electric Field Meter — Robert F. Fleming, Jr . 72 An Annotated List of the Amphibians and Reptiles of Giles County, Virginia — Victor H. Hutchinson . 80 Land Snails of Nansemond, Norfolk, and Princess Anne Counties, Virginia — William E. Old, Jr., and Roger H. Rageot . 87 News and Notes . 91 Program of the Thirty-Fourth Annual Meeting of the Virginia Academy of Science . 112 No. 3, October 8, 1956 Engineerine: Ultrasonics — Dudley Thompson and Hughey A. Woodle, Jr . 141 Some Statistical Properties of Inverse Gaussian Distributions — M. C. K. Tweedie . 160 ii Morphological Comparisons of Resistant and Non-Resistant Strains of the German Cockroach, Blatella germanica (L.) — J. G. Mahan and J. M. Grayson . 166 A New Species of Aphanomyces; and Its Significance in the Taxonomy of the Water Molds — William W. Scott . 170 A Preliminary Survey of the Two Species of Cypripedium, C. Calceolus var. pubescens and C. acaule — B. E. Frye and Diane TeStrake . 176 News and Notes . 189 No. 4, December 4, 1956 Proceedings for the Year 1955-56 Minutes of the Thirty-Fourth Annual Meeting, May 9, 10, 11, 12, 1956 . 205 Detailed Table of Contents . 212 iii SUBJECT INDEX Ambystoma jeffersonianum . maculatum . Ameletus . Amyda ferox spinifera . Ancistrodon contortrix mokeson piscivorus piscivorus . Aneides aeneus . Anguispira fergusoni . Annual Meeting, 34th Program . Registration . Aphanomyces . astaci . daphniae . ovidestruens . patersonni . Aralia A., nudicaulis . Astacus . Aster . Awards-Engineering . Jefferson Medal . J. Shelton Horsley . /3 -Carophyllene Alcohol . Baetis cingulatus . vagans . Baetisca Carolina . Bequest, Form of . Blatella germanica . Bufo terrestris americanus . woodhousii fowleri . Caenis . Callibaetis pretiosus . Cambarus clarkii . Cambaroides . Cambarus longulus longulus ... Carphophis a. amoenus . Carychium exile . Cat chromosomes . Centroptilum simile . Chelydra s. serpentina . Chromosomes, cat . Chrysemys p. picta . Cionella lubrica . Clemmys muhlenbergi . . 81,86 . 80 . 25 . 80 . 18,85 . . 17 . 80 . 87 . 112,215 . 217 . 170-175 . 171 171,172,175 . 171 . 170-175 . 181,185 . 171 . 181.186 . 320 . ...213 . 213 . 1 . 24 . . 26 . 26 . 389 . 166 . 83 . 83 . 27 . . 22 . 9 . 9 . 9 . 85 . 89 . 14 . 27 . 84 . 14 . 84 . 88 . 80 IV Clovene . 1 Cockroach -resistant strain . 166 Coluber c. constrictor . 85 Committees . 208-211 Local Arrangements . 207 Committee Reports Academy Income . 249 Awards . 244 Conservation . 240 Finance . 233 Flora . 241 James River Project . 240 Jamestown Exposition . 248 Journal . 245 Junior Academy . 235 Long Range Planning . 231 Membership . 250 Research . 232 Resolutions . 233 Science Education . 243 Virginia Institute for Scientific Research . 242 Council, Membership . 207,208 Crayfish, pleopod . 9 Crotalus adamanteus . 17 horridus atricaudatus . 17 horridus horridus . 17,85 Cryptobranchus a. alleganiensis . 80 Crystals . 53 Cypripedium acaule . 176-188 calceolus oar. pubescens . 176-188 Daphnia, D. hyalina . 171,172 Deroceras laevae, D. reticulatum . 89 Desmognathus fuscus fuscus . 81 monticola . 81 o. ochrophaeus . 81 o. carolinensis . ; . 81 quadramaculatus . 81 Diadophis punctatus edwcirdsi . 85 Diaptomus . 171 Diemictylus v. viridescens . 81 Dioscorea, D. quaternata . 181,185 Discus cronkhitei . 87 Elaphe guttata guttata . 80 o. obsoleta . 85 Electric Field Meter . 72 Engineering Ultrasonics . 141 V Epeorus humeralis . pleuralis . Ephemera guttulata . varia . Ephemerella cornutelkiy E. deficiens, dorothea . . . funeralis . minimella* serratoides . subvaria . tuberculata, wayah . Eumeces anthracinus . Eumeces fasciatus . Eurycea b. bislineata . 1. longicauda . lucifuga . Eurytemara . Evolution — Logical Basis . Felis bengalensis . domestica . leo . Financial Statement Academy . Journal . Galax aphylla . Gastrocopa armifera . contracta . procera . . . Gaultheria, G. hispidula . Gaylussacia . . . Grant — Philip Morris . Gyrinophilus p. porphyriticus . Habrophlebia vibrans . Habrophlebiodes americana . Haldea valeriae . Haplotrema concavum . Hawaiia minuscula . Helicella caper at a . Helicodiscus parallelus . singleyanus inermis . Helix aspersa . Hemidactylium scutatum . Heptagenia juno . marginalis . Heterodon platyrhinos . Hexagenia atrocaudata . bilineata . ....25,27 . 25 . 24 . 24 . 26 ...24,26 . 24 . 26 . 24 . 26 . 80 84 . 82 . 82 . 83 . 171 . 62 ...14,15 . 14 ...14,15 . 230 . 246 181,185 . 88 . 88 . 88 181,185 . 180 . 30 . 82 . 26 . 26 . 80 . 87 . 88 . . 87 . 87 . 87 . 87 . 82 . 25 . 22,24 . 80 . 24 . 24 Vi munda marilandica . HylCy c. crucifer . V. versicolor . . . Inverse Gaussian Distributions . . Isonychia sadleri . . Kalmia, K. latifolia . Lampropeltis calligaster rhombomaculata doliata triangulum . g. getulus . . . . . Leptodora . . . . . Leptolegnia . . . caudata . Leptophlebia . Limax flavus . maximus . . Lysimachia . Manuscripts, suggestions for . Massey, A. B . Mayflies . Membership Application . List of . Memorial — James Burleigh Lucas . Mesodon appressus sculptior . thyroidus . Milaxgagates . Minutes Academy . Conference . Council . Sections . Musca domestica . Natrix septemvittata . s. sipedon . Necturus maculosus . Neoephemera purpurea . News and Notes . Officers (1955-56) . . 1956-57 . Opheas pyrgula . Opheodrys vernalis vernalis . Orchids, wild . Oxychilus draparnaldi . Pallifera fost&ri . . mutabilis . . varia . . 22 . 83 . 83 . 160 . 24,25,27 . 180,186,187 . 80 . 85 . . . 80 . 171 . 170.171,174 . 171 . 25,27 . 89 . 89 . 185,186 inside back covers . 189 . . 22 . 389 . 363 . 38 . 87 . 87 . 89 . 224 . 222 . 190,193,218,225 . 251 . 166 . 84 . 84 . 80 . 24 . 29,91,189 . 207 . 208 . 88 . 80 . 176 . 88 . 88 . 88 . 89 Paraleptophlebia adoptiva . guttata . mollis . Ticea rubra . Finus rigido . strobus . Pituophis m. melanoleucus . Plethodon, cinereus cinereus . glutinosus glutinosus . jacksoni . richmondi . wehrlei . Podostemum . Presidents, List of . President’s Message . Proceedings (1953-1956) . Contents . Program — 34th Annual Meeting Pseudacris brachyphona . Pseudocloeon Carolina . dubium . Pseudotriton r. ruber . Pupoides albilabris . marginatus . Quercus alba . rubra . Rana catesbeiana . clamitans . • . palustris . p. pipiens . s. sylvatica . Retinella i. indentata . i. paucilifata . Rithrogenia arnica . anomala . exilis . Rumina decollata . Rhododendron calendulaceum . Sassafras albidum . Secretary-Treasurer, Report . Section News . Sections Agricultural Section . ♦Italic numbers indicate abstracts. . 26 . 26 . 24 . 179 . 178 . 178 . 85 . 81,82 . . 82 . 80,82 . 80 . 80 . 26 . . 206 . 29 . 205 . 212 . 112,215 . 80 . 24,27 . 27 . . 82 . 88 . 88 . 179 . 179 . 83 . 83 . 84 . 84 . 83 . 88 . . . 88 . 25 . 25 . 25 . 88 . 180,187 . 179 . 228 . 30,97,195 30, 97, 195, 25r viii Astronomy, Mathematics and Physics . 100, 201 Bacteriology . 35, 101, 280 Biology . 36, 101, 284 Chemistry . 37, 295 Education . 311 Engineering . 41, 102, 198, 315 Geology . 43, 103, 198, 322 Medical . 331 Psychology . 46, 106, 200, 344 Science Teachers . 352 Statistics . 50, 110, 202, 355 Sceloporus iindulatus hyacinthinus . 84 Science Fairs . 96 Smilacina racemosa . 181,186 Snakes . 17 Canebrake Rattlesnake . 20 Copperhead . 18,19 Solidago . 181 Stenonema fuscum . 22 heterotarsale . 24,25,27 pudicum . 24,25,27 pulchellum . 22 varium . 22 Stenotrema hirsuta . 87 Sternotherus odoratus . 84 Storeria dekayi . 80 Striatura meridionalis . 88 Strobilops aenea . 88 lahyrinthica . 88 Succinea aurea . 88 avara . 88 Terrapene c. Carolina . 84 Thamnophis s. sauritus . 84 s. sirtalis . 85 Tricorythodes . 27 Triodopsis a. albolahris . 87 a. traversensis . 87 fallax . 87 hopetonensis . 88 t. juxtidens . 88 Ultrasonics, Engineering . 141 Vaccinium . 180 Vallonia costata . 88 excentrica . 88 Ventridens cerinoideus . 88 ix ligerus . 88 1. sagaoides . 88 Virginia Journal, Distribution of . 91 Zonitoides arboreus . 88 AUTHOR INDEX Blackwelder, Richard E . 62 Fleming, Robert F., Jr . 72 Frye, B. E . 176 Goodwin, Ollie King . 17 Grayson, J. M . 166 Gwathmey, Allan T . 53 Hart, G. W., Jr . 9 Husted, Ladley . 14 Hutehinson, V. A . 80 Lutz, Albert W . 1 Mahan, J. G . 166 Old, William E., Jr . 87 Pugh, Jean E . 22 Rageot, Roger H . 87 Reid, Evans B . 1 Scott, William W . 170 TeStrake, Diane . 176 Thompson, Dudley . 141 Tweedie, M. G. K . 160 Walker, George . 14 Wood, John Thornton . 17 Woodle, Plughey A., Jr . 141 X S^S-, 73 .v ?/ - THE VIRGINIA OURNAL OF SCIENCE A . JOURNAL ISSUED QUARTERLY BY' THE .. - VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE New Series January, 1956 No. VoL. 7, New Series January, 1956 No. 1 THE VIRGINIA JOURNAL OF SCIENCE Published Four Times a Year: In January, April, July, and September, by The Virginia Academy of Science Printed by The Giles County Virginian, Pearisburg, Va. CONTENTS Clovene and ^-Caryophyllene Alcohol — Albert W. Lutz and Evans B. Reid . . . . . . . . Pages . 1 The Postembryonic Development of the First Pleopod of Camhams longulus longulus Girard (Decapoda, Astacidae) — C. W. Hart, Jr. 9 Cat Chromosomes — Ladle y Husted, and George WalkeS . 14 Distribution of Poisonous Snakes on the York-James Peninsula: A Zoogeographic Mystery — Ollie King Goodwin and John Thornton Wood . . . . . 17 Observations on the Mayfly Fauna of a Stream in Central Virginia — Jean E. Pugh . . . 22 News and Notes . 29 ^ EDITORIAL BOARD Horton H. Hobbs, Jr., Editor Mary E. Humphreys, Associate Editor B. F. D. Runk, Managing Editor Richard W. Irby, Jr., Advertising Manager J. Douglas Reid James B. Patton Charlmers L. Gemmill Lionel Weiss Entered as second-class matter October 31, 1955, at the post office at Charlottesville, Virginia, under the Act of March 3, 1879. SubscUptiofi— $3.00 per volume. Published four tirnes a yea/r: in January, _April, ]uly,_ and September, by the Virginia Academy of Science at Charlottesville, Va. Mailed January 28, 1956 Carl W. Allen Robert T. Brumfield Robert M. Hubbard Richard H. Henneman Section Editors F. L. Hereford Carl J. Likes W. D. Lowry Caroline Gambrill THEVIRGINIAJOURNALOFSCIENCE VoL. 7, New Series January, 1956 No. 1 Clovene and ^-Caryophyllene Alcohol ' Albert W. Lutz and Evans B. Reid The College of William and Mary and Colhy College, Waterville, Maine The tricyclic monounsaturated sesquiterpene, clovene, is reported to be formed from the dieyclic ^d-caryophyllene by a variety of methods. Using the Bertram- Walbaum reagent (glacial acetic and dilute sulfuric acids) the oily hydrocarbon (clovene) together with a solid tricyclic alcohol, Cj^HqoO, ^-caryophyllene alcohol, is obtained (Wallach and Walker, 1892), Because of its extreme resistance towards oxidizing agents the alcohol was assumed to be tertiary in nature, with the hydroxyl group probably located on a bridge-head carbon atom. This assumption was supported by the observation that /^?-caryophyllene alcohol failed to be regenerated from the dehydration product, clovene, suggesting that de¬ hydration was only effected with concomitant structural rearrangement. The recent X-ray crystallographic determination of /1-caryophyllene alco¬ hol chloride (Robertson and Todd, 1953) not only confirmed the original deductions concerning the bridge-head structure of the alcohol, but estab¬ lished the structure (I) and the stereochemistry of the molecule as well. Sundry other preparations of clovene have been reported in the litera¬ ture, but it is apparent from the variations in their physical constants that clovene has never been adequately characterized and that, owing to the lack of solid derivatives, no satisfactory criterion for either the purity or the identity of the terpene is available except its degradation to the dicyclic dibasic clovenic acid obtained in 40% yield (Ruzicka and Gibson, 1931). Discussion In our work v/ith clovene it was considered essential to obtain pure material. Hydration with Aschan’s reagent (sulfuric acid monohydrate in ether) furnished the expected /^-caryophyllene alcohol and crude clovene, together widi very low yields of a-caryophyllene alcohol, and a new hydra¬ tion product, C15H20O, m.p, 70-71°. In most of our work, isolation was accomplished by using superheated steam (about 160°), and under these conditons no a-caryophyllene alcohol was obtained. It seems justified to conclude, therefore, that at the higher isolation temperature a-earyophyl- lene alcohol is completely dehydrated to clovene. Fractional distillation of this crude clovene through an efficient column gave fractions boiling from 114.5° to 128.5° at 12.0 mm., with a 25.0 D ^A resume of the original paper published in J. Chem. Soc., 2265 (1954). EDiTO.g’s Note: For this paper, Albert W. Lutz and Evans B. Reid v/ere awarded the J. Shelton Horsley Award at the Thirty-third Annual Meeting of the Virginia Academy of Science. It is published here upon the request of the editors. fFR O IQRR 2 The Virginia Journal of Science [January varying from —20.24° to —54.21°. An infra-red absorption spectrum of an intermediate fraction proved identical with one later reported by Es- chenmoser and Giinthard (1951) for their clovene purified by distillation. Bromination of clovene (purified by distillation) gave, in relatively poor yield, a solid mixture of isomeric dibromides that was distillable in vacuo (b.p. 153-162°/!. 0 mm.) with only slight decomposition. Fractional crystallization from ethanol furnished the major isomeride, m.p. 71.0-71.5°, and the minor isomeride, m.p. 41-43°. These appeared to be the fhst crystalline derivatives to have been prepared from clovene, and very pure specimens of clovene (b. p. 115.0°/12.5 mm.. 25.0 25.0 n 1.4913, a D D —23.37°) were regenerated from each dibromide by extended treatment with zinc dust. It is of significance that the bromine atoms in these isomerides are extremely inert. Thus, treatment of either dibromide with refluxing alcoholic potassium hydroxide for 3 hours was without effect, and in boiling ethanol solution the action of zinc dust was only slight after three hours. Also of significance is that our very pure clovene fur¬ nished, on oxidation, clovenic acid in high yield. In this connection we also satisfied ourselves that the formation of clovenic acid proceeded with¬ out skeletal rearrangement (cf. Byers and Hickinbottom, 1948), for the crystalline acid was formed by oxidation wtih chromic acid, alkaline per¬ manganate (very slowly) or by the action of ozone followed by hydro¬ genation and then oxidation. In the Wohl-Ziegler reaction, ordinary clovene reacted very sluggishly and incompletely with N-bromosuccinimide. Isolation, via short-path dis¬ tillation, furnished a dark yellow, unstable product which gave veiy low analyses for bromine. It was concluded that clovene probably contained no hydrogen atoms alpha to the double bond, and our attention turned to clovenic acid as a starting point for degradative work. Strong indications that the two acid groups in clovenic acid were attached to tertiary carbon atoms were provided by the following: at¬ tempts to prepare the di-acid chloride with oxalyl chloride (Adams and Ulieh, 1920) gave only clovenic anhydride; ammonolysis with gaseous ammonia on dimethyl clovenate resulted in only unchanged ester; the application of the Schmidt reaction yielded only anhydride; and failure of the diagnostic test characteristic of tertiary acids (Bistrzycki and Mauron, 1907). The latter failure is due to preferential anhydride form. The above experiments, when considered in conjunction with the stability of the acid towards nitric acid and other oxidizing agents (Blair, 1935) and towards isomerizing conditions (Barton, Bruun, and Lindsey, 1952), to¬ gether with the facts that the acid resists bromination and ketonization (Ruzicka and Gibson, loc. cit.), can only be accommodated by a din^o- pentyl system, as in (II). Reduction of clovenic acid to the corresponding glycol (V) should thus furnish a structure containing two neopentyl groupings. In view of the work by the Whitmore school (Whitmore and Fleming, 1933; cf. Ingold, 1956] Clovene and /5-Caryophyllene Alcohol 3 4 The Virginia Journal of Science [January 1923) on rearrangements in the n^opentyl system, it seemed reasonable to expect that an analogous rearrangement by the glycol, with concomitant dehydration, should give unsaturated products of predictable structures, amenable to degradation. Thus, if expression (III) is adopted for clovene (Barton, Bruun, and Lindsey, loc. cit.; Eschenmoser and Giinthard, loc. cit.), reduction of clovenic acid (IV), should yield the glycol (V), which on dehydration would be expected to furnish a mixture of olefins (VI and VII). It may be noted that the second carbinol grouping, since located on the bridge-head, would not be expected to be involved in the dehydration with rearrangement, since the requisite ring expansion from C6 to C7 would locate the positive charge at the bridge-head, and stabil¬ ization via proton expulsion would result in formation of an ethylenic bond at the bridge-head of a system wherein S is less than ten (cf. Faw¬ cett, 1950). Lithium aluminium hydride reduction of either dimethyl clovenate or clovenic acid resulted in smooth formation of a gummy, hygroscopic, im¬ mobile oil that was characterized through its crystalline diphthalate. On dehydration with fused potassium hydrogen sulfate one molecule of water was lost, with formation in good yield of a substance of m.p. 12.5°. Quantitative hydrogenation and acetylation, and semiquantitative bromina- tion studies, proved this to contain about 10% of unsaturated alcohol, the rest being inert ethereal material that showed in the infra-red a strong absoi-ption at 9.0 /x (1111 cm.-^) (ether absorption). It is thus apparent that dehydration mainly proceeded to form the cyclic ether (VIII) (com¬ pare the ready dehydration of clovenic acid), there being very little of the hoped-for dehydration with rearrangement. Oxidation of the above mixture of dehydration products with potassium permanganate in pyridine furnished a degraded keto-dicarboxylic acid, Ci3H2o05, m.p. 178-180° (depressed to 149-150° on admixture with clovenic acid), in low yield (apparently derived from the unsaturated alcohol), together with the main product, a neutral material, m.p. 93.0- 94.5°, C15H24O2. The latter was completely inert to basic hydrolysis, bromination, and oxidation, and showed no carbonyl reactions, behaviour reminiscent of that of the presumed lactone obtained by treatment of clovenic anhydride with phenylmagnesium bromide (Blair, loc. cit.). It was completely stable to excess of refluxing hydrobromic-sulfuric acid for 30 hours and was unaffected by chromic anhydride. The extreme stability of our product must be due to steric effects. That this material was a lactone (derived from oxidation of the cyclic ether) was confirmed by a strong absorption band 5.88 /x (1700 cm.“i) in the infra-red (oil paste). While other experiments to establish dehydration conditions that would furnish workable yields of rearranged products were performed, no satis¬ factory results were obtained. Earlier work in these laboratories by Mr. N. W. Atwater and elsewhere (Barton, personal communication) had shown that ^-caryophyllene (IX) can be cyclized by either of two methods to a tricyclic glycol (X), the structure of which has been adequately characterized by the English L956] Clovene and /?-Caryophyllene Alcohol 5 0 (xm) (YE) 0 (IE) group led by Professor D. H. R. Barton. The relation of the carbon skeleton of the glycol, and its derived diketone, to that postulated for the clovene (III) is obvious. We have therefore transformed both the dike¬ tone (XI) and clovene into a common structure, clovane (XII) by quan¬ titatively hydrogenating clovene and, in 76% yield, by Wolff -Kishner reduction of the diketone. The above transforaiations, when considered in conjunction with the ultimate degradation of the glycol (X) to clovenic acid (Aebi, Barton, and Lindsey, 1953) unequivocally establishes the same carbon skeleton in clovene as the glycol. If structure (III) is accepted for clovene a direct relation should exist between clovene and /J-caryophyllene alcohol (I), since dehydration with Wagner Meerwein rearrangement of the latter would be expected to furnish the hydrocarbon. Indeed, the literature contains statements in support of this dehydration (Wallach and Walker, 1892; Henderson, McCrone, and Robertson, 1929). Careful repetition of this dehydration (phosphoric oxide) has shown, however, that while the prod¬ uct closely resembles clovene in so far as its boiling point and refractive index are concerned, its rotation is of opposite sign, its infra-red absorp¬ tion spectum shows distinct differences, and its chemical behaviour is com¬ pletely different. Thus, in contradistinction to clovene, the new dehydra¬ tion product, which we termed pseudoclovene, forms an unstable com¬ pound with bromine and on oxidation forms an oily dibasic acid isomeric with clovenic acid. Although clovenic acid is ditertiary, pseudoclovenic acid must contain ^-hydrogen atoms, for it undergoes substitution in the 6 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Hell-Volhard-Zelinski reaction, forming a dibromo-acid that was character¬ ized through its dimethyl ester. Further, pseudoclowene must contain hydrogen atoms alpha to the double bond, for, unlike clovene, it reacted smoothly with N-bromo-succinimide to form an unstable bromo-derivative. Clovene and pseudoc\o\ene must therefore be structural isomers. The number of configurations that can be drawn representative of a dehydration product and containing the required grouping - CHCH = CHCH - is strictly limited, and on the basis of the evidence at hand, formula (XIII) is tentatively proposed for pseudocXovene, and (XIV) for pseudocXowenic acid. The question naturally arises of the role of /3-caryophyllene alcohol in the formation of clovene from ^-caryophyllene. The alcohol was recovered unchanged when treated with Aschan’s reagent under conditions used in the preparation of clovene, or with boiling 20% sulfuric acid for 4^/2 hours. Use of much more vigorous conditions, however, than obtain for the hydra¬ tion of ^-caryophyllene, i.e., in ether-concentrated sulfuric acid at 75° for 1 hour, gave a mixture of an unsaturated hydrocarbon (25%), not clovene, and a saturated hydrocarbon (75%). The formation of the latter is reminiscent of Oddo and Scandola’s reduction (1909) of several alcohols to alkanes by sulfuric acid. In our case ether-sulfuric acid was used, and preliminary cleavage of the ether to ethanol would furnish a readily oxid- izable component. The structure of our saturated hydrocarbon must be ( XV ) , for oxidation of the hydrocarbon mixture with chromic acid resulted in the formation of /?-caryophyllene alcohol. The formation of caryo- phyllene alcohol in this reaction was shown to be due to oxidation and not to hydration of a double bond (which would have to be located at the bridge-head), since the same reaction conditions, but without the oxid¬ ant, failed to yield the alcohol. It thus is established that despite the logical structural relation between yd-caryophyllene alcohol and clovene, it is not possible to effect the trans¬ formation in the laboratory. From this it must be coneluded that the hydration of /5-caryophyllene with Aschan’s reagent takes at least two paths: in one the relatively stable /5-earyophyllene alcohol is formed; in the other, clovene and other products are produced. It also seems certain that these two paths are mutually exclusive and presumably involve different ionic intermediates. SUMMARY Evidence is advanced to show that elovene, as ordinarily obtained, is a mixture of isomeric sesquiterpenes inseparable by distillation. Bromina- tion of ordinary clovene yields a mixture of two stable isomeric dibromides which, upon fractional crystallization, have yielded the first solid deriva¬ tives of this oily terpene. The oxidation of pure clovene furnishes clovenic acid in high yield, and additional evidenee has been seeured proving that clovene lacks hydrogen atoms alpha to the double bond. The reduction of clovenic acid furnishes a glycol that is extremely resist¬ ant to reagents that usually effect the neopentyl rearrangement. Dehydra- 19561 Clovene and /^-Caryophyllene Alcohol 7 tion with potassium hydrogen sulfate gives, as the main product, a cyclic ether that is adamantine to ring fission and on oxidation furnishes a very stable lactone. The carbon skeleton of pure clovene has been shown unequivocally to be identical with that of a tricyclic glycol, the structure of the latter being established by Barton and his co-workers. Whilst ^-caryophyllene alcohol would be expected to yield clovene on dehydration with Wagner-Meerwein rearrangement, and is so reported in the literature, this is shown conclusively not to be the case. Instead, a new structural isomer of clovene is obtained, termed pseudoclovene. REFERENCES Adams, R. and L. H. Ulich. 1920. The Use of Oxalyl Chloride and Bromide for Producing Acid Chlorides, Acid Bromides or Acid Anhyd¬ rides. III. /. Am. Chem. Soc., 42: 599-611. Aebi, a., D. H. R. Barton, and A. S. Lindsey. 1953. Relation Between Clovene and /3-Caryophyllene. Chemistry and Industry, 748. Barton, D. H. R., T. BruUxN, and A. S. Lindsey. 1952. Sesquiterpe- noids. II. Tricyclic Derivatives of Caryophyllene. /. Chem. Soc., 2210-2219. Bistrzycki, a. and L. Mauron. 1907. Elimination of Carbon Monoxide from the Simplest Tertiary Acid, Trimethylacetic Acid, and from Phenyldimethylacetic Acid. Ber., 40: 4370-8. Blair, R. D. 1935. Chemistry of the Caryophyllene Series. IV. Clo¬ vene and Clovenic Acid. J. Chem. Soc., 1297-8. Byers, A. and W. J. Hickinbottom. 1948. Reactions of Unsaturated Compounds. VIII. The Course of Oxidation of Diisobutylene by Chromic Acid. J. Chem. Soc., 1334-7. Eschenmoser, a. and Hs. H. Gunthard. 1951. Sesquiterpenes and Azulenes. XCVIII. Cyclization of /5-Caryophyllene. Helv. Chim. Acta, 34: 2338-43. Fawcett, F. S. 1950. Bredt's Rule of Double Bonds in Atomic-Bridged- Ring Structures. Chem. Reviews, 47: 219-274. Henderson, G. G., R. O. O. McCrone, and J. M. Robertson. 1929. The Chemistry of the Caryophyllene Series. II. Clovene and iso- Clovene. J. Chem. Soc., 1368-1372. Ingold, C. K. 1923. Mechanism of the Pinacol-Pinacolin and Wagner- Meerwein Transformations. J. Chem. Soc., 123: 1706-13. Oddo, G. and E. Scandola. 1909. Condition of Substances in Absolute Sulfuric Acid. IV. Formation of a Mixture of Saturated Hydrocar¬ bons of the Series C^H.^n + 2 from Alcohols. Gazz. Chim. Ital., II, 39: 44-7. Robertson, J. M. and G. Todd. 1953. Study of /l-Caryophyllene Al¬ cohol, Chloride, and Bromide. An X-ray Determination. Chemistry and Industry, 437. 8 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Ruzicka, L. and D. T. Gibson. 1931. Higher Terpene Compounds. XLIX. Clovene. Helv. Chim. Acta, 14: 570-7. Wallach, O. and W. Walker. 1892. Zur Kenntniss der Terpene und der atherischen Oele. I. Zur charackteristik der Sesquiterpene. Annalen der Chemie, 271: 285-311. Whitmore, F. C. and G. H. Fleming. 1933. Preparation and Prop¬ erties of Neopentyl Chloride in Relation to Molecular Rearrangements. /. Am. Chem. Soc., 55: 4161-4162. See also earlier papers. 1956] The First Pleopod of Cambarus I lofigulus 9 The Postembryonic Development of the First Pleopod of Cambarus longulus longulus Girard (Decapoda, Astacidae) C. W. Hart, Jr. University of Virginia and Randolph-Macon Womans College Andrews (1911), Hobbs (1940, 1945) and Hart (1953) have studied the first pleopods of certain male crayfishes with reference to their struc¬ ture and homologies. These studies have all been concerned with the adult animals of the subfamily Cambarinae and of the genus Cambaroides. It is therefore the purpose of this paper to give an account of the post- embryonic development of the first pleopod of a member of the Cambari¬ nae, and to point out that at no time in its development does this append¬ age exhibit the biramous condition characteristic of the other abdominal appendages. Penn (1943) has briefly described the growth of the first pleopod of Cambarus clarkii, and the present study is an enlargement of this theme. The following cursory description is based on more detailed earlier work (Hart, 1953). A Description of the First Pleopod of Cambams longulus longulus (fig. 10). The first pleopod of this crayfish is essentially a relatively stout appendage which terminates in two distinct parts which are bent caudad at approximately 90° angles to its longitudinal axis. Proximally the ap¬ pendage is heavily developed and this basal portion has evidently become so modified as to render any trace of a fused coxopodite and basipodite invisible. At the mid-point of this appendage and on its caudal face is the caudal prominence **P” which corresponds to a similar structure in Cambaroides. The mesial process '‘A” (Andrews' ‘"spatula'', 1910) is a strongly develop¬ ed bulbiform tumescence folded over the sperm groove to the caudomesial face where it ends as a swollen conical tip directed caudad. Cephalad of the base of this protuberance arises the falcate central projection "CP” (Andrews’ "canula”, 1910) which curves abruptly caudad and ends in a more or less pointed corneous tip. This projection is the result of the fusion of two elements (Hobbs, 1940; Hart, 1953), and they, together with their constituent membranous parts, form the walls of the end of the sperm groove. The Development of the Pleopod. The adult crayfishes of the genus Cambarus usually molt two times a year, once in the spring and once in the late summer or fall. The young, however, while undergoing more rapid growth, molt more often. It is assumed that each of the stages represented in figures 1 through 8 represents a successive instar, and that from the time the egg hatches until the pleopod reaches the stage of development shown in figure 1, 10 The Virginia Journal of Science [January two molts have taken place. This assumption is based on the fact that the newly hatched crayfishes have an average carapace length of 3.5 mm.; in the second instar it is 4.1 mm.; and in the third instar, when the first pleopod becomes evident, it is 5.3 mm. The pleopod shown in figure 1 is from a crayfish with a carapace length of 6.5 mm. It appears that there are three ecdyses between the stage when the crayfish hatches and when the pleopods are elongate with the general form shown in this figure. During the first two instars the first pleopods of the male crayfishes are not visible. In the third instar, however, the pleopods are seen as minute papillae which are relatively far apart and which protrude caudally from the sternum. In the fourth instar the basal and distal ‘"segments” are clearly delineat¬ ed (fig. 1) and the distal “segment”, the endopodite, (Hart, 1953: 294) shows evidence of the mesial longitudinal groove which later plays an important part in the sperm transfer of the adult crayfish. The pleopod is now slightly curved and is directed mesiocephalad, the tip having just begun to turn in what wiU later be its characteristic right angle bend. As the crayfish increases in size, the first pleopods, which are relatively far apart in the young animal (fig. 10) are brought closer together, as a result of an increase in thickness at their basal portions. When sexual maturity is reached, they are considerably closer together, and the sternal sclerite has developed into a heavy transverse ridge on the ventral portion of the first abdominal segment (fig. 11). In the fifth instar (fig. 2) the tip of the pleopod is somewhat larger, but otherwise there is little difference between it and the fourth, except for size. The sixth instar (fig. 3) shows the longitudinal groove in the endopodite somewhat deepened, and the mesial edge of the fold begins to show a slight protuberance about its mid-point where the mesial process will later become evident. In the seventh instar (fig. 4) the tip of the pleopod almost completes ,its right angle turn, and the longitudinal groove achieves considerable depth. The cephalic ^ surface of the pleopod shows an increase in thick¬ ness distally, and the folding over of the sides of the longitudinal groove is accentuated here although the two sides have not yet grown over the groove to such an extent as to close it and form a tubule. In the eighth instar (fig. 5) the endopodite first shows that characteristic tumescence, the caudal ridge, on the basal half of its caudal surface which will later become more accentuated. Otherwise there is little difference from that form exhibited by the previous instar, except, of course, that it is larger. In the ninth instar (fig. 6) the overlapping of the two above-mentioned masses in completed and the tubule is seen for the first time as a completed 1 “The caudal surface is ... . that surface broken by the longitudinal groove and the cephalic is that surface which is generally held against the sternum of the thoracic region” (Hobbs, 1942: 56). 11 1956] The First Pleopod of Camharus 1. longiilus structure. The mesial process also takes on its swollen hemispherical shape. The pleopods of the tenth instar (fig. 7) show little difference from those of the preceding one, and it is well to remember that the pleopods thus far considered are all of the second form.^ The figure of the pleopod of the crayfish in the eleventh instar (fig. 8) is from an animal with a carapace length of 13.9 mm. The smallest first form male of the many observed had a carapace length of 14.0 mm.: the majority of the first form males being considerably larger, i.e., 17-27.5 mm. For this reason it is assumed that sexual maturity, i.e., the primary molt to the first form, is attained when the crayfish has a carapace length of between 14 and 17.5 mm. It is of interest to note that the small first form crayfish mentioned above was from Keswick Creek, a stream eight miles east of Charlottesville, Va. on route 22, and that the entire popula¬ tion of Camharus longulus longulus in this stream consisted of individuals of a smaller average size than those taken elsewhere. Figure 9 is a typical second form pleopod and figure 10 shows the typical first form male pleopod. Thus it is shown that at no time in the development of this pleopod, which development is wholy postembryonic, does it show any tendency toward a biramous condition so typical of the other pleopods. LITERATURE CITED Andrews, E. A. 1910. The Anatomy of the Stylets of Camharus and Astacus. Biol, Bull., 18(2): 79-97. . 1911. Male Organs of Sperm Transfer in the Crayfish Cam¬ harus affinis: Their Structure and Use. Jour. Morph., 22(2): 239- 297. Hart, C. W. Jr. 1953. Serial Homologies Among Three Pairs of Abdomi¬ nal Appendages of Certain Male Crayfish (Decapoda, Astacidae). Jour. Morph., 93(2): 285-300. Hobbs, H. H. Jr. 1940. On the First Pleopod of the Male Cambari (Decapoda, Astacidae). Proc. Fla. Acad. Sci., 5: 55-61. . 1945. Notes on the First Pleopod of the Male Cambarinae (Decapoda, Astacidae). Quart. Jour. Fla. Acad. Sci., 8(1): 67-70. Penn, George H. Jr. 1943. A Study of the Life History of the Louisiana Red-crawfish, Camharus clarkii Girard. Ecology, 24(1): 1-18. 2 Every adult male of the subfamily Cambarinae exhibits two distinct morphological types. These are usually referred to as “first” and “second” form males or as ‘form I” and form II’. When the crayfish becomes sexually mature, these two forms, being associated with the reproductive cycle, alternate at successive molts — the first form is the breed¬ ing stage and is distinguished by the presence of a corneous condition of the central projec¬ tion (fig. 10 “CP”) of the first pleopod, and the second form is the non-breeding stage in which the central projection of the first pleopod is blunt and never corneous. The juvenile males are morphologically similar to the second form adult males; (See Harris, J. A.“1901. The Dimorphism of Camharus I. Kan. Univ. Quart., 10(2) : 49-69.) 12 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Explanation of Figures Figures 1-10. Mesial and lateral views of the first pleopod of the male crayfish Camharus longulus longulus. Vertical lines represent one mil¬ limeter. Figure 11. Caudal view of the sternum and pleopods of the first ab¬ dominal segment of male crayfish. (Fourth instar). Horizontal line rep¬ resents one millimeter. Figure 12. Caudal view of the sternum and basal portions of the pleo¬ pods of the first abdominal segment of first form male crayfish. Horizon¬ tal line represents one millimeter. A. Mesial process CP. Central projection P. Caudal ridge Pleo. Pleopod St. Sternum 14 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Cat Chromosomes Ladley Husted and George Walker Department of Biology, University of Virginia The house cat, Felis domestica, has been the object of numerous cytologi- cal studies. Twenty-three of these have dealt almost exclusively with the chromosomes. The chromosomes of this species were first described in a series of papers by Winiwarter, beginning in 1909. The number of chromosomes (2n == 38) was reported correctly by Gutherz in 1920. His observation was subsequently confirmed by Minouchi, Minouchi and Ohta, Matthey, Winiwarter, Koller, Vara and Pesonen, and Makino and Tateishi (see Makino, 1951, and Makino and Tateishi, 1952). Since 1928 it has been accepted generally that the sex chromosomes of the female cat are represented by two X chromosomes, and the male cat by an X and a Y. There is lack of agreement, however, as to certain details of the mor¬ phology and behavior of these chromosomes. In a recent publication dealing with the chromosomes of the lion, Felis leo, the Ghinese leopard cat, Felis hengalensis, and the house cat, Makino and Tateishi (1952) have reported a similarity in the chromosomes of these species. In the three, the X chromosome is described as larger than the Y. The X chromosome of the house cat and the Ghinese leopard cat is depicted as twice the length of the Y, and the X of the lion as longer. Koller (1941) described the sex chromosomes of the cat in some detail and writes that ‘Yhe chromosomes of the diploid complement can be ar¬ ranged in a series of 19 pairs. A comparison of chromosomes has shown that a ‘heteromorphic’ or unequal chromosome pair, which would repre-:^ sent the X and Y sex-chromosomes, is absent, which suggests that the two sex-chromosomes are apparently very similar in size.” We recently have had occasion to examine the testicular tissue of a domestic cat and are unable to confirm the difference in size reported by Makino and Tateishi. The observations we have made agreed more nearly with the earlier observations of Koller. Aceto-carmine preparations of testis tubules were made according to the method of Painter (1939), and paraffin sections were cut after tubules were fixed in San Felice and stained by means of the Feulgen reaction. The chromosomes of 8 spermatogonial cells at metaphase were drawn with the aid of a camera lucida and arranged in pairs most nearly identi¬ cal. Three of these are shown in figure 1. It is clear that a pair, one chromosome of which is twice the length of the other, as depicted by Makino and Tateishi, is not found in this material. The two sex chromo¬ somes, whichever they are in figure 1, are similar in size, as previously reported by Koller. In over 400 spermatocytes at metaphase I a few configurations were found which are like those shown in Koller’s figures 16 and 17. These 1956] Cat Chromosomes 15 are rod bivalents. The free arms are identical or nearly identical in size. In no cell was it possible to identify with certainty an heteromor- phic pair like that in Makino and Tateishi’s figures 3B, and 4C. Since the rod bivalent, similar to the one considered to be the X-Y by Koller, was seen in less than 10 percent of the cells, it is possible that chiasmata are formed between both arms of the X and Y chromosomes with a higher frequency in our cat from the District of Columbia than in the cats which were examined by Koller. The observations reported here are incidental and somewhat limited. They indicate that a re-examination of the sex-chromosomes of Felis leo, Felis bengalensis, and some consideration of other of the Felidae are to be desired. LITERATURE CITED Koller, P. C. 1941. The Genetical and Mechanical Properties of Sex Chromosomes. VIII. The cat {Felis domestica). Proc. Roy, Soc., Edinburgh, B., 61: 78-94. Making, S. 1951. An Atlas of the Chromosome Numbers in Animals. Iowa State College Press. Making, S., and S. Tateishi. 1952. A Comparison of the Chromosomes in the Lion, Chinese Leopard Cat and House Cat. Jour. Morph., 90: 93-102. Painter, T. 1939. An Aceto-carmine Method for Bird and Mammalian Chromosomes. Science, 90: 307-308. 16 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Figure 1. — Chromosomes from three spermatogonial cells of the domes¬ tic cat. X 2020. n!t ti SI II o M M II 1956] Poisonous Snakes 17 Distribution of Poisonous Snakes on the York- James Peninsula: A Zoogeographic Mystery Ollie King Goodwin and John Thornton Wood ^ Warwick, Virginia and University of Virginia Reported here is the remarkable distribution of the two species of poison¬ ous snakes found on the Virginia coastal plain peninsula bounded by the James River on the southwest, the Pamunkey and York Rivers on the northeast, and Chesapeake Bay on the east. The two indigenous veno¬ mous snakes are the copperhead (Ancistrodon contortrix mokeson Daudin) and the cane-brake rattlesnake {Crotalus horridus atricaudatus Latreille); the cottonmouth water moccasin {Ancistrodon piscivorus piscivorus Lace- pede) is the third poisonous snake found in southeastern Virginia, but it has never been found north of the James River (Wood, 1954). Some con¬ fusion has resulted from the several widely used common names of the rattlesnake on the York- James peninsula, but all specimens examined in the course of this study were referable to the above subspecies; the tim¬ ber rattlesnake {Crotalus horridus horridus Linnaeus) is not found east of the foothills of the Blue Ridge in Virginia, and the eastern diamondback rattlesnake {Crotalus adamanteus Beauvois) has never been found north of North Carolina. Carroll (1950) states that rattlesnakes are more common than copper¬ heads in the eastern swamp areas along the James River drainage. While this was an impression shared with Werler and McCaUion (1951) in regard to the poisonous snakes of Princess Anne County, it has not been substan¬ tiated by subsequent work. Wood (1954) showed that copperheads have been recorded as often as rattlesnakes both north and south of the river. The curious distribution of these two species north of the James, how¬ ever, is worthy of note. The York-James peninsula is a broad tongue of land extending for 75 miles southeastward from the Fall Zone (at Richmond) to the Chesapeake Bay; all of the peninsula lies in the Coastal Plain. The narrowest point is near Grove, York Count>% where the rivers lie within six miles of each other, and the widest zone bridges Charles City and New Kent counties; the average width of the peninsula is 18 miles (Roberts, 1932). The eastern end of the peninsula consists of three cities, as follows: Hampton (including all territory formerly in Elizabeth City County); Newport News; and Warwick (including all territory formerly in Warwick County). Proxi¬ mal to these cities are four counties that lie entirely on the peninsula, as follows: Charles City, James City, New Kent, and York. Portions of two counties extend down from the Piedmont to form the western end of the peninsula, Hanover and Henrico. The area of the peninsula discuss¬ ed in this report. Map 1, includes all of the above cities and counties 1 Present address. Veterans Hospital, Roanoke, Virginia. 18 The Virginia Journal of Science [January O RATTLESNAKE REPORTS Map 1.^ — Distribution of Poisonous Snakes in the York-James Peninsula, 19561 Poisonous Snakes 19 except for the portions of Hanover and Henrico, and consists of 796 square miles. The rivers isolating the peninsula from adjacent counties are broad, espe¬ cially around the eastern half of the region. Although the James is wider than the York along the margins of the lower peninsula, it may not con¬ stitute a greater natural barrier to the distribution of terrestrial fauna since the latter is far more brackish over almost all of its course. The James River (from the Chesapeake Bay to the mouth of the Chickahominy River) ranges in width from 1.2 miles at Jamestown Island to 5.7 miles at Bur- well’s Bay; the York (from Chesapeake Bay to the New Kent-James City county line) ranges in width from 0.5 miles at Yorktown to 2.2 miles at Queen Creek. The margins of the peninsula are deeply serrated by a number of swampy creeks. The northeastern extremity of the peninsula consists of extensive mud flats and brackish marshes along a fragmented coastline from Yorktown to Buckroe. In this area (shaded in Map 1) the maximum elevation is 10 feet above sea level; no venomous snakes occur in this zone. The south¬ western half of the eastern end of the peninsula is entirely unlike the northeastern half, and consists of greater elevations, freshwater swamps, extensive hardwood and coniferous forests, and a fauna that includes poi¬ sonous snakes. It closely resembles the habitats to the west, in James City, Charles City, New Kent, and York counties. Records upon which Map 1 is based came from three sources: collec¬ tions of museums and herpetologists; medical records of snakebite acci¬ dents; and chance encounters by individuals.^ All specimens from the region were examined, and all reports were critically evaluated and if undoubtedly valid, were included. The distribution of specimens on Map 1 reflects the inequality of field work and reports from the western coun¬ ties, and is in no way related to relative or regional abundance of the snakes. Copperheads range from the Fall Zone (at Richmond) southeastward for a distance of approximately 55 miles to the *‘belt line” at Grove, York County. They are the only poisonous snakes found in this region. Locali¬ ties are as follows: COPPERHEAD DISTRIBUTION CHARLES CITY COUNTY. — Holdcroft (MCV 4851); Roxbury (MCV 118675); 2 mi. NW. of Sandy Point on James River (OKG G-5) (JTW-3104); 4 mi. W. of Chickahominy River bridge, Rt. 5 ( JTW-3515); 8 mi. W. of Chickahominy River bridge, Rt. 5 (J.T.W.). JAMES CITY COUNTY. — 1.5 mi. S. of Eastern State Hospital, Dun¬ bar Division, on Rt. 615 (JTW-895); Lake Matoaka Park, Williamsburg 2. Abbreviations in locality lists: MUSEUM AND PRIVATE^ COLLECTIONS: CM— Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh ; JTW — J. T. V-i^ood collection ; OKG — O. K. Goodwin collec¬ tion. MEDICAL RECORDS (HOSPITAL PROVIDING) : BH— Bell Hospital, Williams¬ burg ; MCV- -Medical College of Virginia Hospitals, Richmond. OBSERVERS: J.T.W.— J. T. Wood; O.K.G. — O. K. Goodwin; V.D.M. — V. D. McManus, Williamsburg; W.L.B. — • W. L. Burger, Champaign, Ill. ; W.R.M. — W. R. Mears, Warwick. 20 The Virginia Journal of Science [January (W.L.B.); Eastern State Hospital grounds, Williamsburg (JTW-2334); Col¬ lege of William and Mary campus, Williamsburg (JTW-3103); 0.5 mi. S. of College of William and Mary, Williamsburg (JTW-3208); Williamsburg (BH-200303) (MCV-34023); 4 mi. N. of Lee Hall on Rt. 168 (J.T.W.). NEW KENT COUNTY. — Quinton (MCV-4819) (MCV-4231) ; Walker (CM-30691); 5 mi. N. of Diascund Bridge (CM-30695). WARWICK (CITY). — 2 mi. N. of Lee Hall, Rt. 174 nr. Rt. 238 (JTW- 1002). YORK COUNTY. — 0.5 mi. N. of Williamsburg, Rt. 60 by-pass (JTW- 1493); 1.5 mi. E. of Williamsburg, Colonial Pkwy. (JTW-1494); 9.0 mi. W. of Yorktown, Colonial Pkwy. (JTW-2333). From the narrow “belt-line” of the peninsula near Grove, York County, to Chesapeake Bay the canebrake rattlesnake has an exclusive domain of about 130 square miles; this is the only area on the Virginia coastal plain where, in consequence of extensive field work, copperheads have not been found. Localities are as follows: CANEBRAKE RATTLESNAKE DISTRIBUTION HAMPTON (CITY). — 124 Patrician Dr. (OKG-G-18); 847 Todds Lane (OKG-G-7); 1 mi. S. of Bethel Reservoir, Bethel Rd. (OKG-G-22); Rt. 623 at Rt. 600 (OKG-G-6); 1.5 mi. SW. of jet. Rt. 611 and Rt. 612 (OKG- G-2); 1.0 mi. E. of Foxes Store (OKG-G-15, G-16, G-17); 1.5 mi. E. of Foxes Store (OKG-G-9); 2.0 mi. NNW. of Foxes Store (OKG-G-19, G-20, G-21); 0.25 mi. NW. of Foxes Store (OKG-G-23); 498 Whealton Rd. (OKG-G-25); 402 Winchester Dr. (OKG-G-26); Rt. 613, 1 mi. SE. of Rt. 258 (OKG-G-27). NEWPORT NEWS. — 25th St. and Salters Creek (OKG-unverified newspaper report) . WARWICK (CITY). — 1 mi. E. of Morrison (V.D.M.); 1.5 mi. NE. of Morrison, Rt. 306 (OKG-G-4); 1.5 mi. N. of Denbigh (JTW-3355); 30 River Rd., Hilton Village (Death due rattlesnake bite); 1 mi. S. of Denbigh, Rt. 60 (OKG-G-8); Rt. 618, 1.5 mi. E. of Rt. 168 (OKG-W.R.M. unverified report); Rt. 618 at Rt. 17 (OKG-G-12, G-13); 1 mi. SE. of jet. Rt. 258 and Rt. 623 (OKG-G-14); 0.5 mi. NW. of Harpersville (OKG- G-10); 1 mi. W. of jet. Rt. 168 and Rt. 618 (OKG-W.R.M. unverified report); Main St. and Warwick Rd., Hilton Village (OKG-unverified news¬ paper report); 17th St. and Wickham Ave. (OKG-G-24). YORK COUNTY. — 2 mi. NW. of jet. Rt. 601 and Rt. 134 (OKG-G-1). The surprising point about the distribution is not that the canebrake rattlesnakes do not extend farther to the west, for they are in the extreme northeastern end of their geographic range, but why the copperheads are absent in the area supporting the rattlesnake population on the lower York- James peninsula. South of the James River there are similar habitats, and the species are found in the same localities in seemingly identical ecologi¬ cal situations. 1956] Poisonous Snakes 21 ACKNOWLEDGMENT The authors are indebted to all persons and institutions who contributed observations, records, and specimens upon which this study is based. Par¬ ticular thanks are due to the Daily-Press, Inc., of Newport News, for their cooperation in bringing reports of rattlesnake distribution to the attention of the senior author. LITERATURE CITED Carroll, R. P. 1950. Amphibia and Reptiles. Section in James River Basin; Present, Past, and Future. Va. Acad. ScL, Richmond. Roberts, J. K. 1932. The Lower York-James Peninsula. Va. Geological Survey, Bull. 37, Educ. Series 2: 1-58. Werler, J. E. and James McCallion. 1951. Notes on a Collection of Reptiles and Amphibians from Princess Anne County, Virginia. Amer. Midi. Nat., 24: 245-252. Wood, J. T. 1954. The Distribtuion of Poisonous Snakes in Virginia. Va. Jour. Sci. (N.S.), 5(3): 152-167. 22 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Observations of the Mayfly Fauna of a Stream in Central Virginia " Jean E. Pugh Universitij of Virginia - Interest of the author in the mayfly fauna of the Piney River in central Virginia was stimulated in the spring of 1953 when several trips were made to this area to study aquatic insects. On one of these occasions a large number of adult mayflies were seen swarming, and the question arose as to how many species of mayflies might occur in the area. The oppor¬ tunity to answer this question was made possible when several members of the University of Virginia faculty initiated an ecological survey on the river. The writer’s cooperation with this project began in June, 1953. The chief contribution of the present study of the mayflies of Piney River is similar to others which result from explorations into a poorly known faunistic area. Of necessity, considerable effort was expended in ascertaining what species are present in the area; however, the attempt to determine the spatial and ecological distribuiton of the several species was considered to be primary throughout the course of the study. Antici¬ pated difficulty arose in that a study of the spatial and ecological distribu¬ tion of the nymphs alone is hardly possible if one wishes to know with what species he is dealing; thus, it was necessary to obtain imagoes from the area. Some of the latter were collected in the conventional manner with the aid of a net; a few were attracted to a light-trap which was used in the late evening hours; and a number of specimens were reared from nymphs brought into the laboratory. At the present time thirty-six species have been found in the area. Only twenty-five have been assigned specific names, and those without specific names have been designated as “species” and must await the correlations of the nymphal stages with the adult insects. Previous Work on Virginia Mayflies Little work has been done on the mayflies (of the state) of Virginia. Available published records indicate that only seventeen species have been reported prior to this work. The earliest record appeared in 1910 when Banks described Heptagenia marginalis from Glencarlyn and Great Falls, Fairfax Gounty, Virginia. In 1914 he also described Callibaetis pretiosus from the latter locality. Speith (1941) reported Hexagenia munda marilandica Traver from Fair¬ fax Gounty, and Surber (1951) listed ten additional species from the St. Mary’s River in Augusta Gounty. Those species which Surber lists are Stenonema variant Traver, Stenonema fuscum (Glemens), Stenonema pul- 1 This paper is a portion of a thesis submitted to the faculty of the Samuel Miller Biological Laboratories, University of Virginia, in partial fulfillment for the degree of Master of Arts. 2 Present address, Norfolk Division of the College of William and Mary. 1956] The Mayfly Fauna of a Stream 23 Figure 1. — Stations on the Piney, Tye, and Buffalo rivers from which mayflies were collected. 24 The Virginia Journal of Science [January chellum (Walsh), Stenonema heterotarsale (McDunnough), Isonychia sad- leri Traver, Paraleptophlebia mollis Eaton, Ephemerella subvaria McDun¬ nough, Baetis cingulatus McDunnough, and Tseudocloeon Carolina Banks. The most recent work in which Virginia mayflies are treated is that of Burks (1953) in which he cites no specific localities but records the fol¬ lowing species from the State: Hexagenia atrocaudata McDunnough, Hexa- genia bilineata (Say), Ephemerella dorothea Needham, Ephemerella fun- eralis McDunnough, Stenonema pudicum (Hagen), and Heptagenia margi- nalis Banks. Piney River Piney River rises on the eastern slope of the Blue Ridge Mountains from spring and seepage areas, and flows eastward through portions of Nelson and Amherst counties. Much of the river is accessible by primary and secondary roads, but its upper reaches lie in rugged terrain which cannot be reached except on foot. It is a typical mountain stream in the Blue Ridge Province, and may be classified as a trout stream. Its head¬ waters lie at an elevation of approximately 3,100 feet, where small tributa¬ ries converge to form the river proper. Along its course, the river, flowing over Precambian strata, is fed by several large tributaries of which the largest is the Little Piney River, the headwaters of which lie at an elevation of 3,250 feet. Piney River drains some 70 square miles, traveling approximately seven¬ teen miles before converging with the Tye River, and the latter subsequent¬ ly with the Buffalo River. The confluence of these three streams a large tributary of the James River. The Piney, Tye, and Buffalo rivers drain a total of about 416 square miles. At Station 10 (see Figm*e 1) the rate of flow varied from approximately four to 64 eubic feet per second. The water level, in general, is highest in the spring, and is lowest in late sum¬ mer and fall. ANNOTATED LIST AND DISTRIBUTION OF MAYFLIES ^ Family Ephemeridae. Nymphs of this family are burrowers and are found in mud and silt-bottomed pools along the shore of the stream. Ephe¬ mera guttulata Pictet was collected only at Station 1. No last instar nymphs were recorded, but adults were taken here in May, A single adult specimen of Ephemera varia Eaton was taken at Station 1 in May. Another representative of this group, Hexagenia sp., was collected from two stations, 1 and 6, in July and August. Only five specimens were recorded, and none was in the last instar. The subfamily Neoephemerinae was represented by one imago. Neo¬ ephemera purpurea (Traver), which emerged from a nymph brought into the laboratory in May. 3 The author is aware of the recent familiar revision of the Ephemeroptera (Geortre F. Edmunds, Jr. and Jay R. Traver — 1954. An Outline of a Reclassification for the Ephe¬ meroptera. Ent. Soc. Wash,, 56(5) : 236-240.) but feels that the classification employed by Needham, Traver, and Hsu is adequate in this report. 1956] The Mayfly Fauna of a Stream 25 Family Heptageniidae. Certain members of this family are among the most widely distributed mayflies in the area. Wherever there is flowing water and a flat surface to which they may cling, certain of these nymphs seem to abound. Stenonema pudicum (Hagen) was collected; at every station visited except 11, 14, and 24. Last instar nymphs were taken from stations 1 and 4 in April and May. Stenonema heterotarsale (McDunnough) was not so widely distributed in the stream, being found at stations 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, A, B, C, D, and J. At all stations it was found in relatively small numbers. There are no records of nymphs in the last instar, but imagoes were taken at sta¬ tions 1 and 4 in May. Heptagenia juno McDunnough was collected in relatively large num¬ bers from stations 1, 2, 3, 6, 8, 13, and B. It seems to be restricted to the riffle areas where large rocks are present. Last instar nymphs were collected in July, and adult specimens were taken at Station 1 in September. Rhithrogena arnica Traver was represented by ten imagoes taken at Station 1 in May. Rhithrogena anomala McDunnough was found only at Station 1. Nymphs and adults were recorded from this station in late April. Rhithrogena exilis Traver was collected in small numbers from stations 1, 2, 3, A, and B, all of which lie above the 600-foot contour level. Last instar nymphs were found in July, and no adults were encountered. Epeorus humeralis Morgan seems to be one of the most abundant species in Piney River having been collected at every station except 10, 11, 12, 14, 23, 26, B, and D. Nymphs in the last instar were collected in August and September, and adults were taken from Station 1 in Septem¬ ber. Epeorus pleuralis (Banks) was taken in very small numbers from sta¬ tions 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, A, B, C, D, and J. Several adult specimens were reared from nymphs brought into the laboratory in April. It occurs in a habitat similar to that of Epeorus humeralis. Family Baetidae. This family is represented by the largest number of species, and certain members are distributed along the entire course of the river except in contaminated areas. Ameletus sp. was taken only from stations 1 and 4. Fifteen specimens were gathered during the survey and no record can be given for last instar nymphs or adults. Isonychia sadleri Traver w’as collected from every station except 11 and 14, and appears to be the most ubiquitous species encountered during the period of this survey. Last instar nymphs were taken in May, July, August, and October. Adults were recorded from Station 1 in May. Leptophlebia sp. occurred only at stations C and D, both located on small tributaries of Piney River. This species seems to prefer the more sluggish reaches of the stream where grasses of the shore-line hang into the water. 26 The Virginia Journal of Science [January Paraleptophlehia adoptiva McDunnough is represented by several adult specimens taken from Station 1 in April. Paraleptophlehia guttata McDunnough was collected in rather large num¬ bers from stations 2, 3, 13, A, B, and C. It was abundant in the broad shallow riffle areas at these stations. Nymphs in the last instar were taken in March, and adults of this species were recorded from Station 1 in May and September. A number of adults of an undescribed species of Paraleptophlehia were collected from Station A in March. Hahrophlehiodes americana (Banks) was collected at stations 3 and J in May. None of the nymphs were in the last instar. Hahrophlehia vihrans Needham is represented by several nymphs taken from Station 1 in May; last instar nymphs were not encountered. Baetisca Carolina Traver was collected in very small numbers from three - stations 2, 3, and B. Nymphs in the last instar were found in May. The genus Ephemerella is represented in the area by a larger number of species than any other genus. As a group these nymphs September, by The Virginia Academy of Science ; Printed by The Giles County Virginian, Pearisburg, Va. r CONTENTS V Pages The Crystal — A Thing of Beauty and a Tool of Science — Allan T. CwATHMEY . . . . . . . . . ...^ . 53 ;; The Logical Basis of Evolution — Richard E. Blackwelder . 62 An Electric Field Meter — Robert F. Fleming, Jr . 72 An Annotated List of the Amphibians and Reptiles of Giles County, Virginia — Victor H. Hutchinson . . 80 Land Snails of Nansemond, Norfolk, and Princess Anne Counties, Vir- • ginia — Roger H. Rageot and William E. Old, Jr . 87 News and Notes . 91 Program of the Thirty-Fourth Annual Meeting of the Virginia Academy of Science . 112 EDITORIAL BOARD Horton H. Hobbs, Jr., Editor Mary E. Humphreys, Associate Editor B. F. D. Runk, Managing Editor Richard W. Irby, Jr., Advertising Manager Carl W. Allen Robert T. Brumfield Robert M. Hubbard Richard H. Henneman Section Editors F. L. Hereford Carl J. Likes W. D. LowTy Caroline Gambrill J. Douglas Reid ^ James B. Patton Chalmers L. Gemmill ; Lionel Weiss Entered as second-class matter October 31, 1955, at the post office at j Charlottesville, Virginia, under the Act of March 3, 1879. Subscription — ^ $3.00 per volume. Published four times a year: in January, April, July, ; and September, by the Virginia Academy of Science at Charlottesville, Va. Mailed April 20, 1956 THE VIRGINIA JOURNAL OF SCIENCE VoL. 7, New Series April, 1956 No. 2 The Crystal — A Thing of Beauty and a Tool of Science Allan T. Gwathmey Department of Chemistry, University of Virginia Crystals have long fascinated the intellectually curious, the artistically conscious, and the economically ambitious. They have fascinated the intel¬ lectually curious, for the human mind craves order and an understand¬ ing of the possible ways of obtaining order; and a crystal, such as a diamond, represents one of the most highly ordered systems in nature. The atoms of carbon are regularly arranged in a three-dimensional lattice. Because of this order which makes it possible for crystals to form facets that sparkle, they have been the object of admiration among those con¬ cerned with personal adornment and decoration. Glistening crystals in the form of jewelry have long been a symbol of aristocracy, wealth, and good taste. Because of this regular arrangement, too, crystals have spe¬ cial properties which make them economically important. This economic importance is increasing rapidly, and large industries will soon be based on the production and sale of man-made crystals. Examples are crystals of silicon used in harnessing the energy of the sun, crystals of germanium used in transitors which may replace vacuum tubes in electronics, and low- priced synthetic star sapphires which in beauty surpass the costly natural products. THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE SGIENGE OF GRYSTALLOGRAPHY The history of crystallography is an interesting one. It had long been observed that crystals possessed definite faces which made constant angles with each other. This fact was formally stated in 1669 in a law known as the Law of Constancy of Angles. There lived in France in the 18th Century a biologist named Hauy, an abbe in the Catholic Church, who was especially interested in the shapes and colors of flowers. He did not have to wander very far from this fascinating subject of flowers to inquire about the shapes and forms of crystals. He noticed that a large crystal of calcite could be broken or cleaved into smaller crystals having the same shape as the large one, and he naturally wondered about the nature of the inside of a crystal which could produce this effect. When he referred the faces to a regular set of coordinate axes, he noticed that the intercepts of the different faces on these axes could not have any value, but were so related that the crystal must have a regular inner structure. Editor’s Note; It is with pleasure that we present this invited article by Mr. Allan T. Gwathmey. / .L ’ 195S 54 The Virginia Journal of Science [April The important characteristic of a crystal is that it has a regular inner struc¬ ture as compared to a piece of glass with no such structure. Thus Hauy found in crystals definite evidence for the existence of atoms arranged in a three dimensional pattern before Dalton advanced his atomic theory in the early part of the 19th Century. It should be remembered that the conception of atoms was an ancient one, but that it was not until Dalton put forward experimental evidence for the existence of such atoms in the field of chemistry that the atomic theory was accepted. Because of this observation concerning the relationships of the intercepts of the various faces, commonly known as the Law of Rational Indices, Hauy, a biologist, is known as the father of crystallography. Before fmther progress could be made, it was necessary for crystals to be classified according to their external shapes, and this was done by many workers in many parts of the world. As more and more crystals were examined, it became increasingly obvious that they could best be classified according to the symmetry of their external form. It may seem as if this symmetry is a trivial property, but it is one of fundamental importance. Symmetry is concerned with the relationships between the various parts of an object. More specifically, it is concerned with the operations which must be performed on one part of an object to relate it to another. For example my right arm is symmetrically placed on my body with respect to my left arm, and a vertical plane of symmetry may be passed through my body midway between my two arms. A square has an axis of four¬ fold symmetry, because the square may be rotated four times, each time by ninety degrees, and the shape will be reproduced four times in mak¬ ing one complete revolution of 360°. Thus one face may be related to another by means of a plane of symmetry, or by means of an axis of symmetry. In respect to the classification of all crystals it was found that they could be grouped into seven systems according to the axes of sym¬ metry which they possessed. It was then found that these seven systems could be further divided into 32 classes by considering not only the axes of symmetry, but also by considering planes of symmetry. These classifi¬ cations were concerned with the external forms of crystals. A great turning point in the history of crystallography took place in about 1850 when another Frenchman, Bravais, an astronomer and mathe¬ matical physicist, concentrated on the question of the inner structure of the many types of crystals. With mathematical insight he approached the subject from the question of how many ways could points be arranged in space according to definite patterns which repeated themselves in three dimensions. He finally concluded that there were only fourteen different ways or types of patterns by which points could be regularly arranged in three dimensional space, and these were known as the famous Fourteen Bravais Space Lattices. He was next confronted with the important ques¬ tion of explaining how there could be 32 different classes of crystals if there were only 14 different patterns for arranging points in space, and, although he didn’t live long enough to see the job completed, Bravais realized that by substituting for his points in space a unit of pattern, that 1956] The Crystal 55 could be a group of several atoms which itself had symmetry, this process would enable each of the seven space lattices to include several classes. The existence of the 32 classes was thereby explained. Even with this brilliant insight into the possible arrangement of atoms in space, the job of explaining the inner nature of crystals was not yet completed, and other workers realized that there could be other elements of symmetry besides planes and axes. Thus two new elements of symmetry, glide planes and screw axes, the nature of which need not be described at this point, were added. Then by substituting for the points in each of the 14 space lattices, units which had in turn the symmetry of the 32 classes, and taking into consideration the possible existence of glide planes and screw axis, the remarkable conclusion was reached that there were 230 space groups, and only 230 such groups or patterns, by which atoms could be arranged regularly in 3 dimensional patterns. There are an infinite number of crystals if the atoms are put closer or farther apart, but the types of patterns or designs by which these atoms can be arranged are limited to only 230. This profound conclusion was reached by several people in different parts of the world almost at the same time, and when X-rays were discovered by Roentgen in 1895 it became possible to check this conclusion. Since X-rays have the power of penetrating into solids, they are reflected by the many planes of atoms which exist within. From these reflections it is possible to determine the arrangement which these atoms have assumed in three dimensional space. With the aid of X-ray diffraction 230 space groups were confirmed. During the last 30 years, this new science of X-ray diffraction has revolutionized our understanding and use of metals. Prior to X-ray dif¬ fraction nothing was known about the structure of metals, and they were produced by methods which were largely guess work. With X-ray dif¬ fraction it is now possible to tell how the atoms are arranged in their crystal structure, and how these structures change when impurities are added or when the material is heated or strained. In fact our whole knowl¬ edge of solids has been revolutionized by this X-ray technique. All solids, except a few materials such as glasses, have some degree of crystal struc¬ ture. A cotton fiber, a fingernail, or a hair has a certain degree of crystal¬ linity, and the properties of such materials as textiles depend greatly on their semi-crystalline nature. Since the atoms in a crystal are arranged according to a regular pat¬ tern, it would be expected that these crystals themselves would have spe¬ cial uses as a tool of science. For example, they are used as prisms or lenses to give radiant energy of particular wave lengths which in turn are used to study structure and the nature of the chemical bonds between atoms. Large crystals are also used for the study of many physical prop¬ erties such as the strength of materials and electrical conductivity. Large crystals of metal, one half to one inch in diameter, have been used exten¬ sively at the University of Virginia to study the surface properties of metals, and a few examples of these studies will be described. 56 The Virginia Journal of Science [April THE STUDY OF THE SURFACE PROPERTIES OF METALS WITH THE AID OF LARGE SINGLE CRYSTALS It is not without meaning that the present period in histoiy is referred to as the Age of Metals. Metals are so commonplace in industrial society that their importance is not always appreciated. Automobiles, airplanes, electiical machinery, and atomic power depend far more than is generally imagined on the use of metals. The development of the steam engine was held back until new metals could be developed, and today in the development of jet engines and atomic power the limiting factor is metals which can withstand high temperatures and radiation. Thus it is impor¬ tant to understand the basic properties of metals, especially their surface properties, since the chemical attack of a metal must begin at the surface. If one looks at an ordinary piece of iron or copper under the microscope it can be seen that the surface is composed of many little crystals randomly arranged somewhat like grains of sand on a beach. If an attempt is made to measure a particular property of such a surface, for example, to deter¬ mine the amount of oxygen which reacts with the metal, one would measure a composite quantity consisting of the oxygen which had reacted with all of the different faces, edges, and corners of all of the different grains. Since oxygen reacts differently with each type of structure, this composite measurement would tell very little about the activity of any one type of structure. In the case of a metal, if its properties are to be understood, it is necessary to isolate one particular face at a time and to study its fundamental properties on a quantitative basis. In order to accomplish this, the method developed at the University of Virginia consists of growing metal crystals which are so large that the individual faces may be identified and the rates of reaction on each face may be measured. The method is analagous to studying the properties of each of the faces on a large diamond in order to understand the prop¬ erties of diamond dust. Ordinary metals in their polycrystalline form are similar to the diamond dust. In this method of study the large crystal becomes an instrument, or '‘a tool of science”, which can be used to accomplish two different but closely related purposes. First, to return to crystallography, this large crystal can be used to study those basic and often obscure relationships between symmetry, regularity of pattern, and irregularity or imperfection of pattern. Through such studies, it is possi¬ ble to make contributions to the science of crystallography, which, as we have seen, is one of the crowning accomplishments of the human mind. The science of order and beauty yields to none in elegance and importance. Second, through the study of the properties of these large metal crystals, it is possible to contribute to the technology of metals which are used in so many important ways in modern industry. The basic properties of the unit metal crystal is an ‘‘industrial gold mine” of tomorrow, for in some of these undiscovered properties lay hidden revolutionary new uses of metals. In spite of the great use of metals today our knowledge of their basic properties is shockingly small. 1956] The Crystal 57 In this method^ large metal crystals are grown by very slow cooling of molten metal in a vacuum furnace. They are grown in the form of a rod, one half to one inch in diameter, from which either spheres exposing all possible faces, or slices exposing primarily one particular face may be machined. The strained layer from the machining is removed and a smooth surface is obtained by mechanical polishing followed by electrolytic polishing. This latter type of polishing consists of electrolytic etching by which metal in the protrusions is removed more rapidly than that in the valleys so that a smooth surface of the base metal is exposed. The speci¬ men is generally heated in hydrogen at 500° C. in order to remove further strains and reduce any oxide which may have formed on the surface. It is then ready to be used for the study of surface reactions. It should be clearly understood that the arrangement of atoms varies with the crystal face exposed at the surface. If a sphere is cut out of crystal rod, in the case of the cubic system every face will be exposed in at least six places on the sphere. This can be visualized by considering a sphere to be -(m) _ Figure I.-^—Diagram in two dimensions illustrating the different spac- ings between atoms on several faces of a crystal in the form of a sphere.^' 58 The Virginia Journal of Science [April placed within a cube so that the sphere is tangent to each of the six sides of the cube. The appearance of different faces with their different spac- ings of atoms at the surface is illustrated in two dimensions in Figure 1. Theoretically each face would appear on the surfaces of the sphere at a single point, but if the sphere is sufficiently large there will be a great many atoms in each crystal face which will be approximately on the sur¬ face of the sphere. Therefore in effect all the major faces appear on the surface of the sphere, and from the symmetry of the patterns which form on the surface during reaction, as explained below, the different crystal faces may be easily identified. Several different types of “Reaction Patterns” will form on the spheres during reaction. In cases where the reaction products actually build up on the surface, as in the oxidation of copper, the oxide film will form more rapidly on one face than on another. If the sphere is examined with the aid of white light when the films are in the range of 300-2000 A thick, the different thicknesses of oxide on the different faces will show up as a regular pattern of interference colors of incomparable beauty. In cases where the reaction products do not build up on the surface, but pass on as in the catalytic reaction of hydrogen and oxygen to form water on the surface of a copper crystal, small facets form over the surface because of either gas etching or rearrangement of the surface atoms. If such a crystal is examined in the dark room with the aid of a flash light, a brilliant pat¬ tern of reflections can be seen over the surface of the sphere, and again from the symmetry of the pattern of reflections the various crystal regions can be identified. Etching by liquids also produces such facets and gives similar reflection-patterns. Methods have been developed whereby measurements may be carried out on a single face and the effects of edges and other faces may be elimi¬ nated. It should be emphasized that this method of study is in principle a very simple and logical one, and through its use it has been shown that the chemical activities of any one metal will vary markedly with the face exposed at the surface. For example, it was formerly assumed that all the faces of a crystal of copper had the same chemical activity, and now it is known, as a result of these studies, that each type of face exposed at the surface behaves as if it were a separate metal. In other words, there are as many types of copper as there are types of faces exposed at the surface. Examples from two important fields of chemistry, oxida¬ tion and catalysis, will illustrate the striking effect which crystal face has on the chemical activities of metal surfaces. Oxidation is probably the most important of all reactions and is basic to an understanding of processes taking place in the presence of air. The invisible thin oxide films which form on metals are even of controlling importance in such processes as wetting, and friction and wear. There are several methods of measuring the thickness of oxide films, but the most convenient is that of interference colors which may be used as a measure of the thickness of the films in the range of 300-2000 A. As stated 1956] The Crystal 59 previously, the different thicknesses of oxide on the different faces show up as a regular pattern of interference colors. In Figure 2 is shown an oxidation pattern of a spherical crystal of copper which was heated in oxygen at 250° C. for about fifteen minutes by K. R. Lawless of the Uni¬ versity of Virginia. The (100) face which is located in the small square Figure 2. - Photograph of a single crystal of copper which had been heated in oxygen at 250° C. for 15 minutes. at the center of the cross had an oxide film on it at least ten times thicker than that on the (311) face which had the lowest rate and is located ap¬ proximately at the center cf the large five-sided light regions. Thus the rate of oxidation of copper varies greatly with the crystal face exposed at the surface. In the field of catalysis one of the great unsolved problems has been the determination of the positions of high and low activity on the surface of the catalyst. The single crystal method offers a very effective way of studying the nature and activity of a catalyst surface. With the aid of this method it was shown in such catalytic processes as the reaction of hydrogen and oxygen on a crystal of copper that the surface rearranges to form definite facets which are characteristic of the particular reaction. Both the rearrangement and the rate of the reaction vary with the face exposed at the surface. Other fields of surface chemistry such as electrodeposition, etching, wet- 60 The Virginia Journal of Science [April ting by liquids, cohesion, and friction and wear have been studied with the aid of large metal crystals, and in every case the properties have been found to vary markedly with the crystal face exposed at the surface. IMPERFECTIONS IN CRYSTALS So far it has been emphasized that crystals consist of atoms regularly arranged according to definite patterns, and it has been implied that the structures of the crystals are perfect or nearly perfect. Actually many types of imperfections have been found to exist in crystals, and some of the most interesting properties of crystals have been shown to be due to these imperfections. In spite of their increasing importance these imper¬ fections are difficult to see. Figure 3 shows evidence for a type of imper¬ fection called a spiral dislocation. F. W. Young of the University of Vir¬ ginia heated a polished copper crystal in a high vacuum to a sufficiently high temperature, approximately 1050° C., to evaporate metal from the crystal. When the (111) face of the crystal was examined under the microscope, the spiral shown in Figure 3 was seen. Imperfections or dis¬ locations are regions of high energy, and evaporation tends to take place more easily at the region where the dislocation meets the surface. Figure 3. — Photograph of a single crystal of copper from which copper had been evaporated by heating in a vacuum at 1050° C. Note spiral formed. 1956] The Crystal 61 Both the chemical and physical properties of metals and other solids have been found to be dependent to an amazing degree on imperfections of various types. A new division of science, referred to as the Chemistry and Physics of the Solid State, has developed within the last fifteen years which is especially concerned with an understanding of the influence of these imperfections on the properties of solids. The strength of iron can be increased a hundred fold if certain imperfections are removed or reduc¬ ed. The electrical properties, especially conductivity, of certain crystals are dependent on defects or imperfections which can be produced by add¬ ing small amounts of impurities, and such effects are utilized by the elec¬ trical industry in making transistors which in many cases are replacing vacuum tubes in the field of electronics. Because of our knowledge of crystals accumulated over many years it is literally possible today to make crystals which can talk, hear, remember, amplify, and convert sunlight into electrical energy. It is difficult to tell which is the most interesting aspect of a crystal, its beauty, its order, or its strange properties which make it useful. All aspects of a crystal, no matter how obvious or spectacular, however, are dependent on the less obvious arrangement of atoms in patterns of various degrees of perfec¬ tion. The studies at the University of Virginia were supported by the Office of Naval Research. 62 The Virginia Journal of Science [April The Logical Basis of Evolution ' Richard E. Blackwelder Secretary, Society of Systematic Zoology Evolution has been the subject of diseussion and lecture for a long time. It has been involved in many controversies and will doubtless be involved in still others. Few subjeets have such broad implications or so many points of contact with intellectual life. So it is not surprising that a col¬ lege course on evolution should be given to persons with widely different sources of interest in the subject. But whatever one’s reason for studying evolution, I hope none will finish the course without realizing that he has been studying the grandest and most complicated conceptual seheme in all of human knowledge. Simply for this reason alone, the subject of evolution is worth the study of every educated person. A conceptual scheme is a logical picture that successfully brings together and explains a large number of otherwise confusing and apparently diverse phenomena. The scheme should be relatively simple and must not need to be revised every time a new fact is discovered. Such a scheme will be fruitful, in that it will lead to the discovery of new facts and new rela¬ tionships. In conceptual schemes, however, we enter into the part of knowledge where sound thinking is absolutely essential. Bertrand Russell once re¬ marked that “Most people would sooner die than think - in fact they do so.” Such people should stay away from conceptual schemes and par¬ ticularly from the one about the evolution of matter and life. The interesting thing about conceptual schemes is that they don’t require objective proof of all their constituents. We take some facts (as many as we can get), some theories as to the meaning of the facts, some deduc¬ tions of the logical implications of these theories, and we weave them all together in a web of interrelations in which each node is supported by certain facts and certain theories, in such a way that any one conclusion is almost certain to be true unless most of the others are false. We must not overlook the fact, though, that a conceptual scheme can be erected, on erroneous data and false assumptions, that will look rea¬ sonable enough but be in fact completely erroneous. In dealing with any conceptual scheme it is important to recognize what is fact and what is hypothesis. Now the reason why I call evolution the grandest conceptual scheme of all is that it includes most of the others. When we speak of evolu¬ tion in general we include the evolution of living things, the evolution of complex chemical processes, the evolution of the earth, the evolution of the universe, and the evolution of matter and energy. 1 a lecture given at the University of Virginia on October 31, 1955. Editor’s Note: We take this opportunity to thank Mr. Blackwelder for permitting us publish this thought-provoking lecture. 1956] Logical Basis of Evolution 63 There is little doubt that organic evolution is part of the general scheme. In fact one of the most basic laws of science, the second law of thermo¬ dynamics, makes it practically impossible for there to be any part of the material universe in which there is not change in the form of increasing complexity. This is evolution in the cosmic sense. We can be pretty sure that change is a fundamental characteristic of all matter. I called evolution the most complicated conceptual scheme in our experi¬ ence. Here I was thinking particularly of organic evolution, and I meant complicated in the sense of having to express the relationship of facts of inconceivable complexity and number. Perhaps you have already had a glimpse of the amazing complexity of life, which we seldom think about in our daily existence. The vast range in which life exists more than a million different kinds now living and very likely a hundred times this many that lived in the past. The tremendous complexity of the human body with its quantity of cells so great that we have no adequate words for it. For example, it is said that in human blood the red corpuscles are so numerous that, in order to replace the worn out ones in your body, you must produce 80,000,000 new ones every second. In development a human egg two-tenths of an inch in diameter, weighing perhaps three millionths of a gram, develops through cell multiplication into an individual that weighs about one bil¬ lion times as much. All these facts, and their history, their interactions, their causes, their meaning, are involved in the conceptual scheme of evolution. When we think of the physical and chemical level of life organization even these figures seem small. All life consists largely of proteins, and proteins consist of amino acids, of which there are less than 40 kinds known. The amino acids combine into polypeptides, which consist of two or more acids, the largest yet known having eighteen components. These combine into chains to form the proteins, which have molecular weights of 10,000 or more, some as high as 5,000,000, as compared with 18 for water and 342 for cane sugar. Even these figures do not do justice to the complexity and potentiality of the protein molecule. L: has been estimated that in a relatively simple case of a protein with 50 amino acids, of 19 different kinds, the number of possible arrangements of these 50 parts will be 10 or 10 followed by 47 zeros. To get an idea of how large this figure is, let us see where we can find a number of comparable size. We know that our Milky Way galaxy is pretty large. It is so large that light takes 300,000 years to travel the length of it, going at the speed of 186,000 miles per second. This is a distance of more than 10 miles. But the mile is a pretty big unit of measurement. There are 150,000 centimeters in each mile. The smallest unit of measurement is the Angstrom Unit, of which there are 100,000,000 in each centimeter. If we multiply these out, we get the diameter of the universe, expressed in these almost 64 The Virginia Journal of Science [April infinitesimally small units, as barely more than 10 Angstroms. This makes the 10 possible combinations of a “simple” protein look pretty large. Of course, we do not know that all of these possibilities are feasible thermodynamically or biologically. Our conceptual scheme must take all this into account, not only its complexity but the history of how it got to be so complex. So we should have no trouble seeing the importance of this particular conceptual scheme. One of the things we must keep in mind in thinking about evolution (or any other conceptual scheme) is logic, the processes of reasoning we use. Logic is a tricky subject for beginners. We can easily be fooled in using it unless we know what we’re doing. Here’s a simple example: Dogs are reptiles. Reptiles are cold-blooded. Dogs are cold-blooded. This is a correct logical argument. The conclusion is true if the premises are true. We know that the conclusion is not true, and we see that one of the premises is not true. We must be careful, though, about saying that one is the result of the other. If we change it thus: Dogs are reptiles. Reptiles are warm-hlooded. Dogs are ti;afm-blooded. we still have a logical argument, and we know that the conclusion is true. But there are still errors in the premises. And this is a very simple form of logic and of fallacy. In drawing conclusions from facts we must not only be sure of the logic, but also sure of the facts themselves, and sure that we have taken into account all the facts. Now let’s have a look at what evolution is supposed to be. If you look at the books on evolution and those on the general princi¬ ples of biology you will find many statements about the evidence upon which the principle of evolution is established. You will also find declara¬ tions that evolution is proved. For example, one of the most recent textbooks on evolution says, “It is no longer a theory but an adequately demonstrated process.” Other books say that “The truth of evolution was proved conclusively . . .” or “Ample proof has been repeatedly presented.” There are many varia¬ tions of this theme. If you are thinking as you read these books, you will probably notice that these authors almost always fail to tell you what they mean by this word evolution, - what is included in this thing they say is proved. Is the meaning so obvious that we can assume that all men will have the same ideas about what it implies? 1956] Logical Basis of Evolution 65 This is something that we can investigate, because there are some pub¬ lished statements of what evolution involves, and there are many things implied by writers who do not fully define the concept. As a matter of fact there are very few concise statements of what evolution is, and these are not by the writers who make the claims that it has been proved. Here are some of the things claimed by modern authors as part of the concept of evolution: (1) The organic world has not always been as we see it now; there has been change. (2) All living things are related to each other, more or less distantly. (3) Life on earth has developed gradually, from simple to complex. (4) The organisms now living are descended from different organisms which lived in the past. (5) All the changes have resulted from processes that are still in opera¬ tion today, (6) The changes are the result of mutations and the action of natural selection on survival (7) Life originated only once, and therefore life now comes only from pre-existing life. (8) The ancestors of all present-day organisms trace back through an unbroken chain to the first living organism. (9) Change is progressive, always producing more advanced forms. (10) Forms never change back into pre-existing forms. (11) No major group has ever become extinct. (12) The history of the race can be traced in the development of the individual. (This is the much discussed biogenetic law, that ontogeny recapitulates phylogeny. ) Many variations of these and other things have been included in evolu¬ tion. If we say that evolution is proved or that M believe in evolution,” do we mean all these things? If not, then which ones? It is one of the tragedies of modem science that this all-important concept has not been pin,..ed down so that it can be logically studied and discussed. I will call your attention to some of the faults in the claims listed and then see if we can pick out the real facts behind them. We may fairly accept the fact that life has not always been as we see it now. We do not accept it on the basis of fact, or because it has been proved to be so, but because it is reasonable to accept it on the basis of another conceptual scheme, that of stratigraphy. We can watch a dead animal or shell being buried in the mud or sand of a lake, see successive layers of the soil being washed in on top of it. We know that the top layers came later in time. When we find a similar sort of animal imbed¬ ded in layers of soil, we feel sure it got there the same way. When the soil is replaced by rock, we still believe the processes are adequate, for we can sometimes see soils being cemented together. We therefore believe 66 The Virginia Journal of Science [April that the fossils we find in rocks are the remains of organisms that existed at the time the layers of rock-material were deposited. Most of these fossils are at least slightly different from any kinds of organisms living today, so we can scarcely fail to accept the postulate that life was dif¬ ferent in the past. There are many pieces of evidence that lead us to think that one ani¬ mal is related to another. We know of blood relationship between per¬ sons of our own family, and we know very definitely also of the relation¬ ship between two generations. We have no doubt that the relationship goes back five generations, or ten, or a hundred. Then why not also a million? We have little reason to doubt the kinship of all those individuals we place in any one species. But how much farther back can we go? Do we have any evidence that a dog and a jellyfish and a redwood tree are related in any useful sense of the word? It would take us at least several lectures to discuss the various things that have been suggested as evidence, but if we did so we would find that there is not one shred of factual evidence. There is enough suggestive evidence to make it rea¬ sonable for us to think there is a relationship, but there is also plenty to make us wonder about it. The most cogent reason for doubting is this. If we follow back each of the major lines of development of animals (and these are what we call the phyla), we find that only the vertebrates arose in the midst of the time we can study by means of fossils. All the other phyla were present, distinct, and well-developed at the time when the fossil record begins. We may assume that these groups evolved, diverged, and became distinct in the time before the fossil record began, but it is just as well justified to believe that they never were related. You can take your choice, but you can’t disprove the other fellow’s idea, unless you dig up evidence not known heretofore. In all the billion years of life recorded in the rocks, there have always been very simple organisms, very complex ones, and all the stages in between, all living together in very complex manner. Can we be sure that these all came from one single kind that arose through a single acci¬ dent and then produced all the variety of life now known? We do love the neat simple explanations like this, but life is not simple, and it is unlikely that its origin and evolution were simple. In a very general way the fossil record supports the idea that life has developed gradually from simple to complex, at least within the great groups of similar animals. The fishes of the Paleozoic are not as highly organized and complex as those living today. So with many other groups. But there are exceptions, many of them. By almost any standard we ap¬ ply, the physical nature of obligatory parasites is much simpler than the non-parasitic groups to which they seem to be akin. Such parasitism has arisen many times separately in different groups. We call it degeneration. It is very hard to justify calling it progressive evolution. Again, if a real reversal of evolution did occur, how could we detect it? Here we may take some comfort from the fact that that basic law of 1956] Logical Basis of Evolution 67 physics mentioned before, the Second Law of Thermodynamics, requires that all spontaneous reactions shall produce greater complexity. When two simple elements, sodium and chlorine for example, combine, they pro¬ duce sodium chloride, which is more complex than either of the elements. There seems to be no doubt that this law applies to all matter, whether ill living systems or not, and it very probably ensures that in general there will always be increase in complexity. Even in the parasites that cant live alone, the protein structure and enzyme systems may be as complex as in the non-parasitic relatives. The idea that the processes that operated in evolution and other natural activities in the past are the same as those we see operating today is the Law of Uniformitariaiiism. This is not the same kind of law as the Second Law of Thermodynamics, for we never get a chance to test this one in any experiment. All we can say is that we have seen no proof that it doesn't hold. Likewise, however, we must admit that we see no direct evidence that it does hold in the far past. When we look back a million years in imagination, we have little trouble believing that the earth was much the same as now. There surely were mountains and rivers and sun and oceans and seasons. But what if we look back five thousand million years? The earth may have been newly formed; it may have been closer to the sun; it may not have had tides; it may have had different seasons; it may have had quite a different pro¬ portion of chemical elements at the surface. From the point of view of life, can we be sure that these things and their interactions were all the same as they are now? Again, we think of life in terms of our own experience. But what do we know of the kind of life that first appeared? There is a tremendous gap betv/een the simplest known life and the most complex non-living matter. Does the same sort of evolution apply at the molecular level, the asexual cellular level, the sexual multicellular level, and the level of intel¬ ligent life? We know that some factors are different; and we may be on shaky ground to believe that there has been no change in evolutionary processes no evolution of evolution. It has been stated that no major group of animals has ever become extinct. Obviously by “major group” was meant something larger than the order of dinosaurs or the class of trilobites, for we know they are extinct. We may assume that phyla were intended. But how can we make such a statement? No matter what group I name, you can say, “Oh, but that belongs in the Coelenterata (or the Mollusca). It is not a dis¬ tinct phylum.” . Take the graptolites, for instance, those curious little colonial and usu¬ ally branching forms, made of chitin, and usually floating suspended from the surface of the ocean (or so we imagine). No one denies that they existed (as shown by numerous clear fossils) and that they are now extinct. They were for many years placed in the Coelenterata, but most' recent classifiers have transferred them clear up to the Hemichordata, where they 68 The Virginia Journal of Science [April are tentatively put as a subphylum. Can we reasonably say that they are not an extinct major group? One of the paleontologists in the National Museum recently showed me a shell of unknown affinities. It is conical, so it has been put in the Mollusca near the snails, but the specialist in each group says it doesn’t belong with his pets. The catch is that it incorporates a feature never seen in any living animal or in any other fossil. Instead of having a single conical body cavity in the conical shell, it has two semiconical cavities. No one knows what nature of animal built this shell and lived in it, but whatever it was, it is long since extinct. Can we safely say that it doesn’t represent an extinct phylum? To deal adequately with the supposed recapitulation of the stages in the phylogeny of animals by the stages in their individual ontogenies would take at least a whole lecture. Yet this is often cited as one of the impor¬ tant evidences of evolution. This is one of the most misused, misunderstood, and misquoted concepts in all of biology. Let us briefly look at what facts are agreed upon and what may be reasonably assumed from these facts. All of the higher organisms pass through a series of stages in develop¬ ment from the egg to the mature individual. These stages are usually not clearly distinet but grade into one another. Most of the stages appear to be necessary to the development of the organism, either structurally or functionally. In different kinds of animals the series of stages are often quite different. In animals which we believe to be closely related, they are most similar. In some cases one of the stages of one form may resemble very closely a stage in some other form which is thought to represent a remote ances¬ tor. In some cases one of the stages may resemble in a general way the adult of a supposed remote ancestor. Now if we are to compare these ontogenetic stages with some other set of stages, we must have that other set to compare with. If we are going to compare the ontogeny of some animal, its own personal life his¬ tory, with the phylogeny of that kind of animal, the history of the develop¬ ment of that kind, we mtist know both the life history and the race his¬ tory. What kind of animal shall we select, where both of these are known? Here is the big difficulty. We simply don’t know the phylogeny of any kind of animal. Oh, we have some guesses. They are like our guesses about how closely related animals are, only they’re even less well founded. One of the well-known general writers on embryology has fallen into this error. He wrote, “The value of embryology from the point of view of evolution lies in the fact that embryonic forms are like the embryonic forms of related animals.” May we interrupt to ask how he knows they are related? Did he watch their evolution, or find direct evidence of it somewhere? He continues, “As a rule, the younger the embryos are, and the closer akin the species to which they belong, the more closely do the embryos 1956] Logical Basis of Evolution 69 resemble one another.” Here again, how does he judge closeness of kin¬ ship? As a matter of fact, practically all very young embryos resemble each other quite closely. He continues, “The more closely allied the species are, the longer does the resemblance between the embryos persist.” The same comment ap¬ plies here. All that is really involved is that kinds which we classify in one group do in fact show greater similarity in embryos than kinds which we classify into widely separated groups. This merely reflects the fact that our classifications are based on resemblances usually of the adults, but which are shown to be correlated with resemblances in the early stages as well and in any case were the result of the same processes as formed the embryonic characters. Once again he continues, “Embryology furnishes valuable evidence there¬ fore as to affinities, but it cannot profess to give definite information con¬ cerning the adult forms of ancestors.” We can agree with this last, espe¬ cially if he means the recent ancestors, but is there any evidence that embryology furnishes data as to affinities? We must answer this with a qualified affirmative. If we believe that similarity of structure is evidence of affinity in adults, we probably must also accept it as evidence of affinity in the embryo. But it is still highly subjective, because we have not proved that the correlation is real; we merely believe it to be true. This same writer does not believe that ontogeny recapitulates phylogeny. He believes that it may recapitulate the ontogeny of the ancestor. But he points out many ways in which the similarity may be upset, even claim¬ ing that sometimes the adult descendant may resemble most closely the ancestral embryo, instead of the descendant embryo resembling the ances¬ tral adult. But the assumption that we know the phylogeny of any ani¬ mal back to the early stage required by this sort of speculation, is a basic fault in these arguments, as in nearly all discussions of recapitulation. Now, evolution is not a modern concept. It is about a hundred years old in its current form. But the mechanisms that are now believed to be the basis of evolution are of more recent discovery. The current view that the materials of evolution are spontaneous mutations in the hereditary fac¬ tors, and that these factors are particulate genes that are located in cell bodies called chromosomes, is another conceptual scheme. It is built up of facts about the variation of organisms and logical speculation about its cause and its results. But again the scheme is not a fact, - only a logical system that seems to be adequate to explain the known phenomena. What, then, are the basic facts about living matter which have given rise to the explanatory conceptual scheme which we call evolution? They seem to be only five at the first level, and very simple and direct ones. First, life is displayed only in discrete entities that we call individuals. It is not a continuous film of matter or a single mass, but a multitude of separate masses usually connected to each other only for short periods of time. Second, there is diversity among the individuals. They are not all alike but represent many forms, structures, activities, and materials. Third, there is discontinuity in the diversity. Life does not form a continuous 70 The Virginia Journal of Science [April series of forms from simple to complex but is divided into discrete groups or kinds which are not continuous with other groups. Fourth, there is in¬ heritance of likeness within the kinds. Each individual is the product of one or two other individuals and receives from them the factors which will make it like them. Fifth, there is change. Living forms are not fix¬ ed and unchangeable but are subject to constant small discrete changes which make the offspring just a little different from their parents. These are all general truths that we can see and demonstrate. Their explanation lies in the nature of matter, for the first three apply equally to inanimate matter. So far, there is no evolution. Now we leave the realm of pure fact and add increasing amounts of speculation. Our conceptual scheme of stratigraphy and fossils seems to justify us in believing that the diversity we see today is different from the diversity we would have seen a million years ago. It also seems to justify us in believing that the successive stages of diversity have increased in complexity as time passed, with the most complex stage of all the one we see around us. These two assumptions or beliefs require explanation, for stratigraphy merely suggests what happened and not why it happened, or how. The only explanation that fits our ideas of scientific rigor is that the increasing diversity of life is the result of progressive change, increasing complexity. This is evolution; this is the concept that I have described as of such fundamental importance. The observed diversity of life, its material, structure, form, and activity, exhibiting discontinuity into indi¬ viduals and kinds, is the result of progressive change acting through here¬ dity. Even this fundamental statement we cannot call proved. It has two unproved assumptions. But we can say that it is a reasonable scheme, one fruitful of further explanations, and the only one which gives adequate explanation of all known facts without raising other unanswered problems. On this basis it must logically be accepted by every person who fails to produce an acceptable scheme of some other sort. Evolution, then, proclaims that the facts of individuality, diversity, dis¬ continuity, heredity, and change can be compounded with the assumptions that different sets of diversity existed in the past and that they became successively more complex up to the present time, to form a coherent explanation of this sequence of change and the variety of life both present and past. I must emphasize that this concept of evolution does not include many of the things that have sometimes been included in it. It does not tell us whether life arose from inorganic matter once or more than once. It does not tell us whether there were false starts, that fizzled out. It does not tell us whether all forms of life arose from one primordial form or whether there were several quite different lines developed from as many separate ancestors which emerged from non-living matter independently. It does not tell us why some lines have expanded and changed rapidly, why some have remained unchanged for hundreds of millions of years, or 1956] Logical Basis of Evolution 71 why some have become extinct. It does not tell us whether the processes involved in evolution today are the only ones that have been involved since the beginning, or whether they are themselves unmodified during that long time. It does not tell us that any particular organism is descended from any particular other organism. It does not tell us the nature of the processes which were involved in the heredity of the organisms, or the processes which gave rise to the changes or their perpetuation. Nor does it tell us whether there were forces controlling the direction of change, except as these are inherent in the matter involved. It does not tell us the phylogeny of any organisms, or even whether we may hope to know^ this someday. It does not tell us the meaning of the resemblances between developmental stages and possible ancestral stages. If we can keep all these extraneous things aside, we will have no dif¬ ficulty in making a reasonable case for the truth of evolution as an explana¬ tory scheme. As Dobzhansky has so aptly put it, “Evolution as a his¬ torical jirocess is established as thoroughly and completely as science can establish facts of the past witnessed by no human eyes. At present, an informed and reasonable person can hardly doubt the validity of the evolu¬ tion theory, in the sense that evolution has occurred.” REFERENCES deBeer, G. R. 1928. Vertebrate Zoology. London. Dobzhansky, Th. 1951. Genetics and the Origin of Species. New York. Jepsen, G. L., et al. 1949. Genetics, Paleontology and Evolution. Princeton. Lindsey, A. W. Simpson, A. G. WOODGER, J. H. 1952. Principles of Organic Evolution. St. Louis. 1949. The Meaning of Evolution. New Haven. 1929. Biological Principles. London. 72 The Virginia Journal of Science [April An Electric Field Meter Robert F. Fleming, Jr.^ University of Virf^inia INTRODUCTION Waddel et al. investigated in 1946 the causes and effects of radio static created by aircraft flying through disturbed weather, and Wagner et al. in 1947 dealt with corona losses on high voltage transmission lines. In such investigations dealing with electrical charges the investigators must know, within an accuracy of a few percent, the magnitude and polarity of the electric field about the bodies in question. The earth itself is charged with respect to the upper atmosphere. Mc¬ Donald (1953) states that when we walk outside on even a fair day, our heads are in air that is some 200 volts positive with respect to the ground at our feet. Under a thundercloud our heads might be in air that is 20,000 volts above ground potential. Even though it is a poor conductor, air does conduct a measurable cur¬ rent between the upper atmosphere and earth. The air-to-earth current depends upon the conductivity of the atmosphere and the electric field caused by the charges in the upper atmosphere. While measuring air-to- earth current, workers at General Electric Company (Heinmiller and Staff, 1953) were able to detect the jet stream in which intercontinental bombers, guided missiles, and everyday commercial airplanes can hitchhike with great savings of fuel. Continuous recordings of the earth’s electric field taken at weather stations along with the other usual data would prove very useful to weather forecasters and the military forces. THE PROBLEM During the course of specialized research in weather at the University of Virginia Engineering Experiment Station, the need for an electric field meter that would meet the following design specifications has become ap¬ parent. 1. The instrument must indicate the polarity of the electric field. 2. The instrument must be insensitive to 60 cycle electric and/or mag¬ netic fields to insure proper operation even in the presence of high voltage 60 cycle power lines and 60 cycle machinery. 3. It must be capable of measuring the voltage gradients expected to be encountered, from 30 to 10,000 volts per meter. 4. The instrument must be stable and remain calibrated for maximum reliability with, minimum calibration even with wide line voltage variations and tube characteristic changes. 1 Research Associate, Electronics Research Section, Engineering Experiment Station, Uni¬ versity of Virginia. 1956] An Electric Field Meter 73 5. It must be suitable for use either as an instrument indicating the instantaneous electric field or a recording instrument providing a plot of electric field variations against time. 6. The parts exposed to the electric field must be small to insure mini¬ mum distortion of the electric field by the presence of the instru¬ ment. 7. The parts exposed to the electric field must not be adversely affected in any way by exposure to any weather conditions because the instru¬ ment might be used outdoors. 8. The number of rotating parts must be kept to a minimum because rotating mechanical parts are cumbersome (especially high speed switches using brushes and commutators). Previous electric field instruments described in the literature were of two general classes: Those in the first class (Koenigsfeld and Piraux, 1950; Gish and Sher¬ man, 1937; Mauchly, 1926; and Wilson, 1905) used a wire or probe well insulated from ground and exposed to the electric field. An electrometer measured the potential which the wire or probe assumed in the field. These instruments were undeshable because: 1. The insulation resistance had to be maintained at values greater than a million megohms (lO^^ ohms), making the insulators highly susceptible to contamination by water and dust. 2. The long wires and large probes were not readily portable. 3. The electrometers used were delicate, drifted, and were not readily adaptable to be used as recording instruments. 4. The response time was too long to register transients. The instruments in the second class, which were discussed by Gunn (1954), Tremaine and Cheek (1950), Waddel (1948), Workman and Holzer (1939), and Kirkpatrick and Mayake (1932), were the “generat¬ ing” type; that is, a conductor was alternately exposed to and shielded from an electric field, thus generating an alternating voltage which was proportional to the electric field. This voltage was amplified and applied to an indicating or recording meter. An instmment of this type developed by Tremaine and Cheek (1950) was a composite of the previous generating voltmeters and met all of the required specifications except: 1. The parts exposed to the electric field were large and bulky. 2. The sensing part was exposed to direct contact with raindrops which can carry charges (Gunn, 1947), These drops could possibly cause erratic readings by charging the sensing element or by shorting the insulators holding the sensing element. 3. ITie instrument used a mechanical rotating swatch. Gunn in 1954 discussed a generating field meter which met the specifica- 74 The Virginia Journal of Science [April tions except that his instrument had no provision for the elimination of 60 cycle fields. ' ELECTRIC FIELD 120 CYCLE SYNCHRONOUS INDICATING AMPLIFIER SWITCH OR GRAPHIC METER BLOCK DIAGRAM FIGURE ! FIGURE n 1956] An Electric Field Meter 75 Because these generating field meters meet most of the design specifica¬ tions required, it was decided to modify the instruments of Tremaine and Cheek and Gunn to include all of the specifications. THE INSTRUMENT The block diagram of this instrument is shown in Figure L In the generating head, the only part exposed to the field, is the chopper, shown in Figure II, which alternately exposes the probe to the field and shields it, thus generating an alternating voltage on the probe. The chop¬ per rotates at the synchronous speed of 1800 R.P.M., being turned by a small synchronous motor (Bodine NSY-12), giving a 120 cycle probe volt¬ age. Any 60 cycle electric field obviously is cancelled at the probe. The probe is connected to the grid of a battery-operated cathode follower, the low impedance output of which is fed through a cable to the step attenua¬ tor and thence to the 120 cycle amplifier as shown in Figure III. This amplifier (after Scott, 1938) is tuned to 120 cycles to further eliminate any possible 60 cycle error voltage. Negative feedback is used in the amplifier to stabilize the gain and linearity as set forth by Terman and his co-workers in 1939.. Following the 120 cycle amplifier there is a synchronous switch which is no more than a differential amplifier gated by a 120 cycle square wave. The square wave is derived from the 60 cycle line voltage, and is always in phase with the probe voltage. The chopper is adjusted mechanically on the motor shaft so that the synchronous switch will be gated “on'* when the probe is exposed and “off” when the probe is shielded. The output of the synchronous switch then is a pulsating direct voltage, the average of which is directly proportional to the magnitude and polarity of the electric field. This direct voltage can either be applied to an indi¬ cating voltmeter calibrated to read in volts per meter from center scale or filtered and applied through a suitable direct current amplifier to the pen motor of a paper chart recorder. Calibration.- — -The calibration of this instrument was relatively simple. A one-quarter inch mesh hardware cloth screen, 15 feet square, was sup¬ ported on a wooden frame two meters above the ground. With the generat¬ ing head placed on the ground under the center of the screen, known volt¬ ages were applied between the insulated screen and ground, giving known electric fields. It was assumed that this calibrating field is, for all practical purposes, as uniform as the earth's field. A small calibrating plate was built into the cover of the generating head box and calibrated against the large screen used as a standard. This small calibrating plate is used to check the calibration. One merely closes the cover over the chopper and probe and applies known voltages to the plate. In bad weather the generating head box is operated on its side to keep the chopper and probe dry. This decreases the sensitivity to one-sixth, as determined experimentally, which is still adequate to read a minimum field of 30 volts per meter. 76 The Virginia Journal of Science [April Performance. — It can be said that this instrument meets all of the design specifications: 1. It indicates the polarity of the field. 2. 60 cycle fields have no effect on the instrument. 3. The range is adequate. 1956] An Electric Field Meter 77 4. No appreciable drift in calibration has been observed. 5. With a suitable recorder (such as a Brush Electronics Company BL-202 Oscillograph driven by a simple D.C. amplifier similar to NOTE 5 p + 3000 + 2OT0 K H +1000 yj S ^ 0 o > -1000 “2000 --3000 --4000 olorify ndicates polorify of atmosphere relative to ground. EARTH'S ELECTRIC FIELD VS. TIME DURING TYPICAL WINTER RAINSTORM MINUTES 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 \ 1 1 1 J \ rv A 1 k/ n / \ n r FIGURE IV NOTES Polarity indicates polarity of atmosphere relative to ground. FIGURE V 78 The Virginia Journal of Science [April the Brush BL-905), the electric field can be recorded as a function of time. 6. The generating head is reasonably small and can be made smaller in future designs. 7. Weather conditions do not affect the operation; the instrument has operated successfully during rains at rates exceeding two inches per hour, and once during a snow storm when over a foot of snow fell. 8. The chopper and its motor are trouble free, requiring no particular maintenance. CONCLUSIONS Even though this instrument was not designed specifically for general weather research or for weather forecasting, it could be used in this con¬ nection. With a few modifications to give automatic features, the instru¬ ment could be run continuously 24 hours a day, seven days a week, giv¬ ing a graph of electric field variations versus time. These variations could be correlated with jet stream observations and other weather data obtained from standard weather instruments. Figures IV and V show graphs plotted from recordings made during disturbed weather. The polarity indicates the polarity of the atmosphere relative to the ground. It is interesting to note the variations in the field caused by clouds at different potentials drifting by, as is shown in Figure IV. The bottoms of the clouds are negative as set forth by Frenkel in 1947. Figure V shows data taken under a raining thunder cloud. The field varied as parts of the cloud changed potential with lightning discharges and as the wind carried the cloud over the instrument. ACKNOWLEDGMENT The author is indebted to Professor James C. Mace of the Department of Electrical Engineering, University of Virginia, for his guidance in the circuit design; to his fellow workers at the Engineering Experiment Sta¬ tion for their comments and suggestions; and to the Department of Defense under whose contract, DAI-49-186-502-ORD(P)-321, the work was fi¬ nanced. LITERATURE CITED Frenkel, J. 1947. Atmospheric Electricity and Lightning. Journal of the Franklin Institute, 243(4): 287-307. Gish, O. H. and K. L. Sherman. 1937. A Leak-free Method of Measur¬ ing Air-potentials. Terrestrial Magnetism, 42: 285-288. And 1829. 34: 231-237. i Gunn, Ross. 1954. Electric Field Meters. Rev. Sci. Inst., 25(5): 432- 437. 1956] An Electric Field Meter 79 . . . 1947. The Electrical Charge on Precipitation at Various Altitudes and Its Relation to Thunderstorms. Phtjs. Rev., 71(3): 181- 186. Helnmiller, Paul R. (Managing Editor) and Staff. 1953. The Jet was Chasing its Tail. Review Staff Report, General Electric Rev., 56(4): 42. Kirkpatrick, P. and I. Mayake. 1932. A Generating Voltmeter for the Measurement of High Potentials. Rev. of Sci. Inst., 3(1): 1-8. Koenigsfeld, L. and P. Piraux. 1950. Un nouvel electrometre portatif pour la mesure des charges electrostatiques par systeme electronique: Son application a la radiosonde. Mem. roij. meteorol. Inst. Belgique, No. 45. Mauchly, S. J. 1926. Control of Ionium Collectors used in Potential- Gradient Registrations at the Observatory of the Department of Ter¬ restrial Magnetism. Carnegie Inst. Wash. Year Book, 25: 227. McDonald, James E. 1953. The Earth’s Electricity. Sci. Amer., 188 (4); 33. Scott, H. H. 1938. A New Type of Selective Circuit and Some Applica¬ tions. Rroc. I.R.E., 26(2): 226-235. Terman, Frederic E., R. R. Buss, W. R. Hewlett, and F. C. Ca^iill. 1939. Some Applications of Negative Feedback with Particular Ref¬ erence to Laboratory Equipment. Proc. I.R.E., 27(10): 649-655. Tremaine, R. L. and R. C. Cheek. 1950. A Voltage Gradient Meter. AIEE Trans., 69 (part 1): 633-637. Waddel, R. C. 1948. An Electric Field Meter for Use on Airplanes. Rev. of Sci. Inst., 19(1): 31-35. Waddel, R. C., R. C. Drutowski, and W. N. Blatt. 1946. Aircraft Instrumentation for Precipitation — -Static Research, Part II^ Proc. I. R. E. & Waves and Electrons, 34(4): 161-166. Wagner, C. F., A. Wagner, E. L. Peterson, and I. W. Gross. 1947. Corona Considerations of High-Voltage Lines and Design Features of Tidd 500 Kv. Lines. A.I.E.E. Trans., 66; 1583-90. Wilson, C. T. R. 1905. On a Portable Gold-Leaf Electrometer for Low or High Potentials and Its Applications to the Measurements in Atmos¬ pheric Electricity. Proc. Phil. Soc. Cambridge, 13: 184-189. Workman, E. J. and R. E. Holzer. 1939. A Recording Generating Voltmeter for the Study of Atmospheric Electricitv. Rev. of Sci. Inst., 10(5): 160-163. 80 The Virginia Journal of Science [April An Annotated List of the Amphibians and Reptiles of Giles County, Virginia Victor H. Hutchison Duke University This report is based upon observations and eollections made during the summers of 1954 and 1955, oceasional visits during other months of the year, specimens contained in the demonstration collection at the Mountain Lake Biological Station, and specimens listed in the collections of several museums. Giles County lies in the Appalachian Valley and Ridge Province in south¬ western Virginia and covers an area of 369 square miles. It is bordered on the west by Mercer and Monroe counties. West Virginia; on the east, by Craig and Montgomery counties; and on the south, by Pulaski and Bland counties. It is drained by two different river systems: the north¬ east by John’s Creek, tributary to the James River; and the rem.ainder of the county by New River, tributary to the Kanawha. The area ranges in elevation from 1470 feet near Glenlyn to 4368 feet on Bald Knob. There are eight peaks over 4000 feet in elevation, but many of the val¬ leys have gently rolling terrain. There is an old rolling peneplain 200 to 400 feet above the present level of the New River. Several distinct vegetational types are to be found. Most of the lower terrain has been cleared for pastures and fields. The slopes of the mountains are covered by mixed deciduous forest, and some of the peaks, such as Bald Knob and the Mountain Lake drainage, have small stands of virgin coniferous forest of spruce and hemlock. This varied terrain offers several different habitats for collecting amphibians and reptiles. All localities mentioned are taken from United States Geological Sur¬ vey Topographical Maps, Pulaski Quadrangle (1934), Narrows Quadrangle (1913-32), and Pearisburg Quadrangle (1921-32). There are undoubtedly more species to be found in the county than those listed below and extensive collecting throughout the county should yield several additional ones. The following forms perhaps also occur in the area and should be looked for: Amy da ferox spinifera, Clemmys muhlenbergi, Opheod,rys vernalis vernalis, Lampropeltis calligaster rhomb o- maculata, Lampropeltis getulus getulus, Elaphe guttata guttata, Heterodon platy rhinos, Haldea valeriae, Storeria dekayi, Eumeces anthr acinus, Pseud- acris brachyphona, Necturus maculosus, Amby stoma maculatum, Plethodon jacksoni, Plethodon wehrlei, Plethodon richmondi, and Aneides aeneus. ACCOUNT OF SPECIES Cryptobranchus alleganiensis alleganiensis (Daudin).^ — The hellbender is common in the New River and its tributaries and it is often caught by fishermen, who know it as the “water-dog” or “alligator”. Specimens ex- 1956] Amphibians and Reptiles of Giles County, Virginia 81 amined were collected in the New River at Ripplemead, in Wolf Creek near the junction with New River, and in Spruce Run at Spruce Run School. Amby stoma jeffersonianum (Green). — Giles County is the southern limit of the range of this salamander, as shown by Bishop (1947). The two adult specimens seen came from the Mountain Lake area and represent the present known southern-most record for the species. One was collected at Little Meadows beneath a wet log at an elevation of approximately 3500 feet on August 5, 1954, and the other was found beneath a con¬ crete slab in the basement of the laboratory building of the Mountain Lake Biological Station. Larvae, presumably of this species, were found in a small oxbow pond at Little Meadows on August 5, 1954. Ten larvae averaged 17 mm. in size, with extremes of 15.5 and 17.8 mm. Diemictyliis viridescens viridescens Rafinesque. — Common in ponds and slow-moving streams in the valleys, it is particularly abundant in Mountain Lake. Several of the red terrestrial stages have been collected in the moist forest on Salt Pond Mountain. Desmognathus ftiscus fuscus (Rafinesque). — This is the most commoii salamander in and along streams throughout the county. Females with egg clusters were found on August 2, 1955 (12 eggs) and on August 17, 1955 (18 eggs). Locality records for the dusky salamander include speci¬ mens from Big Stony Creek, Little Stony Creek, and Johns Creek through¬ out their length. Desmognathus ochrophaeus carolinensis Dunn. — This species has been taken from a wet bank beside a spring at Ripplemead, elevation 1600 feet. It has not been found at the higher elevations. Specimens in the American Museum of Natural History (AMNH 54459) from Salt Pond Mountain labeled as this species were examined by Richard G. Zweifel and found to be Desmognathus fuscus. Giles County is near the region of inter¬ gradation of D. o. ochrophaeus and D. o. carolinensis, but all specimens examined v/ere clearly of the latter race. Desmognathus monticola Dunn. - The seal salamander is found in most of the streams of the county. It is very common at the Cascades of Lit¬ tle Stony Creek, where the salamanders can be seen on rock ledges from a few inches to several feet above the water. On being approached, they plunge into the water. With the head protruding they often hide in cre¬ vices along streams. Desmognathus quadramaculatus (Holbrook). — The black-bellied sala¬ mander is found in most streams of the county, except those of the John’s Creek Drainage, although it has been found 500 feet away in streams tributary to the New River (Carroll, 1950). It is particularly common in the higher streams, such as Little Stony Creek and the small spring- fed streams tributary to it. This is the northern limit for the present known range of this salamander in Virginia. Plethodon cinereus cinereus (Green) .—The red-backed phase of this species is found throughout the county in both wet and relatively dry areas. The black phase is found at Castle Rock, the only locality in the 82 The Virginia Journal of Science [April county the author has collected it. Bogert (1952) referred to these black individuals as “huldae” and gave the relative numbers of the two color phases of this species and P. glutinoms. In two hours on August 2, 1954, four members of the class in vertebrate zoology from the Biological Sta¬ tion collected 8 P. glutinosus (17.4%), 32 red-backed P. cineretis (69.6%), and 6 black P. cineretis (13.0%). These figures are similar to those given by Bogert (1952). Plethodon glutinosus glutinosus (Green). - The common slimy salaman¬ der is widespread in the area. Several specimens from Clover Hollow Mountain and Newport have very few or no dorsal white spots, though lateral spots are present. Pope (1949) made a statistical study in the Mountain Lake area of several aspects of the biology of this species. Plethodon jacksoni Newman. — This species has not been found by the author in the county. Newman (1954) states, “There are some speci¬ mens reportedly collected from caves in Giles and Craig Counties”. The author has collected in 38 caves in Giles County and 6 caves in Craig County and has not found this species as described by Newman. Hemidactylium scutatum (Schlegel). - This species is reportedly rare in the area. Several class reports in the Biological Station Library men¬ tion the occurrence of the four-toed salamander in the area about Salt Pond and Doe Mountain. The author has seen one specimen taken in a sphagnum bog at White Pine Lodge on August 9, 1954. This individual was found by turning over large mats of moss at the edges of the bog. Gyrinophilus porphyriticus porphyriticus (Green) .——The purple sala¬ mander has been collected during the summer months beneath wet logs in damp woods on Salt Pond Mountain and in the immediate vicinity of the Biological Station. It is easily collected during rain at night along roadbanks on the Salt Sulphur Turnpike, an unpaved road that traverses Salt Pond, Big, and Fork Mountains. Many adults have been found with their heads protruding from holes in the clay banks at night, while the larvae are common in springs and seeps. Pseudotriton ruber ruber (Latreille).— The red salamander is common, especially in the higher, clear, spring-fed streams. This species has been taken at the Biological Station, in a small stream at Maybrook, in Starnes Gave near Pearisburg, and in Sugar Run at Bane. Eurycea bislineata bislineata (Green). - This species is common in aquatic and wet situations throughout the area. It is occasionally found beneath logs in moist woods some distance from water. The larvae of this salamander made up 74% of a collection of 234 salamanders from Link’s Spring at Maybrook, collected from June 20-22, 1955. This sala¬ mander has been found in nearly eveiy stream from which collections were made. Eurycea longicauda longicauda (Green). — -The long-tailed salamander has been taken at the following places in the county: G. C. Starnes Cave, 2.5 iniles southwest of Pearisburg; Hodge Cave, 1 mile east of Starnes Cave; Link Cave, Maybrook; Williams Cave, Maybrook; limestone cliffs 1956] Amphibians and Reptiles of Giles County, Virginia 83 along Sinking Creek, 0.6 miles northeast of Newport; Newport Cave, New¬ port. Eurycea Iiicifuga Rafinesque. — The specimen on which the first state record of this salamander was based was collected by Dunn (1936) at a cave on Sinking Creek, near Newport, in July, 1935. Fowler (1944) listed the cave salamander from five localities in Giles County. The author spent the summer of 1955 studying the ecology of this salamander in western Virginia and has several new localities for this species in Giles Co.: Adlai Jones Cave, 1 mile west-northwest of junction of boundaries of Giles, Craig, and Montgomery counties; Lucas Cave, Clover Hollow, 2.5 miles northeast of Newport; Link Cave, 0.5 miles south of Maybrook; Williams Cave, on Sinking Creek, Maybrook; Echols Hollow Cave, 0.5 miles north of Maybrook; Whittens Cave, on Sinking Creek, 0.7 miles east of Maybrook, Richard G. Zweifel found an individual of this species (AMNH 58236) in a limestone cliff along Sinking Creek, near Newport, on August 5, 1955, approximately 0.5 miles from the nearest known cave. A study of the habits, distribution, and ecolog}^ of E. lucifuga is now in progress, and the results will be reported at a future date. Btifo terrestris americanus Holbrook. — Several toads heard calling on April 3, 1955, in low meadows in Clover Hollow were of this species. It is found sporadically throughout the county. Biifo woodhousei fowled Hinckley. “—Two Fowler's toads have been taken. One small (39 mm.) individual was found along the muddy shore ■of New River near Ripplemead. A male 65 mm. in body length was cap¬ tured at the Biological Station on August 23, 1954. Hyla crucifer crucifer Wied. - Spring peepers were heard calling in the grassy margins of Sinking Creek, 1 mile east of Newport, on April 3, 1955. Htjla versicolor versicolor Le Conte. — — This tree frog is distributed throughout the county in suitable localities. Tree frogs are heard call¬ ing during June, July, and August on Salt Pond Mountain. Voices of this Specie'S were heard in Clover Hollow on August 19, 1955, and at Eggleston on September 10, 1955. Eggs were found in Francis Pond, near Newport, 'on July 30, 1954. Rana catesheiana Shaw.— —The common bull frog is found along water courses and ponds in valleys throughout the county. It does not appear to be as common as the green frog. Individuals of this species which have been taken came from Newport Pond at Newport, Francis Pond at New¬ port, Sinking Creek 5 miles north of Newport, Wolf Creek at the Bland County line, and in Big Stony Creek at Kimballton. Rana clamitans Latreille.— The green frog is the most often seen and heard salientian in the area. It is found in Mountain Lake and occurs in suitable places at all altitudes. Rana sijlvatica sylvatica Le Conte.— The wood frog is occasionally seen in damp woods at the higher elevations. A small individual of this species was seen in the upper entrance of Tawneys Cave on April 2, 1955. Re- 84 The Virginia Journal of Science [April cently transformed frogs of this species were found at Little Meadows on August 5, 1954. Rana pipiens pipiens Schreber. — Occasionally seen or heard in the grassy margins of slow-moving streams and low wet pastures, the leopard frog is unevenly distributed through the county. The only two specimens ex¬ amined were taken from Sinking Creek 2.5 miles west of Maybrook. Rana palnsfris Le Conte. — The pickerel frog is common about the mar¬ gin of Mountain Lake and has been taken along small oxbow ponds at Little Meadows. Chelydra serpentina serpentina Linnaeus. — The common snapping turtle is found in streams and ponds throughout the county. Several individuals have been seen in Mountain Lake, elevation 3970 feet. M. McDonald captured this species in Wolf Creek, August 19, 1885 (USNM 14422). Sternotherus odoratus (Latreille). — One individual of this species has been taken in Wolf Creek near the Bland County line. Terrapene Carolina Carolina (Linnaeus). - This is the most often seen reptile in the area. It is abundant throughout the county except on the higher peaks. One specimen was seen dead on the road about 200 yards south of the Mountain Lake Post Office at an elevation 3800 feet. Pope (1939) mentions that this species attains an altitude of 2500 feet in North Carolina. It is common on the slopes of John’s Creek Mountain up to elevations of 2600 feet. Large numbers may be seen after heavy rains along the roads throughout the area. Fifteen were counted on the roads in a distance of 6.6 miles after a heavy rain on June 25, 1955. Chrysemys picta picta (Schneider) .-—The painted turtle probably occurs in many of the ponds in the county, but the author has examined only one specimen. This individual came from a small artificial pond 1 mile west of Newport. Further collections need to be made in the county to determine if intergradation occurs with C. p. marginata, which is found in the neighboring counties of West Virginia, as shown by Carr (1952). Sceloporus undulatus hyacinthinus (Green) .—This lizard is common at elevations below 2500 feet throughout the county. Several persons have reported to the author that it occurs on Salt Pond Mountain, though extensive collecting there has produced no specimens. Eumeces fasciatus (Linnaeus). —The five-lined skink has been taken at Bane beneath a pile of rotting lumber. This is the only time it has been seen, though it is common about lumber and sawdust piles in neighboring Craig and Montgomery Counties. Natrix sipedon sipedon (Linnaeus) , — This water snake is common throughout the county in the streams and ponds at lower elevations. Natrix septemvittata (Say).— -The queen snake is also abundantly dis¬ tributed in the county and is to be found in the same situations as the common water snake. Thamnophis sauritus sauritus (Linnaeus) .-"—One individual was captur- 1956] Amphibians and Reptiles of Giles County, Virginia 85 ed at the mouth of Spruce Run at New River beneath a large rock along the creek bank. Thamnophis sirtalis sirtalis (Linnaeus).- — The garter snake is common at all altitudes throughout the county. Localities for this species include Saltpeter Branch on Salt Pond Mountain, Sinking Creek near Newport, Bane, Hoge’s Store, 0.5 miles west of Bluff City, and Wind Rock. Diadophis punctatus edwardsi (Merrem). — Twelve specimens have been examined from various localities in the county. A very large indi¬ vidual of this species was seen in a crevice of the twilight zone at Wil¬ liams Cave, Maybrook. Carphophis amoenus amoenus (Say). — The worai snake has been found in one locaHty in the county, though it is doubtlessly more widespread than the one record would indicate. This snake was taken beneath old boards at Inwod Farms, Clover Hollow. Coluber constrictor constrictor Linnaeus.—— -Only one individual of this species has been seen by the author. A dead specimen was found on the road at Hoge’s Store in July, 1955. It is not common in the county and Uhler, Cottam, and Clarke (1939) state that it is relatively rare in the George Washington National Forest in northwestern Virginia. Elaphe obsoleta obsoleta (Say). — The pilot blacksnake appears to be very common in the county, 21 dead specimens being seen on roads during June, July, and August, 1955. One was taken just within the mouth of Lucas Cave, Clover Hollow, on July 29, 1955. Pitiiophis melanoleucus melanoleucus (Daudin). - Burch (1940) report¬ ed the northern pine snake from Giles and Craig Counties. Lampropeltis doliata triangulum (Lacepede). — The milk snake is fairly common in the vicinity of the Biological Station and has been taken at May- brook, 2 miles south of Pearisburg, and on Salt Pond Mountain near Bald Knob. Ancistrodon contortrix mokeson (Daudin). - The copperhead is found in the valleys throughout the county. The author has seen only thi’ee specimens, ail from the vicinity of Newport, but farmers throughout the county report that this snake is common. There are three records from the Biological Station and Salt Pond Mountain (Wood, 1954). Crotalus horridiis horridus Linnaeus. - The timber rattlesnake appears to be quite common, especially on Salt Pond Mountain and the upper half of Sinking Creek Valley in Giles County. Eleven specimens of this species from Salt Pond Mountain have been examined. All but three of these were of the dark form, four being almost black. Smyth (1949) gives the food items for 19 of these snakes taken at the Biological Station. SUMMARY 1. The present known herpetofauna of Giles County includes 16 sala¬ manders, 9 frogs and toads, 4 turtles, 2 lizards ,and 13 snakes. 86 The Virginia Journal of Science [April 2. Notes on relative abundance, distribution, and localities are given for each species. 3. A range extension for Ambystoma jeffersonianum is given. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Grateful acknowledgment is made to the following persons for lists of specimens: Dr. Doris M. Cochran, United States National Museum; Mr. William E. Duellman, University of Michigan; and Dr. Richard G. Zweifel, The American Museum of Natural History. The author wishes to thank Dr. I. E. Gray and Dr. J. R. Railey for reading and criticizing the manu¬ script. LITERATURE CITED Bishop, Sherman C. 1943. Handbook of Salamanders. Ithaca (New York) : Comstock Publ. Co., p. 1-xiv, 1-555, fig. 1-144, maps 1-56. Bogert, Charles M. 1952. Relative abundance, habits, and normal thermal levels of some Virginia Salamanders. EcoL, 33: 16-30. Burch, Paul R. 1940. Snakes of the Allegheny Plateau in Virginia. Va. Jour. ScL, 1: 35-40. Carr, Archie. 1952. Handbook of Turtles. Ithaca (New York): Corn- stock Publ. Co., p. i-xv, 552, fig. 1-37 ,maps 1-23. Carroll, R. P. 1950. Amphibia and Reptiles. Section in James River Basin; Past, Present, and Future. Va. Acad. Sci., Richmond. Dunn, Emmet R. 1936. List of Virginia Amphibians and Reptiles. Mimeographed, Haverford, Pennsylvania. Fowler, James A. 1944. The Cave Salamander in Virginia. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 57: 31-32. Newman, Walter B. 1954. A New Plethodontid Salamander from Southwestern Virginia. Herpetologica, 10: 9-14. Pope, Clifford H. 1939. Turtles of the United States and Canada. New York: Alfred A. Knopf, p. i-xvii, 1-343, fig. 1-99, table. . . . . 1949. Notes on Growth and Reproduction of the Slimy Salamander Plethodon glutinosus. Fieldiana, Zool., 31: 25-261, fig. 60-65. Smyth, Thomas. 1949^ Notes on the Timber Rattlesnake at Mountain Lake, Virginia. Copeia, (1): 78. Uhler, F. M., C. Cottam, and T. E. Clarke. 1939. Food of Snakes of the George Washington National Forest, Virginia. Trans. 4th N. A. Wildlife Conf., p. 605-622. Wood, John T. 1954. The Distribution of Poisonous Snakes in Virginia. Va. Jour. Sci., 5: 152-167. 1956] Virginia Land Snails 87 Land Snails of Nansemond, Norfolk, and Princess Anne Counties, Virginia William E. Old Jr. and Roger H. Rageot Associates of the Noifolk Museum of AHs and Sciences Mr. John B. Burch’s article, ''The Land Snails of Hanover, Henrico, and Chesterfield Counties, Virginia,” which appeared in the July 1955 issue of the Virginia Journal of Science, inspired us to publish our find¬ ings in the Coastal Plain counties of Nansemond, Norfolk, and Princess Anne. While the present report is based on collections made over a five- year period it should be understood that the entire area has not yet been thoroughly worked, and it is anticipated that at some future date a more exhaustive report will be made. Field work in this area indicates a greater concentration of animals and a greater variety of species in vacant lots in and around the city of Nor¬ folk than in the wilder areas of the region. Several of the species found around Norfolk were introduced from Europe or Asia. This city has always been a large, sprawling one, with many wooded and grassy vacant lots scattered throughout. In recent years, however, there has been a marked increase in residential development within the city; many of the lots have been cleared and waste land is being reclaimed. ANNOTATED LIST Helicella caper ata (Montagu) — Abundant in grassy vacant lots in and around the city of Norfolk. Helix aspersa (Muller) — One large colony at York and Dunmore Streets, Norfolk. Also scattered throughout the older portion of town. Anguispira fergusoni ( Bland )^ — -Abundant in wooded lots in Norfolk; uncommon elsewhere. Discus cronkhitei (Newcomb). Helicodiscus parallelus (Say), Helicodiscus singleyanus inermis H. B. Baker. Haplotrema concavum (Say)— —Common in Dismal Swamp. Mesodon thyroidus (Say) — Common everywhere. Mesodon appressus sculptior (Chadwick)— —Uncommon. Stenotrema hirsuta (Say)— A solitary dead shell found at Wallaceton, Norfolk County. Triodopsis a. albolabris (Say) — Uncommon. Triodopsis albolabris traversensis (Walker). Triodopsis fallax (Say) — -Found only at Virginia Beach, Princess Anne County. 1 Any correspondence should be addressed to Rageot at the Museum, Lee Park, Norfolk 10. 88 The Virginia Journal of Science [April Tfiodopsis hopctononsis (Shiittloworth) — Abundant (s66ins to abound near salt or brackish water). Especially numerous at Back Bay Wildlife Refuge, Sandbridge, Princess Anne County; and Ghent district of Norfolk. Tfiodopsis tridentata juxtidens (Pilsbry) — Plentiful at Stumpy Lake, Norfolk County; Edgewater district of Norfolk; South Norfolk; and Dismal Swamp, Nansemond County. Haioaiia mimiscula (Binney). Retinella i. indentata (Say). Retinella indentata paucilirata (Morelet). Ventridens cerinoideus (Anthony) — Most abundant snail in the Dismal Swamp, where it frequents the moist areas. Ventridens ligerus (Say) — Abundant in city of Norfolk; Dismal Swamp, Nansemond County. Ventridens ligerus form sagdaoides Gratacap — One dead shell from wooded lot off 900 block of Raleigh Avenue, city of Norfolk. Zonitoides arboreus (Say) — Common. Oxij chillis draparnaldi (Beck) - Colonial in city of Norfolk; abundant when found. Striatura meridionalis (Pilsbry and Ferriss) —Found only at Broadmoor, Norfolk County. Fungivorous; obtained by scraping fungi from dead leaves, Gastrocopta armifera (Say). Gastrocopta contracta (Say). Gastrocopta procera (Gould). Pupoides albilabris (C. B. Adams). Pupoides marginatus (Say). Strobilops aenea Pilsbry. Strobilops labyrinthica (Say). Vallonia costata (Muller). Vallonia excentrica Sterki. ^ Rumina decollata (Linnaeus) — Colonies are scattered in Norfolk, but the snails are abundant once located. Especially numerous at Southamp¬ ton and Hermon Avenues, Norfolk, Opens pyrgula (Schmacker and Boettger)— Abundant in wooded lot off 900 block of Boissevain Avenue, Norfolk. Cionella lubrica (Muller) — Abundant in wooded lot off 900 block of Boissevain Avenue, Norfolk. Succinea aurea Lea. Succinea avara Say. PalUfera fosteri F. C. Baker- — -Common everywhere, Pallifera mutabilis Hubricht. 1956] Virginia Land Snails 89 Fallifera varia Hiibricht - Common in and around Dismal Swamp. Usu¬ ally collected on tree trunks. Seems to be more arboreal than the other species. Deroceras laevae (Muller) — Very common in Dismal Swamp. Deroceras reticulatum (Muller) — Common in Dismal Swamp. Umax flavus Linnaeus. Limax maximus Linnaeus - Common in city of Norfolk. Milax gagates (Draper). Carychium exile H. C. Lea-— -One living specimen in golden mouse nest seven feet above ground, Dismal Swamp, near Magnolia, Nansemond County. A total of forty-seven species and races have been collected. Dupli¬ cate lots have been contributed to the United States National Museum, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College, and Chicago Natural History Museum. There remain additional species listed as present in this region by other field workers, but which the writers have not yet found. For the present, we sincerely hope that this paper, together with the excellent one by Mr. Burch, may serve as a stimulus for others to report distributional records of the snails of their respective counties. Eventually, we hope to see ''The Land Snails of Virginia” in print. The writers wish to thank Dr. Joseph P. E. Morrison, Associate Cura¬ tor, Division of Mollusks, U. S. National Museum, for checking and iden¬ tifying their specimens. The junior author wishes to acknowledge with thanks the generous grant made by the Virginia Academy of Science in 1954. This grant has been of great value in providing funds that were necessary in gathering materials for this paper. REFERENCES Abbott, R. Tucker. 1950. Snail Invaders. Natural History, 59(2): BO¬ SS. Baker, Frank Collins. 1939. Fieldbook of Illinois Land Snails. Illi¬ nois Natural Hisiory Survey, Manual 2, pp. 1-166. Burch, Paul R. 1950. Mollusks. In The James River Basin - Past, Present, and Future. Virginia Academy of Science, pp. 129-137. Franzen, Dorothea S. and Leonard, A. Byron^ 1947. Fossil and Liv¬ ing Pupillidae {Gastrocopta = Pulmonata) in Kansas. Univ. Kansas ScL Bull 31(15): 311-411. Hubricht, Leslie. 1953. Land Snails of the South Atlantic Coastal Plain. Nautilus, 66(4): 114-125. MacMillan, Gordon K. 1949. The Land Snails of West Virginia. An¬ nals of the Carnegie Museum,, 31 (Art. 7): 89-237 -f iv. 90 The Virginia Journal of Science [April PiLSBRY, Henry A. 1939-1948. Land Mollusca of North America. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad. Vols. 1 and 2. Rehder, Harold A. 1949. Some Land and Freshwater Mollusks from the Coastal Region of Virginia and North and South Carolina. Nautilus, 62(4): 121^126. 1956] News and Notes 91 News and Notes (Editors Note: News contributions should be sent to the person whose name appear at the end of the appropriate sections.) THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE VIRGINIA JOURNAL OF SCIENCE At a meeting of the Editorial Staff of the Virginia Journal of Science held in Charlottesville on December 4, 1955, it was suggested that a report be made to the members of the Academy concerning the circulation of the Journal. In 1950, when the new series of the Journal was first established, the Alderman Librar>^ at the University of Virginia was awarded exclusive exchange rights. This in no way infringes on the prerogative of securing subscriptions from libraries of universities, colleges, and industrial organ¬ izations or from individuals. It does, on the other hand, aid in a wider circulation of the Journal. The Alderman Library purchases 125 copies of each issue of the Journal, and these are sent in exchange for scientific periodicals both in the United States, and 14 foreign countries. The Journal is also received by approximately 975 indiivduals and industrial organizations. Librames, etc. That Receive The Virginia Journal of Science Southeastern States: Alabama Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Alabama American Tobacco Company, Research Laboratory, Richmond, Va. Army Medical Library, Washington, D. C. Duke University, Library, Durham, N. C. Hampden-Sydney College, Hampden-Sydney, Va. Institute of Textile Technology, Charlottesville, Va. Johns Hopkins University Library, Baltimore, Md. Joint University Libraries, Nashville, Tenn. Library of Congress, Washington, D. C. Longwood College Library, Farmville, Va. Madison College Library, Harrisonburg, Va. Mary Washington College, Fredericksburg, Va. Medical College of Virginia Library, Richmond, Va. Mississippi State College Library, State College, Miss. North Carolina State College (D. H. Hill Library), Raleigh, N. C. Radford College Library, Radford, Va. Reynolds Metals Co., Richmond, Va. Smithsonian Institute, Washington, D. C. Sweet Briar College (Mary Helen Cochran Library), Sweet Briar, Va. Tulane University (Howard-Tilton Memorial Lib.), New Orleans, La. U. S. Dept, of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. U. S. Dept, of Interior, Geological Survey, Washington, D. C. 92 The Virginia Journal of Science [AprU University of Alabama Library, University, Ala. University of Florida, Gainesville, Fla. University of Kentucky Libraries, Lexington, Ky. University of Louisville, Louisville, Ky. University of Maryland, College Park, Md. University of Mississippi Library, University, Miss. University of North Carolina Library, Chapel Hill, N. C. University of South Carolina, Columbia, S. C. University of Tennessee Library, Knoxville, Tenn. University of West Virginia Library, Morgantown, W. Va. Virginia Fisheries Laboratory, Gloucester Point, Va. Virginia Military Institute Library, Lexington, Va. Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacksburg, Va. Virginia State College Library, Petersburg, Va. Virginia State Library, Richmond, Va. Northeastern States: Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, Philadelphia, Pa. Albert R. Mann Library, Ithaca, New York. American Museum of Natural History (The Library), New York City. Boston Public Library, Boston, Mass. Brown University Library, Providence, Rhode Island, Columbia University Libraries, New York City Cornell University Library, Ithaca, N. Y. Harvard College Library, Cambridge, Mass. Massachusetts Institute of Technology (Hayden Library), Cambridge, Mass. New York Public Library, New York City New York University Libraries, New York City Princeton University Library, Princeton, N. J. St. Bonaventure University (Friedsam Mem. Lib.), St. Bonaventure, N. Y. University of Maine Library, Orono, Maine University of Pennsylvania Library, Philadelphia, Pa. University of Rochester Library, Rochester, New York- Yale University Library, New Haven, Conn. ^ Central States: Indiana State Library, Indianapolis, Indiana Indiana University Library, Bloomington, Ind. Iowa State College Library, Ames, Iowa John Crerer Library, Chicago, Illinois Kansas State College Library, Manhattan, Kansas Louisiana State University Library, Baton Rouge, La. Michigan State Library, East Lansing, Michigan Northwestern University Library, Evanston, Illinois Ohio State University Library, Columbus, Ohio 1956] News and Notes 93 Rice Institute Library, Houston, Texas Tulsa Public Library, Tulsa, Oklahoma University of Arkansas, Fayetteville, Arkansas University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, Ohio University of Houston, Houston, Texas University of Illinois Library, Urbana, Illinois University of Kansas Library, Lawrence, Kansas University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan University of Minnesota Library, Minneapolis, Minn. University of Nebraska, Lincoln, Nebraska University of Texas Libraiy, Austin, Texas University of Texas, Medical Branch, Galveston, Texas Washington University Libraries, St. Louis, Missouri Wisconsin Academy of Science, Madison, Wisconsin Western States: Montana State College Library, Bozeman, Montana Oregon State College, Corvallis, Oregon Stanford University Libraries, Stanford, Cal. State College of Washington Libraries, Pullman, Wash. University of California, Berkeley, Cal. University of California Library, Los Angeles, Cal. University of New Mexico Library, Albuquerque, N. M. University of Oregon Library, Eugene, Oregon University of San Francisco (The Wasmann Journal of Biology), San Francisco, Cal. University of Southern California Library, Los Angeles, Cal. University of Washington Library, Seattle, Wash. Canada: Department of Agriculture, Main Library, Ottowa, Canada McGill University Library, Montreal, Quebec, Canada University of Toronto Library, Toronto, Canada South America: Revista Internacional de Botanica Experimental, Bicente Lopez, Ar¬ gentina Summa Brasiliensis Mathematicae Rio de Janeiro, Brazil Europe: Akademii der Wissenschaften, Gottingen, Germany Bibliographic Institute, Belgrad, Yugoslavia Biblioteca Scientia Medica Italica, Rome, Italy British Museum, London, England Chalmers University of Technology, Gothenburg, Sweden Filial Biblioteki-Akademii Nauk SSSR, Moscow USSR. 94 The Virginia Journal of Science [April Finnish Academy of Science and Letters, Helsinki, Finland Gotesborgs Stadsbibliotek, Goteborg, Sweden King’s Gollege Library, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, England Lund University Library, Lund, Sweden Oxford University, Oxford, England Panstwowe Muzeum Zoologiczne, Warsaw, Poland Royal Swedish Academy of Science, Stockholm, Sweden Science Museum, London, England Societas Scientiorum Fennica, Helsingfors, Finland Universitets Biblioteket, Uppsala, Sweden Universitats-Bibliothek Leipzig Tausch-Stelle, Leipzig, Germany University of Gambridge, Gambridge, England University of Glasgow Library, Glasgow, Scotland University Library, Gopenhagen, Denmark Japan: Department of Mathematics, Okayama University, Okayama, Japan Department of Zoology, Ochanomizu University, Tokyo, Japan Institute for Ghemical Research, Kyoto University, Osaka-Fu, Japan Nagoya University, Nagoya, Japan Australia: Gommonwealth National Library, Ganberra, A. G. T., Australia While this is a modest distribution the Editorial Staff makes this report with a certain amount of pride. It must be realized that the Journal is a young publieation and is suffering the growing pains of youth. Never¬ theless, it is growing in every way, and with the aid of the membership, particularly those with established reputations in their chosen fields, in contributing an occasional article of importance, the Journal would enjoy a wider circulation and a greater prestige. There are certain features of the Journal that while not unique should be attractive to contributors. At the present time rapid publication can be assured. The cost of printing, and particularly cost of reprints, com¬ pares favorably with those of most journals. Publication in the Journal not only reflects credit on the individual, his institution, and the State of Virginia but also furthers the cause of the Virginia Academy of Sci- enee. The Editors 1956] News and Notes 95 NOTICE TO ACADEMY OFFICERS, SECTION OFFICERS, AND COMMITTEE CHAIRMEN Anyone desiring stationery of the Virginia Academy of Science, includ¬ ing envelopes addressed to Academy members, please forward your request to: William B. Wartman, Jr., Assistant Secretary Box 4178 Richmond, Virginia CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION ANNOUNCEMENT There is an urgent need for Chemists, Mathematicians, Metallurgists, Physicists, and Electronic Scientists in the Washington, D. C., area, the United States Civil Service Commission has announced. Vacancies are in various Federal agencies and pay salaries ranging from $4,345 to $11,610 a year. No written test is required. Further information and applica¬ tion forms may be obtained by writing to the U. S. Civil Service Com¬ mission, Washington 25, D. C. Applicants should ask for Announcement No. 46(B). NOTICE TO SCIENCE TEACHERS A new and unique program to assistant secondary schools in science teaching has just been announced by the Oak Ridge Institute of Nuclear Studies, Oak Ridge, Tennessee. The program, which is jointly sponsored by the National Science Foundation and the U. S. Atomic Energy Com¬ mission, and administered by the Institute, will enable a selected group of high-school teachers to undergo a three-month course of training in Oak Ridge, and then spend nine months in traveling about the country giving lecture demonstrations in science classes at individual high schools. A group of from eight to ten secondary-school science teachers will be selected on a national basis by ORINS with the recommendation and advice of a selection committee which will include, among others, high-school teachers and administrators. Beginning with the summer of this year, this group will receive leaves of absence from their respective schools for the academic year only, returning to their normal teaching positions in September of 1957. The Oak Ridge program will begin with the group’s participation in a four-week institute to be held at the ORINS Special Training Division in Oak Ridge. During the four weeks following the institute, which will end early in July, the selected group will participate in a program designed to acquaint its members with modern laboratory techniques and experi¬ ments. This period will include visits to specific laboratories, work with [AprU 96 The Virginia Journal of Science demonstration equipment, supervised self-training, and some practice teach- ing. The third phase of the program will send the teachers “on the road.” Each one will be provided with a station wagon and demonstration equip¬ ment consisting of easily transportable classroom aids in physics and chem¬ istry. Until the end of May, .1957, the teachers will spend their work¬ ing days visiting high schools in the areas assigned to them, giving class¬ room demonstration lectures at the sophomore-junior level. It is antici¬ pated that each teacher will spend one week at a single high school, where he may give two to three lectures per day three to five days during the school week. The teacher might also be available for consultation with other science teachers or school administration. A particularly pleasant feature of the program will be the assignment of each teacher to a district where he may use his home town as a base of operations, thus enabling him to spend his week ends and possibly many evenings with his family. The touring portion of the program will end late in May, 1957. From then until June 15, the teachers will prepare individual reports on the program and will participate in an evaluation study. It is also planned that, at the conclusion of the program, the dem¬ onstration equipment will be presented to the science departments of the high schools whose representatives participated in the program. During the academic year, the touring teachers will receive a stipend at least equal to their regular teaching salaries. In addition, it is planned to provide a travel allowance to cover expenses while the various schools are being visited. The stipends and travel expenses will be paid by the NSF. Science Fairs Three booklets designed for science teachers, educators, and others who are interested in the planning of science fairs have been published and are now available free of charge from state academies of science in 11 states. The booklets, “Science-Fair Handbook for Exhibitors,” “Science-Fair Handbook for Teachers,” and “A Manual for Science Fairs,” have been prepared by the Educational Section of the American Museum of Atomic Energy in Oak Ridge, Tennessee. They have been written to aid students as well as teachers who may want help in initiating new fairs, or who may want to improve existing fairs. Concerned over the present and projected national disparity between the need for scientists and the number of students electing to study for scientific careers, the Oak Ridge Institute of Nuclear Studies (which oper¬ ates the museum) recently established a program to aid the development of science fairs in the south and southeast. The Museum Division of ORINS is conducting the program, as a public service, in the conviction that the science fair is one of the best methods of stimulating student inter¬ est in science. An addition to receiving the booklets, state academies of science in 1956] News and Notes 97 Florida, Mississippi, Oklahoma, Alabama, Louisiana, Texas, Arkansas, Georgia, West Virginia, and South Carolina have also received from ORINS a number of 35-millimeter Kodachrome slides dealing with various aspects of science-fair activity, which are available on a loan basis without charge. SECTION NEWS Agricultural Science Section Members of the Animal Husbandry Department of Virginia Polytechnic Institute who attended the Southern Agricultural Workers annual meeting and who gave papers on the program were Jack C. Taylor, Dr. W. S. Wilkinson, Dr. T. J. Marlow, and Dr. Martin J. Burris. Dr. C. M. Kincaid resigned from the Department of Animal Husbandry, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, on January 1 to become coordinator for the Southern Regional S-10 Breeding Program with headquarters at Uni¬ versity of Tennessee, Knoxville. Dr. W. S. Wilkinson, joint employee between the Department of Ani¬ mal Husbandry and Biochemistry, resigned March 10 to become Poultry Nutritionist with the Department of Poultry Husbandry at Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge. The new meats processing laboratory at Virginia Polytechnic Institute has been in operation since January 1 and is considered a valuable addi¬ tion to the research program in animal husbandry. Dr. Douglas F. Watson, an Animal Husbandry student from the Uni¬ versity of Maryland and a graduate from the University of Pennsylvania School of Veterinary Medicine, has been added to the staff of the Biology Department, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, as of January 1, 1956. Dr. Watson was engaged in the private practice of veterinary medicine at Pulaski, Virginia, for four years prior to World War II. He spent five years in the Veterinary Corps of the Army of the United States. Follow¬ ing this, he spent nine years in Lima, Peru, in charge of the health of the herds and flocks belonging to the Cerro de Pasco Copper Corporation. Dr. Darwin E. Norby was appointed as geneticist to the staff of the Biology Department as of January 1, 1956, to replace Dr. Max Levitan who resigned to go to the Woman’s Medical College of Pennsylvania. Dr. Norby had his major training at the University of Indiana and did work under Drs. Cleland and Muller. Pie then spent two years in the Depart¬ ment of Genetics at Iowa State College. W. S. Griffith was appointed Assistant Professor of Dairy Science at Virginia Polytechnic Institute, November 1, 1955. He received his B.S. degree from Pennsylvania State University and his M.S. degree from Louis¬ iana State University. His work deals with the testing, feeding and man¬ agement project in the dairy extension program. Six members of the Department of Dairy Science, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, attended the annual meeting of the Association of Southern Agri¬ cultural Workers in Atlanta in February. They presented five papers at the Southern Section of the American Dairy Science Association held at 98 The Virginia Journal of Science [April the same time. Those attending were Drs. Graf, Hardison, Thompson, Stone, Baldwin, and Professor Reaves. A new Rogers spray milk dryer was installed in the Dairy Science build¬ ing recently at Virginia Polytechnic Institute. This piece of equipment will greatly facilitate the research work in dried milk and milk products recently initiated in the Department of Dairy Science. The project leader is Dr. W. K. Stone. Very few colleges have this equipment in their dairy processing plants. The dryer will also be used to train dairy students in the operation and maintenance of a spray dryer. Surplus milk produced by the college herd will also be more efficiently handled when it is in the dried form. Virginia Polytechnic Institute Dairy Science students received the Bor¬ den Foundation Scholarship Award and the Ralston-Purina Scholarship Award. The Borden Foundation Award of $300 went to A. H. Rakes, and the Ralston-Purina Award of $500 went to W. B. Allison, Jr. Both of these students are seniors and plan to pursue graduate work. Among the members of the Virginia Polytechnic Institute Poultry De¬ partment staff attending the meetings of the Association of Southern Agri¬ cultural Workers in Atlanta, Georgia, February 6, 7, and 8, were Dr. James H. Bywaters and Professor E. O. Essary. Professor Essary spoke on the “Problems and Recent Advances in Poultry Marketing Technology”. Dr. Bywaters, as Secretary of the Poultry Section, organized and planned the two and one-half day poultry program. He is a member of the Poul¬ try Section Goordinating Gommittee and was elected Vice-Ghairman of the Poultry Section for 1957. Dr. Glayton E. Holmes of the Poultry Department of Virginia Poly¬ technic Institute attended the DistilleFs Feed Gonference in Gincinnati, Ohio, on March 7, 1956. Dr. E. L. Wisman discussed, “Utilization of By-Products from Poultry Plants in Ghick Ration”, at the Virginia Nutrition School for Feed Men in Roanoke on February 22. Recent publications of the Department of Biochemistry and Nutrition at Virginia Polytechnic Institute are as follows: Variety, Type, Year and Location Effects on the Ghemical Gomposition of Peanuts. James F. Eheart, R. W. Young, and Allen H. Allison. Food Research 20, 497-505 (1955). Grop, Light Intensity, Soil pH, and Minor Element Effects on the Yield and Vitamin Content of Turnip Greens. James F. Eheart, R. W. Young, P. H. Massey, Jr., and J. R. Havis. Food Research 20, 575-581 (1955). Palatability and Chemical Differences in Cooked Smithfield Hams from Full-fed Hogs on Peanut and Corn Rations. Mary S. Eheart, H. R. Thomas, and J. C. Taylor. Food Research 20, 548-553 (1955). Comparisons of Two Media Proposed for the Isolation of Bacteria from the Rumen. Kendall W. King and Paul H. Smith. /. Bact. 70, 726-729 ( 1955) . Plans are well underway for a human nutrition study which will be conducted cooperatively between Biochemistry and Nutrition and Home 1956] News and Notes 99 Economics during the summer months. Under this regional project, the Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station will be determining the copper, cobalt, molybdenum, and zinc balance of 7- to 9-year-old girls. A grant in the amount of $2800 has been made available to the Depart¬ ment of Biochemistry and Nutrition, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, by E. I. duPont de Nemours and Company, Inc., for investigation of “Nitrogenous Nutritional Requirements of Cellulolytic Rumen Bacteria”. Fellow is J. W. Gill. Another grant has been made available to the Department of Biochemis¬ try and Nutrition by the National Science Foundation for investigation of “Significance of the Cellulodextrins Produced during Enzymatic Hydrolysis of Cellulose”. Fellows are F. H. Hulcher and J. H. Hash. Dr. J. L. Maxton, extension economist at Virginia Polytechnic Institute, is on a year’s leave of absence working for F.A.O. in Southern Rhodesia. Dr. T. E. Tramel resigned from the Department of Agricultural Econom¬ ics, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, February I to return to Mississippi State College. Drs. Carl W. Allen, John T. Buck, W. L. Gibson, Jr., and Peter L. Henderson of Agricultural Economics Department, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, attended the Association of Southern Agricultural Workers meet¬ ings in Atlanta in February. Dr. Allen was the 1955-56 Chairman of the Agricultural Economics and Rural Sociology Section and is on the Board of Directors of the Association. Drs. Buck, Gibson and Henderson spoke on various aspects of research work in which they are engaged. During the past year, the Virginia Polytechnic Institute Agricultural Extension Service has been putting forth a great deal of effort in develop¬ ing a procedure for sound Extension program planning at the county level. The key to this procedure is the involving of lay people, the determining of major problems in agriculture and home economics, the determining of what can be done to solve these problems and the setting of goals. Martha G. Creighton, Professor of Home Economics Education, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, attended the Southern Regional Conference of Home Economics teachers in Memphis during February. With Miss Catherine Dennis, State Supervisor of Plome Economics in North Carolina, Miss Creighton made a report on the White House Conference on Education which she attended as a representative of the American Vocational Asso¬ ciation. T. J. Home, Professor of Agricultural Education, B. C. Bass, Associate Professor of Agricultural Education, and H. W. Sanders, Professor of Voca¬ tional Education, attended the Southern Regional Conference of workers in Agricultural Education, held in Houston, Texas, March 19-22. Preliminary copies of the research study, “What Constitutes an Effective Program of Vocational Agriculture in a Community”, planned and com¬ pleted under the direction of the Southern Regional Research Committee of the Vocational Agricultural workers of the twelve southern states and Puerto Rico, were distributed to selected members who submitted a report on the Study at the Regional Conference in Houston, Texas. Dr. Home 100 The Virginia Journal of Scienxe [April is Chairman of the Research Committee of the Southern Region and a member of the National Research Committee. As fiscal officer of the Southern Association of Agricultural Engineers and \mcational Agriculture, H. W. Sanders presented the annual report of the Association. He also conducted a panel discussion with representa¬ tives from six southern States on “Teaching Farm Mechanics in Terms of Actual Farm Problems”. Dr. Bass represented Virginia on a committee assigned the study of “What Competencies Are We Trying to Develop in the Under-graduate Program for Training Teachers of Vocational Agricul¬ ture?” — Carl W. Allen, Virginia Polytechnic Institute Astronomy, Mathematics and Physics Section Dr. Edward J. McShane is spending the current university session at the University of Utrecht in the Netherlands, where he is doing research and teaching. Dr. W. L. Duren, formerly of the Department of Mathematics of Tulane University, is the newly-appointed Dean of the College of Arts and Sci¬ ences at the University of Virginia. He also serves as a member of the faculty of the Department of Mathematics. Dr. Marvin Rosenbloom who received his Ph.D. at the University of California has joined the faculty of the Department of Mathematics at the University of Virginia as an Assistant Professor. Dr. Walter Aron has been appointed to an Assistant Professorship in Physics at the University of Virginia. Dr. Aron received his Ph.D. from the University of California, and for two years was a Research Associate at Princeton University prior to coming to Virginia. Dr. Edward C. Booth currently holds a Post-doctoral Fellowship in the Physics Department at the University of Virginia, where he is doing research in nuclear physics. Dr. Booth received his Ph.D. from Johns Hopkins University. Dr. Stephan Berko is the principal investigator under a new Office of Naval Research Contract recently awarded to the University of Virginia. This contract will support experimental studies of the interactions of posi¬ trons in matter. The Office of Ordnance Research for the United States Army has also awarded a contract to the University for nuclear physics research, using a \^an der Graaf machine. The machine itself was purchased under an Atomic Energy Commission Contract. Dr. J. W. Beams is currently serving on the General Advisory Commit¬ tee of the Atomic Energy Commission. Dr. William J. Archibald who received his Ph.D. in Physics at the Uni¬ versity of Virginia, and was recently a Post-doctoral Fellow there, ha^ been appointed Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences at Dalhousie University. 1956] News and Notes 101 The Leander McCormick Ohservatory Prof. II. L. Alden attended the session of the International Astronomi¬ cal Union in Dublin in September, 1955, and visited several English and Irish Observatories. Dr. H. K. Eichhorn is a visiting astronomer at the Observatory. He came here in June, 1954, and is planning to stay here until next sum¬ mer. His principal interest is in positions and motions of Open Clusters. Mr. A. G. A. Balz, Jr., Research Assistant, has classified to date 22, 452 spectra of faint stars for an international catalogue of positions and motions of faint stars to be prepared in Hamburg, Germany. Mr. Balz has been recently appointed a Junior Observer at the Lick Observatoiy of the University of California, where he is due to begin his work next September. Five papers concerning the motions and distribution of Dwarf M Stars are in press. These are the result of an intensive study of these stars which Dr. A. N. Vyssotsky and his collaborators have been conducting for the past ten years. Bacteriology Section Dr. Holmes T. Knighton of the Department of Microbiology, Medical College of Virginia, presented a report on the Status of Topical Antibiotics in the Practice of Dentistry at the annual meeting of the Council on Den¬ tal Therapeutics of the American Dental Association held in Chicago in February. Mr. William A. Dorsey, Chief of the Public Health Laboratory in Rich¬ mond, has been elected to the Executive Committee of the Conference of State and Provincial Laboratory Directors, and was named a member of the Executive Council of the Virginia Public Health Association. — P. Arne Hansen, College Park, Maryland Biology Section The following additions to the Faculty of the Department of Biology, University of Virginia, were announeed in February: Mr. William A. Jensen, as Assistant Professor of Biology, who will offer work in Plant Anatomy, Morphogenesis, and Cytochemistry. Mr. Jensen received his Ph.D. degree from the University of Chicago and has sub¬ sequently been associated with the California Institute of Technology. He is now on leave-of- absence for study in Brussels. Mr. Samuel P. Maroney, as Assistant Professor of Biology, who will offer work in General and Animal Physiology. Mr. Maroney comes from Wesleyan University of Delaware, and Duke University. His interest is primarily in physiological problems at the cellular level. The staff of the Virginia Fisheries Laboratory has been augmented recently by two new appointments. Dr. William J. Hargis, Jr., joined [April 102 The Virginia Journal of Science the staff in September, 1955, and James P. Whitcomb arrived in February, 1956. Dr. Hargis obtained his Master’s degree from the University of Rich¬ mond and his Ph.D. from Florida State University. In 1955 he taught biology at the Citadel, Charleston, S. C. He has specialized in the sys- tematics, phylogeny, and host-specificity of the trematode parasites of fishes. His new duties are concerned primarily with the life-histories of oyster drills, but he is continuing his studies of fish parasites. Mr. Whitcomb, a graduate of Alfred University in New York State, came to the Laboratory from Woods Hole, Massachusetts, where he served on the staff of the Marine Biological Laboratory for five years. He will be employed in studies of the commercial pound-net and haul-seine fisheries. The Laboratory executed a contract in February 1956 for the construc¬ tion of a 55-foot wooden research vessel. Similar in design to a southern shrimp-trawler, the boat will have living accommodations below decks for six people, and a laboratory on the main deck. She iDrobably will be launched in the fall of 1956. — Robert T. Brumfield, Longwood College Engineering Section Dr. John W. Whittemore, dean of Engineering and Architecture at Virginia Polytechnic Institute was elected chairman of the engineering division of the Association of Land Grant Colleges and Universities at the annual meeting of this association held at Michigan State University. Professor Dan Erederick of the Applied Mechanics Department at Vir¬ ginia Polytechnic Institute presented a paper at the annual meeting of the American Society of Civil Engineers entitled “Analysis of Thick Rec¬ tangular Plates,” which has been published in the Proceedings of the ASCE. Dr. Frederick also presented a paper entitled “On Some Prob¬ lems in the Bending of Thick Circular Plates,” at the Diamond Jubilee Meeting of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers held at Chicago in November, 1955. Professor R. C. Blinker, head of the Civil Engineering Department at Virginia Polytechnic Institute, has co-authored a new textbook, “Elemen¬ tary Surveying,” published by the International Textbook Company. Pro¬ fessor Brinker also published an article describing the work offered at \hrginia Polytechnic Institute in Municipal Engineering in the December issue of the “Virginia Municipal Review.” Professor Robert W. Truitt of the Aeronautical Engineering Department at Virginia Polytechnic Institute presented a paper, “Investigation of Wedges in Transonic Flow at Small Angle of Attack,” at the Midwestern Conference on Fluid Mechanics at Purdue University. Dr. Truitt also attended the annual meeting of the Institute of the Aeronautical Sciences in New York City in January. General Stewart W. Anderson, head of the Department of Mechanics and Drawing at Virginia Military Institute, participated in the Conference 1956] News and Notes 103 on Thermodynamics held at Pennsylvania State University. He also at¬ tended the annual meeting of the Southern Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools held in December in Miami, Florida. General Ander¬ son and Capt. D. M. Grim of the Civil Engineering Department attended the meeting of the Virginia Highway Conference held at Virginia Military Institute in November, 1955. Mr. Tilton E. Shelburne, director of the Virginia Council of Highway Investigation and Research at the University of Virginia, attended the 35th annual meeting of the Highway Research Board in January at which he received the Roy W. Crum Award for Distinguished Service in Recogni¬ tion of Outstanding Achievement in the Field of Highway Research. Professor O. L. Updike, Jr. of the Chemical Engineering Department at the University of Virginia presented a paper on “Guidance Systems” at the meeting of the North Carolina-Virginia Section of the Institute of Radio Engineers in November, 1955. He also presented a paper jointly with John H. McLeod, Jr., entitled “A Comparison of Diode Switching Methods for Analog Function Generation”, at the National Simulation Con¬ ference held at Dallas, Texas, in January. Both Dr. Updike and Professor R. M. Hubbard of the Chemical Engineering Department of the University of Virginia attended the annual meeting of the American Institute of Chemical Engineers held in November at Detroit, Michigan. At this time Dr. Updike visited the computing facilities of the University of Michigan. — Robert M. Hubbard, University of Virginia Geology Section The Department of Geology at the University of Virginia has recently purchased a high temperature muffle furnace to be used in several research problems which have been planned by Richard S. Mitchell, Assistant Pro¬ fessor of Petrology and Mineralogy. One of these deals with the synthesis of various sulfide crystals which will be subjected to X-ray analysis. The relationship of twinning, polymorphism, and polytypism to the recent theory of the spiral growth of crystals will also be considered. In addi¬ tion, the Department has purchased a 57.3 mm. powder X-ray camera to supplement its other X-ray equipment. A mechanical calculator has also been purchased to aid in the determination of crystal structures. Raymond S. Edmundson, a member of the steering Committee on Geol¬ ogy as applied to Highway Engineering, attended the seventh annual Sym¬ posium, held in Raleigh, N. C., on February 23 and 24. Ralph L. Miller, Chief of the Fuels Branch, U. S. Geological Survey, will speak at the Geology Symposium held in connection with Virginia Polytechnic Institute’s Annual Engineering Emphasis Week Program. The symposium will be held in Holden Hall at 1:45 P.M., April 27. You are invited to attend. Leonard Harris of the U. S. Geological Survey has completed field mapping of and is preparing a report on the Duffield quadrangle in Lee 104 The Virginia Journal of Science [April and Scott counties, Virginia. Plans call for liis mapping the adjacent Stickleyville quadrangle. Art Boiicot of the U. S. Geological Survey visited the Virginia Poly¬ technic Institute Department of Geological Sciences February 24 and 25. Dr. Boucot who will join the Massachusetts Institute of Technology staff this fall, accompanied John W. Murray of the Virginia Polytechnic Institute Gliemistry Department and members of the Department of Geological Sciences on a visit to one of the nearby caves to collect rare minerals. The occurrence of these minerals is the subject of a paper by John W. Murray and R. V. Dietrich. The paper will appear in the American Mineralogist. Dr. Donald F. Squires, Assistant Gurator of Invertebrate Fossils, Ameri¬ can Museum of Natural History, New York Gity, discussed the “Ecology of Goral Reefs” at a special meeting of the Holden Society of Virginia Polytechnic Institute, February 17. Squires’ talk was based on his experi¬ ences on Arno Atoll in the Marshall Islands of the South Pacific. He illustrated his lecture with an array of kodachrome slides. A “Report of Radimetric Reconnaissance in \nrginia. North Garolina, Eastern Tennessee, and Parts of South Garolina, Georgia, and Alabama” by Marcellus H. Stow was published in January, 1956, as U. S. Atomic Energy Gommission RME-3107. A field conference on the Pleistocene stratigraphy of the Goastal Plain of \4rginia was conducted by Wayne E. Moore on December 12, 13, and 14, 1955. John T. Hack, Allen Sinnott, and G. G. Tibbitts, Jr., all of the U. S. Geological Survey, S. S. Obenshain, Gharles I. Rich, and R. D. Krebs, \4rginia Polytechnic Institute soil scientists, and Bruce W. Nelson of the \4rginia Polytechnic Institute Department of Geological Sciences partici¬ pated in the conference. H. G. Porter and Walter Greggar have begun their mapping of the soils of Montgomery Gounty as part of the State Soil Survey. “The Geology of Jackson Gounty, Florida” by Wayne E. Moore has been published as Bulletin 37 of the Florida Geological Survey, Tallahas¬ see, Florida. His paper emphasizes the ecological aspects of the late Eocene foraminiferal faunas and points out the influence of contempora¬ neous tectonic movement. “Primary Dolomite?” is the subject of an article by B. N. Gooper which appears in the March issue of the Mineral Industrial Journal. “Factors in Loss of Porosity by Quartzose Sandstones of Western Vir¬ ginia” are discussed by W. D. Lowry in an article in the March issue of the A.A.P.G. Bulletin. G. Gole Fisher, Technical Editor and Mineral Economist, resigned from the Staff of the Division of Geology on September 2, 1955, to accept a position in research work with Metal Research Laboratories at Niagara Falls, N. Y. \’ernon R. Geyer, Ground-Water Geologist, resigned on January 15, 1956, to accept a position as geologist with Roland F. Beers and Asso- News and Notes 105 1956] AMERICA’S LEADING MANUFACTURER OF CIGARETTES 106 The Virginia Journal of Science [April ciates. In his new position, Mr. Geyer will be in charge of geological investigations of metallic and nonmetallic mineral resources for the com¬ pany in Virginia and other southeastern states. Edwin O. Gooch is making a preliminary investigation of vermiculite in the Piedmont region of the State. It is expected that the results of the investigation will be published by the Division by the middle of the sum¬ mer. Robert S. Young, Wilbur T. Harnsberger, and William M. McGill attend¬ ed, on November 18, 1955, the annual meeting of the Appalachian Geologi¬ cal Society held at the Daniel Boone Hotel in Gharleston, West Virginia. At that meeting. Professor Wallace D. Lowry of the Department of Geologi¬ cal Sciences of Virginia Polytechnic Institute presented a paper on “Fac¬ tors in Loss of Porosity by Quartzose Sandstones of Western Virginia.” William M. McGill was elected to complete the unexpired term of Watson Monroe of the U. S. Geological Survey, as Senior Representative of the Gapitol District of the American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Robert S. Young and William M. McGill attended a joint meeting of the Geological Society of Washington and the Gapitol District of the Ameri¬ can Association of Petroleum Geologists, held at the Gosmos Glub in Wash¬ ington on the evening of February 8, at which Mr. Moses Knebel, Vice- President of the Standard Oil Gompany of New Jersey and President of the American Association of Petroleum Geologists, gave a very interesting talk, accompanied by colored slides, on the “Habitats of Oil”. Robert S. Young attended, as a representative of the Virginia Division of Geology, meetings of the American Institute of Mining and Metallurgi¬ cal Engineers, held in New York Gity, February 19-23. He also attended, from November 6-9, 1955, the annual meeting of the Geological Society of America, held in New Orleans, Louisiana. - W. D. Lowry, Virginia Polytechnic Institute Psychology Section The Constitutional Committee of the Psychology Section has drawn up a tentative Constitution for the establishment of a Virginia Psychological Association. The report of the work of this Committee will be given by its Chairman, Dr. William J. Morgan, at the annual meeting of the Sec¬ tion in May. Dr. David H. Orr has resigned as Chief Psychologist at Eastern State Hospital and has accepted a position as Chief of Psychological Services at the Allentown State Hospital, Allentown, Pennsylvania. Dr. Arthur J. Bachrach has replaced Dr. Orr as Chairman of the Committee on Profes¬ sional Ethics of the Psychology Section. Dr. Kenneth E. Lloyd has been added to the membership of the Committee. At the meeting of the Blue Ridge Psychological Club in Roanoke on October 7, 1955, Dr. Thomas C. Camp of St. Albans Sanitarium, Rad¬ ford, spoke on “Experiences of Psychiatric Teams in Coal Mining Com¬ munities”. The next meeting of the Club was held at Western State 1956] News and Notes 107 PHIPPS & BIRD PIPETTE DRYER In the laboratory, this large capac¬ ity Pipette Dryer is specially recom¬ mended for thoroughly drying pipet¬ tes of any size up to 375 mm. in length. Cylinder is mounted on vented base with specially designed heater placed in lower end of cylinder. The instru¬ ment is designed to take the standard rack of a 6-in. pipette washer. Rack is taken out of washer, drained for about a minute and placed right into the dryer. Drying time varies accord¬ ing to size and load of pipettes. But this method of drying means less han¬ dling by the technician, thus the haz¬ ard of breakage is greatly reduced. The Pipette Dryer comes complete with cord and plug, but without rack. The instrument operates on 115 volts, AC or DC. Without obligation, send us complete information on your Pipette Dryer. Name . . . . . . Title..................... Company . . . . . . . . . . . . Address . . . . . . City State............... Cat No. 71-281-1 $45.00 IP\I] a [p[p@ (A © a [H©, nm. - T MANUFACTURERS AND DISTRIBUTORS OF SCIENTIFIC EQUIPMENT l±mJ 6TH & BYRD STRKTS RICHMOND, VA. 108 The Virginia Journal of Science [April Hospital, Staunton, on December 3. Dr. Allen Calvin of Hollins College spoke on “The Effects of Social Atmosphere and Intelligence on Problem Solving”. The February meeting was held at Sweet Briar College on February 10. Dr. Frank Hardesty and Mrs. Anne Hardesty discussed some experiences with German Psychology while affiliated with Ham¬ burg University. Antonia Bell Morgan of Aptitude Associates was an invited speaker on two panels held at the December meeting of the A.A.A.S. in Atlanta. These panels were “Developing Leaders in Science” and “Education of the Gifted”. Dr. William J. Morgan of Aptitude Associates was a featured speaker at the first World Wide Guerrilla Warfare Conference, held at the Psycho¬ logical Warfare Center, Fort Bragg, N. C. in January. Dr. Morgans talk was entitled “Behavioral and Social Science Research on Guerrilla War¬ fare Since World War 11”. Dr. Morgan also spoke in January before the faculty and student body at Fort Holabird, the Army’s intelligence school in Baltimore, on “Selection-Assessment Procedures”. Dr. Morgan is the author of a book, recently published by Gollancz in England, on “Spies and Saboteurs: Selection and Training”. At the Annual Meeting of the Virginia Mental Health Association in Williamsburg pn February 11, Cyril R. Mill, psychologist for the Rich¬ mond Public Schools, served as moderator for a panel dealing with “What Vii'ginia Is Doing for the Mental Health of Children”. Miss Roberta Fitzgerald, psychologist at the Educational Therapy Center, Richmond, served as a member of the panel, along with Dr. Faith Gordon, psychia¬ trist, Memorial Guidance Clinic, Richmond, Dr. James J. Thorpe, Director, Fairfax County Child Guidance Clinic, Falls Church, and Miss Helen Hill, visiting teacher, Richmond Public Schools. Mrs. Ernestine Cox Peak, William and Mary ’52, M.A. University of North Carolina, and Acting Instructor in Psvchology at the College from February to September 1955, has taken a position in the Psychology De¬ partment at Eastern State Hospital. Mr. Eli Fleisher joined the staff at Eastern State December 1, 1955. Mr. Fleisher is a candidate for the Ph.D. at Yeshiva University. Dr. I. L. Chambers, Ph.D. University of Kentucky, and currently teaching at Muskingum College, Ohio, has been appointed as Chief Psychologist, starting July 1, 1956. During the first week of February, Dr. Gilbert J. Rich of the Roanoke Guidance Genter conducted a survey and evaluation of the Wayne County Clinic for Child Study in Detroit. This is one of the half dozen oldest psychological clinics for children still in existence and now confines its services almost exclusively to the Juvenile Court. Frank Verdicchio, Ph.D., University of North Carolina, transferred on January 1, 1956, from Augusta Veterans Administration Hospital to the Psychology Department, McGuhe Hospital, Richmond. Dell Lebo, Richmond Professional Institute, received his Ph.D. on Janu- ary 28 from Florida State University. R. Omer Lucier, Richmond Pro- 1956] News and Notes 109 The Virginia Journal of Science 110 [April fessional Institute, attended the Institute on General Semantics at Prince¬ ton, New Jersey, in November. — Richard H. Henneaian, University of Virginia Statistics Section Dr. Boyd Plarshbarger attended a conference of the Southern Regional Education Board to review contracts and memoranda as the Chairman of the Regional Committee on statistics. Pie is also on the Program Com¬ mittee for the annual IMS meeting. Dr. R. A. Bradley is organizer and a participant of a session on paired comparisons for the joint meeting of the IMS Society and Biometrics which will be held at Princeton in April. Dr. M. E. XeiTy, formerly of the \hrginia Polytechnic Institute, will be chahman of the session. Dr. Brad¬ ley has published “Rank Analysis of Incomplete Block Designs,” Biometrika, \^olume 42, Parts 3 and 4, December, 1955. He has been elected a member of the E-11 Committee on Quality Control of Materials of the American Society for Testing Materials. Dr. John E. Freund is the author of two papers which appeared in Mathematical Monthly, as well as the book, “A Modern Introduction to Mathematics,” published by Prentice-Hall, Inc. Dr. R. L. Wine is organizer of the analysis of variance session for the joint meeting of the IMS and Biometrics which will be held at Princeton in April. Professors T. S. Russell and C. Y. Kramer will take part in this session. Professor C, Y. Kramer has published a paper entitled “On the Analysis of Variance of a Two-Way Classification with Unequal Sub-Class Num¬ bers,” Biometrics, Volume 11, No. 4, December, 1955. Dr. William A. Thompson, Jr. has published two papers, “On the Ratio of Variances in the Mixed Incomplete Block Model,” The Annals of Mathe¬ matical Statistics, Volume 26, No. 4, December, 1955, and “The Relative Size of the Inter- and Intra-Block Error in an Incomplete Block Design,” Biometrics, Volume 11, No. 4, December, 1955. Dr. George Edgett published “Multiple Regression with Missing Ob¬ servations Among the Independent Variables,” Journal of the American Statistical Association, Volume 51, No. 273, March, 1956. The research for this was done at the Virginia Polytechnic Institute while he was a visit¬ ing professor. Mr. D. E. W. Schumann completed his requirements for his Ph.D. de¬ gree in statistics. His thesis title was “Comparisons of the Sensitivities of Experiments Using Different Scales of Measurement.” He has returned to South Africa as Head of the Department of Statistics at the University of Stellenbosch, His address is: Department of Statistics, University of Stellenbosch, Stellenbosch, South Africa. The Sixth Annual Conference, Textile Division, American Society for Quality Control, was held February 13-15 at the Institute of Textile Tech- 1956] News and Notes 111 nology, with an attendance of close to 300 persons from southern and eastern U. S. and several representatives from Canada and overseas. Norbert L. Enrick, head of the Statistics Department, Institute of Textile Technology, presented a paper on “Process to Process Variations Analysis in Textile and Chemical Manufacture” before the Delaware Section, Ameri¬ can Society for Quality Control, January 5, 1956. He is also scheduled tO' present a paper on “Conventional and Newer Methods of Loom Stop Testing,” before the Southern Textile Methods and Standards Association, at Clemson, S. C., Spring Meeting, March 22 and 23. “Modern Mill Controls” has come out, reprinted in booklet form, and is available through the publisher, Modern Textile Magazine, at 303 Fifth Avenue, New York 16, N. Y. It is intended to supplement Mr. Enrick’s prior series, also issued in reprint form, on “Quality Control through Sta¬ tistical Methods,” reviewed as a “generally excellent manual” in the A.S.A. Journal, by Professor R. J. Hader, of North Carolina State College. — Lionel Weiss, University of Virginia 112 The Virginia Journal of Science [Apra Virginia Academy of Science Program OF THE Thirty -Fourth Anniml Meeting AT HOTEL JEFFERSOX RICHMOND, VIRGINIA MAY 9, 10, 11, 12, 1956 Host to Meeting Richmond Area University Center, Inc. 1956] Progra3,£ of Thirty-Fourth Annual Meeting 113 Virginia Academy of Science OFFICERS M\4lter S. Flory, President Ed\'^44rd S. Harlow, President-Elect Foley F. Smith, Secretary-Treasurer William B. Whartman, Jr., Assistant Secretary COUNCIL (Board of Trustees) Elected Stanley B. Willia^is (1956) Sidney S. Negus (1957) Byron N. Cooper (1958) William Hinton (1959) Members Mrs. B. G. Heatwole (1960) Horton H. Hobbs, Jr. B. F. D. Bunk Lynn D. Abbott, Jr. Ex-Officio Members Lloyd C. Bird (1956) Allan T. Gwathmey (1957) Irving G. Foster (1958) Local Committee on Areangeaients Colonel Herbert W. K. Fitzroy, General Chairman Jackson J. Taylor (University of Richmond), Housing Mary E. Kapp (R. P. L), Registration Lewis F. Taylor (Phipps & Bird), Meeting Rooms and Equipment Russell J. Rowlett, Jr. ( Virginia-Carolina Chemical Corp.), Public Information E. Sherman Grable (University of Richmond), Junior Academy Exhibits W. Schuyler Miller (Randolph-Macon), Commercial Exhibits Robert F. Smart (University of Richmond), Biology Field Trip R. P. Hackney (American Tobacco Co., Research Lab.), Chemical Industry Tours William M. McGill (Virginia Geological Survey), Geology Field Trip Roscoe D. Hughes (Medical College of Virginia), Signs, Maps, and Parking Mrs. William R. Harlan and Mrs. Edward S. Harlow, EnteHainment for Ladies HOST TO MEETING Richmond Area University Center, Inc. 114 The Virginia Journal of Science [April General Program of The Thirty-Fourth Annual Meeting 19 56 All meetings, unless otherwise indicated, will be held at the Hotel Jefferson, Richmond, Virginia WEDNESDAY, MAY 9 5:00 P.M, to 10:00 P.M. — ^Registration for Junior Academy Members and Participants in the Science Talent Search. Main Lobby. 5:00 P.M. to 10:00 P.M. — Arrangement of Exhibits. Jefferson Court. THURSDAY, MAY 10 8:00 A.M. to 10:00 P.M. - Registration. Main Lobby. 9:00 A.M. - Meeting of Science Exhibit Judges. Randolph Room, Meeting of Science Talent Search Judges. Virginia Room. 9:30 A.M. - Meeting of Chairmen, Exhibitors, and Science Talent Search Participants. Monticello Room. 10:00 A.M. to 12:30 P.M. and 1:30 to 4:00 P.M.-^-Finalists of Talent Search Meet with Chairmen and Interviewers. Monticello Room, Randolph Room, Virginia Room, and Library. 10:00 A.M. to 12:30 P.M. and 1:30 to 4:00 P.M. - Judging of Science Exhibit Contest. (Encouragement of Juniors at theii* Ex¬ hibits.) Jefferson Court. 2:00 P.M. - Meeting of the Council. Randolph Room. 4:00 P.M. — Meeting of Section Officers. Monticello Room. Meeting of Junior Academy of Science Committee. Virginia Room. 4:30 P.M. - Meeting of Section Editors. Randolph Room. 8:00 P.M. — Virginia Junior Academy of Science Assembly. National Geographic Society Lecture. John Marshall High School Auditorium, 8th and Marshall Streets. 9:15 P.M, to 9:50 P.M. —Annual Academy Conference. John Marshall High School Auditorium. FRIDAY, MAY 11 8:30 A.M. to 10:00 P.M. — Registration. Main Lobby. 9:00 A.M. to 11:00 A.M.— Coffee Hour for Visiting Ladies with Hat Show by Sara Sue of Miller & Rhoads. Lobby. 1956] Program of Thirty-Fourth Annual Meeting 115 9:00 A.M. - Section Meetings. See the detailed section programs for the time schedule of papers. Agricultural Sciences — Empire Room “A”. Astronomy, Mathematics, and Physics — Flemish Room. Bacteriology — Monticello Room. Biology — -Empire Room “B”. Chemistry - Library “A” and “B”. Education- — Second Baptist Church House, 7 East Franklin Street, Room 11. Engineering — Virginia Room. Geology — Y. M. C. A., 2 East Franklin Street, Game Room. Medical Sciences — Washington Room. Psychology — Second Baptist Church House, 7 East Franklin Street, Little Theatre. Science Teachers — Ballroom. Statistics — Second Baptist Church House, 7 East Franklin Street, Room 10. 12:00 Noon to 1:00 P.M. — Virginia Junior Academy of Science Assembly. (See Program of Junior Academy.) 1:00 P.M. to 2:00 P.M. — Recess for Luncheon. 2:00 P.M. — Section Meetings. 3:30 P.M. to 5:00 P.M. — Reception for Visiting Ladies. Glasgow House, 1 West Main Street. 5:00 P.M. to 7:45 P.M. — Recess for Dinner. 7:45 P.M. — Virginia Academy of Science Assembly. Ballroom. Short Business Meeting. Election of Officers. Presentation of Distinguished Service Awards. Presentation of the J. Shelton Horsley Research Award. Guest Speaker: Dr. Edgar Anderson, Director, Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis. Subject: “How to Measure a Species Difference and Why Bother.” The general public is invited to attend. SATURDAY, MAY 12 9:00 A.M. — Section Meetings. 9:30 A.M.- — Meeting of the Advisory Panel on Education in the Sci¬ ences, Virginia Academy of Science. Ballroom. All inter¬ ested in science education in Virginia are invited to attend and take part in the discussion. 10:00 A.M. — Meeting of the Council of the Academy. Randolph Room. 116 The Virginia Journal of Science [April Program of Virginia Junior Academy of Science All meetings, unless otherwise indicated, will he held at the Hotel Jef¬ ferson, Richmond, Virginia. WEDNESDAY, MAY 9 5:00 P.M. to 10:00 P.M. - Registration for Junior Academy Members and Participants in the Science Talent Search. Main Lobby. 5:00 P.M. to 10:00 P.M. - Arrangement of Exhibits. Jefferson Court. THURSDAY, MAY 10 8:00 A.M. to 10:00 A.M. - Registration for Junior Academy Members and Guests. Main Lobby. 9:30 A.M. - Meeting of Chairmen, Exhibitors, and Science Talent Search Participants. Monticello Room.. 10:00 A.M. to 12:30 P.M. and 1:30 to 4:00 P.M - Finalists of Talent Search Meet with Chairmen and Interviewers. Monticello Room, Randolph Room, Virginia Room, and Library. 10:00 A.M. to 12:30 P.M. and 1:30 to 4:00 P.M. - Judging of Science Exhibit Contest. Jefferson Court. 12:30 P.M. to 1:30 P.M. — Recess for Luncheon. 4:00 P.M. — Meeting of Junior Academy of Science Committee. Virginia Room. 5:00 P.M. to 6:00 P.M. - Garden Party for Junior Scientists and Their Sponsors. Glasgow House, 1 West Main Street. 6:00 P.M. to 7:45 P.M. — Recess for Dinner. 8:00 P.M. - Virginia Junior Academy of Science Assembly. John Mar¬ shall High School Auditorium, 8th and Marshall Streets. National Geographic Society Lecture Guest Speaker: Mr. Newman Bumstead, Assistant Chief of the National Geographic Society Cartographic Staff. Subject: Atlantic’s Fartherest Shores. The lecture will be illustrated with motion pictures in color. Mem¬ bers of the Senior Academy, local members of the Na¬ tional Geographic Society and the general public are invited to attend. FRIDAY, MAY 11 9-30 A.M. - Tours for those not attending Section Meetings of the Senior Academy. Several Juniors are scheduled to present papers at these Sectional Meetings. 1956] Program of Thirty-Fourth Annual Meeting 117 12:00 Noon to 1:00 P.M. -““-Virginia Jnnior Academy of Science Assembly. Awards will be presented and officers elected. Seniors in¬ terested are invited to attend. Ballroom. Section of Agricultural Science R. W. Engel, Chairman P. M. Reaves, Vice-Chairman J. W. Midyette, Jr., Secretary C. W. Allen, Section Editor (1956) FRIDAY, MAY 11, 1956 — 9:00 A.M.-^EMPIRE ROOM A. JEFFERSON HOTEL Announcements, Committee Appointments, etc. Moisture Release in Field Cured Peanuts on Heating. D. L. Hallock; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station. A Cover Crop Study in Southeastern Virginia. D. L. Hallock; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station, A. H. Allison; Smith-Douglas Fertilizer Company. Effect of Lime on Rock Phosphate Availability. W. W. Moschler; Virginia Agricidtural Experiment Sta¬ tion. A Practical Field Determination for Nitrogen Content of An¬ hydrous Ammonia Fertilizer. M. B. Rowe; Virginia Department of Agriculture. Recruitment of Personnel for the Agricultural Sciences. Edwin Cox; Virginia-CaroUna Chemical Company. Recess Possible Effects of O.A.S.I. on Agricultural Resource Use and Research Needed. W. L. Gibson, Jr.; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Sta¬ tion. Competitive Relationships Between Corn and Soybeans for Use of Land in Virginia. Carl W. Allen; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station. Efficiency Study of Pipeline and Conventional Milking Sys¬ tems. P. M. Reaves and W. E. Blalock; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station. A Comparative Case Study of Two Systems of Dairy Bam Operations. 9:00 1. 9:10 2. 9:20 3. 9:30 4. 9:45 5. 10:20 10:35 6. 10:45 7. 11:00 8. 11:15 9. 11:30 118 The Virginia Journal of Scienxe [April R. Lee Chambliss, Jr.; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station. 10. 11:45 Physical Characteristics of Slaughter Animals at Southern Auction Markets. Roy G. Stout; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station. 12:00 Adjourn for Lunch 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. FRIDAY, MAY 11 — 1:00 P.M. 1 : 00 Announcements 1:10 Guest Speaker: Atomic Energy and Agriculture. W. Ralph Singleton; Director, Blandy Experimental Farm. 2:00 Breeding Frost Hardy Peaches for Virginia. G. D. Oberle; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station. 2:15 The Effect of Molasses Supplementation on the Digesti¬ bility and Consumption of Pasture Herbage by Grazing Ani¬ mals. W, A. Hardison; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Sta¬ tion, J. T. Reid; Cornell Universitij Agricultural Experiment Station. 2:30 Chemical Characters of Fibers from Sheep and Goats. Lubow A. Margolena; U. S. Department of Agriculture. 2:45 Recess 2:50 Effects of Hexachloronapthalene on Vitamin A. Metabolism in the Rat. G. Edwin Bunce; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 3:05 Bean Seed Treatment Trials in Eastern Virginia. T. J. Nugent and R. N. Hofmaster; Virginia Truck Ex¬ periment Station. 3:20 Some Influences of Soil Moisture, Date of Sampling, Fer¬ tilizer and Cropping on Certain Soil Tests, with a Sassafras Sandy Loam Soil. E. M. Dunton, Jr.; Virginia Truck Experiment Station. 3:15 Use of Soil Survey Information in Fairfax County, Virginia. E. F. Henry; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station. 3:50 Review of Plant Parasitic Nematodes Found in Virginia During 1955. A. M. Somerville, Jr.; Virginia-Caroltna Chemical Co. 4:05 Business Session. 1956] Program of Thirty-Fourth Annual Meeting 119 Section of Astronomy, Mathematics, and Physics J. Gordon Stipe, Jr., Chairman Melvin A. Pittman, Secretary F. L. Hereford, Section Editor (1956) FRIDAY, MAY 11, 1956 — 9:00 A.M. — FLEMISH ROOM 1. 9:00 Permeability Tensors for the Propagation of TE and TB Modes in Round Wave Guides. Edward F. Turner, Jr.; The George Washington Uni¬ versity. 2. 9:10 Birefringent Properties of Ferrite Rods in Circular Wave Guides. Nicholas Karayianis; Diamond Ordnance Fuze Labora¬ tory. 3. 9:20 Scattering of Polarized Neutrons (Theoretical). Frank L. Hereford; University of Virginia. 4. 9:35 Scattering of Polarized Neutrons (Experimental). Billy McCormac, Malcolm F. Steuer, Clarence D. Bond, Frank L. Hereford; University of Virginia. 5. 9:45 Production and Scattering of Polarized Electrons. William G. Pettus; University of Virginia. 6. 10:00 Sunlight Integrator of Wide Intensity Range. E. W. Glossbrenner and H. Y. Loh; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 7. 10:10 Ion Source for 2 MEV Electrostatic Accelerator. J. T. Rogers; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 8. 10:25 Design and Construction of a Magnetic Analyzer for the V. P. I. Electrostatic Accelerator. David W. Oliver; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 9. 10:40 Voltage Control of the V. P. 1. Electrostatic Accelerator. George L. Ball; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 10. 10:55 Some Remarks on the Diagonalization of Matrices in Quan¬ tum Mechanics. S. Olanoff; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 11. 11:05 The Distribution of Ionization Energy Losses of ^ Mesons in Argon. T. E. Gilmer, Jr., Robert Mace, E. D. Palmatier; Ex¬ periment Incorporated and the University of North Carolina. 120 The Virginia Journal of Science [April 12. 11:15 13. 11:25 14. 11:40 12:00 1:00 15. 1:45 16. 2:00 17. 2:15 18. 2:30 19. 2:45 20. 3:00 21. 3:15 22. 3:30 23. 3:45 24. 4:00 25. 4:15 The Preparation and Strange Behavior of Pseudomonocrys¬ tals of Alpha-Titanium. Francis J. Denise and Henry Liedheiser, Jr.; Virginia Institute for Scientific Research. Time of Flight Apparatus for High Energy Neutrons. Philip J. Dolan, Herbert A. Fincher, Patrick J. Kenny; University of Virginia. Business Meeting. Presentation of Awards to Junior Academy Members - Ballroom. Recess for Lunch. FRIDAY, MAY 11, 1956 — 1:45 P.M. Elastic Scattering of 14 MEV Neutrons. Patrick J. Kenny, Herbert A. Fincher, Philip J. Dolan; University of Virginia. Positron Annihilation in Liquids and Solids. S. Berko; University of Virginia. Temperature and Phase Effects in Position Annihilation. Hugh S. Landes and Artley J. Zuchelli; University of Virginia. Concerning the Liquefaction of Helium. L. G. Hoxton; University of Virginia. Temperature Effect in G-M Counters. Addison D. Campbell; University of Richmond, (work done at University of North Carolina). Instrumentation Problems in Underwater Explosion Tests. M. E. Cruser, Jr.; U.E.R.D. Norfolk Naval Shipyard. Tensile Strength of Liquid Helium. J. W. Beams; University of Virginia. Mechanical Strength of Thin Films of Silver. M. M. Jones, Jr., S. Martinez, A. L. Stamper; University of Virginia. Magnetic Suspension Microbalance. C. W. Hulburt and M. G. Sheffield; University of Vir¬ ginia. Tensile Strength of Thin Films of Metal at Liquid Nitrogen Temperature. P. B. Price, Jr.; University of Virginia. The Compression of Condensed Gases to 20,000 Kg/cm^ at Low Temperature (Experimental). John W. Stewart; University of Virginia. 1956] Program of Thirty-Fourth Annual Meeting 121 26. 27. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 4:30 Determination of the Molecular Weight of Raffinose and Viomycin by the Equilibrium Ultracentrifuge Method. Kenneth D. Williams; University of Virginia. 4:45 Some Methods of Making Thin Film Windows for Electrons. Kent Ford, Jr.; University of Virginia. SATURDAY, MAY 12, 1956 — 9:00 A.M. 9:00 An Interesting R-L-C Circuit Used as a Test Problem. Addison D. Campbell; University of Richmond. 9:10 Particle Distribution from a Thin Source in Contact with a Collimator. Glenn H. Miller; Ordnance Research Laboratory, Uni¬ versity of Virginia. 9:20 Statistical Relationship Between Galactic Orbital Elements of Red Dwarf Stars. E. R. Dyer, Jr.; Leander McCormick Observatory, Uni¬ versity of Virginia. 9:30 A Pressure Regulator for a Low-Pressure Continuous Flow Ionization Chamber. Ralph A. Lowry, John E. Osher, Glenn H. Miller; Ord¬ nance Research Laboratory, University of Virginia. 9:40 Defining Eunctions by Series. Robert G. Yates; College of William and Mary. 9:55 Astrometric Investigation of a Star Association in the Gon- steUation of Gygnus. Heinrich K. Eichhorn; Leander McCormick Observa¬ tory, University of Virginia. (Introduced by A. N. Vyssotsky. ) 10:05 Spectral Glassification of Stars in the AGK^ Zones. A. G. Balz, Jr.; Leander McCormick Observatory.) University of Virginia. (Introduced by A. N. Vyssotsky.) 10:20 Astrometric Orbit of X Draconis. H. L. Alden and V. Osvalds; University of Virginia. 10:30 The Ladder Problem. John N. Packard; Randolph-Macon College. 10:40 Certain Properties of Hyper-cubes, Regular Hyper-tetrahe¬ drons and Hyper-spheres. Herta T. Freitag and Arthur H. Freitag; Hollins College and Jefferson High School. 10:55 A Simplified Design for a Sphere Grinder Applicable to Very Hard Materials. Lilly L. Rappaport and William H. Dancy, Jr.; Ord¬ nance Research Laboratory, University of Virginia. 122 The Virginia Journal of Science [April 12. 11:05 The Effect of Film Thicknes on the Adhesion of Chromium Films Electrodeposited on Steel. William H. Dancy, Jr., and William M. Bland; Ord~ nance Research Laboratory, University of Virginia, 13. 11:15 Taylor Instabilities in High Speed Slip Flow. Robert B. Nelson and A. R. Kuhlthau; Ordnance Re¬ search Laboratory, University of Virginia. 14. 11:25 An Improved Method for the Accurate Determination of the Surface Temperature of Rapidly Moving Bodies. A. R. Kuhlthau and Lilly L. Rappaport; Ordnance Re¬ search Laboratory, University of Virginia. 15. 11:40 A High Speed Electronic Analog Multiplier. Donald F. Nieman; Ordnance Research Laboratory, University of Virginia. Section of Bacteriology A. L. Rosensweig, Chairman Barbara H. Caminita, Secretary P. Arne Hansen, Section Editor (1956) FRIDAY, MAY 11, 1956—10:30 A.M.--MONTICELLO ROOM 10:30 Business Meeting. 12:00 Presentation of Awards to Junior Academy Members- — Ballroom. 1:00 Recess for Lunch. FRIDAY, MAY 11, 1956—1:30 P.M. 1. 1:30 Lactose Urea Iron Agar; A New Differential Tube Medium for Isolation of Salmonella. John McNeill Sieburth; Agricultural Experiment Station, Blacksburg. 2. 1:50 A New Serological Technique: Freeze-Agglutination. 1. Application to Chronic Respiratory Disease of Chickens. . ■ C. H. Domeimuth and E. P. Johnson (with technical assistance of A. P. Tichelaar MT/ASCP); Agricultural Experiment Station, Blacksburg. 3. 2:10 Experimental Encephalomyelitis’ in Cats. P. Y. Paterson, E. D. Brand, and M. L Hansrote; Uni¬ versity of Virginia School of Medicine. Program of Thirty-Fourth Annual Meeting 123 1956] 4. 2:40 5. 3:00 6. 3:20 An Unusual Colonial Formation by a Strain of Pseudomonas Rubinosa. H, J. Welshimer; Medical College of Virginia, Antigenic Components of Lactobacillus lactis. Robert H. Miller and P. Arne Hansen; University of Maryland, College Park. Form Variation and Electrophoresis. Shelley Harrell and P. Arne Hansen; University of Maryland, College Park. Section of Biology J. L. McHugh, Chairman J. N. Dent, Secretory Robert T. Brumfield, Section Editor (1957) FRIDAY, MAY 11, 1956 — 9:00 A.M.— EMPIRE ROOM “B” 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 9:00 Live Trapping as a Technique for Evaluating Rabbit Popu¬ lation Phenomena. John B, Redd, Jr.; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 9:15 Possible Factors in the Decline of the Bear Kill in Virginia. Allen Stickley; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 9:30 A Study of Sportsmens Magazine Preference as a Guide to Effective Conservation Education. Robert H. Giles, Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 9:45 Natural History of the Dismal Swamp. Roger H. Rageot; Norfolk Museum. 10:00 Invitational Paper. Recent Developments in the Study of Marine Productivity. Dayton E. Carritt; Chesapeake Bay Institute, Annapolis, Maryland. 10:30 Some Patterns in Parasitism. William J. Hargis, Jr.; Virginia Fisheries Laboratory. 10:45 The Acanthocephala of Mountain Lake Mammals. Harry L. Holloway; Roanoke College. 11:00 Three Modes of Reproduction within a Single Genus (Hk- tiostoma, Anoetidae, Acarina). Roscoe D. Hughes and Caroline Goode Jackson; Medi¬ cal College of Virginia. 11:15 Taxonomic and Morphological Studies on the Genus Acanr thatrium (Trematoda: Lecithodendriidae) . Thomas C. Cheng; University of Virginia. 124 The Virginia Journal of Science [April 10. 11:30 11. 11:45 12. 12:00 13. 12:15 14. 12:30 12:45 15. 2:00 16. 2:15 IT. 2:30 18. 2:45 19. 3:00 20. 3:15 3:45 A New Species of Aphanomyces, and Its Significance in the Taxonomy of the Water-molds. William W. Scott; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. The Chromosome Morphology and Evolution of Some Species in the Genus Aglaonema. Gertrude Earl; The Blandy Experimental Farm. Monograph of the Genus Rosa in North America. I. Rosa acicularis Lindl. Walter H. Lewis; The Blandy Experimental Farm. Morphological Variation within a Clarke County Population of Ipomoea hederacea (L.) Jacquin. Robert J. Knight; The Blandy Experimental Farm. Hemophilia in the Human Female — A Review and Evalua¬ tion. M. C. Shawver; Madison College. SECTIONAL BUSINESS MEETING. FRIDAY, MAY 11 - 2:00 P.M. The Effects of Nucleic Acids on Growth of Timothy Roots. Robert T. Brumfield; Longwood College. Plants as Indicators. A. B. Massey; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. Intraspecific Adaptation to Varying Photoperiod in Certain Members of the Convolvulaceae. Robert J. Knight; The Blandy Experimental Farm. Electrophoretical and Spectrophotometrical Investigations of a Germination Inhibiting Substance in the Seedcoats of Da¬ tura. J. E. Irvine and J. J. Rappaport; University of Virginia. The Modification of Cell Size in Timothy Roots by Alpha Particles. Donald E. Foard; Longwood College. Invitational Paper. Radioisotopes in Biological Research. T. R^ Rice; U. S. Shellfish Laboratory, Beaufort, N. C. SYMPOSIUM. Why Are We Failing to Attract Students to Enter Professional Biology? Carl G. Baker; National Cancer Institute, Bethesda, Md. W. Ralph Singleton; University of Virginia. Robert F. Smart; University of Richmond. SATURDAY, MAY 12 — 9:30 A.M. — EMPIRE ROOM “B” 21. 9:30 The Effect of Partial Hepatectomy on the Hematology and Spleen Size of the Golden Hamster. W. L. Mengegier; Madison College. 1956] Progra?^! of Thirty-Fourth Annual Meeting 125 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 9:45 Cytocliemical Observations on the Differentiation of the Anterior Pituitary Gland of the Rat. Jean C. Dofflemoyer; University of Virginia. 10:00 Conjoined Twinning in Crayfish. Elizabeth M. Zipf; University of Virginia. 10:15 The Crayfishes of the Lower Flint-Chattahoochee River Sys¬ tem. C. W. Hart and Horton H. Hobbs, Jr.; Randolph-Macon College and University of Virginia. 10:30 The Agar Diffusion Technique as Applied to the Study of the Serological Relationships of Crayfishes. Rose Mary Johnson; University of Virginia. 10:45 Reactions of Stenostomum virginianum to Vital Staining. E. W. Pullen; University of Virginia. 11:00 Studies of the Gastrotricha with Especial Reference to Poly- merurus rhomboides Stokes in Virginia. C. E. Packard; Randolph-Macon College. 11:15 A Clarification of the Species of the Genus Typhloplana. John G. Mahan; Lynchburg College. 11:30 Some Morphological Studies on Resistant and Non-resistant Strains of the German Cockroach. John G. Mahan; Lynchburg College. Section of Chemistry Richard M. Irby, Jr., Chairman Mary E. Kapp, Secretary Carl J. Likes, Section Editor (1957) Notice Concurrent Sessions Friday Morning FRIDAY, MAY 11, 1956-— 9:00 A.M.— ^LIBRARY “A” 1. 9:00 The Fluorination of Cyanogen Bromide. H. Lee Craig, Jr. and Eugene R. Nixon; Reynolds Metals Company and University of Pennsylvania. 2. 9:15 Derivatives of Chelidamic Acid. D. G. Markees and G. W. Kidder; Amherst College, Amherst, Mass. 3. 9:25 New Aminopyridines and Related Compoimds. D. G. Markees and G. W. Kidder; Amherst College, Amherst, Mass. 126 The Virginia Journal of Science [April 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 9:35 New Analogs of Guanine and Xanthine. D. G. Markees and G. W. Kidder; Amherst College, Amherst, Mass. 9:45 The Rates of the Acid-Catalyzed Reactions of Aromatic Alde¬ hydes with n-Butylamine. George M. Santerre and Thomas I. Crowell; Cohh Chemical Laboratory, University of Virginia, 10:05 Reactions of Nitryl Chloride. W. D. Goode, Jr., R. D. Whitaker, and John H. Wise; Washington and Lee University. 10:15 Nuclear Substituted Analogs of 3,4-Dihydroxyphenylalanine. Carl Kaiser and Alfred Burger; Cobb Chemical Labora¬ tory, University of Virginia. 10:30 Synthesis of Purine and Ribofuranosylphosphonic Acids and Related Compounds. Manfred E. Wolff and Alfred Burger; Cobb Chemical Laboratory, University of Virginia. 10:45 The Preparation of Chloro Substituted N, N Diphenyl Ben- zamides. James E. Worsham, Jr. and James W. Cook; University of Richmond. 10:55 A Kinetic Study of the B-Glucosidase-B-D-Glucoside System. Helen L. Whidden; Randolph-Macon Womans College. 11:10 Stereochemistry and Conformations in Conjugated Unsat¬ urated Ketones and Enols. Addition-enolization. Robert E. Lutz and Chi-Kang Dien; Cobb Chemical Laboratory, University of Virginia. 11:25 Unsaturated Cyclic Sulfones: Pyrolysis of 3-Bromoethyl-2, 5-dihydrothiophene 1, 1 -Dioxide. Robert C. Krug and Teh Fu Yen; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 11:40 Some Experiments Regarding the Elbs Reaction. Frank A. Vingiello and Walter W. Zajac, Jr.; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 11:55 The Apparent Role of Cystine in Various Commercial Pro¬ teins. William R. Smithey, Jr.; Virginia -Carolina Chemical Corporation. 12:05 The Bohr Theory of Atomic Hydrogen. Eric Adelberger; Washington-Lee High School, Arling¬ ton. 12:20 Business Meeting- — Library "*A” 1956] Program of Thirty-Fourth Annual Meeting 127 1. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. FRIDAY, MAY 11, 1956 — 9:00 A.M.— -WEST PARLOR 9:00 Growth of Copper Powder in the Reaction of Hydrogen and Oxygen on a Copper Single Crystal. Robert E. Cunningham; Cobb Chemical Laboratory, University of Virginia. 9:15 The Etching of Copper Single Crystals in Aqueous Solu¬ tions. G. Tyler Miller, Jr.; Cobb Chemical Laboratory, Uni¬ versity of Virginia. 9:30 The Development of Etch Pits, Spirals, and Facets by Heat¬ ing Copper Crystals to High Temperatures in High Vacuum. F. W. Young; Cobb Chem.ical Laboratory, University of Virginia. 9:50 A High Voltage Electron Diffraction Apparatus and Its Ap¬ plication to the Study of Metal Surfaces. Kenneth R. Lawless; Cobb Chemical Laboratory, Uni¬ versity of Virginia. 10:05 The Oxidation of Single Crystals of Nickel. Kenneth R. Lawless, Fred W. Young, and Allan T. Gwathmey; Cobb Chemical Laboratory, University of Virginia. 10:20 Radioactive Tracers in Elucidating Antioxidant and Cor¬ rosion Inhibiting Mechanisms. Donald R. Campbell and James W. Cole, Jr.; Cobb Chemical Laboratory, University of Virginia. 10:35. The Preparation of Elemental Boron of High Purity. Claude P. Talley, James C. Rahman, and Lloyd E. Line, Jr.; Experiment Incorporated. 10:50 Absorption of Undiluted Vapors by Drops. William E. Rice; Experiment Incorporated. 11:05 Spark Ignition of Dust Clouds. Lloyd E. Line, Jr. and James C. Rahman; Experiment Incorporated. 11:20 Formation of Ions in Flames. H. F. Calcote and I. R. King; Experiment Incorporated. 11:30 Semiquantitative Analysis of Alkyl Polyphosphate Mixtures. Thomas M. Melton; Virginia-Carolina Chemical Corpo¬ ration. 11:45 Vapor Phase Chromatography. R. B. Seligman, F. E. Resnik, A. E. O’Keefe, J. C. Holmes, F. A. Morrell, and D. P. Murrill; Philip Morris and Company. The Virginia Journal of Science [April 12:00 The Mass Spectrometer as a Qualitative Tool. F. E. Resnik and J. C. Holmes; Philip Morris and Com¬ pany. 12:20 Business Meeting - Library “A”. FRIDAY, MAY 11, 1956 — 2:00 P.M. — PARLOR “A” 2:00 The Electrodeposition of Aluminum from Ether-amine-alumi¬ num Chloride Solutions. N. F. Murphy and A. C. Doumas; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 2:15 Gas Phase of Cigarette Smoke: The Effect of Changes in Smoking Technique on the COo:CO Concentration Ratio. J. Scott Osborne, Jr. and Edward S. Harlow; Research Laboratory, American Tobacco Company. 2:30 Acid and Base Catalysis in the Solvolysis of Alkyl Borates. Gilbert T. Perkins and Thomas I. Crowell; Cobb Chemi¬ cal Laboratory, University of Virginia. 2:45 Oxidation of Boron. Ira A. Updike and Grover L. Farrar; Randolph-Macon College. 3:00 A Spectrophotometric Method for the Determination of Nickel in Human Blood. Maxwell L. Cluett and John H. Yoe; Pratt Trace Analy¬ sis Laboratory, University of Virginia. 3:15 Determination of Boron in Plant Tissue with a New Group of Colorimetric Reagents. Everett C. Coghill and John H, Y’oe; Pratt Trace Ana¬ lysis Laboratory, University of Virginia. 3:30 A New Class of Organic Reagents for the Spectrophoto¬ metric Determination of Trace Amounts of Osmium. Edgar L. Steele and John H. Yoe; Pratt Trace Analysis Laboratory, University of Virginia. 3:45 A Study of the Boron-Curcumin System. W. A. Powell and Emmett Poindexter; University of Richmond. 4:00 Progress Report on Studies of Coordination of the Cations of the First Transition Series by Several Polyhydroxylamine Hydrochlorides. W. P. Moore and Wm. E. Trout, Jr.; University of Richmond. 4:15 The Determination of Formic Acid and Other Volatile Acids. B. R. Warner, R. D. Carpenter and L. Z. Raptes; Philip Morris and Company. 1956] Program of Thirty-Fourth Annual Meeting 129 Section of Education Deforest L. Strunk, II, Chairman W. Donald Clague, Secretary James B. Patton, Section Editor (1957) FRIDAY, MAY 11, 1956 — 9:00 A.M. — ROOM 11, SECOND BAPTIST CHURCH HOUSE, 7 EAST ERANKLIN STREET 1. 9:00 2. 9:20 3. 9:40 4. 10:25 5. 10:50 6. 11:10 7. 11:35 11:55 12:00 1:00 A Summer Reading Center for Elementary Pupils. Charles Turner; Assistant Director of Research, Rich¬ mond Public Schools. A Report of the Virginia Resource-Use Education Council. John H. Gwathmey; Gun and Rod Education, Rich¬ mond Times-Dispatch. Qualities of Experience Desirable for Prospective Teachers. J. P. Wynne; Longwood College. Experimental Study in the Teaching of Arithmetic. Evan G. Pattishall, Jr.; University of Virginia. Enriching the School Program through Audio-Visual Aids. Edwin M. Logan; University of Virginia. Predicting College Success. Marshall Brice; Staunton Military Academy. Sharing in Elementary School: Importance for Elementary Science Courses. Irving L. Ramsey; University of Virginia. Business Meeting and Election of Officers. Presentation of Awards to Junior Academy Members — Ballroom, Hotel Jefferson. Recess for Lunch. FRIDAY, MAY 11 — 2:00 P.M. — BALLROOM, HOTEL JEFFERSON 2:00 Symposium on the Shortage of Science Teachers. Jointly sponsored by the Section of Science Teachers, the Manpower Committee of the Virginia Section of the American Chemical Society, and the Advisory Panel on Education in Sciences of the Virginia Academy of Science. {See program of Section of Science Teachers for details). 130 The Virginia Journal of Science [April Section of Engineering Nelson F. Murphy ad Robert W. Truitt, Co-Chairmen David M. Criai, Secretary Robert M. Hubbard, Section Editor (1958) FRIDAY, MAY 11, 1956 — 9:30 A.M. — VIRGINIA ROOM 1. 4. 5. 6. 8, 9:30 A Note on the Slope of the Lift Curve in Two-Dimensional Transonic Flow. Robert W. Truitt; Virginia FoJijtechnic Institute. 9:35 Investigation of Base Pressures on Bodies of Revolution in the Transonic Range. Gerald D. Walberg, Arthur C. Bruce and Robert W. Truitt; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 9:55 Some Aspects of Two-Dimensional Subsonic Flow. Reece Folb and Robert W. Truitt; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 10:10 A Note on the Limitation of Three-Dimensional Linear Theory for Compressible Flow. James B. Fades, Jr.; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 10:30 A Note on the Hypersonic Flow about Two-Dimensional Blunt Bodies. Robert W. Truitt; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 10:45 An Investigation of the Dynamic Response of a Two-Dimen¬ sional Thin Airfoil in Longitudinal Motion. PY'ank B. Anthony and James B. Fades, Jr.; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 11:05 Some Considerations of Pressure-Drag over the Front Sur¬ face of Two-Dimensional Wedges Having Different After¬ body Configurations. William P. Harrison, Jr. and Robert W. Truitt; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 11:25 Results of an Approximate Method for Determining Tran¬ sonic Pressure-Drag over the Front Surfaces of Two-Dimen¬ sional Wedges Having Different After-Body Configurations. George F. Powell and Robert W. Truitt; Virginia Poly¬ technic Institute. 12:00 Noon — Presentation of Fngineering Award at the meeting of the Junior Academy of Science — Ballroom. 1956] Program of Thirty-Fourth Annual Meeting 131 FRIDAY, MAY 11— -2:00 P.M. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 2:00 Operational Analogs as Dynamic Engineering Models. O. L. Updike, Jr.; University of Virginia. 2:25 Synopsis of Highway Sign Brightness in Relation to Position, Distance and Reflectorization. Arthur L. Straub and Terrence M. Allen; Virginia Coun¬ cil of Highway Investigation and Research. 2:45 Equilibrium Data for Viscous Ternary Liquid Systems. John C. Howard; University of Virginia. 3:05 Heat Transfer in Narrow Enclosed Gas Spaces. John R. Marshall; University of Virginia. 3:25 The Effect of Superimposed Alternating Current and Peri¬ odic Reverse Current on the Yield of Electrochemical Reac¬ tions. Nelson F. Murphy and B. C. Doumas; Virginia Poly¬ technic Institute. 3:40 Barium Titanate Probe for the Measurement of Ultrasonic Intensity. Frank C. Vilbrandt and Narendra N. Bakhshi; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 4:00 Engineering Exhibits— -Presentation by members of the Junior Academy of Science. 5:00 Business Meeting and Election of Officers. Section of Geology Troy J. Laswell, Acting Chairman Robert S. Young, Secretary Wallace D. Lowry, Section Editor (1958) FRIDAY, MAY 11, 1956 — 9:10 A.M.— -Y.M.C.A. — 2 EAST FRANKLIN STREET, GAME ROOM {Time for discussion will be allowed at end of each paper.) 9:10 Introductory Remarks by the Chairman. 1. 9:15 Status of Topographic Mapping in Virginia. William M. McGill; Virginia Division of Geology. 2. 9:32 Cleavage in the Arvonia Slate, Buckingham County, Vir¬ ginia. Jonathan Edwards, Jr.; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 3. 9:44 Distribution of Triassic Fish in the Piedmont of Virginia. Shelton P. Applegate; University of Virginia. 132 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15, The Virginia Journal of Science [April 9:56 Lignite in Colluvium, Smyth County, Virginia. Charles E. Sears, Jr.; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 10:13 Domestic Manganese Developments. Charles W. Massie, Sr.; Virginia Department of Conser¬ vation and Development. 10:25 Heavy Minerals of the Patuxent Formation in Virginia. W. M. Greene, C. L. Sherman, and D. C. Ward; Wash¬ ington and Lee University. (Presented by D. C. Ward). 10:37 Heavy Minerals in the Sands of the South River, Augusta County, Virginia. Dorothy Carroll; U. S. Geological Survey. 10:54 Mineralogy of Sediments from the Virginia Triassic. Bruce W. Nelson; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 11:11 Erosion by Catastrophic Floods in the Ridge and Valley Province. John T. Hack; U. S. Geological Survey. 11:30 Announcements . 12:00 Noon Presentation of Awards to Junior Academy Members - Ballroom. 1:00 Recess for Lunch. FRIDAY, MAY 11, 1956 — 2:00 P.M. — Y.M.C.A., 2 EAST FRANKLIN STREET, GAME ROOM 2:00 Crystallization of Carbonate Material as a Top and Bottom Indicator. C. R. B. Hobbs, Jr.; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 2:12 Granites and Phyllites of Southeastern Piedmont Virginia and Their Relation to the Tectonic Maps of the Area. A. A. Pegau and W, B. Brent; Virginia Division of Geology and Oklahoma A. and M. (Presented by A. A. Pegau). 2:24 Feeder Dikes of the Catoctin Greenstone in Albemarle Coun¬ ty Virginia. Tinsley Mack; University of Virginia. 2:36 Heavy Minerals of Coastal Sands South of Virginia Beach, Virginia. J. R. Alford, J. K. Kane, and D. M. Marthinson; Wash¬ ington and Lee University. (Presented by J. R. Alford). 2:48 Chert-Dolomite Relationships in the Knox Dolomite. R. V. Dietrich and W. D. Lowry; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. (Presented by R. V. Dietrich). 3:05 The Correlation of Piedmont Virginia Strata and an Inter¬ pretation of Piedmont Structure Based on This Correlation. Wilbur A. Nelson; University of Virginia. 1956] Program of Thirty-Fourth Annual Meeting 133 16. 17. 18. 3:22 A Diabase Dike near Alton, Virginia. H. Robert Hopkins; University of Virginia. 3:34 Cirque-like Depression near Big Meadows, Virginia. Richard G. Roane; University of Virginia. 3:46 Wind Transport of Sand: A Physical-Mathematical Ap¬ proach. Edwin F. Ford; Wakefield High School, Arlington, Vir¬ ginia. 4:15 Outline of Field Trip. Wayne E. Moore; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 4:30 Business Meeting. SATURDAY, MAY 12, 1956 — 8:00 A.M. 8:00 Field Trip: The Pleistocene Stratigraphy of the Virginia Coastal Plain. Leader: Wayne E. Moore. Place of assembly and details of trip to be announced dur¬ ing Friday meeting. Section of Medical Sciences Grover C. Pitts, Chairman Geraldine M. Duncan, Secretary Chalmers L. Gemmill, Section Editor (1958) FRIDAY, MAY 11, 1956 — 9:00 A.M. — WASHINGTON ROOM 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 9:00 An Evaluation of the Metachromasy of Anionic Dyes. John W. Kelly; Medical College of Virginia. 9:15 Some Problems and Techniques in Biological C^^ Measure¬ ment. William A. Peabody; Medical College of Virginia. 9:30 Lipid and Pigment Inclusions in the Motor Cortex of Aging Brains. Robert H. Brownson, Medical College of Virginia. 9:45 The Effect of Acylation on the Biological Activity of Hydra¬ zine Compounds. Herbert McKennis, Jr. and Jesse H. Weatherby; Medi¬ cal College of Virginia. 10:00 Vasomotor Changes Produced by Chronic Stimulation of the Cerebral Cortical Pressor Areas. E. C. Hoff, and J. F. Kell, Jr.; Medical College of Vir¬ ginia. 134 6. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. The Virginia Journal of Science [April 10:15 Integration of Blood Pressure Responses in Deeerebration. Thomas R. Harwood, J. F. Kell, and E. C. Hoff; Medi¬ cal College of Virginia. 10:30 Studies on Some Physiologic and Clinical Conditions Asso¬ ciated with Increased Fibrinolytic Activity of the Blood. Susan J. Mellette and Louis A. Leone; Medical College of Virginia. 10:45 Perthane (Q-137) Administration to the C3H Mouse and Its Effect on the C3H/BA Mammary Carcinoma. Louis A. Leone, Henry Flahn, and Susan J. Mellette; Medical College of Virginia. 11:00 The Inhibition of Azo-Dye Carcinogenesis by Varying Die¬ tary Levels of Certain Benzimidazoles. C. C. Clayton and L. D. Abbott, Jr.; Medical College of Virginia. 11:15 Effects of Physical Exercise on Gross Body Composition of the Guinea Pig. Grover C. Pitts; UniversiLij of Virginia School of Medi¬ cine. 11:30 Histochemical Studies on the Effects of Castration and Androgen Replacement on Rat Epididymides. L. F. Cavazos; Medical College of Virginia. 11:45 The Effect of Thermal Injury on the Metabolic Activity of the Brain, the Pituitary, the Adrenal and the Pineal Gland of the Rat, Measured by P-^^ Uptake. O. J. Malm and O. E. Skaug; Medical College of Vir¬ ginia. 12:00 Business Meeting. FRIDAY, MAY 11 — 2:00 P.M. 1:45 Alterations in Casein by Exposure to Ethylene Oxide. Herbert G. Windmueller, Clemens J. Ackerman, and R. W. Engel; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station. 2:00 The Effect of Nucleosides on Phosphate Transfer in Human Erythrocyte Ghosts. D. R. H. Gourley; University of Virginia School of Medicine. 2:15 Phosphate Uptake in the Erythrocytes of Human Blood Heated in Vitro. Ralph A. Natvig and Odvar Skaug; Medical College of Virginia. 2:30 The Transfer of Energy from p-Terphenyl to Riboflavin. Chalmers L. Gemmill; University of Virginia School of Medicine. 1956] Program of Thirty-Fourth Annual Meeting 135 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 2:45 Ryanodine Induced Contractures in Frog Skeletal Muscle. Mary Frances Arrighi and Robert W. Ramsey; Medical College of Virginia. 3:00 Psyche and the Human Uterus. William Bickers; Richmond. 3:15 Toxicity Studies on Salicylamide in Man. Reno Porter and Allan L. Forbes; Medical College of Virginia. 3:30 The Significance of the Serological Reactions in Rheumatoid Arthritis. John Vaughan and Marion Waller; Medical College of Virginia. 3:45 Plastic Prosthetics in the Post-Surgical Care of Diabetic Gangrene. A Preliminary Report. Albert Pincus, Milton Cummins, Ted Levy, William Bricker, Jr., and Stanley Bricker; Richmond. 4:00 Lipid Concentration of Human Adrenals with Particular Reference to Hypertensive Disease. Cornelia Hoch-Ligeti, Karen Irvine, and James Irvine; University of Virginia School of Medicine. 4:15 Rental Function in Man and Dogs Rendered Polycythemic by Low Oxygen Tension. E. Lovell Becker; Medical College of Virginia. 4:30 The Pelger-Hiiet Anomaly in a Negro Family. Jonas C. Strouth and Roscoe D. Hughes; Medical Col¬ lege of Virginia. 4:45 Schultze’s Picture in the Bovine Colon. James R. Rooney, II; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station. Section of Psychology Gilbert J. Rich, Chairman Audrey M, Shuey, Secretary-Treasurer Richard H. Henneman, Section Editor (1959) FRIDAY, MAY 11, 1956 — 2:00 P.M. — LITTLE THEATRE, SECOND BAPTIST CHURCH HOUSE, 7 EAST FRANKLIN STREET 2:00 Introductory Remarks by the Chairman. 1. 2:10 The Effect of Certain Sensory Stimulation on the Percep¬ tion of a Long Time Interval. Patricia A. Rund; Falls Church. 136 2:30 The Virginia Journal of Science [April Skin Temperature Effects on Vibratory Thresholds. o. 2:50 Glenn R. Hawkes; University of Virginia. An Experimental Study of Vibrotactile Apparent Motion. 4. 3:10 William H. Sumby; University of Virginia. Training on a Vibratory Communication System. 5. 3:30 William C. Howell; University of Virginia. A Comparative Personality Study of a Group of Stutterers 6. 3:50 and Hard of Hearing Patients. Reuben S. Horlick; Walter Reed Army Medical Center. Language Behavior in the Mentally Retarded. 7. 4:10 Henry Winthrop; Hollins College. Critical Factors in the Academic Acceleration of Gifted Children: Hypotheses Based on Clinical Data. Antonia Bell Morgan; Aptitude Associates, Inc. FRIDAY, MAY 11 — 6:30 P.M. 6:30 Annual Dinner. (Place to be announced) 7:30 Business Meeting. SATURDAY, MAY 12 — 9:30 A.M. — LITTLE THEATRE, SECOND BAPTIST CHURCH HOUSE, 7 EAST FRANKLIN STREET 8. 9:30 The Rat’s Adjustment to Twenty-three-Hour Food-Depriva¬ tion Cycles. Marvin H. Weasner; University of Virginia. 9. 9:50 Factors Influencing Complex Task Performance. Milton H. Hodge; University of Virginia. 10. 10:10 Reinforcement and Complex Verbal Behavior. William E. Montague; University of Virginia. 11. 10:30 Conditons Determining the Efficiency of Multiple Task Performance. John B. Feallock; University of Virginia. 12. 10:50 Academic Success of Public and Private School Students in College: 1. The Freshman Year. Audrey M. Shuey; Randolph-Macon Womans College. 13. 11:10 An Investigation of Several Methods of Teaching Contour Interpretation. F. J. McGuigan; Hollins College. SATURDAY, MAY 12 — 2:00 P.M. — LITTLE THEATRE, SECOND BAPTIST CHURCH HOUSE, 7 EAST FRANKLIN STREET 2:00 Symposium: The Psychologist’s Role in Community Mental Health. Moderator: John A. Blake; Central State Hospital. 1956] Program of Thirty-Fourth Annual Meeting 137 Section of Science Teachers Franklin D. Kizer, Chairman Samuella Crimm, Chairman-Elect Martha W. Duke, Secretary Caroline Gambrill, Section Editor (1959) FRIDAY, MAY 11, 1956 — 8:30 A.M. --BALLROOM THEME: WHATS NEW IN BIOLOGY? 1. Business Meeting. 2. Recent Trends in Plant Science Work at the Blandy Experimental Farm. Walter S. Flory, Jr.; Blandy Experimental Farm, University of Virginia. 3. Recent Trends in Medical Genetics. Roscoe D. Hughes; Medical College of Virginia. 4. A Study of the Firefly and the Chemical Nature of Its Biolumines¬ cence. Leland N. Edmunds, Jr.; Newport News High School. (Winner of the I5th Annual Science Talent Search.) 5. Laboratory Tours: Department of Agriculture, Rodney C. Berr)% State Chemist. 10:30-12:00 Noon — Division of Animal and Dairy Industries, Dr. Bendix. 12:00 Noon Presentation of Awards to Junior Academy Mem¬ bers — -Ballroom. 1:00 Recess for Lunch. FRIDAY, MAY 11 - 2:00 P.M. 7. Symposium on the Shortage of Science Teachers. Jointly sponsored by the Section of Science Teachers, the Man¬ power Committee of the Virginia Section of the American Chemi¬ cal Society, and the Advisory Panel on Education in Sciences of the Virginia Academy of Science. The widespread concern over the shortage of qualified teachers of the sciences and mathematics prompted the sponsoring groups to bring to¬ gether distinguished speakers to present National, State, University, and Community viewpoints. The causes of the apparent shortage and some of the problems encountered by the organizations in their endeavors to help meet the shortages will be outlined. The discussions will be focused The Virginia Journal of Science 138 [AprH on what the sponsoring groups can do to assist in the maintenance of adequate number of qualified teachers. Moderator: James W. Cole, Jr.; Depai'tment of Chemistnj, University of Virginia. Speakers: Dael Wolfle; Executive Officer, American Association for the Advance¬ ment of Science. Dowell J. Howard; Superintendent of Pi(blic Instruction, State Board of Education, Commonwealth of Virginia. William L. Duren, Jr.; Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences, University of Virginia. John S. Coleman; Executive Secretary, Division of Natural Sciences, National Research Council, National Academy of Sciences. Discussion Starters: Eugene D. Crittenden; Director of Research, Nitrogen Division, Allied Chemical and Dye Corporation, Hopewell. Edward S. Harlow; Assistant Laboratory Manager, American Tobacco Company Research Laboratory. Mrs. B. G. Heatwole; Chairman, Virginia Junior Academy of Science Committee. Franklin D. Kizer; Supervisor of Science, Noijolk County Schools. Fred R. Millhiser; Laboratory Director for Orion Research, Benger Laboratory, E. 1. duPont de Nemours and Co., Waynesboro. Sidney S. Negus; Chairman, Department of Biochemistry, Medical College of Virginia. Louis A. Pardue; Vice-President, Virginia Polytechnic Institute. Russell J. Rowlett; Assistant Director of Research, Virginia-Carolina Chemical Corporation. 1956] Pkograai of Thirty-Fourth Annual Meeting 139 Section of Statistics M. C, K. Tweedie, Chairman John E. Freund, Vice-Chairman C. Y. Kramer, Secretary Lionel Weiss, Section Editor (1959) FRIDAY, MAY 11, 1956 — 9:00 A.M.— ROOM 10, SECOND BAPTIST CHURCH HOUSE, 7 EAST FRANKLIN STREET 1. 9:00 Introductory Remarks by the Chairman. 2. 9:05 The Comparison of Sensitivities of Similar Experiments. D, E. W. Schumann and R. A. Bradley; Virginia Poly¬ technic Institute. 3. 9:30 Variance Components for a Two-Way Classification with Proportional Frequencies. R. E. Walpole; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 4. 9:55 Linear Programming. R. J. Freund; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 10:20 Intermission. 5. 10:30 Uses of Electronic Computing Systems. Daniel Teichroew; National Cash Register Company. 6. 11:30 Business Meeting. 12:00 Presentation of Awards to Junior Academy Members - Ballroom, Hotel Jefferson. 1:00 Recess for Lunch. FRIDAY, MAY ll— 2:00 P.M. 7. 2:00 Economic Problems Are Subject to Statistical Analysis. D. P. Morton; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 8. 2:25 Use of Principal Components in Economic Problems. E. N. Fiske; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 9. 2:50 Some Distribution Theory Connected with Gaussian Process¬ es. I. Miller and J. E. Freund; Virginia Polytechnic Insti¬ tute. 3:00 Intermission. 10. 3:25 The Distribution of Column Totals in Sociometric Matrices. Paul Minton; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 11. 3:50 Comparison of Technicians’ Subjective Ratings. T. S. Russell and R. A. Bradley; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 140 The Virginia Journal of Science [April SATURDAY, MAY 12, 1956 — 9:00 A.M. — ROOM 10, SECOND BAPTIST CHURCH HOUSE, 7 EAST FRANKLIN STREET 12. 9:00 Restricted Occupancy Theory. J. E. Freund; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 13. 9:25 The Correlation between Variate Values and Normal Scores for Ranks. R. A. Bradley and H. A. Still; Virginia Polytechnic In- stitue. 14. 9:50 Control of Paint Consumption in a Mechanized Process by Quality Control. John Sykes; Marshall Manufacturing Corporation. 15. 10:15 Variations Flow Analysis — A New Statistical Tool for In¬ dustrial Process Control. N. L. Enrick; Institute of Textile Technology. 10:40 Intermission. 16. 10:50 Statistical Properties of Inverse Gaussian Distributions. M. C. K. Tweedie; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 17. 11:15 The Power of Multiple Range Tests. R. L. Wine; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 18. 11:40 Factorials in Incomplete Block Designs. C. Y. Kramer and R. A. Bradley; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. The Annual Subscription rate is $3.00, and the cost of a single number, $1.00. Reprints are available only if ordered when galley proof is returned. All orders except those involving exchanges should be ad¬ dressed to B. F. D. Runk, Biology Laboratory, University of Virginia, Charlottesville. The University of Virginia Library has exclusive exchange arrangements, and communications relative to exchange should be addressed to The Librarian, Alderman Library, University of Virginia, Charlottes¬ ville, Virginia. Notice To Contributors Contributions to the Journal should be addressed to Horton H. Hobbs, Jr., Biology Laboratory, University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Virginia. If any preliminary notes have been published on the subject which is submitted to the editors, a statement to that effect must accompany the manuscript. Manuscripts must be submitted in triplicate, typewritten in double spacing on standard X 11" paper, with at least a one inch margin on all sides. Manuscripts are limited to seven pages, with the proviso that if additional pages are desired, the author may obtain them at cost. Division of the manuscript into subheadings must follow a consistent plan, and be held to a minimum. It is desirable that a brief summary be included in all manuscripts. Footnotes should be included in the body of the manuscript immediately following the reference, and set off by a dashed-line above and below the footnote content. Footnotes should be numbered consecutively from the beginning to the end of the manuscript. Bibliographies (Literature Cited, References, etc.) should be arranged alphabetically according to author. Each reference should include the date, full title of the article, the name of the Journal, the volume, number (optional), pages, tables and figures (if any). For example; “Sniffen, Ernest W. 1940. Cobbles from the Pleistocene Terraces of the Lower York-James Peninsula, Va. Journ. Sci., 1 (8) : 286-288, 1 fig. 1 tab. Ref¬ erence to the bibliographic citations should not be made by numbers. Instead, using the above citations, where a reference is desired; either “Sniffen (1940)“, “Sniffen, 1940: 186)“, or “Sniffen (1940) states that . . Explanations of figures. Graphs, etc., should be typed on separate pages. All figures should be numbered consecutively beginning with the first text figure and continuing through the plates. If figures are to be inserted in the text this should be clearly indi¬ cated by writing “Figure — “ at the appropriate place in the margin. Illustrations, including lettering, should be arranged so that on reduction they will not exceed the dimensions of the maximum size of a printed page, 4%" x 6^^", and BO that they are well balanced on the page. The Journal will furnish the author with one plate (halftone or line reproduction) or its equivalent ; additional figures, colored illustrations or lithographs may be used only if the author makes a grant covering the cost of production. Original drawings (which must be done in black drawing ink), not photographs of drawings, should accompany the manuscript. Photographs should not be used if a line and dot (stippled) drawing wiU suffice. If photographic prints are to be used they should be glossy, sharp and show good contrast. Drawings not neatly executed and labeled (do not use a typewriter), or which are submitted on yellow or yellowish-white paper will not be accepted. Galley Proofs and engraver's proofs of figures are sent to the author for correction. Costs of excessive changes from the original manuscript must be defrayed by the author. OFFICERS OF THE VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE Walter S. Flory, Jr., President Edward S. Harlow, President-Elect Foley F. Smith, Secretary-Treasurer William B. Wartman, Jr., Assistant Secretary COUNCIL (Board of Trustees) Stanley B. Williams (1956) Mrs. B. G. Heatwole (1960) Sidney S. Negus (1957) Lloyd C. Bird (1956) Horton H. Hobbs, Jr. Byron N. Cooper (1958) A. T. Gwathmey (1957) B. F. D. Runk William Hinton (1959) Irving G. Foster (1958) Lynn D. Abbott, Jr. I , ^ il THE VIRGINIA lOURNAL OF SCIENCE A JOURNAL ISSUED QUARTERLY BY THE VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE * - ^^HSO/V^v NOVI 1953 J Vol. 7, New Series July, 1966 No. 3 VoL. 7, New Series July, 1956 ^ No. 3 THE VIRGINIA JOURNAL OF SCIENCE Published Four Times a Year In January, April, July, and September, by The Virginia Academy of Science Printed by The Bassett Printing Corporation, Bassett, Virginia CONTENTS Engineering Ultrasonics— Dudley Thompson and Hughey A. WooDLE, Jr . . . . . 141 Statistical Properties of Inverse Gaussian Distribution— I M. C. K. Tweedie . . . . 160 Morphological Comparisons of Resistant and Non-Resistant i Strains of the German Cockroach, Blattella germanica (L.) — J. C. Mahan and J. M.~ Grayson . . . . . 166^^ A New Species of Aphanomyces, and its Significance in the Taxonomy of the Water Molds— William W. Scott . 170 i| A Preliminary Survey of the Two Species of Cypripedium, C. Calceous var. pubescens and C. acaule— B. E. Frye and Diane TeStrake . . . 176 News and Notes . 189 ' EDITORIAL BOARD Horton H. Hobbs, Jr., Editor Mary E. Humphreys, Editor B. F. D. Runk, Managing Editor Richard W. Irby, Jr., Advertising Manager Carl W. Allen Robert T. Brumfield Robert M. Hubbard Richard H. Henneman Section Editors Irving G. Foster Carl J. Likes W. D. Lowry Caroline Gambrill P. Arne Hansen James P. Patton W. Parker Anslow, Jr. P. N. Somerville Entered as second-class matter October 31, 1955, at the post office at Charlottesville, Virginia, under the Act of March 3, 1897. Subscription $3.00 per volume. Published four times a year: in January, April, July, and September, by the Virginia Academy of Science at Charlottesville, Va. Mailed October 8, 1956 University of Virginia z 0 THE VIRGINIA JOURNAL OF SCIENCE VoL. 7, New Series July, 1956 No. 3 Engineering Ultrasonics Dudley Thompson and Hughey A. Woodle, Jr. Missouri School of Mines and Metallurgy and Virginia Polytechnic Institute Attesting to the rise in interest and popularity of the application of ultrasonic waves in research and industry is the large number of review articles that have been published within recent years {e.g., see bibliogra¬ phy). In addition to the reviews published in journals, there have been a number of books published on the subject of ultrasonics, probably the most comprehensive and extensive being that by Bergmann (1954). It is the intent of this paper to provide a brief discussion of the major ap¬ plications of ultrasonic of primary interest to chemists and chemical en¬ gineers. Selected pertinent references to specific applications of ultrasonics have been included in the bibliography. ULTRASONICS Ultrasonics is the science involving the generation, transmission, and utilization of vibrational energy of a frequency that is above the upper limit of audible sound (approximately 15,000—20,000 cycles per second). It was a laboratory curiosity for more than 25 years, investigators observ¬ ing unusual phenomena occmrring with the passage of high frequency sound through liquids and other media. Only within the past 10 or 15 years has the accumulated knowledge of tliis science advanced to the stage where it could be considered for useful applications in industry. Cavitation.— Two physical consequences of the ultrasonic treatment of a liquid system (cavitation and particle acceleration) are generally considered as responsible for a majority of tlie industrial applications of ultrasonic waves that are of interest to chemists and chemical engineers. The first of these results is cavitation, or the formation and subsequent col¬ lapse of minute vacuous cavities in the body of the liquid due to the cyclic tension (and compression) to which the liquid is subjected. Cavitation is favored by an external pressure on the liquid on the order of one or two EDITOR’S NOTE: We are pleased to present this invited article from the field of Engineering by Messrs. Thompson and Woodle. 142 The Virginia Journal of Science [July atmospheres and by the presence of ‘"nuclei” in the liquid, usually in the form of dissolved gases. Collapse of these minute cavities creates lo¬ calized pressures up to several hundred tons per square inch, causing in¬ tense micro-agitation of the liquid. Cavitation is also favored at an interface between two phases, where there is a great difference in the “pc” values of the two phases, p being the density of the phase and c the veloci¬ ty of sound in the phase. Particle Acceleration.— particle acceleration is a second physi¬ cal effect of importance in the ultrasonic treatment of liquid systems. In the case of a one-megacycle wave of 10 watts per square centimeter in¬ tensity passing through water in equilibrium with air and at atmospheric pressure, the magnitude of the particle displacement would be on the order of 10"^ centimeter. Acceleration of the particle reaches very high values, about 250,000 times greater than acceleration due to gravity. Maximum instantaneous particle velocity in this case is 40 centimeters per second. As particle displacement in a Hquid is proportional to the intensity of the ultrasonic wave, high intensity ultrasonic waves result in large particle displacement which in turn would result in considerable agitation of the liquid. Classification of Ultrasonic Applications.— The number of technical applications of ultrasonics is increasing daily, but the majority of these may be placed in one of two classifications: (1) applications of low- power, such as nondestructive testing of materials and products, signal transmission, and measurements of properties of substances, and (2) applications of high-power, where physical work is performed by the ultrasonic waves or physical or chemical changes take place in the sys¬ tem under insonation. Of major interest to chemists and chemical en¬ gineers are probably those applications that fall under the second, or high-power, classification. There are, however, applications in the low- power range, such as corrosion testing of tanks, pipes, and reactors and continuous viscosity measurements of liquids, that are of great value. APPLICATION OF ULTRASONICS TO CHEMICAL REACTIONS The chemical effects directly produced by ultrasonics have been attributed to the thermal gas phase reactions (Griffing, 1955), and it has been postulated that fiiey take place inside the gas bubbles. In water solutions, the reaction consists of production of radicals by the thermal decomposition of water, probably OH” radicals. A similar reaction has not been obtained when water is not present even though a wide variety of organic substances has been tried. If another reactive vapor of gas is present in the bubble, the OH” radical attacks the vapor forming other products, such as carbon tetrachloride, within the bubble, these products then diffusing in the solution. Various secondary reactions be¬ tween these original products and the products dissolved in the solution have been observed. 1956] Engineering Ultrasonics 143 Transformation of Cellulose. --The influence of ultrasonic waves on the transformation of hydrated cellulose to natural cellulose has been in¬ vestigated in Japan by Kubo (1941). It was found that the transition from hydrated to natural cellulose is accomphshed much easier than in the usual operation by the preliminary application of ultrasonic waves to the material immersed in a polar medium. The effect is thought to be due to the destabilization of the crystal lattice by mechanical vibrations. Polymerization.—Demann and Asbach (1940) have shown experi¬ mentally that acetic acid may be polymerized to aldol in an ultrasonic field of varying frequency. Experimental evidence is offered in the fre¬ quency range of. 20 to 5,000 kilocycles per second. It was determined that ultiasonics does not influence the principle direction of a reaction, i. e., it is not possible, by supplementary apphcation of ultrasonic waves under conditions which favor polymerization or condensation to produce a de¬ polymerization. Results show that increasing frequency and duration of the ultrasound yields more polymers, but the best values were obtained by changing the frequency with progress of the reaction. Yields were ob¬ tained which were impossible under similar conditions without insonation or by applying constant frequencies throughout the reaction. Also, the reaction could be directed in such a way that undesirable side-reactions were either reduced or entirely suppressed. Depolymerization.— Szalay (1934) has reported that highly polymeric molecules are split by means of ultrasonic waves. Using a frequency of 722 kilocycles per second on starch, gum arabic and gelatin, Szalay found that depolymerization followed, which was measured by the change in vis¬ cosity and also iodometrically with the starch solution. Slight decompo¬ sition of cane sugar to monosaccharides and of paraformaldehyde and hexamethylene tetramine was also found. Specific Reaction Rate Constant in the Acid Hydrolysis of Ethyl Ace¬ tate.— Employing frequencies of 400, 700, and 1500 kilocycles per second, Thompson, Vilbrandt and Gray (1953) obtained data indicating an in¬ crease in the specific reaction rate on the order of five per cent for 20 minute insonation for the hydrolysis of an aqueous solution of ethyl acetate in the presence of hydrochloric acid. Oxidation of Nitrogen.— Following the ultrasonic insonation of water containing air, it was demonstrated by Gobrecht and Ergang (1953) that the amount of HNO3 formed in a definite time interval increases linearly with sonic power and decreases with temperature. Organic Chemical Synthesis.— Tests performed by Miyagawa (1949)' showed that when exposed to ultrasonic waves, acetates were hydrolized twice as rapidly as normally. Fats were saponified 30 per cent with sodium carbonate in five hours, almost no saponification taking place without in¬ sonation. The nitration of m-xylene to trinitro-m-xylene required only 144 The Virginia Journal of Science [July 30 minutes, whereas two hours were required without insonation. Em¬ ploying frequency of 540 kilocycles per second, it was also found that 0.1 N KI was oxidized proportionately to the amplitude of the waves. Other Chemical Reactions.— Weissler (1949) has reported detailed investigations of some chemical effects of intense ultrasonic waves in liquids as follows: (1) liberation of iodine from an aqueous solution of potassium iodide and carbon tetrachloride, (2) delay in formation of colloidal sulfur, and (3) depolymerization of polystyrene in toluene and hydroxyethyl cellulose in water. In the three cases studied, it was found that ultrasonic waves cause chemical reactions in liquids only in the presence of dissolved gases, suggesting that cavitation is responsible for these effects. Sonochemistnj .—The effect of ultrasonic insonation on chemical re¬ actions, or the production of chemical changes by sound waves has been defined by Weissler (1953) as “sonochemistry.” The publication con¬ taining this definition also has a discussion of the effect of experimental variables such as frequency, intensity, duration of insonation, pressure and temperature. A survey of chemical effects due to ultrasonic inso¬ nation is also presented. APPLICATION OF ULTRASONICS TO ELECTROCHEMISTRY Applications of ultrasonic waves to electrochemical reactions may be divided into three classifications (Yeager et al., 1952): (1) the ef¬ fects of ultrasonic waves on electrode processes, (2) electroldnetic phe¬ nomena involving ultrasonic waves, and (3) the use of ultrasonic waves as a tool in the study of electrolytic solutions. A discussion that would be fair to the many and varied investigations and results involving ultra¬ sonics and electrochemistry would not be feasible in the length of this paper. The interested reader is referred to an article by Yeager and Hovorka (1953) in which the authors give an excellent presentation and discussion of investigations in this field of study. Acceleration of Corrosion.— Cndei conditions where corrosion would normally proceed without passivation, for example, magnesium alloy in sodium carbonate, it was found that the corrosion rate is increased a considerable amount even with moderate intensities of insonation (Mears and Benson, 1940). Acceleration of the corrosion rate may be explained in terms of the effect of the ultrasonic waves on the concentration gradients at the surface of the metals as well as decreases in hydrogen overvoltage. The ultrasonic waves also sweep away the hydrogen gas bubbles which otherwise tend to cling to the metal surfaces. Electrodeposition of Copper.— Yeager and his co-workers (1952) have reported that the introduction of moderately intense continuous ultra¬ sonic waves, one watt per square centimeter, produces an almost in- 1956] Engineering Ultrasonics 145 stantaneous decrease in the potential at which copper is electrodeposited. The initial depolarizing action of the ultrasonic waves is explained by the interaction of the acoustical waves with the concentration gradient at the electrode surface. The magnitude of this decrease was found to be a function of the acoustical intensity and reaches a limiting current density associated with the electrodeposition of copper. Electroplating.— The development of very large scale ultrasonic equip¬ ment capable of furnishing ultrasonic insonation in tanks of nearly in¬ definite size has initiated a preliminary investigation into improvement of electroplating due to ultrasonic insonation during the plating process (Rich, 1955). The results reported by Rich have tended to point out that while high frequency ultrasonic waves produce certain undesirable effects, low frequency vibrations at 20 kilocycles per second have ac¬ complished the following: (1) eliminated anode polarization, (2) per¬ mitted plating at accelerated rates of up to tliree times normal speed, (3) minimized and often eliminated edge buildup, and (4) produced ex¬ tremely uniform and well bonded coatings. An investigation into the possibility of simultaneously cleaning, descaling, and electroplating in a plating bath under ultrasonic insonation showed that even dirty, rusty, and grease-coated parts can be plated with excellent coatings in a single operation. The possibility exists that application of this type of treat¬ ment may result in the number of rejects being reduced if occasional pieces happen not to be completely pickled and cleaned in preplating pro¬ cedures. COLLOIDAL EFFECTS OF ULTRASONICS Collodial effects of ultrasonic insonation, including such effects as emulsification, dispersion, coagulation, and the fonnation of fogs or aero¬ sols, were probably one of the first real interests of scientists in the field of appHed ultrasonics. The majority of the early investigations was of a qualitative nature; only in recent years has substantial quantitative in¬ formation on results been published. Photographic Emulsions.— Treatment of photographic emulsions has been investigated many times. In one recent investigation (Herold et al., 1955) it was found that when a photographic emulsion of the boiled type is treated with 800 kilocycles per second ultrasonic energy at an energy level of five watts per square centimenter, during the after-ripening or digesting period, an increase in the photographic sensitivity of tiiat emul¬ sion occurs. No significant change in the gamma or grain size distribution of the emulsion was found to result from this treatment. The mechanism appears to be a transport phenomenon which disrupts grain-sensitizing agent concentration gradients in the intergrain gelatin matrix. Pharmaceutical Emulsions.— At the present, it is believed that ultra¬ sonic emulsification may be economically applicable for handling high- 146 The Virginia Journal of Science [July cost, low-volume liquids, such as would occur in the pharmaceutical field. Emulsions formed by ultrasonic insonation appear to have somewhat smaller particle size and slightly better stability than those formed by me¬ chanical means (Campbell and Long, 1949). Ultrasonic waves have been utilized in producing suspensions of ergosterone and progesteronei re¬ sulting in finely divided hormone particles which may be readily sus¬ pended in liquid media. This technique has also been applied to sus¬ pension of various oils in water, carborundum in water, and chick embryos in water. Chocolate Homogenizer.^ As one entry into the food processing in¬ dustry, a timesaver and flavor improver for chocolate manufacturers has been found in the ultrasonic Conche^. This piece of equipment is said to homogenize and bring out the full flavor of chocolates in a few seconds. The homogenizer has a magnetostriction head, with a frequency of 25 kilo¬ cycles per second and 400 watts power output. Benzene-Water Emulsions.— A fairly recent investigation has been con¬ ducted on the effects of ultrasonics on immiscible liquid systems (Minton, 1951). In this study, benzene and water were employed as the two phases. It was learned that both emulsification and de-emulsification could take place, depending on the frequency and intensity of insonation. Other investigators have reported that in the higher frequency experiments, where cavitation has not been visually observed, de-emulsification is pre¬ dominant and only dilute emulsions have been formed. In the lower frequency experiments, cavitation, and with it emulsification, can be arranged to be dominant. Conditions for Ultrasonic Emulsification.— Work of a long standing nature performed by Bondy and Sollner (1936) indicates that cavitation is the primary cause of the formation of emulsions in two immiscible liquids by ultrasonics. In their work, concentrations in the range of five per cent dispersed particle phase were obtained using such systems as toluene and water, without any protective agent added. With die proper agent added, stable systems with up to 75 per cent dispersed phase were obtained. Absolute pressure over the system being insonated was found to be important, a pressure of approximately two atmospheres being the optimum. Emulsification Equipment.— Accompanying the new interest in ultra¬ sonic emulsification has been a number of recent developments in equip¬ ment for this line of work. Alexander (1951), using a Pohlman whistle has been able to prepare stable oil-in-water emulsions at the rate of 10 gallons per minute with a small installation. J. H. Day Co., Inc. of Cin¬ cinnati, has made arrangements with Rapisonic Homogenizer Ultrasonics, ^ Chem. and Eng. News, 32 :716. 1955. 2 Chem. and Eng. News, 33 :1024, 1955. 1956] Engineering Ultrasonics 147 Ltd., of England, for production in this country of their ultrasnoic emulsi- fier^. The unit is claimed to be compact and portable with a high output- to-horsepower ratio. It is capable of homogenizing 300-420 gallons per hour and can produce emulsions of down to one micron size with less emulsifying agent than in conventional cases, and in some cases with no agent at aU. The homogenizer is of the vibrating reed type with liquid im¬ pingement on the reed at frequency of 22 kilocycles per second. Another application of the Pohlman whistle in emulsification is reported by Troger (1950). In his work one thousand liters of a 20 per cent paraffin emul¬ sion were obtained by recirculation. Without ulti*asonic treatment, only a five per cent emulsion was achieved. Miscellaneous Uses of Ultrasonic Emulsification— Marinesco and Holtz (1939) disclosed the application of ultrasonic emulsification to the perfume industry. Such emulsions avoided the use of organic solvents that were harmful to the skin. Biske (1942) claimed an improved fuel for internal combustion engines by emulsifying small quantities of water soluble compounds in hydrocarbons by means of ultrasonic waves. Either the promotion of easy ignition or antidetonating properties was possible according to Biske. Dispersion of Faint, Pigments.— Ultrasonics may possibly have a future in the dispersion of pigments in the paint industry. It has been shown by experiments that ultrasonic dispersion of pigment in the paint vehicle gives at least the same fineness and gloss as can be achieved in roll miU grinding (Mattiat, 1954). A pilot plant has been constructed in Germany for the ultrasonic dispersion of titanium dioxide in the processing of paint. There are also possibilities of utilizing ultrasonics in the lacquer industry. Troger (1950) has reported that excellent lacquer has been produced by ultrasonically dispersing carbon black to colloidal size. Dispersion of Clay Particles.— In an investigation involving clay par¬ ticle-size analysis, it was demonstrated that ultrasonic insonation is a very good method for dispersing the clay particles and separating the clay into its fundamental particle size (Crowley and Welch, 1954). A one per cent, by weight, Florida kaolin suspension was used in this investigation. Complete deagglomeration and dispersion were accomplished in 10 minutes of exposure to ultrasonics without any apparent deleterious effects on the primary particle size of the kaolin. Coagulation and Settling of Solids in Phosphate Tailing.— An investi¬ gation showing the effects of ultrasonic insonation on phosphate tailing was conducted by Thompson and Vilbrandt (1954). The effect of ultra¬ sonic energy on the settling characteristics of solids in the five per cent tailing suspension showed Qiat for suspensions near the isoelectric point, mild intensity (below a cavitation level of 0.3 volt-ampere per square 3 Chem. Week, 79 (9) : 46-47, 1955. 148 The Virginia Journal of Science [July centimeter) insonation increased by at Teast five times the coagulation ! and subsequent settling rate of solids in the insonated sample over that of the control, during hindered settling. Intense insonation (above cavi- | tation level) disrupted and dispersed the loose agglomerates of clay there- ‘ by increasing the effective number of charged particles in the thixotropic ! suspension. APPLICATION OF ULTRASONICS TO MASS TRANSFER OPERATIONS j Observations of the effects of ultrasonics on two phase systems have been made by investigators since the time of Wood and Loomis. Mass i transfer, involving a system with two phases, is a logical consideration ' for possible application of ultrasonic waves. In recent years many in¬ vestigations have been directed towards obtaining information on this j possible application. The current trend seems to indicate that the low frequency and high power regions of insonation, with abundant cavita- ^ tion, have the most promise for use in this field. I Extraction of Protein from Brewers Solvent extraction of pro- i tein from brewer’s yeast with a five per cent sodium chloride solution in the presence of an acoustical field has been reported (Grove, 1948). A magnostriction generator with a frequency in the audible range was employed, data showing that insonation produced slightly higher extrac¬ tion values than were obtained in noninsonated control tests. Increased extraction was accredited to the dissolved gases in the water diffusing through the yeast cell membranes, making possible explosion of the yeast cells during insonation. Extraction of Oil from Fish Materials.—A patent was granted for a process whereby audible and inaudible insonation was applied to the extraction of oil from fish material (Shropshire, 1949). Frequency of insonation was stated not to be critical, when high power level was main¬ tained, although frequencies low in the audible range were employed. Fish fragments were coarsely ground to produce a pulpy mass which was subjected to compressional vibrations at high power levels. Intensity was sufficient to produce cavitation within the pulpy mass, causing rup¬ ture of cellular fish materials. Fish oils were released from the oil cells and could be removed mechanically. Extraction of Oil from Peanuts. —Employing the system n-hexane and peanuts, Thompson and Sutherland (1955) found that with 400 kilocycles per second insonation of the system they were able to obtain an increase in extraction of the peanut oil on the order of 2.76 times that of control samples. The increased extraction in this case was thought to be due to extension of phase boundaries by dispersion of adhered par¬ ticles and partial disruption of oil cells, agitation occurring selectively at 1956] Engineering Ultrasonics 149 phase boundaries where there is a mismatch of acoustical impedance, gross stirring of solvent and suspended solids, and a thermal effect. Flavor Extraction from Hops in Breweries —Increased extraction of flavor from hops in the brewery industry through application of ultrasonic vibrations has been reported by several authors (Schmal, 1953)4. i|- been reported in one case that a saving of 40—50 per cent in hops has been accomplished by the use of ultrasonic insonation^. Mash is exposed to ultrasonic energy at room temperature to extract flavor and oils, then at elevated temperatures to obtain the bitters. Ultrasonics releases flavor ingredients from the cells of the hops partly by the destruction of cell walls and by increasing the diffusion rates through the walls. Chemi¬ cal analysis shows no difference in the treated and untreated beer. Fer¬ mentations were normal, and the stabihty and foam capacity of insonated beer were quite favorable. Liquid-Liquid Extraction— Mention of the possibihty of application to the unit operation of liquid-liquid extraction has been made by several authors (Buchanan, 1952; Minton, 1951), but few quantitative data have been published. Employing a frequency of 570 kilocycles per second. Haul, Rust, and Lutzow (1950) obtained an increase of 76 per cent in the ex-r traction of phenanthrene from methanol by gasoHne in a small spray tower extractor. Employing the system carbon tetrachloride-acetone- water, Murray (1954) investigated the effects of 400 kilocycles per second insonation on the extraction of acetone from carbon tetrachloride with water. Using stage efficiency as a basis of calculation for a one contact extractor, Murray found an increase of approximately 20 per cent when the system was insonated at high energy levels. In later work (1956), Murray studied the system benzene-acetic acid-water at the same fre¬ quency as before. In this investigation he found, with insonation at high energy levels, a stage efficiency increase of approximately 30 per cent over control samples. Dialysis.— Rees (1948) has made a study of the effect of sonic energy on the dialysis constant in the transport of alkali through a cellophane membrane. In this work the frequency was varied over the range of 10.9 to 32.7 kilocycles per second and power input from zero to 70 watts. For higher values of insonation, it was found that there was an increase in the dialysis constant on the order of 30 per cent. Other experimental work combining ultrasonic insonation and a continuous dialysis cell for the transfer of caustic through a cellophane membrane is under investi¬ gation at Virginia Polytechnic Institute. Diffusion.— In work performed by Baumgartl (1949), it was found that the diffusion of five per cent sodium chloride solution through a cellophane membrane was increased by a factor of about two under the * Chem. Week, 76 (7) : 52-54, 1955. 150 The Virginia Journal of Science [July influence of ultrasonics. Also, it was learned that exposure to ultrasonics increased the diffusion whether the direction of propagation of the sound i wave was in the direction of the diffusion or counter to it. Other investi- i gators have found, both experimentally and theoretically, that ultrasonics j would enhance the diffusion process (Altenburg, 1950). ; Distillation. --in a patent assigned to Shell Development Co., McKittrick and Cornish (1941), claim that in a distillation process wherein ascending vapors contact hquid reflux in a reflux zone and are simultan¬ eously subjected to the direct influence of sonic vibrations of frequencies between 50 cycles and five megacycles per second, increased efficiency of fractionation results. Employing an experimental, unpacked column, and the system carbon tetrachloride-benzene. Coffin and Funt (1949) demonstrated that the theoretical plate equivalent of the column was in¬ creased by about 50 per cent on insonation in the reflux zone with waves of a 25 kilocycles per second frequency. A method for improving the dis¬ tillation of azeotropic mixtures by using ultrasonic insonation (Decker and Holtz, 1951 ) has been found to be particularly useful for mixtures of water and chlorohydrooarbons. APPLICATION OF ULTRASONICS TO FIELD OF METALLURGY AND ORE DRESSING Many investigators have pursued the idea of application of energy from sound waves to tlie metallurgical and ore dressing fields. A de¬ tailed review of effects of ultrasonic energy in the metallurgical field has been presented by Hiedemann (1954). Effects that have been studied are: (1) reduction in grain size, (2) degassing of melts, (3) dis¬ persion of other substances into melts, and (4) acceleration of rate process. Although the majority of these related studies have been on a small, experimental scale, the reality of a variety of metallurgical effects by sonic treatment which might be used in technical applications cannot be doubted. Casting and Degassing of Metals.— Work of an experimental nature has been conducted in Germany in treating metallic metals with sonic energy (Schmid, 1952), magnetostriction generators being found to be more suited for this work than piezoelectric generators. It has been found that application of ultrasonics to metals while freezing produces much smaller grains and better dispersion of the alloy constituents. Exposing melts to ultrasonic energy having intensities above the cavitation level helps to drive out entrapped bubbles of hydrogen and other gases. This leaves the casting free of vapor induced blow-holes and similar flaws. By em¬ ploying ultrasonic insonation, tensile strength of Al-Cu alloys was in¬ creased from 17 to 25 kilograms per square millimeter and hardness was increased from 59 to 75 kilograms per square millimeter over that normally obtained. 1956] Engineering Ultrasonics 151 Ore Dressing.— It has been found that in mineral flotation with ultra- sonically emulsified collecting reagents, the ultrasonically emulsified col¬ lectors are more effective in the flotation than the non-emulsified collectors, particularly the insoluble and slightly soluble ones (Sun, et al.^ 1955). The reason for this improvement is thought to be due to a reduction of droplet size and an increase in hydration of the collector through ultra¬ sonic emulsification. Quenching of Metals.— The use of ultrasonically induced cavitation for improving quenching efficiency for metals has been investigated by HarveyS. In this work it was found that the cavitation eliminates the vapor film around the metal surface during the quenching operation, and by improving the heat transfer, increases the effectiveness of the quench¬ ing operation. APPLICATION OF ULTRASONICS TO PROCESS CONTROL, INSTRUMENTATION AND ANALYSIS The field of ultrasonic applications involving process control, instru¬ mentation, and analysis of materials was apparently neglected by investi¬ gators until recent years; however, it is now becoming increasingly im¬ portant and enlightening every day. Ulbasonic devices for use in this field of application are usually of the low power range and are usually dependent on the physical properties of the materials in question. Corrosion Detection.— One of the first industrial applications of ultra¬ sonics, that of non-destructive flaw detection and thickness gauging of metals (Carlin, 1949) now enables interested persons quickly and ac¬ curately to gather information concerning corrosion of pipes, reactors, tanks, etc. (Boyce, 1953). Resonance methods are generally used for this work and require access to only one side of the material. Accuracy of these methods is limited only by the electrical and mechanical instru¬ ments employed in connection with the tester. Calibration of the testing instrument can be performed easily for one of many materials such as steel, aluminum, magnesium, brass, plastics, and glass, and the instrument can be designed to give the accurate and direct reading of the thickness of the material. A very good example of the usefulness of ultrasonic corrosion detection is given by McCaslin (1947). He describes the test¬ ing of individual sections of a large petroleum storage tank that was accomplished in one day with ultrasonic equipment. The normal testing methods that would have been employed in testing the tank would have been almost impossible in this particular case. McCaslin also discusses various other applications of ultrasonics in the petroleum industry such as liquid level indicators for tanks and facilitating location of plugged sections of process piping. Further specific applications of ultrasonics to the petroleum industry are cited by Evans (1952). 5 Ind. Eng. Chem., 46 (10) : 15A, 1954. 152 The Virginia Journal of Science [July Continuous Viscosity AIeasurements.—Apip]ica.tions for the Bendix “Ultra-Viscoson”6 may appear in operations or processes in which viscosity is an important factor. This viscosimeter has found valuable applications in a wide variety of fields such as the petroleum, plastic, heavy chemical, paint, paper, textile and food industries. The Ultra-Viscoson consists of a probe inserted in the liquid and an electronic computer. Viscosity is measured by exciting a thin alloy steel blade on the end of the probe with a short electrical pulse, the pulse producing ultrasonic shear waves in the hquid, and minute layers of the liquid slip back and forth over one an¬ other. The energy required to produce the sHding motion is converted into viscosity readings by the electronic computer, and may be read directly on the dial or transmitted to a recorder or controller connected into the system. Flow Measurements.— A unique and welcome apphcation of ultra¬ sonics to industry has been advanced in the form of a flow meter for liquids’^. The instrument, designed by W. L. Maxon Corporation and hcensed to Fisher and Porter for production, is built into short sections of standard size pipe down to two inches, and has no moving parts to clog up and restrict flow. Also, pressure drop through the meter is almost negligible. It is reported that almost any type fluid, petroleum, kerosene, hquefied gases, chemicals, slurries, and aqueous solutions, may be metered for either mass or volume rate of flow. Determination of Physical Properties of Organic Liquids.— Employing dimensional analysis, Thompson and Bakhshi (1955) have developed equations relating physical properties of organic liquids such as surface tension, viscosity, molecular weight and density to the velocity of sound in the particular liquid. Information on 19 liquids has been compiled and presented for the information and use of other scientists. Appli¬ cation of these equations is anticipated in cases where the velocity of sound is unknown but desired in a certain liquid, providing the other required properties are known. It is also expected that one of the equa¬ tions would hold true in the case of high polymers and liquids of unknown molecular weights. Other possible applications are discussed in the pub¬ lication. Determination of Grain Size.— In relation to the field of ultrasonic material testing, it has been learned that the transmission qualities of a material piece are markedly affected, within certain ranges, by wave length to grain size ratios (Carlin, 1949:245; Grossman, 1953). Appli¬ cation of this knowledge to the information gathered from flaw testing would give to both the manufacturer and the consumer another method of learning more about the internal structure of the product involved. Study of Elastic Properties.— An apphcation of ultrasonics for the 8 Ind. Labs. 3 :78-79, 1952. 7Ind. Eng. Chem., 47 (11): 65A, '1955. 1956] 153 Engineering Ultrasonics study of elastic properties of hydrocarbons in a longer range of tempera¬ ture and pressure has been developed (Kling et ah, 1953). Here, ultra¬ sonic velocities are used in calculation of values of the coefficient of adia¬ batic compressibility. Also ulti*asonic waves in the range of 10-30 mega¬ cycles per second have been utilized for measurements of elastic con¬ stants at low temperatures (McSkimin, 1953). Data of this work are presented for silicon and germanium single crystals and for fused silica. Measurement of Variation in Internal Energy.— Danusso (1950) em¬ ploys the first and second laws of thermodynamics to produce formulas valid for homogeneous and isotropic liquids in the adiabatic and re¬ versible state. Variations in internal energy are expressed with respect to pressure, at constant entropy, as a function of the pressure, volume, and density of the liquid and of the velocity of sound in the liquid. Values of the molecular internal energy have been tabulated for 34 or¬ ganic liquids (hydrocarbons, alcohols, and ketones) by this method. MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS OF ULTRASONICS In addition to the numerous specific groups of applications of ultra¬ sonics already mentioned, there are others that are of importance by them¬ selves, although they may not fall under any exact group of previously listed apphcations. Preparation of Rayon and Pulp.— It has been suggested that the same effect of ultrasonics used in fiber sample preparation (Frey-Wysslingnand and Muhlethaler, 1947) could be applied to processing of wood pulp (Hueter and Bolt, 1955). Sonic processing affects all fibers in a slurry uniformly and produces the high degree of homogeneity which is desirable in paper making. Miyashima (1952) has investigated the application of ultrasonics in the production of alpha cellulose from red pine. The pulp is mixed with 20 per cent caustic and heated first to 120—130 degrees. The mixture is then insonated at 500 kilocycles per second while heating for 2.5 hours at 170 degrees. This treatment yields 45 per cent product of 91 per cent alpha cellulose. Hydrogenation hy Ultrasonics.— A unique application of ultrasonics that perhaps may prove of valuable use in the future is that of hydrogena- tionS. Elimination of costly pressurized reactor vessels is the idea behind hydrogenation by ultrasonic insonation. The high pressure created by cavitation, local pressures, are employed in place of a pressure over the entire vessel. It has been reported that with an experimental installation equipped with an ultrasonic generator of 1.2 megacycles per second fre¬ quency, hydrogenation of a number of substances has been successfully performed without a pressurized vessel. SEngr. Digest (London) 13 -.174, 1952. 154 The Virginia Journal of Science [July Destructive Hydrogenation,— Destructive hydrogenation at low tem¬ peratures and pressures with the aid of ultrasonic insonation has also been investigated (Marinesco, 1951). Employing a frequency in the range of 1—3 megacycles per second, substances such as shale, hgnite, coal, peat, and petroleum residues are placed in a sintered quartz vessel, hydrogen diffusing through the quartz. The process is reported to be also appli¬ cable for reduction of metallic oxides, or of organic acids to aldehydes or alcohols. Preparation of Samples for Electron~Microscope.SepsLra.tion by ultra¬ sonic insonation of fibers in preparation of samples for an electron-micro¬ scope has been investigated (Frey-Wysslingnand and Muhlethaler, 1947). This method of separating fiber bundles into their constituent fibers ap¬ pears to afford better preparation than does a ball mill. It was observed that this treatment applied to ramie, flax, hemp, and cotton results in a disintegration of fibers into fibrils. Boiler Descaling by Ultrasonics.— The ""Crustex”^, an ultrasonic in¬ strument produced by H. N. Electrical Supplies, Ltd., London, has proven useful in removing scale from the interior of boilers and in helping to pre¬ vent a large accumulation of scale on boilers and similar apparatus. The instrument operates on the principle that the deposited scale and metal of the boiler have different moduli of elasticity, the ultrasonic pulses causing the scale to fracture and flake off. A generator in the range of 28 kilocycles per second is coupled by a fluid medium to the unit being descaled. This descaling equipment is generally applicable to plants operating at pressures up to 450 pounds per square inch and evaporating 15,000 gallons of water per hour. Under such conditions application of the “Crustex” results in continuous scale removal, with only an eggshell thickness being present on the interior wall at any one time during the treatment. Application of Ultrasonics to Textile Processes.— Studies conducted by Rath and Merk (1952) on the influence of sound waves on dyeing gave very interesting results, showing definite advantages through the use of sound waves as compared with normal operations. The use of sound waves increased greatly the rate of dyeing and decreased the tempera¬ ture needed for attaining the same shades as attained at higher tempera¬ tures without application of the sound waves. Dyeing of hydrophobic fibers such as nylon and orlon seems to present the most advantageous use of ultrasonic insonation in this particular textile operation (Newall, 1950). Orientation of growing crystals under ultrasonic insonation has been de¬ scribed by Kapuskin (1950) and the principles have been applied to rayon production by Calhoun (1949). Calhoun employed high frequency sound waves to control the uniformity and degree of reorientation of the Engineering, 17S-619, 1953, 1956] Engineering Ultrasonics 155 crystallites of regenerated cellulose fibers. For other numerous and in¬ teresting applications of ultrasonics to the textile industry, the reader is referred to an article by Araujo (1952). Ultrasonic Cleaning of Precision Parts.— The intense agitation and hammering forces resulting from ultrasonically induced cavitation in a Hquid are utilized in cleaning and degreasing small, precision machined parts. Production use of this cleaning method is employed by Schick, Inc., for cleaning electric razor heads (Meyer, 1951). The razor heads, on a continuous belt, are immersed in a solvent bath and the entire bath is insonated. By this method dirt particles finer than face powder, which were often missed by the hand brushing previously used for cleaning, are completely removed. The particular ultrasonic cleaner employed by Schick occupies only 15 square feet of floor space, cleans 2880 razor heads an hour, and has lowered cleaning cost by 58 per cent. Ultrasonic cleaning is also employed by Fairchild Camera and Instrument Corporation (Henry, 1952) in the cleaning of precision rotary, slidewire potentiometers. The ultrasonic cleaning method appears to be much more effective than pre¬ vious cleaning procedures and is applicable to pieces of almost any ma¬ terial-metals glass, textiles, or moulded products— and to pieces of practi¬ cally any conceivable shape. POSSIBILITIES OF ULTRASONIC APPLICATIONS Ultrasonics is a new and unique implement for scientists to use in their work, but it is by no means an “Aladdin’s Lamp” that will solve all present and future problems. Ultrasonics has tremendous possibilities in science and industry, but it also has its limitations^o. In general, it may be stated that ultrasonics may be applied to any reaction that is thermo¬ dynamically feasible at a given temperature. Ultrasonic insonation may possibly benefit an action or a reaction in which time, agitation, and local¬ ized heating and high pressure, or a combination of all, are important factors. BIBLIOGRAPHY Alexander, P. 1951. Emulsification with Acoustic Waves. Manuf. Chem. 22: 5-8, 12. Altenburg, K. 1950. Effect of Ultrasonic Waves on the Structure of Liquids. Kolloid Z., 116: 170-171. C. A., 44, 10416i. Araujo, A. A. 1952. Application of Ultrasonics to Textile Processes. Amer. Dyestuff Rep., 41 (20): P615-618. Baumgartl, F. 1949. The Influence of Ultrasound on Diffusion. Arztl. ForscK 3: 525-530. C. A. 46, 10791d. 10 Chem. Week., 76 (7) : 62-54, 1955. 156 The Virginia Journal of Science Bergmann, L. 1954. ‘""Der UltrRschall und seine Anwendung in Wis- senscliaft, und Technik.” Zurich, S. Wirzel Verlag. 6 ed. Biske, V. 1942. Applications of Ultrasonics to Petroleum Technology. Petroleum (London), 5: 125. Bondy, C. and K. Sollner, 1936. Quantitative Experiments on Emulsi¬ fication By Ultrasonic Waves. Trans. Fara. Soc., 32 (179): 556-557. Boyce, C. W. 1953. Sonic Energy, Industry s New Production and In¬ spection Tool. Fac. Manage, and Maint., Ill (3): 84-95. Buchanan, R. H. 1952. Liquid-Liquid Equilibrium Data for the System Carbon Tetrachloride- Acetone- Water. Ind. Eng. Chem., 44: 2449- 2450. Calhoun, J. A. 1949. Manufacture of Fibers. United States Patent No. 2,484,012 (Oct. 11, 1949). Campbell, H. and C. A. Long. 1949. Emulsification By Ultrasonics Pharm. J., 163: 127-128. Carlin, B. 1949. “Ultrasonics,” Chap. X. McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York, New York. Coffin, C. C. and B. L. Funt, 1949. Effect of Sound Waves On Frac¬ tional Distillation. J. Phys. and Colloid Chem., 53: 891-894. Crowley, M. S. and A. P. Welch. 1954. Clay Particle Dispersion By Ultrasonics. J. Amer. Cer. Soc., 37: 433-439. Danusso, F. 1950. On the Measurement of Variations in Internal Energy of Ultrasonic Methods. Contributions to the Study of the Structure of Liquids. Atti Accad. Naz. Linceri, 9: 351-357. Phy. Ah., Sec. A, 54, (642): 478, June, 1951. Decker, R. and H. Holtz. 1951. Distillation of Immiscible Liquids. German Patent No. 803,538. April 5, 1951. C. A., 45, P9929f. Demann, W. and H. R. Asbach, 1940. Chemical Effects of Ultrasonic Waves. Tech. Mitt. Krupp Forschungsber, 3: 12. C. A., 34, 3972. Evans, D. J. 1952. Ultrasonic Equipment Testing. Oil Gas J. 50,(39): 70-72, 82, 84. Frey-Wysslingnand, a. and K. Muhlethaler. 1947. Use of Super- sonics In the Preparation of Fiber Samples for Electron-Microscope Studies. Textile Research J. 17: 32. Gobrecht, H. and H. Ergang. 1953. Oxidation of Nitrogen Following Ultrasonic Irradiation of Water Containing Air. A. Physik, 135: 85-91. C. A., 47, 11007g. Griffing, Virginia. 1955. Ultrasonic Chemical Effects. Ind. Eng. Chem., 47: 1180. 1956] Engineebing Ultrasonics 157 Grossman, N. 1953. Determination of Grain Size by Ultrasonics. Iron Age, 172, (27): 72-75. Grove, H. D. 1948. A New Magneto-Striction Oscillator Construction Thesis, University of Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa. Haul, R. H., H. Rust, and J. Lutzow... 1950. Beschleunigung der Ver- teilung gemass Nernstachem Verteilungssatz mittels Ultraschall. Na- turwissenschaften, 37: 523. Henry, G. E. 1952. Ultrasonic Cleaning of Small Parts. Gen. Elec. Rev., 55 (2): 60-61. Herold, R. C., ]. B. Jones, and C. D. Knighton. 1955. Effect of Ultrasonic Energy Applied During the After-Ripening Stage of Photo¬ graphic Emulsion Preparation. /. Acous. Soc. Amer., 27: 9-12. Hiedemann, E. a. 1954. Metallurgical Effects of Ultrasonic Waves. I. Acous. Soc. Amer., 26: 831-842. Heuter, T. F. and R. H. Bolt. 1955. “Sonics, p. 312. John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, N. Y. Hydrogenation By Ultrasonics. 1952. Engr. Digest (London), 13:174. I. and E. C. Reports. 1954. Ind. Eng. Chem., 46(10) :15A. Kapuskin, a. P. 1950. Orientation of Crystals Growing Under Super¬ sonic Waves. Doklady Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R., 71: 451-452. C. A., 44,10426e. Kling, R., E. Nicolini and J. Tissot. 1953. Application of Ultrasound for the Study of Elastic Properties of the Hydrocarbons in a Longer Range of Temperature and Pressure. Recherche aeronaut (Paris), 31: 31-36. C. A., 47, 8445a. Kubo, T. 1941. Transformation of Hydrated Cellulose to Natural Cellu¬ lose. X. Influence of Ultrasonic Waves on the Transformation. J. Soc. Chem. Ind. (Japan), 44:939. C. A., 42, 2766e. Marinesco, N. 1951. Destructive Hydrogenation at Low Temperatures and Pressures. French Patent No. 973,715 (Feb. 14, 1951). C. A., 47, P2461e. . . . and H. Holtz. 1939. Colloidal Emulsions and Suspen¬ sions. French Patent No. 844,009 (July 18, 1939). C. A., 34, P7068. Mattiat, O. 1954. The Processing Possibilities of Ultrasonics J. Acous. Soc. Amer., 26: 241-243. McCaslin, L. S. 1947. Equipment Inspection Methods Used in Con¬ tinental OiPs Eight Refineries. Oil Gas J., 46 (24) : 100-103, 135, 139, 141-142. McKittrick, D. S. and R. E. Cornish. 1941. Separation of Phases with the Aid of Sonic Waves. United States Patent No. 2,265,762 (Dec. 9, 1941). McSkimin, H. j. 1953. Measurement of Elastic Constants at Low Tern- 158 The Virginia Journal of Science [July peratures by Means of Ultrasonic Waves. /. App. Fhys., 24:988-997. Mears, R. and L. Benson. 1940. Resistance of Aluminum-Magnesium Allovs to Attack by Sodium Carbonate Solutions. Ind. Eng. Chem., 32:1343-1347. Meyer, C. F. 1951. Ultrasonic Cleaning. Fac. Manage, and Maint.y 109 (9):119. Minton, F. B., Jr. 1951. The Effects of Ultrasonics on Immiscible Liquid Systems. M. Sc. Thesis^ Oklahoma A. and M., Stillwater, Okla. Miyagawa, I. 1949. Application of Supersonic Waves to Organic Chemi¬ cal Synthesis. /. Soc. Org. Sijn. Chem. (Japan), 7:167-172. C. A., 47, 4831e. 1952 Cooking Rayon and Paper Pulp. Japanese Patent No. 2,001 (June 4, 1952). Murray, L. P., Jr. 1954. Effect of 400-kilocycle Insonation on the Ex¬ traction of Acetone from Carbon Tetrachloride with Water. M. Sc. Thesis, Virginia Polytechnic Institutey Blacksburg, Va. . 1956. Ultrasonic Insonation Effect on Liquid-Liquid Extraction, Ph. D. Thesis, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacksburg, Va. Newall, a. a. 1950. Ultrasonics Gets Green Light for Textile In¬ dustry. Textile World, 100 (l):90-92. Rath, H. and H. Merk. 1952. Influence of Dyeing with Sonic Vibra¬ tions. Melliand Textilber, 33:16-24, 311-314. C. A., 46, 10625i. Rees, J. H., 1948. Effect of Ultrasonic Vibrations on Diffusion. M. Sc. Ultra sonically Emulsified Collecting Reagents. Min. Engr., 7:656-660, Thesis, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Mass. Rich, S. R. 1955. Improvement in Electroplating Due to Ultrasonics. Plating Mag., 42:1407-1411. Schmal, a. 1953. Application of Ultrasonics in the Brewery. Schweiz, Brau. Rundschau (1-4). C. A., 47, 2932d. Schmid, E. 1952. Casting Under Extreme Conditions. Metall, 6:737- 744, C. A., 47, 1026b . . . . . . . ...... ...... . . Shropshire, R. F. 1949. Methods of Extracting Oils From Fish Material. United States Patent No. 2,473,453 (June 14, 1949). Sound Emulsifier. 1955. Chem. Week, 76 (9): 46-47. Still Basically Sound. 1955. Chem. Week, 76 (7): 52-54. Sun, S. C., L. Y. Tu, and E. Ackerman. 1955. Mineral Flotation with Ultrasonically Emulsified Collecting Reagents. Min. Engr 7: 656-660. SzALAY, A. 1934. Intensity Determinations to Explain the Depolymeriz- ing Action of Ultrasonic Waves. Physik Z., 35:293-296. C. A., 28, 3973. The “Crustex” Ultrasonic Boiler Descaler. 1953. Engineering, 175:619. 1956] Engineering Ultrasonics 159 Thompson, D., F. C. Vilbrandt, and W. C. Gray. 1953. The Effect of Insonation on the Specific Reaction Rate Constant in the Acid Hydrolysis of Ethyl Acetate. /. Acous. Soc. Amer., 25:485-490. . . . . . 1954. Effect of Ultrasonic Energy on Settling of Solids in Phosphate Tailing. Ind. Eng. Chem., 46:1172-1180. Thompson, D. and N. N. Bakhshi. 1955. Application of Dimensional Analysis to the Relationship between the Velocity of Sound and Physi¬ cal Properties in Organic Liquids. Engr. Exp. Sta. Bull., No. 100, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacksburg, Va. . . . and D. G. Sutherland. 1955. Ultrasonic Insonation Effect on Liquid-Solid Extraction. Ind. Eng. Chem., 47:1167-1169. Troger, G. 1950. Use of Supersonics in the Lacquer Industry. Fette u. Seifen, 52:115-120. C. A., 44, 7071f. Ultrasonic Device Aids Fluid Study. 1952. Ind. Labs., 3:78-79. Ultrasonics for the Drug Makers. 1954. Chem. and Eng. News, 32:716. Ultrasonics Speeds Processing. 1955. Chem. and Eng. News, 33:1024. Ultrasonics: Still Bidding for a Place in the Production Picture. 1955. Ind. Eng. Chem., 47 (11) :65a. Weissler, a. 1949. Chemical Effects of Intense Ultrasonic Waves in Liquids. Naval Research Laboratory Report S-3483, Washington, D. C., June 15, 1949. . . . . . . 1953. Sonochemistry: The Production of Chemical Changes With Sound Waves. /. Acous. Soc. Amer., 25:651-657. Yeager, E., F. Hovorka, H. Chessin, and W. R. Wolfe. 1952. The Effect of Ultrasonic Waves on the Electrodeposition of Copper. /. Amer. Acous. Soc., Sym. Acous. and Chem., May, 1952, Western Reserve University. . . . . 1953. Ultrasonic Waves and Electrochemistry I, A Survey of the Electrochemical Applications of Ultrasonic Waves. J. Amer. Acous. Soc., 25:443-456. Recommended Review Articles Not Cited Adams, J, S. 1950. Sound Waves at Work for Sounder Profits. Mill and Factory, 47 (3): 123-126. Butterworth, j. W. 1951. Potential Importance of Ultrasonic Energy in Industry. Instruments, 24:1422-1423. Charity, F. 1952. Ultrasonics in Overalls. Ind. and Power, 63, No. 4:90-93. Neppiras, E. a. 1953. Ultrasonics in Industry. Research (London) 6:271-282. Rod, R. L. 1955. Ultrasonics. Research and Engr., 1 (2): 18-22. Thompson, D. 1950. Ultrasonics— A New Chemical Engineering Tool. Chem. Eng. Prog., 46 (l):3-6. 160 [July The Virginia Journal of Science Some Statistical Properties of Inverse Gaussian Distributions' M. C. K. Twbedie Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station Blacksburg, Virginia Two detailed theoretical papers on Inverse Gaussian distributions have recently been submitted to another journal, and the present paper is, therefore, mainly devoted to the origin of the investigation and to the principal results. It seems reasonable first to explain what is meant by an Inverse Gaussian distribution. Consider a small particle floating within a fluid and subject to a force under which it tends to drift in a straight line with a uniform velocity co. Superimposed on this steady drift is a Brownian movement— the result of inequalities, in their action on the particle, in the motions of the surrounding molecules of the fluid — the effect of which is that the probability distribution of the position of the particle after a fixed time r is normal, or Gaussian. If we write ij for the distance moved parallel to the direction of drift, the mean and variance of y after time r will be cor and /dr, where /5 is twice the diffusion constant in the usual formulation of Tick’s Law. Thus after time r the probability element for y is dylV^T, -co<2/ multiplied by n. Moreover, x is a ^sufficient' statistic for IX, and the uniqueness properties of Laplace transforms may, therefore, be used (cf. Tweedie, 1947) to find conditional expectations of other statistics with constant values for x. One of the striking features of the experimental data which led to this study was the high positive association between the changes in the sample means in different sets of data and the changes in the accompanying sample variances. This is largely accounted for by the relationship K2 ~ fc?/X implied by (9), but the regression function of the sample variance, = 'E{x ~ xYJin — 1), on the sample mean, x, has also been found by the author and is given in (10) below. Since x is a sufficient statistic for fx, this regression function is inde¬ pendent of fx. The parameter /x may vary from one sample to another owing to changes in certain superimposed velocities, whereas X is expected to remain very nearly constant in the absence of deliberate modifications of the colloidal suspension. Therefore, one regression function should apply to a series of samples. With g = \n/x and J ~ 1 — ge 1 3 J du 2 5 4 g+ 1+ 6f+ 1+ g+ this regression function is - 3sf-^ + I5g-^ - Eii‘ I X-, n) = gJff\ = J'ax\ (10) The product gJ increases from 0 to 1 as ^ increases from 0 to oo . The value of gJ v/as not far from 1 in the data under consideration, and thus (10) indicates that a strong stochastic dependence of on x is a consequence of the Brov/nian movement. It is similarly possible to find the conditional variance of though the exact formula is rather long. The observed dispersion in was compatible with this formula. From theoretical results of this kind, it can be shown that s'^/x^ is a biased but ‘consistent' estimator of 1/X, and that its asymptotic efficiency, in terms of mean square error, is/(0 -j- 3). The same results can also be used in studying the properties of a generalization of a statistic of relative dispersion considered by Cochran (1937), namely X? = (n- (11) 1956] Inverse Gaussian Distribution 163 It is evident that the conditional expectation of x5 is n ~ 1. The conditional and unconditional variances of xf are close to 2{n — 1), and, although the higher moments have not been examined, it therefore seems likely that the distribution of x? is not far different from that of an orthodox chi-square with n — 1 degrees of freedom. In 1915, Schrodinger presented a derivation of (4) and also showed in effect that the estimators of ix and X which have maximum likelihood, based on n values of x, are fl and % as given by (12) The conditional Laplace transform of the density function of l/% has more recently been shown by the author to be \ x; X, «)=(! + 2e/«X)-^'’-", (13) which is precisely the same as for X(n-i)AX, this chi-square having the orthodox distribution with n 1 degrees of freedom and being stochastically independent of X, On this result can be based an analogue of the analysis of variance for nested classifications. This analogue uses the tables of x^ and F developed for the analysis of variance, although the family (7) cannot be transformed into a family of Gaussian distributions and the measure of dispersion does not involve squared quantities, but depends on the differences between the reciprocals of the observations and the reciprocal of their arithmetic mean. The sums required in this analogue of the analysis of variance are easy to compute. For the analysis of N samples the fth containing observations, the algebraic identity — which differs onl3^ from the corresponding case in the analysis of variance in that reciprocals replace squares — is (14) If all the observations come from one Inverse Gaussian distribution, each of these three sums has a chi-square type of distribution and the two on the right are stochastically independent. Their degrees of freedom are 2 (n,) - 1, (^i — 1) and. N - 1. (15) The quotient of any of the three sums by the corresponding number of degrees of freedom then has 1/X as its expectation. If, on the other hand, additional sources of variation affect the differences between the N means, the quotient associated with that classification wull tend to be increased and its significance can be tested by the value of F. These formulae can be extended to any number of nested classifications, but apparently cannot be extended satisfactoril}" to crossed classifications. 164 The Virginia Journal of Science [July As an illustration, take the case of AT — 4 with n< — 5 for each sample. Sup¬ pose that the observed values of x are as follows: Means i “ 1: 8.7 9.0 8.4 8.6 8.4 8.62 i ^ 2: 8.5 8.6 8.4 8.3 8.8 8,52 i == 3: 8.4 9.0 8.9 8.5 8.8 8.72 i = 4: 8.1 8.4 8.5 8.1 8.4 8.30 The ‘analysis by reciprocals’ of these data is Source of variation di. SDR Quotient F Between samples 3 0.000784 0.0002613 3.28 Within samples 16 0.001274 0.0000796 Total 19 0.002058 The analysis of variance of the same data is Source of variation d.f. SSD Quotient F Between samples 3 0.484 0.1613 3.21 Within samples 16 0.804 0.0502 Total 19 1.288 Here SDR stands for the ‘Sum of Differences of Reciprocals^, while SSD stands for the ‘Sum of Squares of Differences’. The 5 per cent point is F ^ 3,24, so that the analysis by reciprocals indicates a significant difference while the analysis of variance does not. The margin is, however, very narrow, and there seems to be a general tendency for the two methods of analysis to give fairly closely equal values for F. Neither the power of this method of analysis by reciprocals, nor its sensitivity to departures from the precise theoretical assumptions, has been investigated more than superficially. A small empirical study, using experimental data, gave a favorable result in comparison with analyses of variance of x and of 2x~\ this last variate having theoretically a variance which is almost independent of ju- It is, therefore, hoped that a more extensive investigation of this method may be conducted, as there might prove to be more general cases where it is superior to the analysis of variance, especially if a transformation of the variate is necessary before applying the latter. At present, however, the theoretical justification for assuming an Inverse Gaussian distribution applies only to a very restricted field. 1956] Inverse Gaussian Distribution 165 REFERENCES Cochran, W. G. 1937. The distribution for the binomial and Poisson series, with small expectation. Annals of Eugenics, London, 7: 207-217. ScHEODiNGER, E. 1915. Zur Theorie der Fall- und Steigversuche an Teilchen mit Brownscher Bewegung. Physikalische Zeitschrifi, 16: 289-295. Tweedie, M. C. K. 1945. Inverse statistical variates. Nature, London, 155: 453. - — — - - — - 1947. Functions of a statistical variate with given means, with special reference to Laplacian distributions. Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society, 43: 41-49. Wald, A. 1944. On cumulative sums of random variables. Annals of Mathe¬ matical Statistics, 15: 283-296. 166 TiiE Virginia Journal of Science [July Morphological Comparisons Of Resistant And Non-Resistant Strains Of The German Cockroach, Blattella germanica (L) J. G. Mahan and J. M. Grayson Lynchburg College and Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station Since the close of World War II much use has been made of DDT and other chlorinated hydrocarbon insecticides in the control of insect pests. For a period these were hailed as the ultimate weapons in man’s long battle with the insects. Then problems began to arise, as had been the case with certain other insecticides previously used. Among these was the development of strains of various insect species which showed re¬ sistance to insecticides at concentrations which formerly had been effec¬ tive in controlling them. This situation has provoked comparative studies of resistant and normal strains from the standpoints of physiology, genetics, behavior, and morphology. The scope of this paper is limited to certain morphological comparisons between strains of ftie German cockroach. A number of workers have made comparisons between resistant and non-resistant strains of the housefly, Musca domestica (L.), upon the basis of morphology. The results of these studies would appear to be contra¬ dictory, but this can perhaps be attributed to non-uniformity in the DDT- resistant strains occurring in various parts of the world. Weismann (1947) found that flies from the Arnas strain which had shown resistance in Sweden had greater cuticular pigmentation, stiff er tarsal bristles, shorter and wider tarsal segments, and thicker tarsal cuticular and intersegmental membranes than a normal strain from Basel, Switzerland. Bigelow and Le Roux (1954) have reported distinct morphological differences be¬ tween DDT-resistant and non-resistant strains of the house fly from the United States and Canada; the characters measured were: maximum width and length of the second abdominal sternum, width of frons be¬ tween the ptilinar sutures, and length of the terminal segment of the right antenna. On the other hand, March and Lewallen (1950) found no significant difference in morphology between DDT-resistant and normal strains of house flies in California. It is true that they found the tarsi in the DDT-resistant strain to be smaller in length and width than those in the non-resistant strain, but these differences were not significant. Comparisons of house fly strains in New York (Pimentel et ah, 1951) re¬ vealed little difference between resistant and non-resistant strains, al¬ though these comparisons were largely biological in nature. In a mor- 1956] Resistant Strains.,of the German Cockroach 167 phometric analysis o£ 16 different characters in five DDT-resistant and four non-resistant strains of house flies, Sokal and Hunter (1955) con¬ cluded that, in general, DDT resistance was not correlated with any of the morphological characters or ratios involved. Apparently no critical morphological comparisons have been made previously between different strains of the German cockroach. PROCEDURE The work reported herein involved three resistant strains and one normal strain of the German cockroach which are being maintained in an entomological laboratory of the Virginia - Agricultural Experiment Station at Blacksburg. The DDT- and lindane-resistant strains were produced by approximately 23 successive generations of selection; these selections were based upon survival to treatments giving greater than 50 per cent mortal¬ ity. The chlordane-resistant strain, however, was developed in the field as a result of the sustained use of chlordane for cockroach control. Cockroaches of known age were obtained by daily observation and Temoval of newly emerged adults from cultures containing nymphs. After removal, the adults were isolated upon the basis of sex for a period of one week. Food, consisting of commercial dog food, and water were provided at all times, and resting surfaces of either pressboard or screen wire were provided in the rearing jars. At the end of one week the cock¬ roaches were removed, killed with cyanide, and immediately measured. On each cockroach the following four measurements were made: (1) total length from front of head to tip of abdomen, (2) "svidth of head in region of eyes, (3) width of pronotum, and (4) length of pronotum. . Measure¬ ments were made on 50 cockroaches for each sex within each strain. All measurements were made with vernier calipers designed to read to 0.1 mm. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION The results are shovm in Table 1. Differences between resistant and normal strains were significant for most measm*ements, the only excep¬ tions being total length of males and females in the lindane strain and pronotum length of females in the chlordane strain. There was a con¬ sistent tendency for males and females in resistant strains to be smaller than those in normal strain; this was especially true in the case of the DDT- resistant strain as the values . obtained for all measurements were highly significantly smaller than similar ones obtained from normal cockroaches. Perhaps these results are not unexpected in view of the differences previously repoiiied in weight, fecundity, and size of egg cases between re¬ sistant and non-resistant strains of the German cockroach (Grayson, 1953, 1954). The data presented in this paper would seemingly indicate a 168 The Virginia Journal of Science [July negative correlation between size and resistance in the German cock¬ roach. The question of whether smaller size is a cause or an effect of selection for resistance still remains unanswered. Gene changes re¬ sponsible for producing resistance may be positively correlated with a smaller body size, or they may be responsible for a decrease in size as a secondary and unrelated effect. A theoretical explanation in support of the former might be that a smaller surface area would impart a degree of protection against entrance of the toxicant into the insect body. Table 1. — Morphological differences between resistant and non-resistant strains of the German cockroach, Blatella germanica (L.) Total Head Pronotum Pronotum Strain Number Length Width Width Length Measured (mm.) (mm.) (mm.) (mm.) MALES DDT 50 13.31 ± .062 1.95 ± .OP 3.39 d= .022 2.32 db .032 Chlordane 50 13.59 ± .082 1.96 ± .OP 3.56 ± .021 2.46 db .022 Lindane 50 14.31 ± .08 2.00 ± .OP 3.46 ± .072 2.42 =b .022 Non- resistant 50 14.45 ± .04 2.05 ± .01 3.63 rfc .02 2.64 ± .02 FEMALES DDT 50 12.99 ± .091 2.07 db .011 3.89 ± .021 2.81 =b .021 Chlordane 50 13.15 ± .081 2.14 ± .011 4.12 rb .02* 2.97 ± .01 Lindane 50 13.52 ± .09 2.15 ± .021 4.04 ± .021 2.79 db .021 Non- resistant 50 13.73 ± .10 2.30 =b .01 4.18 ± .02 2.98 ± .02 1 Significantly different (P = <.05) from check males, s Highly significantly different (P = <.01) from check males. 3 Significantly different (P = <.05) from check females. < Highly significantly different (P = <.01) from check females. 1956] Resistant Strains of the German Cockroach 169 SUMMARY Morphological comparisons were made between adults from a non- resistant (normal) strain of the Gennan cockroach, Blatella germanica (L.), and those from strains resistant to DDT, chlordane, and lindane. The criteria employed were: total length, width of head, width of pro- notum, and length of pronotum. Significant differences between re¬ sistant and non-resistant strains were obtained for all comparisons except total length of males and females in the lindane strain and pronotum lengtli of females in the chlordane sti’ain. Males and females from re¬ sistant strains were smaller than those from the normal strain. No evi¬ dence is offered to explain the apparent correlation of resistance and smaller size. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The writers wish to express their appreciation to C. Y. Kramer, Statistical Laboratory, Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station, for mak¬ ing the statistical analyses involved in this study. LITERATURE CITED Bigelow, R. S. and E. J. LeRoux. 1954. Distinct Moiphological Dif¬ ferences between DDT-Resistant and Non-DDT-Resistant Strains of the House Fly, Musca domestica L. Canad. Ent., 86:78-86. Grayson, J. M. 1953. Effects on the German Cockroach of Twelve Generations of Selection for Survi\^ai to Treatments with DDT and Benzene Hexachloride. Jour. Econ. Ent., 46:124-127. . . . . 1954. Differences Between a Resistant and a Non-Resistant Strain of the German Cockroach. Jour. Econ. Ent., 47:253-256. March, R. B. and L. L. Lewallen, 1950. A Comparison of DDT-Re¬ sistant and Non-Resistant House Flies. Jour. Econ. Ent., 43-721-722. Pimentel, D., J. E. Dewey, and H. H. Schwardt. 1951. An In¬ crease in the Duration of the Life Cycle of DDT-Resistant Strains of the House Fly. Jour. Econ. Ent., 44:477-481. SoKAL, R. R., and P. E. Hunter. 1955. A Morphometric Analysis of DDT-Resistant and Non-Resistant House Fly Strains. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 48(6) :499-507. Weisman, R. 1947. Untersuchungen uber das physiologische verhalten von Musica domestica L. Schweiz. Ent. Gesell. Mitt., 20:484-504. 170 The Virginia Journal of Science [July A New Species Of Aphanomyces, And It's Significance In The Taxonomy Of The Water Molds William W. Scott Virginia Polytechnic Institute If one undertakes even a brief survey of the mycological literature published during the past 30 years, the vast accumulation of information deahng with the saprolegniaceous fungi is overwhelming. These fungi have been the subject of intensive investigations by mycologists for more than a century. In the light of recent observations and results, however, particularly with respect to moiphology, taxonomy, physiology, distribution, and economic importance of these fungi, even the more recent monographic treatments of the Saprolegniaceae appear to be lack¬ ing in completeness. The publication of numerous new species and the changing concepts of the older species indicate that this entire group of fungi might well be reinvestigated. A systematic study of the individual genera of the Saprolegniaceae seems to be the logical approach to such an arduous problem. As a step in this direction the author has undertaken a comprehensive treatment of one of these genera, Aphanomyces; the present contribution dealing with a single species, A. patersonii, n. sp., and its significance in the taxonomy of the family as a whole. The genus Aphanomyces was established by DeBary in 1860 to in¬ clude a number of saprophytic and parasitic fungi with “swarmspores in a single row in long, cyhndrical filaments wliich are formed in the same manner as the vegetative hyphae, after discharge collecting in a cluster (at the mouth of tlie zoosporangium); from these (cysts) secondary swarm ers emerge; oospores single in oogonium.” As other investigators studied members of this group, a more complete and comprehensive di¬ agnosis of the genus was established. The basic concept of the genus as cited by DeBary has, however, been maintained. These diagnostic charac¬ teristics are (1) a delicate mycelial growth; (2) an undifferentiated zoosporangium with primary zoospores produced in a single row, the latter encysting in a cluster at the mouth of the zoosporangium and, later, giving rise to secondary zoospores; and, (3) a single oospore pro¬ duced within each oogonium. The taxonomic results of many years of study by DeBary on the Saprolegniaceae were presented in a paper published posthumously (1888) . Included in this paper was the description of a new genus, Leptolegnia, 1956] New Species of Aphanomyces 171 which differed from the genus Aphanomyces only in that the primary zoospores upon discharge from the zoosporangium swam away for a considerable distance prior to encystment. The results of the present in¬ vestigation may cast some doubt as to the validity of tlie genus Leptolegnia. Although the genus Aphanomyces includes both saprophytic and parasitic species, only tliree species have been reported previously as being parasitic on Crustacea. These are A. ovidestruens, a bizarre para¬ site on Diaptomus (Gicklhorn, 1923), A. daphniae on Daphnia hyalina (Prowse, 1954), and A. astaci, a serious parasite on Astacus, capable of causing severe epidemics and responsible for the destruction of entire crayfish populations (Rennerfelt, 1936). Species of Leptolegnia have, likewise, been reported as important parasites of crustaceans. L. caudata was described as parasitic on Leptodora (Petersen, 1909), while more recently a closely related species was reported as the cause of epidemics in the copepod Eurytemora (Vallin, 1951). The fungus described herein as a new species of Aphanomyces was first obseiwed in a plankton sample collected May 12, 1954, from Trains Lake, Washtenaw County, Michigan. At the time this collection was made, almost every specimen of Daphnia observed was infected with mycelia of the fungus. After storage at 15 °C for 48 hours all Daphnia individuals in the original sample were dead and their body cavities com¬ pletely filled with oogonia of the parasite. Prior to the discovery of this parasite, numerous plankton samples from the same locality revealed the presence of an abundant Daphnia population. One week following the occurrence of this epidemic, the Daphnia in the plankton had practically disappeared. This reduction was believed to be a direct result of the fungus infection. In the original material collected no zoosporangial stages were ob¬ served, the infection apparently having been already well established. Fortunately, however, this fungus was readily obtained in culture on nu¬ trient agar, and upon transfer to snake skin in sterile water produced abundant zoosporangia and zoospores. The following description was de¬ rived in part from culture material and in part from observations of the fungus within the host. Aphanomyces patersonii, N. SP. Mycelium 8~15 micra in diam., intramatricalum, parce ramosum, infra hospitem ramificatum; zoosporangia longa, filamenta, non ramosa, in eodem diam. cum hyphis, isometrica, parietem hospitalem penetrantia et ortho- genie in aquam contiguam distendentia; zoosporae primae oblongae, paucae, in foramine encystantes vel duahis flagellis protensis natantes; zoosporae primae encystantate 10-15 micra in diam., schistoses emittunt; zoosporae secundmriae reniformae, a latere biflagellatae, oogonia .terminalia 172 The Virginia Journal of Science [July in ramis brevibus lateralibusque, globus, 26.5-39.0 micra in diam., leve munita; oosporae 1.5 micra in diam., quod in eis continetur crassum cum uno globulo oleario vel cum aliquot sparsis guttis oleariis; autheridia singularia, tumida clacataque; caulis antheridialis simplex, non ramosus, decliniis, germinatio non observata. In Daphnia sp. parasiticis, Frains Lake, Washtenaw County, Mich¬ igan. Mycelium 8-15 micra in diameter, intramatrical, sparingly branched, ramifying throughout the body cavity of the host; zoosporangia long, filamentous, unbranched, of the same diam¬ eter as the vegetative hyphae, isodiametric, peneti’ating the host wall and extending at right angles into the surrounding medium; primary zoospores rod-shaped, few in number, en¬ cysting at the orifice or swimming by means of two forwardly directed flagella; encysted primary zoospores 10-16 micra, in diameter, discharge schistose; secondary zoospores reniform, laterally biflagellate; oogonia terminal on short, lateral branch¬ es, spherical, 26.5-39.0 micra in diameter, smooth-walled, oos¬ pore 21.5-30.5 micra in dameter, hyaline, contents granular with a single, large oil globule or with several scattered oil droplets; antheridia single, swollen-clavate; antheridial stalk simple, un¬ branched, diclinous in origin; oospore germination not observed. Parasitic on Daphnia sp., Frains Lake, Washtenaw County, Michigan. Although the developmental cycle of Aphanomyces patersonii was observed to be quite typical when compared vidth other carnivorous mem¬ bers of the genus, several interesting and significant features in this life cycle are worthy of consideration here. It should be mentioned, further¬ more, that many of the observations reported here were also noted in the case of A. daphniae (Prowse, 1954). The vegetative hyphae varied in diameter from 8 to 15 micra, and, although sparingly branched, these hyphae ramified abundantly through¬ out the body cavity of the host. The contents of such filaments were noticeably sparse, the protoplasmic material being restricted to a thin, granular layer around the inner hyphal wall. In contrast to these, the hyphae destined to become zoosporangia were densely packed with proto¬ plasm, often appearing light brown in color when observed in mass. The zoosporangia were formed at right angles to the vegetative hyphae, pro¬ jecting out into the surrounding water. These structures were long, un¬ branched, did not taper at the apex, and were of the same diameter as the vegetative hyphae. Zoospores were formed in a single row, their contents finely granular and always vdth a small but conspicuous oil droplet. The elongate primary zoospores were 15-23 by 7-15 micra and in early stages of differentiation were connected by delicate, protoplasmis strands. Upon discharge they normally encysted at the mouth of the zoosporangium. The encysted primary zoospores were 10-15 micra in diameter and possessed a rather thick wall. The contents of each cyst escaped by the formation of a jagged slit in the wall (Fig. A) . This type of discharge from the primary zoospore cyst was of particular interest since in all other species of Aphano- 1956] New Species of Aphanomyces 173 myces the emergence of the secondary zoospore was poroid or papillate. The process described here has been termed ‘‘schistose”. Explanation of Figures Aphanomyces patersonii Fig. A.—Zoospore formation and encystment under normal environ¬ mental conditions. Note the jagged slits through which the secondary zoospores emerge from the primary zoospore cysts. Fig. B.—Zoospore for¬ mation and emergence under abnormal environmental conditions. Note that the primary zoospores undergo amoeboid activity and swim prior to en- cystment. Fig. C-E.~Oospore formation. Note the fusion of the antheri- dial cell with the oogonium and the passage of its contents into the female gametangium. 174 The Virginia Journal of Science [July Immediately upon emergence the secondary zoospores underwent a short period of amoeboid activity, the two flagella being conspicuous but motionless. These zoospores rapidly assumed a typical reniform shape and the laterally attached flagella became active. After a period of vig¬ orous swimming they gradually settled down and became spherical. Dur¬ ing the latter period, prior to encystment, the flagella were lost or were withdrawn. Later, the secondary zoospore cysts germinated by the for¬ mation of long, branched filaments ultimately producing a mycelium. Re¬ peated emergence and encystment of the secondary zoospores were not observed. One of the more striking features of this parasite was the behavior of the zoospores under abnormal environmental conditions. It was ob¬ served that the formation and liberation of the primary zoospores oc¬ curred more frequently at night, and that zoospore discharge proceeded typically only if the temperature did not exceed 20° C. At higher tempera¬ tures the primary zoospores emerged as rod-shaped bodies which, instead of encysting at die orifice of the zoosporangium as is characteristic of the genus Aphanomyces, immediately exhibited amoeboid activity and, bending at their mid-point, formed arrowhead-shaped bodies with two apically attached, forwardly directed flagella (Fig. B), These primary zoospores, exhibiting a behavior pattern characteristic of the genus Leptolegnia, swam sluggishly, assumed a triangular shape, later became pyriform, and finally encysted as spherical bodies. Within a few hours a t}q)ical, reniform secondary zoospore emerged from each cyst through a pore in the cyst wall. The fact that under abnormal environmental conditions (i. e. tem¬ peratures above 20° C) the primary zoospores tended to emerge and to swim in a manner characteristic of the genus Leptolegnia seems to indicate that the distinction between Leptolegnia and Aphanomyces may not be as well marked as has been supposed. Prowse (1954) has suggested that species of Aphanomyces may well have been derived from Leptolegnia by the suppression of the primary swimming stage, and under abnormal con¬ ditions such species may revert to the original diplanetic state. At the time the original collection of this fungus was made, oogonia were observed in abundance, often completely filling the body cavity of the host. These were never observed outside the carapace of the host. The oogonia were smooth-walled, spherical, 26.5-39.0 micra in diameter. The oospores, formed singly, were 21.5-30.5 micra in diameter and con¬ tained a conspicuous, central oil globule or, oftentimes, several smaller oil droplets (Fig. C-E.). The crowded condition of the sex organs within the body cavity of the host resulted in difficulties in the observation of anth- eridia and antheridial branch origin. The few antheridia which could be critically studied were swollen, clavate structures applied singly, rarely 2-3, to the oogonia and were diclinous in origin. Fertilization tubes were not observed, and, in this species at least, such structures apparently were not formed. Upon contact witli the oogonium, there appeared to be a 1956] New Species of Aphanomyces 175 fusion between the wall of the antheridial cell and the oogonial wall (Fig. C). Ultimately, the wall in this area disappeared allowing the contents of the antheridial cell to pass freely into the female gametangium. Cermination of the resulting oospore was not observed. Because of the smaller measiurements of the oogonia and oospores, the presence of a persistent oil globule, and primarily because of the un¬ usual method of secondary zoospore emergence, it seemed justifiable to recognize this parasite as a new species of Aphanomyces. Futhermore, the marked differences in hyphal and zoosporangial characteristics also indicated that this isolate was a fungus different from A. daphniae and other related species parastitic on copepods. The specific epithet pater^ sonii was so named in recognition of Robert A. Paterson who made the original plankton collection and who first called to the writer’s attention the presence of this parasitic fungus. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The writer takes great pleasure in expressing his deep appreciation to Dr. F. K. Sparrow, Jr., who has given generously of his time and advice and under whose direction this study was carried out. He is also indebted to Professor T. F. Tilghman for assistance with the Latin diagnosis contained in this paper. LITERATURE CITED Bary, a. de. 1860. Einige neue Saprolegnieen. Jahrb. Wiss. Bot., 2:169- 192, pis. 19-21. Bary, A. de. 1888. Species der Saprolegnieen. Bot. Zeitungy 46:597- 621, 629-636, 645-653, pis. 9, 10, Glicklhorn, J. 1923. Aphanomyces ovidestruens nov. spec.- ein Parasit in den Eiren von Diaptomus. Lotos, 71:143-156, figs. 1-11. Petersen, E. H. 1909. Studier over, Ferskvends-Phykomyceter. Bot, Tidsskrifty 29:345-440, figs. 1-27. pROwsE, G. A. 1954. Aphanomyces Daphniae sp. nov., parasitic on Daphnia hyalina. Trans. Brit. Mycol. Soc., 37-22-28, figs. 1-3. Rennerfelt, E. 1936. Untersuchungen uber die Entwicklung imd Biolo- gie des Krebspestpilzes Aphanomyces astaci Scliikora. Mitt. Anst. F. Binnerfischerei bei Drottningholm, Stockholm, No. 10:1-21. Vallin, S. 1951. Plankton Mortality in the North Baltic Caused by a Parasitic Water Mold. Mitt. Anst. F. Binnerfischerei bei Drottning- holm, Stockholm, No. 32:139-48. 176 The Virginia Journal of Science [Juty A Preliminary Survey of the Habitat Types of Two Species of Cypripedium, C calceolus var. pubescens and C acaule ’ B. E. Frye and Diane TeStrake Emory University and University of Florida The native ladyslippers, due to their great beauty and fascinating form, have probably attracted more attention than any other group of na¬ tive orchids. Yet, except for certain life history studies of Curtis (Curtis 1939, 1943, 1954; Duncan and Curtis 1942), there appears to have been very little effort to make a systematic study of tlie ecology of the group* True, various scientific workers and casual observers have commented, in a somewhat abstract manner, on the habitat types and environmental conditions in which the various species have been found. Thus, House (1934) states that ‘*the stemless ladyslipper (C. acaule) is one of the few conspicuous wild flowers that appears to be equally at home in the pine lands of the northern coastal plain or the rocky woods of the central and northern point of New York”. Similarly, Wherry (1933) states that the yellow ladyslipper (C. calceolus var. pubescens) ^normally inhabits upland woods or die drier parts of swamps”. Similar subjective descrip¬ tions of the growth conditions of our other native species of ladysHppers have been made. It seemed, therefore, desirable to make a thorough study of the ecology of the native species in order to gain some notion of the range of tolerance and the limiting factors effective in determining the distribution of the various species of Cypripedium. This problem was undertaken as a preliminary study of the habitats of two species of Cypripedium commonly found in the eastern United States, namely C. calceolus var. pubescens (Correll, 1938) and C. acaule. Those environmental factors chosen for emphasis in this study were soil reaction in terms of pH and associated flora. Other factors considered to the extent allowed by the available time and equipment were light, temperature and soil. MATERIALS AND METHODS At the beginning of this study the various plant communities found in the vicinity of the Mountain Lake Biological Station were investigated and specimens of C. calcoelus var, pubescens (hereafter referred to as ^Work performed in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the course in Plant Ecology at the Mountain Lake Biological Station, University of Virginia. 1956] Habitats of Wild Orchids 177 C. pubescens and C. acaule, were selected for study. Communities as diverse in location and structure as could be found were selected in order that we might observe specimens of each species under a variety of situations and thus get some indication as to which factors are impor¬ tant in determining the distribution of the species and which are perhaps co-incidental. To ascertain that we were investigating specimens in "“normal” conditions^ that is, conditions in which the entire life cycle is passed successfully, the plots chosen for investigation were primarily those which contained flowering size specimens, preferably in combi¬ nation with seedlings in various stages of development. From the many colonies present in the area 12 observational plots of C. pubescens and 13 of C. acaule were established within a distance of three or four miles from the Mt. Lake Biological Station. Each of these was analyzed thoroughly with reference to the associated plants and the soil reaction. Light, temperature, and soil moisture were considered to a lesser extent. Counts and measurements were made of the associated plants to 'determine which forms were dominant in the communities and to ascer¬ tain what flora, if any, was most constantly associated with the habitats of each of the two species. All plots were marked off in circular quadrats by using a string of the desired radius fastened at plot center, the obser¬ vational specimens being located in plot center. Trees were counted in a 100 sq. meter quadrat (5.6 meter radius) and d.b.h. values taken as a criterion for determining dominance. Shrubs were counted in a 12.6 sq. meter quadrat (two meter radius). The dominant forms were ascertained by measuring the height of all shrubs. All specimens above 1 inch d.b.h. were counted as trees. Herbs were recorded within a one square meter quadrat (56.5 centimeter radius). Only presence was noted for the herbs, no attempt being made to evaluate relative abundance. The ladyslippers themselves were counted throughout the 100 sq. meter plot. Plants were noted as either mature or immature using the criterion of size and, whenever possible, the presence of flower stalks or old seed pods. To gain some idea of the constancy of reproduction, all plot specimens were measured. In the case of C. pubescens height was determined to the base of the highest leaf, or to the flower bract in ma¬ ture specimens; for C. acaule, breadth of the widest leaf was measured. Curtis (1943) has pointed out that size cannot be taken as an accurate indication of the degree of maturity, the only true criterion apparently being root development. Lacking better methods, however, we assume that a wide range of seedling size may be taken to indicate more or less continuous reproduction. For determining pH values soil samples were taken from the one square meter quadrant at depths of two, four, and six inches. Samples were stored in soil sample cans. The pH values of the soil were obtained 'svith a portable type pH meter (Analytical Measurements Inc., Chatham, New 178 The Virginia Journal of Science Jersey) which permitted electrical determination of the pH to one decimal place. Light readings were made at various times through the day with a Norwood light meter utilizing a spherical Hght gathering surface. Each recorded value consisted of an average of five readings made at arbitrary points around the plot center specimen. The incident light was read di¬ rectly in foot candles and the obtained values expressed as the percentage of the full light in an open situation. Temperature was recorded for the soil at a depth of about four inches and for the air at the level of the plant tops. Initially the air temperature was determined at various levels but this proved to be superfluous since there was no observable difference between the ground level and the top of the plants. As an index to the soil water relationships of the two species the capillary capacity of the soil of representative plots was determined. This is expressed as the percentage of water per gram of wet soil. In addition the moisture equivalent of representative plots was obtained, using the method described by Daubenmire (1947). In determining both the capillary capacity and the moisture equivalent two soil samples from each selected plot were examined. OBSERVATIONS AND RESULTS Concerning the ladyshppers themselves, it has already been indicated that in selecting plots for study, only those which showed evidences of active reproduction, preferably those containing both mature, flowering- size specimens and seedlings in various stages of development, were chosen. The C. pubescens plots contained an average of 6.5 specimens per plot with a ratio of mature to seedling specimens of approximately 1:1. C. acaule, on the other hand, shows a much greater tendency to colonize. Here the plots contained an average of 13.6 specimens per plot with a mature to seedling ratio of 1:6. In many cases C. acaule plots -contained from 30 to 40 or more specimens per 100 square meters, where¬ as C. pubescens were seldom found in a density greater than 10 to 12 plants per 100 square meters. . ' A summary of the results of our observations and measurements op the trees associated with C. acaule and C. pubescens is found in Tables I and II. As indicated by the basal area tabulations in Table I, the domi¬ nant tree in most of the C. acaule communities was Pinus rigida. As in¬ dicated by the frequency tabulations, however, Pinus rigida was actually present in only 53.8 per cent or 7 of the 13 observational plots. This species was actually the predominant tree in aU plots where it was found, constituting between 42 and 99 per cent of the total basal area with an 1956] Habitats of Wild Orchids 179 average of 65.5 per cent for these seven plots. Of the remaining six plots Quercus alba and Q. rubra were dominant in three, constituting a total of 68 to 91 per cent of the basal area; Sassafras albidum was domi¬ nant in one plot with 51.5 per cent of the total basal area. One plot was located in a spruce bog with Picea rubra contributing 79.5 per cent of the basal area, and one plot was dominated by Pinus strobus with a basal area percentage of 78.5. Table I.— C. acaule. Associated Trees. Species Basal Area Per cent Basal Area Per cent Frequency Pinus rigida 1445.76 42.9 53.8 Quercus maxima 510.06 15.3 61.6 Quercus alba 357.58 11.1 53.8 Pinus strobus 287.51 9.1 7.7 Sassafras albidum 130.73 3.8 46.2 Quercus velutina 127.41 3.7 15.4 Picea rubra 106.40 3.2 7.7 Amelanchier sp. 90.10 2.6 23.1 Hdmamelis virginiana 77.33 2.3 46.2 Acer rubra 54.94 1.7 46.2 Prunus serotina 38.08 1.2 7.7 Nyssa sylvatica 36.75 1.0 46.2 Robinia pseudoacacia 33.68 .9 15.4 Ilex montana 25.78 .7 23.1 Retula lenta 15.48 .5 15.5 Halesia sp. 12.6 .4 7.7 Castanea dentata 9.27 .3 38.5 Tsuga canadensis 8.99 .28 7.7 Quercus ilexifolia .79 .02 7.7 3369.24 100.00 In contrast, all the communities of C, pubescens which were ob¬ served were found in stands which were predominantly oak. In all the plots the dominant trees were Quercus alba and p. rubra. The combined basal areas of these two species averaged about 90 per cent of the total basal area with a range of from 47.4 to 100 per cent of the basal area in the various plots. Observations on the trees associated with C. pubescens are summarized in Table II. 180 The Virginia Journal of Science [July^ TABLE II.— C. puhescens. Associated Trees Species Basal Area Per cent Basal Area Per cent Frequency Quercus maxima 1723.11 47.21 100.0 Quercus alba 1576.26 42.80 100.0 Amelanchier sp. 143.42 4.00 63.0 Acer rubra 93.55 2.55 54.0 Robinia pseudoacacia 28.95 .79 18.0 Cary a sp. 28.39 .76 36.0 Sassafras albidum 20.39 .55 19.0 Quercus coccinea 19.60 .54 9.0 Hamamelis virginiana 18.82 .51 45.0 Castanea dentata 3.19 .087 18.0 Nyssa sylvatica 2.55 .069 9.0 Ilex montana 2.46 .067 9.0 Magnolia acuminata 2.46 .067 9.0 3663.09 100.00 As suggested by the data in Table III, tme C. acaule communities were usually characterized by an understory of Kalmia latifolia and other ericaceous forms. In two plots the undergrowth consisted chiefly of species of Gaylussacia and in two other plots species of Rhododendron pre¬ dominated, R. viscosum in one case and R. maxima in the other. Either species of Gaylussacia or Vaccinium, or both, were always characteristic of the lower strata. In the C. pubescens communities, as indicated by the data in Table IV, the understory was predominantly Rhododendron calendulaceum with the lower strata again being characterized by species of Gaylussacia and Vaccinium. It should be pointed out, however, that the aspect of the understory in the communities of the two species of ladyshppers was completely different due to the usually much lower density of the under¬ story at all levels in C. pubescens plots. Hence, C. acaule was often found in almost impossible tangles of Kalmia and Gaylussacia whereas C. pubescens was in open, easily accessible stands. For example, in the C. acaule plots there was an average density of Kalmia latifolia of 3.25 plants per square meter as contrasted witli a density of 1.59 plants per square meter for Rhododendron calendulaceum, the chief shrub associated with C. pubescens. Moreover, these values do not take into consideration the differences in growtli habits of the two shrubs; i. e., K. latifolia is usually very highly branched and spreading as contrasted with the upright, moderately branched form of R. calendulaceum. 1956] Habitats of Wild Orchids 181 Table III.—C. acaule, Associated Shrubs. Height Per cent Species (inches) Height Frequency Kalmia latifolia 17951 54.00 77.0 Gaylussacia sp. 5207 15.61 84.7 Rhododendron viscosum 3093 9.30 53.9 Sassafras albidum 1400 4.21 61.6 Hamamelis virginiana 1048 3.11 53.9 Rhododendron maxima 908 2.71 15.4 Yaccinium erythrocarpum 559 1.76 30.8 Castanea dentata 596 1.75 38.5 Nyssa sylvatica 571 1,70 38.5 Halesia sp. 444 1.32 46.2 Prunus serotina 323 .91 7.7 Viburnum sp. 286 .85 15.4 Amelanchier sp. 210 .60 15.4 Acer rubra 197 .58 23.1 Ilex montana 175 .53 7.7 Quercus maxima 167 ,50 38.5 Quercus alba 97 .32 30.8 Crataegus sp. 52 .16 7.7 Betula sp. 15 .05 15.4 Quercus velutina 9 .03 7.7 33348 100.00 The herbs were noted for presence only, it being desired to ascer¬ tain whether or not there was any consistency in the forms found growing in association with the ladyslippers. The herbs found in the C. acaule communities were primarily ericaceous forms such as Galax aphylla and Gaultheria hispidula. The fonns most frequently found in the C. pubescens communities included Aralia nudicaulis, Dioscorea quaternata, Smilacina racemosa, numerous composites such as species of Aster and Solidago, as well as various grasses. The results of pH determinations are presented graphically in figure 1. It may be noted that C. acaule plots had a pH range between 4.2 and S.2 at the two inch level vdth a mean value of 4.4. At four inches the mnge was from 4.1 to 5.1 with a mean of 4.5 and six inches down the range was from 4.2 to 5.3 with the mean again being 4.5. For C. pubescens the two inch level had a range from 5.0 to 6.2 with a mean at 5.6. At the four inch level the range was from 5.1 to 6.0 with a mean at 5.6 while at six inches the range was from 4.9 to 6.0 with a mean again at 5.6. The pH means were obtained by converting the logarithms to numbers, averaging these and reconverting the numbers to the pH logarithm. 182 The Virginia Journal of Science [J^ty Table IV.— C. pubescens. Associated Shrubs. Species Height (inches) Per cent Height Frequency Rhododendron calendulaceum 6081 52.62 90.0 Vaccinium erythrocarpum 1379 11.93 36.0 Gaylussacia sp. 1367 11.80 81.0 Castanea dent at a 726 6.30 81.0 Betula sp. 472 4.10 18.0 Quercus maxima 320 2.81 54.0 Quercus alba 274 2.31 81.0 Robinia pseudoacacia 233 1.93 33.0 Amelanchier sp. 198 1.73 18.0 Acer rubrum 139 1.20 54.0 Viburnum sp. 109 .94 18.0 Rhododendron viscosum 68 .59 9.0 Hamamelis virginiana 66 .57 18.0 Carya sp. 33 .28 18.0 Sassafras albidum 32 .27 9.0 Crataegus sp. 22 .19 9.0 Pyrus sp. 22 .19 9.0 Quercus velutina 15 .13 9.0 Prunus serotina 13 .13 9.0 11489 100.00 Light intensity data are shown in Table V as the percentage of full light at the time of the readings. Each value shown is a compilation of all the readings made at each particular plot. These data are presented to show something of the range of light intensities under which two species may be found. While inspection of the means indicates there to be no significant difference in the light conditions under which the two species are found, the extremes found in the individual plots indicate there to be a much greater variation in light intensity among the C. acaule plots than among the C. pubescens plots. The series of light readings which were made at various times during the day are not yet complete enough to be meaningful, hence these individual values are not presentedo 1956] Habitats of Wild Orchids 183 SOIL DEPTH Figure l.—Soil reaction in terms of pH for observational plots of C. acaule and C. pubescens. The number of plots at any particular pH Is indicated by the height of the vertical bars; pH is indicated on the horizontal axis. 184 The Virginia Journal of Science [July Table V.— Average Percentage Light Intensity, C. puhescens C. aeaule Av. percentage Av. percenta^ Plot no. full Hght Plot no. fuU Hght 1 1.1 13 4.8 2 5.1 14 2.6 3 10.3 15 2.8 4 5.1 16 10.4 5 7.7 17 1.6 6 10.4 18 1.3 7 7.9 19 2.1 8 3,9 20 5.9 9 1.7 21 6.6 10 8.3 22 15.2 11 4.8 23 30.0 12 4.3 24 50.0 25 4.9 mean 5.1 mean 10.7 Temperature readings made at the various plots of C. aeaule averaged 15.8 °C. for the soil and 20 °C. for the air. The C. puhescens plots averaged 17°C. for the soil and 20° C. for the air. In general the temperature dif¬ ferences between the plots of the two species were small. It might be pointed out, however, that the extremes reached in C. aeaule plots were again much greater than those in C. puhescens plots, perhaps a reflection of the greater variation in exposure of the communities of the former species. The soil types in which the two species of ladyslippers are found are completely different in appearance. In general, the soil in which C. puhescens grew contained a relatively thin organic layer (1-2 inches) with the lower stratum having a high content of clay. The soils in which C. aeaule grew possessed a relatively thick layer of organic material (2- 3 inches) with the underlying soil being quite sandy and porous. The results of moisture equivalent determinations of samples from representa¬ tive plots of the two species are presented in Table VI. Inspection of these data indicates there to be no obvious differences in either the mean values or the extremes of the moisture equivalents of the soils in which the two species were found. Capillary capacity was also determined for repre¬ sentative plots and likewise showed no obvious differences between the two species. For C. puhescens plots the capillary capacity averaged 42.3 per cent of the net weight of the soil and for C. aeaule the average was 50 per cent. 1956] Habitats of Wild Orchids 185 Table VI. —Soil Moisture Equivalent. Plot Wet Dry Water Per cent Species no. Sample Weight Weight Loss Water Loss C. pubescens 4 a 18.65 15.89 2.76 17.4 b 20.23 16.32 3.91 24.0 7 a 19.27 14.72 4.55 31.0 b 20.33 15.55 4.78 30.8 8 a 18.27 13.58 4.69 34.6 b 18.04 13.43 4.61 34.3 9 a 25.82 20.55 5.27 25.6 b 25.12 20.04 5.08 24.9 10 a 23.26 19.55 3.71 19.0 b 25.18 21.06 4.12 19.5 12 a 25.16 18.68 6.48 34.6 b 23.98 18.00 5.98 33.2 C. acaule 14 a 23.20 19.30 3.90 20.2 b 22.97 19.06 3.91 20.5 18 a 24.83 21.38 3.45 16.2 b 25.08 21.44 3.64 17.0 19 a 25.24 18.66 6.58 35.4 b 25.30 19.16 6.14 32.0 22 a 24.85 21.05 3.80 18.0 b 23.87 20.57 3.30 16.3 24 a 23.94 17.74 6.20 35.0 b 23.39 17.34 6.05 34.8 means C. pubescens 27.3 C. acaule 24.5 DISCUSSION In attempting to evaluate the C. acaule and C. pubescens communities in terms of associated plants, one is confronted with the problem of de¬ ciding which plants are characteristic of the communities and which are merely incidental to it. In general, it may be assumed that the associated trees and shrubs are more likely to exert a controlling influence over the prevailing environmental conditions than are the herbaceous forms. A nigh frequency for particular herbs associated with one or the other type of community may simply indicate that those conditions which are favorable for the particular species of Cypripedium are also favorable for the associated herbs. Thus, such plants as Galax and Gaultheria are usually associated with the pine, Kalmia stands, and acid, sandy soil such as that in which C. acaule occurs. Similarly, Dioscorea, Aralia, Lysima- 186 The Virginia Journal of Science chia„ Smilacina, and Aster are usually occupants of the rich, mesophytic woodlands in which C. pubescens occurs. In contrast, the associated trees, and to a lesser extent shrubs probably exert a considerable influence on environmental conditions in terms of light, soil reaction, available moisture, etc., and may consequently have a direct influence upon the distribution of any subordinate species which have a narrow range of tolerance for one or more environmental factors. Thus, the pines and other conifers are knovm as acid soil pro¬ ducing plants since, as their needles die and decay they almost invariably produce an acid reaction in at least the top few inches of the soil. More¬ over, a pine overgrowth has considerable influence on the organic con¬ tent of the soil, the needles decaying slowly and consequently accumu¬ lating to considerable depths before decomposing completely. In view of the usual sandy nature of the soil and the porosity of the compost layer, pine soils are usually well drained and well aereated. The leaves of oaks, maples and other deciduous forms, however, decay relatively rapidly and do not produce a reaction as acid as that formed under pines. The soil, moreover, usually has a high percentage of clay with a consequent higher water holding capacity. Just how these and other factors are related to the distribution of the ladyslippers is the question in hand. Wherry (1933) states that “water is certainly of no significance to this plant (C. acaule), for it thrives alike in deep, wet sphagnum bogs and in dry pine needles on the summits of sand hills. Temperature is likewise unimportant, for it ranges from Nordi Carolnia to northwestern Canada. It normally grows in places where the soil is well provided with humus, highly sterile, strongly acid and thoroughly aerated.” Concerning C. pubescens he states that “as this ladyshpper ranges from Mississippi and Alabama on the Gulf coast north to the lower borders of Canada, temperature is evidently of no importance to it. Its soils are often rich in plant foods (sic) and vary considerably in reaction . . .” As previously indicated, the C. acaule plots considered in the present study were usually dominated by pines with Kalmia as the understory. This is by no means without exception, for certain of the observational plots were dominated by other conifers and in three of them by oak. There is the possibility that these latter three plots are relic stands. Thisr idea is supported by the fact that the trees in these plots were small and probably not more than 25 years old. Furthermore, much of the property on which these plots were located has been lumbered during the last 25 years^ Hence, it may well be that these C. acaule plots were formerly in pine stands and that the original conditions which were favorable to the species (most likely edaphic) have not yet been altered sufficiently to pre- 2 By personal communication from Dr. B. D. Reynolds, Director of the Mountain Lake Biological Station. 1956] Habitats of Wild Orchids 187 vent the growth of the ladyslippers. Of the several factors considered in this study, that of soil reaction appears to have the closest and most constant correlation to the distribu¬ tion of the two species of ladyslippers. A glance at figure 1 is sufficient to show the marked differences in the pH of the soils in which the two species were found, there being almost no overlapping of the ranges. Further significance is given to this point when one considers that the pH ranges in which the two species are found is rather markedly constant, re¬ gardless of how much other conditions vary. As Wilde (1954) has pointed out, we cannot with certainty attribute any direct influence of pH, per se, on the growth of the plants. Nonetheless, the soil reaction may have an indirect effect upon die available nutrients, the growth of mycorrhizae or other microorganisms associated with the orchids or it may be correlated with the physical properties of the soil. Whatever the explanation, these findings suggest that the factors limiting the distribution of C. acaule and C. puhescens reside in the soil. Therefore it is proposed in later studies to investigate, in greater detail, tlie edaphic factors influencing the two species. Our observations on the capillary capacity and moisture equi¬ valent of the soil are not helpful on this point. It is both difficult and dangerous to evaluate, with our limited data, the influence of light intensity on the distribution of the two species. Nonetheless, the wide range of light intensities in which C. acaule was found in apparently undisturbed situations indicates that within reason¬ able limits this factor is not limiting to this species. C. puhescens y on the other hand, was seldom found in more than 10 per cent of full light and hence may be a true sciophyte, carrying on photosynthesis most efficiently in low light intensities. If this were to be true then light intensity might oxert a strong influence upon the distribution of the species. SUMMARY The habitats of two species of Cypripeduniy C. acaule and C. calceolus var. puhescens have been investigated with particular emphasis on the associated flora and the soil reaction in terms of pH. Other factors con¬ sidered to a lesser extent were light, temperature, and soil water. C. acaule is most constantly associated with pine stands with an understory of Kalmia latifolia and other ericaceous forms, whereas, C. pu- bescens is found in association with oaks and a variety of deciduous shrubs, particularly Rhododendron calendulaceum. It is suggested that soil re¬ action, or other factors closely correlated with the pH, is an important limiting factor in the distribution of the two species since they are rather markedly limited as to pH range, even though other environmental con¬ ditions may vary considerably. Although C. acaule was found in a fairly wide range of light in- 188 The Virginia Journal of Science [July tensities, C. pubescens was seldom found in intensities greater than 10 per cent. This suggests that the latter species may be a true sciophyte and that light intensity is an important limiting factor in its distribution. Our observations on temperature and soil water permit no definite conclusions to be drawn with respect to these factors. REFERENCES CoRRELL, D. S. 1938. Cypripedium Calceolus var pubescens. Bot. Mus. Leaflets Harvard Univ., 7 (1): 1-18. Curtis, J. T. 1939. The relation of specificity of orchid mycorrhizal fungi to the problem of symbiosis. Am. Jour. Bot., 26 1 390-399. 1943 Germination and seedling development in five species of Cypripedium L. Am. Jour. Bot., 30: 199-206. 1954 Annual fluctuation in rate of flower production by native Cypripediums during two decades. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, 81(4); 340-352. Daubenmire, R. F. 1947 Plants and Environment. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., N. Y, pp. 125-126. Duncan, R. E. and J. T. Curtis 1942. Intermittent growth of fruits of Cypripedium and Paphiopedium. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, 69: 353-359. House, H. D. 1934. Wild Flowers. The MacMillan Co., N. Y, pp. 68. Wherry, E. T. 1933. Native Orchids: the yellow and white Cypripe¬ diums. Amer. Orchid Soc. Bull., 2 (1): 14-15. 1933 Native orchids: the pink slipper orchids. Amer. Orchid Soc. Bull, 2(3): 32-33, Wilde, S. A. 1954. Reaction of soils: facts and fallacies. Ecology, 35(1): 89-92. 1956] Habitats of Wild Orchids 189 News and Notes {EDITOKS NOTE: News contributions should be sent to the per¬ son whose name appears at the end of the appropriate sections.) ARTHUR BALLARD MASSEY HONORED On June 4, 1956, Lynchburg College awarded the degree of Doctor of Science to Arthur B. Massey. The following is extracted from the ci¬ tation read on that occasion. Arthur Ballard Massey was bom at Miller School in Albemarle County, Virginia, in 1889. He received the B. S. degree from North Caro¬ lina State College in 1909. Subsequently he studied at the University of Florida, the University of Chicago, and Virginia Polytechnic Institute where he was awarded the M.S. degree in 1928. Mr. Massey's early teaching experience was at Clemson College in South Carolina and the Alabama Polytechnic Experiment Station. Since 1918 he has been associated with Virginia Polytechnic Institute at Blacks¬ burg as a teacher and research worker. Until 1935 he was associate pro¬ fessor at the Virginia Polytechnic Institute and since that time has served as botanist for die Wildlife Unit. Mr. Massey is a member of the Botanical Society of America, the Society of Plant Taxonomists, the Ecological Society of America, the Torrey Botanical Club, the Southern Appalachian Botanical Club, and the Virginia Academy of Science. He has been vice-president of the Southern Appalachian Botanical Club and served as the associate editor of its pub¬ lication Castanea. As a member of the Virginia Academy of Science, he has presented papers on taxonomy, plant pathology, ecology, and bac¬ teriology at the annual meetings of that organization. For a period of 21 years Mr. Massey has served as chairman of the Vir¬ ginia Academy's Committee on State Flora. He is maintaining a card in¬ dex of Virginia’s plants, looking toward the publication of a complete catalogue of the plants of Virginia. His own publications include The Willows of Virginia, Virginia Ferns and Fern Allies, Poisonous Plants, Medicinal Plants, Farm Weeds: Their Importance and Control, and A Catalogue of Virginia Grasses. Mr. Massey is a teacher who has the genuine respect and admiration of all his students. His professional associates have high regard for him as a person. Because of his superior knowledge of the flora of Virginia his counsel and advice are constantly sought by botanical specialists both in and outside Virginia. 190 [July The Virginia Journal of Science Minutes Of The Council Meeting, October 30, 1955 The meeting of the Council of the Virginia Academy of Science was held in the Library of The Blandy Experimental Farm, University of Vir¬ ginia, Boyce, at 2:30 P.M. Present were: Lynn B. Abbott, Jr., Lloyd C. Bird, James W. Cole, Irving G. Foster, Edward S. Harlow, Thelma C. Heatwole, William N» Hinton, Horton H. Hobbs, Jr., Sidney S. Negus, B. F. D. Bunk, Foley F. Smith, and William B. Wartman, Jr. President Walter S. Flory, Jr., pre¬ sided. Minutes of the last meeting were read, corrected, and approved. There was no report from the Long Range Planning Committee, since this committee had not held a meeting at this time. Lloyd C, Bird, reporting for the Finance Comittee, stated that this committee was making a special effort to increase the number of Business memberships in the Academy. Mrs. Thelma C. Heatwole reported for tlie Junior Academy of Science Committee. She stated that the annual grant of $750.00 made by tlie Philip Morris and Company Ltd.. Inc, would be used to establish the “Philip Morris Achievement Awards”, if the Council approved. This was unanimously approved by the Council, and it was stated that this money would not be substituted for any funds now available for the Junior Academy activities. These awards would be made in the fields of Chemistry, Physics, the Biological Sciences and other sciences. Sidney S. Negus reported on the 1956 meeting in Richmond Hotel an outline of the plans on this meeting to be held at the Jefferson Hotel with the Richmond Area University Center acting as host. Mr. Harlow reported on tlie 1957 meeting of the Academy, to be held at the Chamberlin Hotel, Old Point Comfort. Horton H. Hobbs, Jr., Editor of the Virginia Journal of Science, re¬ ported on the forthcoming lead articles for the Journal, and stated that the J. Shelton Horsley Award paper of Dr. Albert W. Lutz would be pub¬ lished in the January 1956 issue, and that a paper by Allen Gwathmey on “Single Crystals” would appear in the April issue; and tliat an article on “Supersonics” by Dudley Thompson would be the lead article in the July issue. He stated that tlie Journal plans to have a special anni¬ versary issue of the Journal for the Jamestown Anniversary Celebration and that they plan to print 5,000 copies for this issue. He stated that the Alderman Library had given space for the operation of the Editorial Offices of the Journal. It was moved, seconded, and passed, that Robert Carroll, Editor of 1956] News and Notes 191 the Journal, (Old Series), send all available copies of this Series to Manag¬ ing Editor B. F. D. Runk. It was suggested that the funds of the Journal be moved from Blacksburg to Charlottesville, and it was decided that this would be left in the hands of the Managing Editor of the Journal. Irving G. Foster was asked by President Flory to serve as Chairman of a special committee to study ways and means of securing additional revenue for the Academy. Boyd Harshbarger, Chairman; Sidney S. Negus and George Jeffers, were appointed to serve as an Awards Committee. Dr. Negus discussed ^considering a Distinguished Service Award to be given at suitable times. James W. Cole, Chairman of the Advisory Council on Science Educa¬ tion, reported that plans were being considered for a symposium on Science and Education for Saturday morning at the May meetings. Ad¬ ditional names were also suggested for the committee and for the panel discussion, should such a symposium develop. Among the names sug¬ gested were Marcellus Stow, Washington and Lee University; Jack Boger, Richmond; William L. Duren, Jr., Robert DuPuis, Research Laboratory, Philip Morris and Company, Ltd., Inc.; Mr. Milhiser, DuPont Com¬ pany, Waynesboro; S. G. Stewart, Staunton, and Dr. F. G. Langford, President of Longwood College. Mr. Harlow reported that he planned to attend the White House Conference on Science Education in December and that approximately 25 people from Virginia had been invited. It was noted that Dr. Albert W. Lutz, winner of the J. Shelton Horsley Award for 1955, had received formal recognition from the Board of Visitors of William and Mary College, for his interest and achievements in science. It was suggested that President Flory write the Chairman of the Science Departments in the colleges and universities throughout the state suggesting that they recommend papers for the programs of the vari¬ ous sections of the Academy, from members of their staff. Various sug¬ gestions were made towards improving and increasing interest in the Academy Conference meeting on Thursday night. President Flory stated that Dr. Edgar Anderson, of the Missouri Bo¬ tanical Gardens would be the guest speaker at the Friday night meeting of the Academy. It was suggested that die Constitution and By-Laws be revised, and that all corrections and changes therein to date be incorporated, and that copies be mimeographed for distribution to all Academy officers, and Sec¬ tion officers. It was moved, seconded, and passed that the President appoint a 1956] News and Notes 193 committee to investigate scholarships offered in the Science Talent Search in regard to their actual availability. The official thanks and appreciation were expressed by the Council to Dr. and Mrs. Walter S. Flory, Jr., for their gracious hospitality extended to the Council members and their wives and guests at the very delightful buffet luncheon served at their home before the meeting. There being no further business the meeting adjourned at 4:30 P.M. Foley F. Smith, Secretary. Minutes Of The Council Meeting, January 14, 1956 President Flory called the meeting at 3:05 P.M. on January 14 in Richmond. The following members were present: Lynn D. Abbott, Jr., Lloyd C. Bird, Irving G. Foster, Edward S. Harlow, Mrs. B. G. Heatwole, William M. Hinton, Horton H. Hobbs, Jr., Sidney S. Negus, B. F. D. Runk, Stanley B. Williams, William B. Wartman, Jr., Assistant Secretary. Dr. Foster gave a report of the Committee studying the possible need and means of procuring additional funds for the Academy. He reported that the operating expenses of the Academy is approximately $5,000.00 per annum, $2,000.00 of which goes to the Journal, and that the present balance in the treasury is approximately $5,300.00. Among the possible means of securing additional funds, it was felt that there were many con- panies or corporations in the State which would be receptive to joining the Academy as business members. Dr. Flory read a letter from Dr. Raymond T. Seegar, Chairman of the Joint Education Board of the Washington Academy of Science. Dr. Seegar described the activities of his group in Washington and surround¬ ing area which will include a science fair in Arhngton County this year. He expressed a desire that the Virginia Academy cooperate with his group. Dr. Flory reported that this tied in closely with Dr. Cole’s committee and he would, with the approval of the Council, request Dr. Cole to act on behalf of the Academy in cooperation with Dr. Seegar’s group. It was moved, seconded, and carried that Dr. Cole be requested to work with Dr. Seegar’s group. Dr. Flory reported that some members had proposed that the Acad¬ emy sponsor a Symposium on Science Education as part of the Satoday morning program at the Richmond meeting. The feeling of the Council was that it would not be wise for such a symposium to be sponsored by the Academy as a separate part of the program as it would compete with the Section programs. It was felt that such a symposium would be desirable, provided it were sponsored by the Science Teachers Section as a part of die program. 194 The Virginia Journal of Science [July The president read a letter from Dr. Wilson in which he asked if the Academy would sponsor a $100.00 scholarship at the workshop on conservation being held this year. Council decided that it would be unwise to sponsor this scholarship since it would probably lead to numer¬ ous similar requests and the revenue for such was not available. Mrs. Heatwole suggested that as an inducement to increase attendance at the Thursday night Junior activities and the Academy Conference, a guest speaker be placed on the program. After some discussion, it was agreed that Mrs. Heatwole would arrange for a guest speaker who would appear on the program between the Junior activities and die Academy Conference. It was decided that Thursday night a general meeting would be arranged for all Junior and Senior members. All members are urged to attend the complete meeting. The program is as follows: 7:30 p.m. Business Meeting, Junior Academy, 8:00 p.m. Address. 8:45 p.m. Senior Academy Conference and General Meeting, 9:45 p.m. Adjournment, The question of raising the fee for commercial exhibits at the annual meeting was brought up for discussion. It was decided that the local arrangements committee should decide whether or not the fee should be raised. It was felt that $40.00 or $50.00 would be a reasonable sum. The Psychology Section of the Virginia Academy of Science is con¬ sidering the possibility of affiliation with the Academy as a separate, organ¬ ization, with the proposed name “The Virginia Psychological Assocation.*^ Dr. Stanley Williams reported that several years ago a draft of a constitu¬ tion of the Psychology Section was submitted to the Council for ap¬ proval, No formal action was taken on this Section's constitution by the Council. Furthermore, a portion or portions of this proposed con¬ stitution of the Psychology Section are invalidated by the Constitution and By-Laws of the Virginia Academy of Science. At the Council Meeting Dr. Williams introduced a “Draft Constitu¬ tion of the Virginia Psychological Association, a Section of the Virginia Academy of Science.” It is further described as Draft No. 2, dated De¬ cember 9, 1956, a copy of which is attached to the minutes of this meeting. After some discussion, it was moved and passed that Dr. Flory appoint a committee to consult with the draftees of this Constitution and report to the Council at a later meeting. Dr. Flory appointed Dr, Sidney Negus as a committee of one to act accordingly. The meeting was adjourned at 5:25 p.m,— William B, Wartman, Jr., Assistant Secretary. 1956] News and Notes 195 SECTION NEWS Agricultural Section Jim W. Gains was employed as a replacement for Dr. C. M. Kincaid at the rank of Assistant Animal Husbandman, beginning July 1. He will receive his Ph.D. degree from Iowa State University at that time or prior thereto. Dr. R. F. Kelly, Associate Animal Husbandman, is a member of the Lamb and Veal Carcass Evaluation Committee of the Reciprocal Meat Conference. The conference met in Chicago this year June 18-21. R. C. Carter of the Animal Husbandry Department, Virginia Poly¬ technic Institute, was an invited participant at the Pasture Research Con¬ ference held at Griffin, Georgia, in May. Drs. G. C. Graf and W. A. Hardison of the Dairy Science Depart¬ ment, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, attended the Southern Regional Pas¬ ture and Crop Improvement Conference in Atlanta, Georgia, on May 15, 16, and 17. Nine staff members of the Department of Dairy Science, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, attended the annual meeting of the American Dairy Science Association in Storrs, Connecticut, on Jime 19, 20 and 21. G. A. Miller received his Master of Science degree in Dairy Science at Virginia Polytechnic Institute in June. His thesis study was on “The Value of Limited Grain-High Roughage Rations and Cud Inoculations for Raising Dairy Calves.” Dr. G. C. Graf was elected Vice-Chairman, for the academic year 1956-57, of the Agricultural Faculty and Professor P. M. Reaves a mem¬ ber of the program committee at its May meeting. Professor Reaves was last year's chairman. Professor A. H. Teske retired as of April 30, 1956, after serving for 28 years as Extension Fruit Specialist at Virginia Polytechnic Institute. Dred R. Dreiling, Extension Fruit Specialist, Department of Horti¬ culture, Virginia Polytechnic Institute., received the M. S. degree in Horticulture in June. The Department of Biochemistry and Nutrition has received a grant- in-aid of $4,000 annually for 3 years beginning July 1, 1956, to assist in micronutrient imbalance studies in animals. The grant was made by The Nutrition Foundation, Inc., New York City. The studies will include the mechanisms involved in the alleviation of molybdenum toxicity with dietary inorganic sulphate. Completion of a research bam for biochemical, physiological, micro- 196 The Virginia Journal -of Science i biological, and nutritional research studies is near. This research facility was made possible through a grant of $40,000 from the Old Dominion Foundation. Dr. T. B. Davich, associate entomologist with the Tidewater Field Station of the Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station, resigned on April 1 to accept a position with the Entomology Research Branchy Agricultural Research Administration, U.S.D.A. In his new position he will be in charge of a U.S.D.A. research laboratory at College Station, Texas. This laboratory will be primarily concerned with a study of insects that are injurious to cotton. Dr. J, M. Grayson and Dr. A. A. Muka attended a conference on forage crop insects at Shreveport, Louisiana, on April 5 and 6. Dr. A. A. Muka, associate entomologist at Virginia Polytechnic In¬ stitute, resigned on June 1 to accept a position in entomology at Cornell University. Dr. Muka will be succeeded by Dr. William George Evans who obtained the Ph.D. degree from Cornell University in June. Dr. Evans began his employment with the Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station early in June. Three graduate students received the M. S. degree from Virginia Polytechnic Institute with a major in Entomology in June. Degrees were awarded in absentia to Mr, A. S. Tombs and Mr. P. K. Herein as the former is now in the Armed Forces and the latter working for an industrial firm in Minnesota, Mr. W, T. Keeton plans to continue grad¬ uate studies at Cornell where he has been awarded a fellowship for next year, Mr. Easley S. Smith was appointed Assistant Extension Agricultural Engineer, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, effective April 1, 1956. Mr, Smith received the B.S. degree in Agricultural Engineering at Virginia Polytechnic Institute in 1948. His industrial experience was as a terri¬ tory manager with a farm machinery company before joining the Agri¬ cultural Engineering Department staff. He will work with the power and machinery phase of the Extension program in that Department. A new research project dealing with plastic greenhouses is being initiated by the Horticulture and Agricultural Engineering Departments in the Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station, The project title is “Design Improvement and Evaluation of Plastic Greenhouses as Plant Growing Structures."" The work will be conducted by Dr. P. H, Massey, Jr. and J. D. Ashley in Horticulture, and McNeil Marshall in Agricultural Engineering. Attending the Southern Pasture and Forage Improvement Conference, which was held at Experiment, Georgia, from the Agronomy Department of Virginia Polytechnic Institute were R. E. Blaser, L. H. Taylor, and 1956] News and Notes 197 J. F. Shoulders. Dr. R. E. Blaser was chairman of the conference for this meeting. The purpose of this conference was to discuss and plan the research program of the Southern Region for pasture and forage crops. Dr. Nathan H. Peck reported to the Agricultural Experiment Station as soil physicist on April 1. He is assigned by the Agricultural Research Seiwice to work with soil physics problems in both the Agronomy and Agricultural Engineering Departments. He received his B.S., M.S., and Ph.D. from Cornell University and is a native of New York. Dr. Wybe Kroontje is a new addition to the Agronomy Department in the soil fertility section. He has a very interesting background, having been born in Holland, spending the early war years there, and later be¬ coming a prisoner in Germany. His elementary education and part of his college training was received in Holland. The remainder of his under¬ graduate work was taken at Cornell University, and he received his M.S. and Ph.D. degrees from the University of Nebraska. Drs. T. M. Starling, L. M. Taylor and T. J. Smith of the Department of Agronomy, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, attended the Symposium on Genetics in Plant Breeding, May 21-24, at the Brookhaven National Laboratory, Upton, New York. This is one of the annual symposia that the Laboratory has sponsored for the past several years on some phase of biology. Many outstanding geneticists from both the United States and abroad gave papers at the meetings. A tour of the laboratory fa¬ cilities including the cosmotron, ‘Tot” laboratory, reactor, and gamma field was also included. A v/ork conference followed the Symposium for collaborators who are using radiation in their plant breeding work. The Agricultural Extension Service, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, has been making good progress on program development in the various counties of the State. This newer approach is emphasizing county leader¬ ship in determining the problems of the county, goals and objectives which should be reached, and methods of reaching these objectives. Response of the entire staff and of lay people to a more adequate pro¬ gram development has been gratifying. Dr. J. L. Maxton, agricultural attache in South Rhodesia, died May 17, 1956, from injuries suffered in an automobile accident. Dr. Maxton was on leave from his post as agricultm-al economist of the Virginia Agri¬ cultural Extension Service. He began his State Department duties in January 1956. He was graduated from Virginia Polytechnic Institute in 1925, and obtained the M.S. degree from that institution in 1926. His Ph.D. degree was obtained from Cornell in 1935. Mr. W. N. Linkous, instructor in Biochemistry at Virginia Polytech¬ nic Institute, died April 17, 1956. He received his B.S. degree from Virginia Polytechnic Institute in 1938. He had been on the staff of the 198 The Virginia Journal of Science [July Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station since 1943.— Carl W. Allen^ Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Engineering Section Dr. John WhittemorCj Dean of Engineering and Architecture at Vir¬ ginia Polytechnic Institute, and Dean Lawrence R. Quarles, at the School of Engineering, University of Virginia, attended the Southeastern regional meeting of the American Society for Engineering Education held in New Orleans on April 5 and 6. Dean Whittemore also attended the 58th annual meeting of the American Ceramic Society held in April in New York. Dean Quarles attended the annual meeting of the Institute of Radio Engineers in New York March 19 to 22. He is now serving on the Advisory Panel on University Research Reactors for the National Science Foundation and attended a meeting of this panel in February. On April 17 and 18, Dr. Quarles went to the conference on Atomic En¬ ergy in the South held in Atlanta. In April he spoke to the Science Teachers' Conference held in Charlottesville, and in May to the Richmond Public Relations Association on the subject ‘‘Nuclear Energy in Virginia.*^ Mr. Tilton E. Shelburne, Director of the Virginia Council of Highway Investigation and Research, attended a meeting of the Highway Research Board staff and department chairmen in Washington on May 29. Professors Orville R. Harris and Otis L. Updike, Jr., of the School of Engineering, University of Virginia, attended the annual meeting of the Institute of Radio Engineers in New York in March. Dr. Updike at¬ tended two meetings of die Eastern Simulation Council in New York in March and in Washington in May. Dr, Harris has been appointed to the Educational Committee of the Southeastern region of the Institute of Radio Engineers. Dr. Dudley Thompson, past chairman of the Engineering Section^ who has recently moved to the Missouri School of Mines and Metallurgy, spoke to the research and development division of the American Oil Com¬ pany in Texas City, Texas on the subject of ultrasonics on March 16. In April he presented a paper to the regional meeting of the American Society for Engineering Education describing opportunities for graduate students in chemical engineering at the Missouri School of Mines.—RoBERT M. Hubbard, University of Virginia. Geology Section Ralph L. Miller spoke on “Structural Problems of die Appalachians in Southwest Virginia” at the geology symposium of the Holden Society held in connection with the annual Engineering Emphasis Program, Vir¬ ginia Polytechnic Institute, April 26-28. Of particular interest was his advocating the drilling of core holes at strategic points in order to obtain 1956] News and Notes 199 academic geologic information bearing on subsurface structure and stra¬ tigraphy. His extremely interesting talk prompted much discussion. Guests included Marcellus H. Stow; John T. Hack and Robert A. Laurence, both of the U.S. G.S.; and C. I. Rich, R. D. Krebs, and S. S. Obenshain, agronomists, Virginia Polytechnic Institute. Wilbur T. Hamsberger will begin his duties as assistant professor of geology in the Division of Natural Sciences, Madison College, Harrison¬ burg, Virginia, in September. This summer he will continue working for the Virginia Division of Geology and will be mapping the geology of the Broadway quadrangle north of Harrisonburg. Joseph G. Patterson of the University of Virginia will be his field assistant. Robert S. Young is con¬ tinuing his work on sulfide ore and Edwin O. Gooch, his work on vermicu- lite in the Piedmont for the Virginia Division of Geology. Troy J. Laswell will be working for Humble Oil and Refining Co. in Houston, Texas, during the summer. Henry R. Hopkins of the University of Virginia will be making a magnetometer survey of part of the Piedmont between Lynchburg and Scottsville for the Virginia Division of Geology this summer. Lawrence C. Rowan of the University of Virginia will make a geological and struct¬ ural map of the Purgatory Mountain area in Botetourt County, near Buch¬ anan, where iron ore deposits were worked many years ago. Richard G. Roane and John J. Ryan, both of the University of Virginia, have been employed by the Strategic Minerals Engineering Corporation for work in the Coastal Plain of Virginia during the summer months. Mark Fara is this year's recipient of the Holden Prize, a Brunton compass, awarded annually to the Virginia Polytechnic Institute graduating senior in geology who has the highest scholastic standing. Donald Downs is recipient of the Sophomore Achievement Award, which is an Estwing geologic pick given each year by the staff of the Virginia Polytechnic In¬ stitute, Department of Geological Sciences, to the sophomore who from all standpoints, shows the most promise of contributing to his profession. Bruce W. Nelson will begin a study of sedimentation in the Chesa¬ peake Bay area this summer. Problems of clay mineral sedimentation and diagenesis and sedimentary geochemistry will be the main objectives. The work is being supported by the Chesapeake Corporation of Virginia. Wayne E. Moore will be working during the summer for The California Company in the Gulf Coastal Plain. W. D. Lowry will spend the summer doing work for the Oregon Department of Geology and Mineral Indus¬ tries in connection ^vith compilation of a geologic map of the State.— W. D. Lowry, Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 200 [July The Virginia Journal of Science Psychology Section The Virginia Examining Board for Clinical Psychologists, at its meeting on May 26, certified the following psychologists: Dr. Arthur J. Bachrach of the University of Virginia Medical School, Mrs. Virginia Tingley of the Medical College of Virginia, and Dr. Thomas C. Camp of of St. Albans Sanitarium at Radford. Virginia psychologists were quite active on the program of the Second Annual Meeting of the Southeastern Psychological Association, held in At¬ lanta April 29— May 1. Papers were read at the sessions on Clinical Psychology by Omer Lucier, V. J. Bieliauskas, and Dell Lebo, all of the Richmond Professional Institute; also by B. J. Fitzgerald of the Roanoke Veterans Administration Hospital, and A. D. Calvin of Hollins College. E. G. Pattishall of the University of Virginia, and A. D. Calvin of Hollins read papers at sessions on Educational Psychology. F. J. McGuigan of Hol- hns presented a paper at one of the Learning sessions, which was chair¬ ed by Stanley B. Williams of the College of William and Maiy. Arthur J. Bachrach of the University of Virginia Medical School spoke on a sym¬ posium, Unsolved Problems in Clinical Psychology, and Richard H. Hen- neman spoke on Human Engineering at a symposium. Research in Progress. Wiliam M. Hinton was a group leader at a symposium involving small group discussions of Certification and Licensing in die Southeast. At the meetings of the Southern Society for Philosophy and Psychol¬ ogy, Richard H. Henneman was chairman of a symposium on Recent Advances and Experimental Findings in Military Laboratories. Dr. Frank A. Geldard of the University of Virginia, is currently on leave for a period of fourteen months and is serving as Scientific Liaison Officer of Naval Research, London Branch. The London office is attached to the American Embassy. Dr. Geldard expects to visit a number of psychological and physiological laboratories in Western Europe during the year. Following the annual meeting of the Psychology Section at the Richmond Meetings in May, some 30 to 40 members of the Section who are also members of the A.P.A., organized the Virginia Psychological Association. The requirements for membership in the new V.P.A. are approximately the same as those for the A.P.A. Because of the overlap¬ ping interests of psychologists in the V.P.A. and in the Psychology Sec¬ tion of the V.A.S., it is expected that close relationship will be maintained between the two organizations and that their annual meetings will be held at the same time and place. The following were elected officers of the newly organized V.P.A.: President, Dr. William M. Hinton of Washington and Lee; President-elect, Dr. William J. Morgan of Ap¬ titude Associates; Secretary, Mrs. Cora Lynn Goldsborough; and Treasurer, Dr. Jack Silverberg. 1956] News and Notes 201 Cat. No. 71-281-1 Cat. No. 71-726 $45.00 $10.00 In the laboratory this large capacity Pipette Dryer is special¬ ly recomrended for thorou^gh dry¬ ing pipettes of any size up to 375 mm. in length. Cylinder is mounted on vented base with specially designed heat¬ er placed in lower end of cylin¬ der. The instrument is designed to take the standard rack of 6-in. pipette washer. Rack is tak¬ en out of washer drained for about a minute and placed right into the dryer. Drying time varies according to size and load of pipettes. But this method of dry¬ ing means less handling by the technician thus the hazard of breakage is greatly reduced. The Pipette Dryer comes com¬ plete with cord and plug but without rack. The instrument operates on 115 volts AC or DC. PHIPPS & BIRD PIPEHE DRYER Without obligation send us com¬ plete information on your Pipette Dryer. Name . Title . Company . Address . City . . State . ipoaaipipg (!ii©a[ii[ELaiia(§. MANUFACTURERS AND DISTRIBUTORS OF SCIENTIFIC EQUIPMENT 6TH & BYRD STREETS RICHMOND, VA. 202 The Virginia Journal of. Science [July Dr. Jack Silverberg, McGuire Hospital, was elected president for the coming year of the Richmond Psychological Association. Other new officers are Dr. John Williams, University of Richmond, vice-president^ and Miss Ola Hill, Medical College of Virginia, treasurer. Dr. Robert J. Filer and Dr. Merton E. Carver have announced the formation of a partnership to provide psychological consulting to in¬ dustry and business. The Psychology Department of the University of Richmond will move into new quarters during the summer. They will be located in Ryland Hall, the former library. The new quarters will provide expanded laboratory and clinic facilities. Dr. Henry Winthrop has joined the Department of Psychology at Hollins College.—RiCHARD H. Henneman, University of Virginia. Statistics Section Professor M. C. K. Tweedie of the Virginia Polytechnic Institute received the J. Shelton Horsley Research Award at the annual 1956 meeting of the Virginia Academy of Science for his paper, ‘‘Statistical Properties of Inverse Gaussian Distributions.” Dr. John E. Freund and Irwin Miller of the Virginia Polytechnic ■ Institute had their paper, “Some Statistical Aspects of a Problem in Scientific Philosophy,” published in the April, 1956, issue of The American Statistician. Dr. Freund was elected vice-chairman of the Maryland, D. C., and Virginia section of The Mathematical Association of America. Dr. Ralph A. Bradley of the Virginia Polytechnic Institute attended the E-11 Committee meeting in Quality Control and Materials of the American Society for Testing Materials in Philadelphia. Dr. R. J. Freund is on leave of absence from the Virginia Polytechnic Institute to teach in the summer session at North Carolina State College in Research Training in Quantitative Research Methods in Agricultural Economics. Dr. Boyd Harshbarger and Professor Paul Minton attended a meet¬ ing in Natick, Massachusetts, to discuss the contract work that is being carried on by the Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station at the Virginia Polytechnic Institute for the Quartermaster Corps. Norbert Lloyd Enrick, head of the Statistics Department, Institute of Textile Technology, presented a paper on “Conventional and Newer Methods of Loom-Stop Testing” before the Southern Textile Methods and Standards Association, at Clemson, S. C., on March 23, which is to be printed in the Association's Proceedings. His paper “Survey of Control 1956] News and Notes 203 Chart Applications in the Textile Industry” appeared in the May issue of "“Textile Research Journal.” “Mill Test Procedures” is the title of a new series on quality control by N. L. Enrick, supplementing the prior series on “Quality Control through Statistical Methods” and “Modem Mill Controls”, appearing in "“Modern Textiles Magazine” and recently re-printed in book form. The Second Training Conference on Statistical Quality Control was held at the Institute of Textile Technology, April 16 to 20, with repre¬ sentatives from Southern and New England textile mills attending. The proposed Method of Test for Unevenness of Textile Strands of the American Society for Testing Materials has been made final and ap¬ proved under the chairmanship of N. L. Enrick, for inclusion in the next ASTM Manual D-13. It includes analysis of variations within and between lengths of textile strands, using standard deviations, variation coefficients, and average ranges by means of electronic analog-type computers. A talk and special film on Statistical Quality Control were presented in Professor Maurice Davieris class on Production, in the Graduate School of Business, University of Virginia. Presented by Simon Collier, Director of Quality Control of Johns-Manville Corporation, it evoked many ques¬ tions during the discussion period, as well as many favorable comments by the audience following presentation.— Paul N. Somerville, Washington, D. C. The Annual Subscription Rate is $3.00, and the cost of a single number, $1.00. Reprints are available only if ordered when galley proof is returned. All orders except those involving exchanges should be ad- di-essed to B. F. D. Runic, Biology Laboratory, University of Virginia, Charlottesville. The University of Virginia Library has exclusive exchange arrangements, and communications relative to exchange should be ad¬ dressed to The Librarian, Alderman Library, University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Virginia. Notice To Contributors Contributions to the Journal should be addressed to Horton H. Hobbs, Jr., Biolosry Laboratory, University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Virginia. If any preliminary notes have been published on the subject which is submitted to the editors, a statement to that effect must accompany the manuscript. Manuscripts must be submitted in triplicate, typewritten in double spacing on standard 8^4" X 11” paper, with at least a one inch margin on all sides. Manuscripts are limited to seven pages, with the proviso that if additional pages are desired, the author may obtain them at cost. Division of the manuscripts into subheadings must follow a consistent plan, and be held to a minimum. It is desirable that a brief summary be included in all manuscripts. Footnotes should be included in the body of the manuscript immediately following the reference, and set off by a dashed-line above and below the footnote content. Footnotes should be numbered consecutively from the beginning to the end of the manuscript. Bibliographies (Literature Cited, References, etc.) should be arranged alphabetically according to author. Each reference should include the date, full title of the article, the name of the Journal, the volume, number (optional), pages, tables and figures (if any). For example: “Sniffen, Ernest W. 1940. Cobbles from the Pleistocene Terraces of the Lower York- James Peninsula Va. Jonrn. Sci., 1 (8) : 235-288 1 fig., 1 tab. Reference to the bibliographic citations should not be made by numbers. Instead, using the above citations, where a reference is desired: either ‘‘Sniffen (1940)", (Sniffen, 1940: 186)", or ‘‘Sniffen (1940) states that . . ." Explanations of figures. Graphs, etc., should be typed on separate pages. All figures should be numbered consecutively beginning with the first text figrure and continuing through the plates. If figures are to be inserted in the text this should be clearly indicated by writing ‘‘ Figure — *» at the appropriate place in the margin. Illustrations including lettering, should be arranged so that on reduction they will not exceed the dimensions of the maximum size of a printed page, 4-1/2" x 6-1/2’*, and so that they are well balanced on the page. The Journal will furnish the author with one plate (halftone or line reproduction) or its equivalent; additional figures, colored illustrations or lithographs may be used only if the author makes a grant covering the cost of production. Original drawings (which must be done in black drawing ink) not photographs of draw¬ ings, should accompany the manuscript. Photographs should not be used if a line and dot (stippled) drawing will suffice. If photographic prints are to be used they should be glossy, sharp and show good contrast. Drawings not neatly executed and labeled (do not use a typewriter), or which are submitted on yellow or yellowish-white paper will not be accepted. Galley Proofs and engraver’s proofs of figures are sent to the author for correction. Costs of excessive changes from the original manuscript must be defrayed by the author. OFFICERS OF THE VIRGINIA JOURNAI. OF SCIENCE Edward S. Harlow, President William G. Guy, President-Elect Foley F. Smith, Secretary-Treasurer William B. Wartman, Jr., Assistant Secretary COUNCIL (Board of Trustees) Sidney S. Negus (1957) Mrs. B. G. Heatwole (1960) Byron N. Cooper (1958) A. T. Gwathmey (1957) Horton H. Hobbs, Jr. William Hinton (1959) Irving G. Foster (1958) B. F. D. Runic Thomas E. Gilmer (1961) Walter S. Flory (1959) Lynn D. Abbott, Jr. THE VIRGINIA OURNAL OF SCIENCE A JOURNAL ISSUED QUARTERLY BY THE VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE PROCEEDINGS FOR THE YEAR f 1955 — 1956 ;C 31 1953 J 7, New Series September, 1956 No. 4 No. 4 VoL. 7, New Series September, 1956 THE VIRGINIA JOURNAL OF SCIENCE Published Four Times a Year In January, April, July, and September, by The Virginia Academy of Science Printed by The Bassett Printing Corporation, Bassett, Virginia W: CONTENTS Proceedings for the Year 1955-56 Pages Minutes of the Thirty-Fourth Annual Meeting, May 9, 10, 11, 12, 1956 Detailed Table of Contents . 174 EDITORIAL BOARD Horton H. Hobbs, Jr., Editor Mary E. Humphreys, Editor B. F. D. Runk, Managing Editor Richard W. Irby, Jr., Advertising Manager Section Editors Carl W. AUen Robert T. Brumfield Robert M. Hubbard Richard H. Henneman Irving G. Foster Carl J. Likes W. D. Lowry Caroline Gambrill P. Arne Hansen James P. Patton W. Parker Anslow, Jr. P. N. Somerville Entered as second-class matter October 31, 1955, at the post office at Charlottesville, Virginia, under the Act of March 3, 1897. Subscription i $3.00 per volume. Published four times a year: in January, April, July, and September, by the Virginia Academy of Science at Charlottesville, Va. Mailed Dec. 4, 1956 The Virginia Journal of Science VoL. 7, New Series VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE No. 4 Proceedings for the Year 1955 - 1956 MINUTES OF THE THIRTY-FOURTH ANNUAL MEETING MAY 9. 10, II, 12, 1956 AT JEFFERSON HOTEL RICHMOND, VIRGINIA 206 The Virginia Journal of Science [September LIST OF PRESIDENTS Ivey F. Lewis . . . James Lewis Howe ... Robert E. Loving . *J. Shelton Horsley . •Donald W, Davis ..... Wm. Moseley Brown Garnett Ryland . L. G. Hoxton . . . I. D. Wilson . . . T. McN. Simpson, Jr. William A. Kepner .... William T. Sanger .. Ida Sitler . . . H. E. Jordan . D. Maurice Alkn .... Earle B. Norris .... Ruskin S. Freer . •Wordey F. Rudd .... George W. Jeffers .. Marcellus H. Stow . •W. Catesby Jones . Robert F. Smart . H. Rupert Hanmer .. Arthur Bevan . . Jesse W. Beams . Sidney S. Negus . Boyd Harshbarger ... Guy W. Horsley . Paul M. Patterson .... Lloyd C. Bird . Allan T. Gwathmey .. Irving G. Foster . Walter S. Flory, Jr. Edward S. Harlow . 1923- 24 1924- 25 1925- 26 1926- 27 1927- 28 1928- 29 1929- 30 1930- 31 1931- 32 1932453 1933- 34 1934- 35 1935- 36 1936- 37 1937- 38 1938- 39 1939- 40 1940- 41 1941- 42 1942- 43 1943- 44 1944- 45 1945- 46 1946- 47 1947- 48 1948- 49 1949- 50 1950- 51 1951- 52 1952- 53 1953- 54 1954- 55 1955- 56 1956- 57 ^Deceased. 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 207 Virginia Academy of Science OFFICERS Walter S. Flory, President Edward S. Harlow, President-Elect Foley F. Smith, Secretary-Treasurer William B. Wartman, Jr., Assistant Secretary COUNCIL (Board of Trustees) Elected Members Stanley B. Williams (1956) Sidney S. Negus (1957) Byron N. Cooper (1958) William Hinton (1959) Mrs. B. G. Heatwole (1960) Horton H. Hobbs, Jr. B. F. D. Runk Lynn D. Abbott, Jr. Ex-Officio Members Lloyd C. Bird (1956) Allan T. Gwathmey (1957) Irving C. Foster (1958) LOCAL COMMITTEE ON ARRANGEMENTS Colonel Herbert W. K. Fitzroy, General Chairman Jackson J. Taylor (University of Richmond), Housing Mary E. Kapp, Registration Lewis F. Taylor, Meeting Rooms and Equipment Russell J. Rowlett, Jr., Public Information E. Sherman Grable, Junior Academy Exhibits W. Schuyler Miller, Commercial Exhibits Robert F. Smart, Biology Field Trip R. P. Hackney, Chemical Industry Tours William M. McGill, Geology Field Trip Roscoe D. Hughes, Signs, Maps, and Parking Mrs. William R. Harlan and Mrs. Edward S. Harlow, Entertainment for Ladies HOST TO MEETING Richmond Area University Center, Inc. 208 The Virginia Journal of Science [September OFFICERS OF THE VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE FOR 1956-57 Edward S. Harlow, Preddent Box 4178, Richmond William G. Guy, President-Elect Box 1274, Williamsburg Foley F. Smith, Secretary-Treasurer Box 1420, Richmond 11 William B. Wartman, Jr., Assistant Secretary American Tobacco Company, Richmond COUNCIL (Board of Trustees) Sidney S. Negus (1957) Byron N. Cooper (1958) William Hinton (1959) Mrs. B. G. Heatwole (1960) Thomas E. Gilmer (1961) Lynn D. Abbott, Jr. Horton H. Hobbs, Jr. B, F. D. Runk Ex-Officio Members Allan T. Gwathmey (1957) Irving G. Foster (1958) Walter S. Flory (1959) PRESIDENTS ADVISORY COMMITTEE (Elected by Sections) Officers of Section for 1956-57 Agricultural Sciences: Paul M. Reaves, Chairman; James W. Midyette, Jr., Vice-Chairaian; Allen H. Allison, Secretary; Carl W, Allen, Sec¬ tion Editor (1960). Astronomy, Mathematics, and Physics: Melvin A. Pittman, Chairman; Edward E. Dyer, Jr., Secretary; Irving G. Foster, Section Editor (I960), Bacteriology: A. L. Rosenweig, President; Wesley Volk, Vice-President; Mrs. Barbara H. Caminita, Secretary-Tresurer; P. Ame Hansen, Section Editor (1960). Biology: Jack D. Burke, Chairman; Harry L. HoUoway, Secretary; Rob¬ ert T. Brumfield, Section Editor (1957). Chemistry: Mary E. Kapp, Chairman; Joseph C. Holmes, Secretary; Carl J. Likes, Section E^tor (1957). Education: W. Donald Clague, Chairman; Evan G. Pattishall, Secretary; James B. Patton, Jr., Section Editor (1957). 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 209 Engineering: David M. Grim, Chairman; Otis L. Updike, Jr., Secretary; Robert M. Hubbard, Section Editor (1958). Geology: Troy J. Laswell, Chairman; Richard B. Dietrick, Vice-Chair¬ man; Robert S. Young, Secretary; W. D. Lowry, Section Editor (1958). Medical Sciences: Leslie E. Edwards, Chairman; Mrs. Geraldine M. Duncan, Secretary; W. Parker Anslow, Jr., Section Editor (1958). Psychology: Frank W. Finger, Chairman; Robert J. Filer, Secretary- Treasurer; Nobel McEwen, Executive Committeeman; Richard H. Henneman, Section Editor (1959). Science Teachers: Samuella Grim, Chairman; Mrs. Vera B. Remsburg, Chainnan-Elect; Martha W. Duke, Secretary; Carohne Gambrill, Section Editor (1959). Statistics: John E. Freund, Chairman; Norbert L. Enrick, Vice-Chair¬ man; Clyde Y. Kramer, Secretary; Paul N. Somerville, Section Edi¬ tor (1959). COMMITTEES APPOINTED BY PRESIDENT HARLOW Officers of the Academy will be ex-officio members of all commtitees. Long Range Planning Lynn D. Abbott, Jr., Chairman Medical College of Virginia, Richmond Lloyd C. Bird Robert T. Brumfield James W. Cole, Jr. R. W. Engle John C. Forbes D. R. H. Gourley William G. Guy Allan T. Gwathmey WilHam T. Ham, Jr. Boyd Harshbarger Horton H. Hobbs, Jr. Ladley Husted RESEARCH George W. Jeffers Henry Leidheiser, Jr. W. Schuyler Miller Sidney S. Negus Marcellus H. Stow John C. Forbes, Chairman (1957) Medical College of Virginia, Richmond Robert T. Brumfield (1958) Chalmers L. Gemmill (1960) R. A. Bradley (1959) Jackson J. Taylor (1961) Finance and Endowment Guy W. Horsley, Chairman 617 West Grace Street, Richmond Lloyd C. Bird Allan T. Gwathmey Sidney S. Negus Edwin Cox Boyd Harshbarger Charles T. 0'^TeiU Robert F. Smart R. B. Smith, Jr. 210 The Virginia Journal, of Science [September Virginia Flora A. B. Massey, Chairman Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacksburg Lena Artz Ruskin Freer Ivey F. Lewis Walter S. Flory, Jr. Paul M. Patterson Junior Academy of Science Mrs. B. G. Heatwole, Chairman Post Office Box 312, Staunton E. R. Dyer Susie V. Floyd E. Sherman Grable Beatrice Harrington J. C. Holmes Franklin D. Kizer Ruben R. McDaniel W. Schuyler Miller Bruce D. Reynolds H. Felix Sanders George D. Sands John C. Towler Virginia Science Talent Search W. Schuyler Miller, Chairman Randolph-Macon College, Ashland George D. Sands, Co-Chairman College of William and Mary, Williamsburg Resolutions Committee I. G. Foster, Chairman Thomas E. Gilmer William Hinton Nominations Allan T. Gwathmey, Chairman University of Virginia, Charlottesville Walter S. Flory, Jr. I. G. Foster Membership William R. Smithey, Jr., Chairman Virginia-Corolina Chemical Corp., Richmond Geraldine M. Duncan, Co-Chairman Robert T. Brumfield Mae Jennings A. Marguerite Risley D. M, Grim C. Y. Kramer Catherine M. Russell A, W. Jeffreys, Jr. S. F. Thornton Place and Meetings Boyd Harshbarger, Chairman Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacksburg Arthur Bevan Lowell Heisey 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 211 R. S. Bailey Conservation Alfred L. Wingo, Chairman State Office Building, Richmond George W. Jeffers E. E. Rodger T. V. Downing Charles E. Packard D. S. WaUace James River Project MarceUus H. Stow, Chairman Washington and Lee University, Lexington Ivey F. Lewis Charles T. O’NeiU Foley F. Smith A. B. Massey I. D. Wilson Jamestown Exposition MarceUus H. Stow, Chairman Washington and Lee University, Lexington WilKam G. Guy Horton H. Hobbs, Jr. Awards H. R. Hanmer, Chairman Sidney S. Negus Paul M. Patterson Scholarship Sidney S. Negus, Chairman Education E. D. Crittenden, Chairman Trustee Lloyd C. Bird, Chairman Charles T. O'Neill H. R. Hanmer Local Committee on Arrangements (1957) Stanley B. Williams (William and Mary), General Chairman Alfred R. Armstrong (William and Mary), Commercial Exhibits J. T. Baldwin, Jr. (William and Mary), Field Trips C. S. Sherwood, III (Norfolk Division of WiUitam and Mary), Housing Miss Jean Pugh (Norfolk Division of William and Mary), Junior Academy Exhibits Melvin A. Pittman (William and Mary), Meeting Rooms and Equipment William G. Guy (William and Mary), Public Information Roger Dudley (William and Mary), Public Information Mrs. Margaret C. Phillips (Norfolk Division of William and Maiy), Registration 212 The Virginia Journal of Science [September Contents List of Presidents . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Officers and Committees for 1955-56 . 207 Officers and Committees for 1956-57 . . 208 Jefferson Medal Winners . . . . . . . . . 213 Horsley Award . . . . 213 General Program — Thirty-Fourth Annual Meeting . . 215 Tabulation of Registration . 217 Minutes of Council Meeting . . . . . 218 Minutes of Academy Conference . . . 222 Minutes of Academy Meeting . 224 Minutes of Council Meeting . 225 Reports of Secretary-Treasurer . 228 Committees Long Range Planning . 231 Research . 232 Finance . 233 Resolutions . 233 Junior Academy of Science . . . 235 James River Project . 240 Conservation . 240 Virginia Flora . 241 Vii*ginia Institute for Scientific Research . 242 Science Education . . . . . . . . . 243 Awards . 244 Virginia Journal of Science . 245 Jamestown Exposition . 248 Academy Income . 249 Membership . 250 Minutes of Sections Agricultural Sciences . 251 Astronomy, Mathematics, and Physics . 261 Bacteriology . 280 Biology . 284 Chemistry . . 295 Education . 311 Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 Geology . 322 Medical Sciences . 331 Psychology . 344 Science Teachers . 352 Statistics . 355 List of Members . . 363 Membership Application . 389 Form of Bequest . . . . . . . . . . . 389 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 213 JEFFERSON MEDAL WINNERS Recipients of the Jefferson Gold Medal^ Alfred Chanutin . . . . . . . . . . 1936 William B. Porter . . . . . 1937 H. M. Phillips . . . . . 1938 G. M. Shear and H. D. Ussery . 1939 Recipients of the Jefferson Prize^ L. G. Overholzer and John H. Yoe . . 1940 Allan T. Gwathmey . 1941 R. N. Jefferson . . . . . . . . 1942 W. H. Hough . . . . . . . 1943 Glinton B. Gosby . . . . 1944 RECIPIENTS OF J. SHELTON HORSLEY RESEARCH AWARDS Carl C. Speidel . 1927 John H. Yoe . 1928 J. C. Street . 1929 H. E. Jordan . . . . . . . . . . Carl C. Speidel . . . . . . . 1930 E. C. Stevenson . 1931 James H. Smith . 1932 S. A. Wingard . . . 1933 E. P. Johnson . . . . 1934 Margaret Hess . 1935 Alfred Chanutin . 1936 R. G. Henderson . 1937 S. G. Bedell . 1938 M. J. Murray . . . . F. F. Cleveland . 1939 Walton C. Gregory . 1940 Charles Ray . 1941 No Award . 1942 J. B. Meyer . . 1943 J. H. Taylor . 1944 No Award . . 1945 Boyd Harshbarger and D, B. DeLury (separate papers) 1946 The winning papers in this competition were entered against those of the North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, and Florida Academies of Science, It was dis¬ continued in 1940. 2 The winning authors had the choice of the Jefferson Prize or the Academy Prize during this period. The name of the Academy Prize was changed to the J. Shelton Horsley Award and the Jefferson Prize discontinued in 1944. 214 The Virginia Journal of Science [September No Award . . . . . . . 1947 Henry Leidheiser, Jr. . . 1948 Walter S. Flory, Jr. ............................................................ 1949 Erling S. Hegre .................................................................. 1950 David B. Duncan . . 1951 D. R. H. Gourley . . 1952 Stephen Berko ...................................................................... Frank L. Hereford .......................... ........i. ................. ......... 1953 Lynn D. Abbott, Jr. and Mary J. Dodson . .. .... .............. 1954 Albert W. Lutz . . 1955 M. C. K. Tweedie ............................................................. 1956 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 215 General Program of The Thirty-Fourth Annual Meeting 1956 All meetings, unless otherwise indicated, will he held at the Hotel Jefferson, Richmond, Virginia WEDNESDAY, MAY 9 5:00 P.M. to 10:00 P.M.—— Registration for Junior Academy Members and Participants in the Science Talent Search. Main Lobby. 5:00 P.M, to 10:00 P.M.-- -Arrangement of Exhibits. Jefferson Court. THURSDAY, MAY 10 8:00 A.M. to 10:00 P.M. — ^Registration. Main Lobby. 9:00 A.M.— Meeting of Science Exhibit Judges. Randolph Room. Meeting of Science Talent Search Judges. Virginia Room. 9:30 A.M.— Meeting of Chairmen, Exhibitors, and Science Talent Search Participants. Monticello Room. 10:00 A.M. to 12:30 P.M. and 1:30 to 4:00 P.M. - Finalists of Talent Search Meet with Chairmen and Interviewers. Monticello Room, Randolph Room, Virginia Room, and Library. 10:00 A.M. to 12:30 P.M. and 1:30 to 4:00 P.M. — ^Judging of Science Exhibit Contest. (Encouragement of Juniors at their Ex¬ hibits.) Jefferson Court. 2:00 P.M. - Meeting of the Council. Randolph Room. 4:00 P.M. - Meeting of Section Officers. Monticello Room. Meeting of Junior Academy of Science Committee. Virginia Room. 4:30 P.M.— —Meeting of Section Editors. Randolph Room. 8:00 P.M.— Virginia Junior Academy of Science Assembly. National Geographic Society Lecture. John Marshall High School Auditorium, 8th and Marshall Streets. 9:15 P.M. to 9:50 VM.— Annual Academy Conference. John Marshall High School Auditorium. FRIDAY, MAY 11 8:30 A.M. to 10:00 P.M. — Registration. Main Lobby. 9:00 A.M. to 11:00 A.M. — Coffee Hour for Visiting Ladies with Hat Show by Sara Sue of Miller & Rhoads. Lobby. 216 The Virginia Journal of Science [September 9:00 A.M. — Section Meetings. See the detailed section programs for the time schedule of papers. Agricultural Sciences — Empire Room “A”. Astronomy, Mathematics, and Physics— Flemish Room. Bacteriology— MonticeWo Room. Biology— Empire Room “B”. Chemistry - Library “A” and “B”. Education—Second Baptist Church House, 7 East Franklin Street, Room 11. Engineering — Virginia Room. Geology — Y. M. C. A., 2 East Franklin Street, Game Room. Medical Sciences — Washington Room. Psychology — Second Baptist Church House, 7 East Franklin Street, Little Theatre. Science Teachers — Ballroom. Statistics — Second Baptist Church House, 7 East Franklin Street, Room 10. 12:00 Noon to 1:00 P.M. — Virginia Junior Academy of Science Assembly. (See Program of Junior Academy.) 1:00 P.M. to 2:00 P.M. — Recess for Luncheon. 2:00 P.M. - Section Meetings. 3:30 P.M. to 5:00 P.M. — Reception for Visiting Ladies. Glasgow House, 1 West Main Street. 5:00 P.M. to 7:45 P.M. — Recess for Dinner. 7:45 P.M. - Virginia Academy of Science Assembly. Ballroom. Short Business Meeting. Election of Officers. Presentation of Distinguished Service Awards. Presentation of the J. Shelton Horsley Research Award. Guest Speaker: Dr. Edgar Anderson, Director, Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis. Subject: “How to Measure a Species Difference and Why Bother.” The general public is invited to attend. SATURDAY, MAY 12 9:00 A. M.— Section Meetings. 9:30 A.M. — ^Meeting of the Advisory Panel on Education in the Sci¬ ences, Virginia Academy of Science. Ballroom. All inter¬ ested in science education in Virginia are invited to attend and take part in the discussion. 10:00 A.M.— “Meeting of the Council of the Academy. Randolph Room. 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 217 Tabulation of Registration Section Members Non-Members Total 1. Agricultural Sciences . . . . .. 22 9 31 2. Astronomy, Mathematics & Physics .... 33 29 62 3. Bacteriology . . . 14 5 19 4. Biology . . . . . . 77 18 95 5. Chemistry . . . . . . 82 40 122 6. Education . . . . . 3 1 4 7. Engineering . 9 8 17 8. Geology . 20 7 27 9. Medical Sciences . . . 32 18 50 10. Psychology . . . . 24 4 28 11. Science Teachers . . . . . 20 14 34 12. Statistics . . . . . . 13 12 25 No Section Preference . 31 41 72 Total . 380 206 586 Total Registration of the Junior Academy ... 166 Total Registration 1956 Meeting ... 752 218 The Virginia Journal of Science [September MINUTES OF THE MEETING OF THE COUNCIL, RICHMOND, MAY 10, 1956 A meeting of the Council of the Virginia Academy of Science was held in the Randolph Room of the Jefferson Hotel, Richmond, at 2:00 P. M., May 10. President Walter S. Flory presided with the following members present: Byron C. Cooper, Irving S. Foster, Allan T. Gwath- mey, Edward S. Harlow, Mrs. B. F. Heatwole, Wilham M. Hinton, Hor¬ ton H. Hobbs, Jr., Sidney S. Negus, B. F. D. Runk, William B. Wart- man, Jr., Stanley B. Williams, and Foley F. Smith. Minutes of the last meeting were read and approved. Suggested changes and revisions in the Constitution and By-laws were read by Sidney S. Negus and were discussed. Previous changes were noted that had not received approval of the Academy Conference. These were listed for action by the Conference Thursday evening. Addi¬ tional changes proposed and passed at the Council meeting were (1) that the Chairman of the Research Committee be made an appointed member of the Council and (2) that all appointed members of the Coun¬ cil, which include the Chairman of the Long Range Planning Commit¬ tee, Chairman of the Research Committee, Editor of the Virginia Journal of Science, and Managing Editor of the Virginia Journal of Science, should serve with voice but no vote. Additional minor changes, par¬ ticularly with respect to phraseology in the Constitution and By-Laws, were approved by the Council and were also to be acted upon by the Academy Conference Thursday evening. May 10, 1956. All Conference-approved changes will be published in the Virginia Journal of Science. The revised Constitution and By-Laws will be mime¬ ographed and sent to all Academy officers, members of the Council, committee chairmen, and Section officers. Assistant Secretary-Treasurer, W. B. Wartman, Jr., was officially commended for his excellent work in collating all the changes in the Constitution and By-Laws since their adoption in 1950. The resignation of Horton H. Hobbs, Jr., and B. F. D. Runk as Editor and Managing Editor, respectively, of the Virginia Journal of Science were offered to the Council and regretfully accepted. Both resignations were offered due to the pressure of other duties. However, each agreed to continue in office until successors were obtained, or until January 1, 1957. Dr. Hobbs also indicated that he would remain in office for the publication of the special Jamestown Celebration issue of the Journal. Dr. Hobbs read the Editor’s report and emphasized the need for more and diversified scientific papers, since the backlog of papers to be published was now at a minimum. He requested all members of the Council and others to emphasize in their respective Sections the use of 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 219 the Journal as a vehicle for publication of scientific papers. Dr. B. F. D. Runk reported on the financial status of the Journal and both reports were accepted on proper motion. Some discussion regarding the negotia¬ tions for a new printing contract ensued and the hope was expressed that their present contract would be renewed. It was decided that the special Jamestown Exposition issue of the Journal would be reprinted from the regular January 1957 issue, that 1200 copies of the January 1957 issue would be printed, including ad¬ vertising as usual, and that 5000 reprints of this issue would be pub¬ lished with suitable binding, which would carry no advertising and which would be sold at a nominal price at the Jamestown Celebration. The Council went on record in commendation of Dr. Hobbs and Dr. Runk and it was further moved, seconded and passed that appropriate resolutions commending their acivities be presented at the Friday eve¬ ning meeting of he Academy. Irving G. Foster, Chairman of the special committee to study Acad¬ emy finance, read his committee’s report, the text of which follows: "This committee was appointed by President Flory to investigate sources of revenue available to the Academy. Since the amount of in¬ come should depend upon the Academy’s needs, this committee consid¬ ered possible future expenditures. The normal growth in membership makes it appear probable that a considerable increase in the cost of maintaining the Secretary’s office will occur, and should be anticipated. Junior Academy work has increased greatly in the last few years, and this has been accompanied by large increases in the funds allotted to the Junior Academy Committee. It should be noted, however, that much of this money has been given to the Academy for this particular purpose. "If no immediate large increase in expenditures for either of the items above (or others not foreseen by this committee) is contemplated, then there is no need for any special effort to raise additional revenue at the present time. This committee is not aware of any year recently in which the Academy operated with a deficit, hence present income seems to cover present needs. “The committee nevertheless considered means of increasing Academy income, and believes there are but three feasible methods. In order of importance they are (1) increasing the number of business members, (2) increasing the number of sustaining and contributing members, and (3) raising dues. In addition, the registration fee for the annual meeting might be raised. "(1) The largest potential for increased income hes in an increase in business memberships. A concerted and organized campaign to obtain such memberships should bring in a good return, judging by the past 220 The Virginia Journal of Science [September experience of the Finance Committee. If a large increase in income is desired the committee recommends such an effort. "‘(2) A real effort to increase the number of sustaining and contribut¬ ing members might be made. This could conceivably increase our in¬ come by $1,000. We recommend that this be tried. “(3) The committee is sharply divided over the desirabihty of raising dues. No increase of more than $2,000 could possibly be netted in this way, if dues were raised to $5.00. This step is not recommended. “Considering the present financial situation, this committee feels no sense of urgency in embarking upon any of the three steps mentioned above.” At the April 14 meeting of the Finance Committee, Walter Flory presented a suggested new and simplified, but still essentially complete, form for presenting the Academy Financial Statement in the annual Pro¬ ceedings. This suggested form was provided through the generosity of Carman G. Blough, Director of Research, American Institute of Account¬ ants, New York City. Following April 14, correspondence and forms were mimeographed and submitted to all Finance Committee and Coun¬ cil members for consideration. On recommendation of the Finance Committee the Council voted approval of the use of the suggested form in presenting subsequent Financial Reports in the Proceedings. This form distinguishes between (1) revenue receipts, (2) disbursements from revenue, (3) receipts of principal, (4) disbursements from principal, (5) transfers to other fui\ds, and (6) transfers from other funds. The Council voted that its sincere thanks be extended to Mr. Blough. The Council also accepted the recommendation of the Finance Com¬ mittee that the budget of the Academy be prepared by the Finance Committee in the fall for the CounciFs approval at its fall meeting. Thus, it would represent a true budget rather than an estimation of commitments, a portion of which already having been expended. The Council duly authorized the appointment of three trustees whose responsibility it would be to determine the disposition of the investments of the Academy and relieve the President and Secretary-Treasurer of this duty. The following trustees were appointed by the Council for one, two and three year terms, respectively; Charles T. O’Neill, H. R. Hanmer and Lloyd C. Bird. Subsequently, one trustee will be appointed each year to replace the one whose term has expired. Lloyd C. Bird will serve as Chairman of the trustees and after his term expires, the senior trustee, in point of service, will serve as Chairman. The trustees are to report to the President and Secretary-Treasurer semiannually, and at such other times as might be required, regarding the status of the Academy’s investments. Due to the incompatibility of the Constitution and By-Laws of the 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 221 Psychology group with that of the Virginia Academy, Dr. Stanley R. Williams and Dr. William M. Hinton reported that the psychologists were planning a business meeting Friday night at which time a separate association, composed entirely of psychologists, would probably be or¬ ganized. They indicated that many, if not the greater proportion of die members of the Psychology Section, would continue to be affiliated with that Section of the Academy, and expressed the hope that they might meet as always with the Academy. Their own business meeting would be held separately but at the same time and at the same location. Dr. Williams stated that he would attend the Council meeting Satm*day, May 12, to report on the action taken. There being no further business, the meeting adjomned at 4:25 P. M. Foley F. Smith, Secretary-Treasurer 222 The Virginia Journal of Science [September MINUTES OF THE ACADEMY CONFERENCE, RICHMOND, MAY 11, 1966 The meeting was called to order in die ballroom of the Jefferson Hotel by President Walter S. Flory, Jr., at 8:05 P. M. President Flory introduced Dr. William T. Sanger, President of the Medical College of Virginia, who very graciously welcomed the members of the Academy to Richmond for the Thirty-Fourth Annual Meeting. President Flory then recognized Dr. Raymond L. Taylor, Assistant Executive Secretary of the American Association for the Advancement of Science. Dr. Taylor extended greetings from the AAAS to the Academy, and spoke graciously of the value of the Virginia Academy of Science among the other forty-two State Academies, and also of its place of lead¬ ership in the Academy Conference held at the annual AAAS meeting. Dr. Taylor stated that the program for the New York meeting of the AAAS December 26-31, 1956, would appear in the May 25 issue of ‘‘Science”. Paul M. Patterson, Chairman of the Resolutions Committee, spoke for the committee, and it was moved, seconded, and passed, that the resolu¬ tions be accepted for publication in the Proceedings. Edward S. Harlow, substituting for Stanley B. Williams, reported for the Place of Meeting Committee, and it was unanimously voted to accept the offer of the College of William and Mary to serve as host to the Academy at the Chamberlin Hotel, Old Point Comfort, May 9, 10, 11, 1957. Allan Gwathmey reported for the Nominating Committee, and pro¬ posed the following slate, which was unanimously elected for the coming year: President Edward S. Harlow, Assistant Laboratory Manager, Ameri¬ can Tobacco Company Research Laboratory, Richmond. President-Elect William G. Guy, Chairman of the Department of Chemistry, College of William and Mary, Williamsburg. Secretary-Treasurer Foley F. Smith, Virginia Alcoholic Beverage Con¬ trol Board, Richmond. Assistant Secretary WilHam R. Wartman, Jr., American Tobacco Com¬ pany Research Laboratory, Richmond. Member of Council (term five years) Thomas E. Gihner, Professor of Physics, Hampden-Sydney College, Hampden-Sydney. The first Distinguished Service Awards made in the history of the Academy were presented by Boyd Harshbarger, as Chairman of the Awards Committee. Dr. Harshbarger called on George Jeffers to present 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 223 the Distinguished Service Award to Dr. Ivey F. Lewis, Dean of the Uni¬ versity of Virginia, who served as the first President of the Virginia Academy of Science. Dr. Lewis’ citation was as follows: “Able investi¬ gator; master teacher, who with gentleness of manner, with kindness and understanding, has labored for the advancement of science and the wel¬ fare of mankind.” After Dr. Lewis’ acceptance, with remarks of appreciation. Dr. Harsh- barger presented the Distinguished Service Award to Dr. William T. Sanger, President of the Medical College of Virginia. Dr. Sanger also served as President of the Academy in 1934-1935. Dr. Sanger’s citation was as follows: “National leader, builder of the Medical College of Vir¬ ginia, superior organizer, and administrator of programs for better health.” Chalmers L. Gemmill reported for the Research Committee, and an¬ nounced that Dr. M. C. Kenneth Tweedie, Statistical Laboratory, Vir¬ ginia Polytechnic Institute, was awarded the J. Shelton Horsley Award for his paper “Statistical Properties of Inverse Gaussian Distributions,” presented before the Section of Statistics. Dr. Tweedie gave a short resume of his report. William G. Pettus, of the University of Virginia, was presented the J. Shelton Horsley Honorable Mention Award, for his paper on the “Production and Scattering of Polarized Electrons,” presented before the Section of Astronomy, Mathematics, and Physics. The Teachers Scholarship Awards were made to Allan Mandell, Crad¬ dock High School, Norfolk County, Virginia; and Frances Hurt, of An¬ drew Lewis High School, Salem, Virginia. James Mays, of Newport News High School, Newport News; and Virginia EUett, of Thomas Jef¬ ferson High School, Richmond, were named as alternates. The business session adjourned, and the guest speaker of the evening, Dr. Edgar Anderson, Director of the Missouri Botanical Gardens, was introduced by President Flory, and gave an interesting address on “How to Measure a Species Difference and Why Bother”, after which the meeting adjourned. Foley F. Smith, Secretary. 224 The Virginia Journal of Science [September MINUTES OF THE ACADEMY MEETING, MAY 10, 1956 The Academy Conference was held in the auditorium of the John Marshall High School, Richmond, May 10, 1956, following the final meeting of the Junior Academy of Science. A quorum of more than forty members being present, die meeting was called to order at 9:45 P. M. by President Flory. On proper motion the reading of the minutes of the last Academy Conference was dispensed with, as they were published in the Virginia Journal of Science. Following the report of the Secretary-Treasurer, the various standing committees reported, and these reports follow as a part of the Proceed¬ ings of the Annual meeting for 1956. Following the reports of the committees, the adoption of the changes in the Constitution and By-Laws of the Academy as recommended by the Council was moved, seconded, and passed. The revised Constitu¬ tion and By-Laws will be mimeographed and sent to all officers, mem¬ bers of the Council, and all Section officers. Allan Gwathmey commented on various phases of the Academy Con¬ ference and proposed that increased effectiveness of the Conference might be achieved if it could be started earlier in the evening, allowing more time for detailed discussion of the various Committee reports. This suggestion was recommended to the Council for consideration at their Saturday meeting. Foley F, Smith, Secretary. 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 225 MINUTES OF THE COUNCIL MEETING MAY 12, 1956 The meeting of the Council of the Virginia Academy of Science was held in the Randolph Room of the Jefferson Hotel, Richmond, and was called to order by President Edward S. Harlow at 10:00 A. M. Present were: Irving C. Foster, Walter S. Flory, Jr., T. E. Gilmer, Allan T. Gwathmey, Mrs. B. G. Heatwole, Horton H. Hobbs, Jr., Sidney S. Negus, B. F. D. Runk, William B. Wartman, Jr., Stanley B. Williams, and Foley F. Smith. The minutes of the last meeting were read and approved. 1. Scheduling of the Academy Conference at the Annual Meeting— Allan Gwathmey expressed the feeling that participation by the mem¬ bership in discussions of Academy affairs was a desirable feature of tlie Annual Academy Conference. The scheduling of the Conference after the Junior Academy activities, as has been the practice in recent years, has resulted in the Conference being held at a rather late hour. This, he felt, was not conducive to participation by the members in discus¬ sions of Academy activities. He inquired concerning tlie feasibility of scheduling the Academy Conference at a different hour at future meet¬ ings. The Council was in agreement with his feelings in the matter and, after considerable discussion, it was moved and passed that the president appoint a committee to study the possible scheduling of the Conference at a more appropriate time in order to encourage discussion by the mem¬ bers of the Conference. 2. The Possibility and Desirability of Acquiring Seashore State Park by the Academy.— As a result of earlier discussions in the Long Range Planning Committee meeting, the question arose as to the feasibility and desirability of acquiring Seashore State Park by the Academy as a wilder¬ ness preserve for scientific study and/or where the Academy might pro¬ vide a place for scientific instructional programs for science teachers and others. This latter arose from a suggestion of Dr. Bruce D. Reynolds and oAers. It was pointed out that financial obstacles would, in aU probability, rule out Qiis possibility. Other difficulties were mentioned even if financial obstacles should prove surmountable. It was moved and passed that this matter be referred to the Long Range Planning Commit¬ tee, who were to set up a subcommittee to study these proposals. 3. Application to the National Science Foundation for a Grant to Study the Results of the Virginia Science Talent Search.— It was moved and passed that the Academy apply to the National Science Foundation for a $2500 grant to be used in a study of the results of the Virginia Science Talent Search. Mrs. B. G. Heatwole volunteered to conduct 226 The Virginia Journal of Science [September such a survey should the funds become available, and she was requested to prepare the necessary application forms to be submitted to the Na¬ tional Science Foundation by the Academy. 4. The Role of the Academy in Aiding Science Students to Secure Scholarships. --It was felt that the Academy might play a more active part in aiding science students to secure academic scholarships. Accord¬ ingly, it was moved and passed that the president appoint a committee to function throughout the year in aiding science students to secure avail¬ able academic scholarships. 5. Qualifications for Honorary Life Membership.— The Awards Com¬ mittee recommended that specific qualifications be established for hon¬ orary Hfe membership in the Academy. The Academy concurred in the recommendation and it was moved and passed that the present Awards Committee be requested to draw up proposed qualifications for honorary life membership in the Academy and present Aese at the next Council meeting. 6. Teacher-Sponsor Scholarships.— The Awards Committee was re¬ quested to select the recipients for the annual University of Virginia and William and Mary teacher scholarships. It was recognized that the rec¬ ommendations of the Junior Academy Committee would be almost tanta¬ mount to selection. 7. Secondary Science and Mathematics in the Secondary Schools of Virginia— On Satmday morning, May 12, the Advisory Panel on Educa¬ tion in the Sciences of the Virginia Academy of Science recommended that the Council of the Academy take formal action regarding its feelings about science education, particularly in the secondary schools. Accord¬ ingly, the Academy Council passed the following resolution unanimously: “Being deeply concerned about the shortage of scientists and engineers and aware of its responsibility, the Virginia Academy of Science desires to cooperate fully with the State Department of Education. Therefore, be it resolved that a committee be appointed to represent the Virginia Academy of Science to work with the State Department of Education if and when requested, in strengthening the qualifications for high school science teach¬ ers, and in other ways to improve science and mathematics instruction in the pubHc schools of Virginia.” The Council was advised by Stanley B. Williams that a group to be known as the Virginia Psychological Association had been formed, and would hold their annual business meeting at the same time and place as the Virginia Academy of Science. It was suggested that a list of all new Section Officers be mimeo¬ graphed, and sent to all officers and Council members together with the final revision of the Constitution and By-Laws. 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 227 It was suggested that the Section Officers be invited to attend a Council meeting sometime during each year. The Council formally commended Walter S. Flory, Jr., for his services to the Academy as President for the past year, and also the outgoing Councillor, Stanley B. Williams, and recommended that formal recogni¬ tion be made a part of the Minutes of this meeting. There being no further business, the meeting adjourned at 12:00 P. M. Foley F. Smith, Secretary. 228 The Virginia Journal of Science [September REPORT OF THE SECRETARY-TREASURER The Thirty-Fourth Meeting of the Virginia Academy of Science ap¬ pears to be the largest in the history of the Academy. The Junior Acad¬ emy has already presented exhibits, both individually and as class ex¬ hibits that are outstanding, and in general are the best presented so far at any Junior Academy meeting. The audit and report of the Finance Committee as well as the re¬ ports of the other committees, follow. Due to the efforts of President Flory in securing suggestions for simplifying and consohdating the usual detailed audit, this form will be used for the first time in the Proceedings of this meeting. The Finance Committee at its meeting decided that, in lieu of a budget being presented for 1955 at this meeting, the Trea¬ surer's report to date would be substituted, since expenditures for some items have aheady been made for 1956. The committee decided that hereafter they would hold a late fall meeting to prepare a budget for the coming year, and present it to the spring Council meeting for considera¬ tion. American Association of Advancement of Science Meeting.—Your Sec¬ retary represented the Academy at two Council meetings of the AAAjS at Atlanta, Georgia, on December 27 and 30, 1955. The Coimcil elected Lawrence H. Snyder as President-Elect; Paul M. Gross, of Duke Uni¬ versity, as Vice-President; and George R. Harrison, Dean of Science, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, to the Board of Directors. Changes in the Constitution and By-Laws of the AAAS recommended by the Committee, and endorsed by the Board of Directors, were ap¬ proved by the Council. The final report of this committee was published in ‘‘Science," Novem¬ ber 25, 1955, and in “The Scientific Monthly,” December 1955. The re¬ vised Constitution and By-Laws appear on pages 263-266 of “Science”, February 17, 1956. A member of the Academy, Bruce D. Reynolds, University of Vir¬ ginia, was a member of the Cotmcil Committee on Resolutions. Others serving on the committee wih him were Harold H. Plough, Detlev W. Bronk, and Jane M. Oppenheimer. In view of the many different points of view concerning conditions existing in Atlanta directly connected with such a meeting as the AAAS, several resolutions and statements of objection for future meetings, under such conditions, were received by the Committee. The Committee on Resolutions considered the various resolutions that had been submit¬ ted and prepared for Councils consideration the following resolution: The American Association for the Advancement of Science is a democratic association of all its members; no one is barred 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 229 from election because- of race or creed. All members are priv¬ ileged to cooperate freely in the fulfillment of the Association's high objectives which are the furtherance of science and human welfare. No member is limited in Ms service because of race or creed. In order that the Association may attain its objectives, it is necessary and deshable that all members may freely meet for scientific discussions, the exchange of ideas, and the diffusion of established knowledge. This they must be able to do in formal meetings and in informal social gatherings. These objec¬ tives cannot be fulfilled if free association of the members is hindered by unnatural barriers. Therefore be it resolved that the annual meeting of the American Association for the Ad¬ vancement of Science be held under conditions which make possible the satisfaction of those ideals and requirements. After extensive debate over the effects and propriety of adopting such a resolution, and following the defeat of motions to table the reso¬ lution, the Council voted to submit the resolution by mail to the entire Council membersMp, and following the receipt of ballots on tbe resolu¬ tion, the Council further voted to publish the resolution, and the vote if approved. As reported in ‘"Science,*" February 17, 1956, the resolution was adopted to a mail vote of 224 to 31, with 3 abstaining. The fact of its adoption was released to the press on January 23, 1956. The Academy Conference.—Uhe Academy was represented at the Academy Conference held at the Hotel Piedmont, Atlanta, December 25, 1955, by the Secretary and Thelma C. Heatwole, Secretary of the Con¬ ference last year. Thirty-one state and city Academies of Science were represented. The annual business meeting of the Academy was held at the morning session. President Leland Taylor (West Virginia) presided. Reports of die standing committee were made, and three minute reports were made by each official representative present on their respective Academies. John H. Behnke, AAAS Coordinator to the Conference, and Associate Administrative Secretary of the AAAS, was introduced and out¬ lined the Science Teaching Improvement Program to be financed by a $300,000 grant from the Carnegie Foundation. He also announced the decision of tike Board of Directors concerning research funds that revert to the State Academies. They are to be spe¬ cifically designated to be used for research grants at the secondary school level. President-Elect P. H. Yancey (Alabama) assumed the office of Presi¬ dent for 1956. Ralph L. Lefler (Indiana) was elected President-Elect. Thelma C. Heatwole was unanimously re-elected as Secretary. Panel 230 The Virginia Journal of Science [September discussions were held at the afternoon session on "The Role of Academies of Science in AAAS Science Teaching Program” and "Science Fairs as an Academy Activity.” Sixty-two persons from Virginia were registered at the Atlanta meet¬ ings. The Academy was officially represented at the White House Con¬ ference on Education in December 1955, by President-Elect Edward S. Harlow. Treasurer’s Report for 1956 Already spent (June 1, 1956) or Estimated Travel Expenses to Meeting . . . . . . . $ 150.00 Dues to Academy Conference . 10.00 Major Catesby Jones Award . . . . 10.00 E. C. L. Miller Award . . . . . . 50.00 Junior Academy (Includes Philip Morris Grant of $750.00) .... 1,450.00 Science Talent Search . 750.00 Annual Meeting Expense . . . . . . . . . . . 400.00 Audit and Tax Service . . . 215.00 Premium on Fidelity Bond . . . . 12.50 Post Office Box Rent . . . 30.00 Stationery and Stenographic Service . 450.00 Postage and Section Expense . 135.00 Printing (1956 Leaflet) . 325.00 Subscription to Journal for life and honorary members . . 36.00 Addressograph Service . 50.00 Virginia Journal of Science . 1,900.00 Miscellaneous and Contingencies . 317.85 $6,291.35 Foley F. Smith, Secretary-Treasurer. 1956] Proceedings 1955-1056 231 REPORT OF THE LONG RANGE PLANNING COMMITTEE At a meeting of Ae Long Range Planning Committee on May 10^ 1956j fifteen members, including the President, President-elect, and Sec¬ retary were present. Reports on the present status of work on several long term projects were received and discussed. In addition several items referred to die committee by die council were considerd and rec¬ ommendations made. A report by Dr. J. T. Baldwin, Jr., on die present status of die Dis¬ mal Swamp project was read by the chairman and discussed by die com¬ mittee. The committee wishes to emphasize its continued interest in this important work, and wishes to urge those engaged in this project to expend special efforts toward the completion of the project, which was audiorized and begun in 1952. Dr. MarceUus Stow presented a report of the activities of his com¬ mittee on the present status of plans for participation of die Academy in the Jamestown Exposition next year. Consideration discussion of the plans resulted, especially with regard to the special issue of the Journal which is contemplated. In view of more specific information on the nature of the Jamestown Exposition, and on the recommendation of his committee, it was voted by the Long Range Planning Committee to recommend to the council; 1) That the question of exhibits by the Virginia Academy of Science in the Jamestown Exposition be tabled and diat it be understood at this point that we would not participate along these Hnes. 2) That appropriate action be taken to arrange financing of the special Jamestown Exposition Committee. Dr. Stow was commended by the committee for his excellent work on this project. Dr. James Cole presented a report on the present status of the work of his committee on Science Education and included information on the ‘‘Symposium on Shortage of Science Teachers'’ and on the open meeting of his advisory panel to be held Saturday, May 12. A report wiU be made by him directly to the Academy and to the council. The commit¬ tee expressed its appreciation to Dr. Cole for his great interest and ex¬ cellent work with his committee and expressed its continued interest in following closely developments in the field of science education in which this committee is working. With regard to the question of a survey of the results of Virginia Science Talent Searches, referred to the commitee by the council, the committee voted to endorse ihe plan proposd by Mrs. B. G. Heatwole, fiiat die Academy apply to die National Science Foundation for a grant to make a study of tihe progress made by the Virginia Science Talent Search winners and honorable mentions. 232 The Virginia Journal of Science [September With regard to the question of availability of scholarships in Virginia colleges for Science Talent Search winners it was voted to recommend to the council that a scholarship subcommittee to aid worthy young Vir¬ ginia scientists to obtain scholarships and financial aid in Virginia col¬ leges be set up in Dr. Cole's committee. It was voted to recommend to the President that the Chairman of the Research Committee and the Editor of the Journal be appointed to the Long Range Planning Committee. Lynn D. Abbott, Jr., Chairman, REPORT OF RESEARCH COMMITTEE Grants.— During the period of May 15, 1955 to May 15, 1956, the fol¬ lowing grants have been made: R, H. Rageot. Study of animals of the Dismal Swamp. $200.00 Curator of Natural History, Norfolk Museum, Norfolk 10, Virginia. B. R. Woodson, Jr. Continuation study of the Algal 100.00 Survey of the James River Basin. Virginia State College, Petersburg, Virginia. W. E. Old, Jr. Research on a survey of the Fauna of the 100.00 Dismal Swamp area. 728 Raleigh Ave., Norfolk 7, Virginia. G. W. Kent. Study of the pupillary response of the 100.00 eye. Department of Psychology, Bridgewater College, Bridgewater, Virginia. P. M. Patterson. Towards purchase of a phase microscope. 262.00 Chairman, Department of Biology, HoUins CoUege, Hollins, Virginia. K. W. King. Purchase of desalting apparatus for 150.00 laboratory. Department of Biology, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacksburg, Virginia B. J. Bogitsh. Collecting helminths of fish in fresh 75.00 water ponds of Albemarle County, Virginia. Department of Biology, University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Virginia. $ 987.00 J. Shelton Horsley Research Prize for 1956 . 100.00 Honorable Mention for 1956 . 50.00 Total expenditures for May 15, 1955 to May 15, 1956 . . $1,137.00 Chalmers L. Gemmill, Chairman. 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 233 REPORT OF FINANCE COMMITTEE The Finance Committee met April 14, 1956. The auditor s report was reviewed and approved. It was suggested and approved that in the future a consolidated and simplified form of reporting receipts and disbursements for publica¬ tion in the Journal be prepared. It was proposed that in preparing a complete financial report fiiat the statement distinguish between ( 1 ) Revenue receipts. (2) Disbursements from revenue. (3) Receipts of principal. (4) Disbursements from principal. (5) Transfers to other funds. (6) Transfers from other funds. A budget based largely on the experience of the past was approved. The amount of the budget is $6,091.35, the two largest items being $1900.00 for the Journal and $1450.00 for Junior Academy activities. It was noted that the 1956 budget includes expenditures made dur¬ ing the expired portion of the year (January, February, and March) and it was moved, seconded, and passed that in the future the Finance Committee should meet in the fall prior to the usual fall Council meet¬ ing, for the purpose of preparing an operating budget for the Academy's fiscal year beginning January 1. The Committee directed that the budget attached be published in the Proceedings and be called “Treasurer's Report for 1956." Lloyd C. Bird, Chairman. REPORT OF THE RESOLUTIONS COMMITTEE Be It Resolved that the Virginia Academy of Science extend its grateful appreciation to the tireless efforts of the following groups who made its thirty-fourth annual meeting a successful, profitable and en¬ joyable occasion. 1. To its host, The Richmond Area University Center Inc. 2. To Colonel Herbert W. K. Fitzroy and his Committee on Ar¬ rangements with special attention to Mr. Paul Heim, his active and able assistant. 3. To the management and staff of Hotel Jefferson of Richmond. Be It Further Resolved tbat the Virginia Academy of Science here¬ by convey its appreciation ot Boyd Harshbarger, Editor of the New Series of the Virginia Journal of Science from its first number January 234 The Virginia Journal of Science [September 1950 to the second number of Volume 6 in April 1955 when he was compelled to resign from pressure of other duties; for his imtiring, capable and efficient role in establishing with his competent staff a high caliber scientific journal, and for his sound and efficient financial man¬ agement thereof. Be It Further Resolved that the Virginia Academy of Science ex¬ tend its grateful appreciation to Dr. Horton H. Hobbs, for his tireless and exacting work with the New Series of the Virginia Journal of Science since its inception in 1950, first as Technical Editor and later as Editor, and for his part in the maintenance of the high standards of this publi¬ cation and to Dr. B. F. D. Runk for his recent and competent work as Managing Editor of this Journal. Be It Further Resolved that the Virginia Academy of Science re¬ gretfully record its loss and pay its tribute to its esteemed members who have been claimed by death during the past two years. Paul M. Patterson, Chairman. 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 235 REPORT OF THE VIRGINIA JUNIOR ACADEMY OF SCIENCE COMMITTEE Junior Officers Adrienne Nettles, President John Towler, President-Elect Ardelia Brown, Secretary Committee Members Edward R. Dyer Miss Susie V. Floyd E. Sherman Grable Miss Beatrice Harrington J. C. Holmes George D. Sands Franklin D. Kizer Reuben R. McDaniel H. H. Garretson Bruce D. Reynolds D. L. Kinnear H. Felix Sanders Mrs. B. G. Heatwole, Chairman Committee Meetings June 11, 1955—Albemarle Hotel, Charlottesville Nov. 19, 1955~Monticello Hotel, Charlottesville March 31, 1956~Thomas Jefferson Inn, Charlottesville May 10, 1956--Hotel Jefferson, Richmond The Virginia Junior Academy of Science, organized to encourage and assist secondary school students who have an aptitude for science, had during 1955-56 an individual membership of 5322, representing 92 science clubs directly affiliated with it. Sixty more clubs were affiliated with the Junior Academy through affiliation with Science Clubs of America. The clubs represent both Junior and Senior High Schools from every region of the State. The following activities have been carried out during the year: Mimeographed letters concerning activities were mailed three times during the year to all public and private high schools in the State. The Junior Science Bulletin was issued three times during the year and mailed to every science teacher in the State whose mailing address could be obtained. The publication of the Bulletin was made possible by a contribution of $200.00 by the American Tobacco Research Labora¬ tory. The printing was done by the Newport News High School print shop under the direction of Miss Susie V. Floyd. A traveling library of kodachrome slides showing science projects dis¬ played at the 1953-54 meeting of VJAS was circulated among the clubs. Grants were made, to assist in project work, from research funds made available to the Virginia Academy of Science by the American 236 The Virginia Journal of Science [September Association for the Advancement of Science and by Philip Morris, Inc. Summer scholarships of $200.00 each were again made available by the University of Virginia and the College of William and Mary as awards by two outstanding Teacher-Sponsors. Five Junior Science Days were sponsored by five colleges in coopera¬ tion with the Junior Academy. Participation in these events Increased greatly during 1955-1956. They were attended by approximately 1400 students and 236 projects were exhibited. From these, 65 individual and 10 club displays were qualified for entry at the May meeting of the Virginia Junior Academy of Science. Annual Meeting The annual meeting of the Junior Academy was held at Hotel Jeffer¬ son, Richmond, May 10 and 11. Sixty-six individual and ten club displays were exhibited. Senior scientists advised students on their scientific careers and dis¬ cussed their projects with them. On the evening of May 10, the Junior Academy was host to the Vir¬ ginia Academy of Science and members of the National Geographic So¬ ciety at a most excellent illustrated lecture. Mr. Newman Bumstead, As¬ sistant Chief, Cartographic Staff, National Geographic Society presented the lecture ‘"Atlantic’s Farthest Shores,” and showed pictures filmed to depict human activities and geographic contrasts around the Atlantic Ocean’s shores. At the awards hour on May 11, Dr. Willard Libby, Vice-Chairman of the Atomic Energy Commission, gave a very inspirational talk con¬ cerning scientific opportunities for the youth of today. Increased awards to exhibitors were made possible by a grant from Philip Morris, Inc. The Philip Morris Achievement Awards were given to first, second and third place winners in each of four categories: Physics, Chemistry, Biological Sciences and Miscellaneous Sciences. The awards were as follows: Club Awards: 1st— Newport News H. S. “Peninsula Soil and Its Resources” Sponsor— Mr. James Mays— $50.00 2nd— Thomas Jefferson H. S., Richmond— $30.00. “Group Work in Biology”— Sponsor - Miss Virginia EUett 3rd— Awarded to two because of tie in judges’ decision. Lane H. S., Charlottesville— $20.00, “Resperine Effect on Activity of Hamsters.* Sponsor - Miss Martha Duke. Buckingham Central H. S.— $20.00, 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 237 ‘‘Mineralogoy of Buckingham County”— Sponsor - Mr. O. P. Sadler Philip Morris Achievement Awards; Chemistry 1st— James Talbert, Mt. Vernon H. S., Alexandria, “Sea Water” -$50.00. 2nd— Brent ]3avis, Mt. Vernon H. S., Alexandria, “Technology of Diazo Chemistry and Its Uses in Industry and Education” $30.00. 3rd— Barbara Chaffin— Martinsville H. S., “Combining an Addi¬ tive Latex to Paper”— $20.00. Physics 1st— John WilHams, Jefferson H. S., Roanoke, “Electronic Simula¬ tion of Human Speech”— $50.00. 2nd— David Carpenter— Jefferson, H. S., Roanoke, “Electrostatic Generator”— $30.00. 3rd— Myrl Grant, Cradock H. S., Norfolk County, “Cathodic Pro¬ tection”— $20.00. Biology 1st— Reuben A. Clay, Armstrong H. S., Richmond, “Effects of Pitressin on the Skeletal Development of Young Male Al¬ bino Rats”— $50.00. 2nd— Suzanne Wright, Lane H. S., Charlottesville, “The Living Lake”-$30.00. 3rd— Mary Marshall Doyle, William Fleming, Roanoke, “Experi¬ mental Study of Earthworms”— $20.00. Other Sciences 1st— Harold Marsh, Maggie Walker H. S., Richmond, “Set The¬ ory”— $50.00. 2nd— Philip Ingersoll, Douglas Freeman H. S., Richmond, “Eco¬ logical Studies of the Fiddler Crab in Tidewater Virginia” -$30.00. 3rd— David Lundquist— Ne'svport News H. S., “Special Theory of Relativity”— $20.00. 238 The Virginia Journal of Science [September Honorable Mentions: Chemistry Ardelia Brown, Booker T. Washington, Norfolk, "Effects of Ultrasonics on the Chemical Decomposition of Wood Fibers.” David Peter Yens, Mt. Vernon H. S., Alexandria, "Plastics.” Physics Blythe Moore, Thomas Jefferson, Richmond, "A Refracting Telescope.” Erwin Gladstone, Woodrow Wilson H. S., Portsmouth — "Transistors.” Edward Webb, Newport News H. S.— "Television Station.” Benton Durley, Falls Church H. S. —"Manipulator.” Biology Maxine Jennings, Halifax H. S.— "Development of Black Shank in Tobacco” Bob Terry, Halifax H. S.— "Embryology of a Snail.” Other Sciences Rudolph Bland, Thomas Jefferson H. S., Richmond— "Rocks and Minerals.” Sonny Rowles, Halifax H. S., "8-inch Reflector Telescope.” E. C. L. MiUer Award Eagle Rock High School, Mr. W. W. Cash, Sponsor. Major W. Catesby Jones Award Philip Ingersoll, Douglas Freeman H. S., Richmond (for out- stonding work in research). Honorary Memberships in AAAS; John Williams, Jefferson H. S., Roanoke. Reuben Clay, Armstrong H. S., Richmond. Honorary Memberships in VAS; Ernest C. Hibble, Cradock H. S., Norfolk County. Ardelia Brown, Booker T. Washington, Norfolk. 239 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 Teacher-Sponsor Scholarships University of Virginia Alan Mandell, Cradock H. S. Alternate— Miss Virginia EUett, Thomas Jefferson, Richmond. College of William and Mary Miss Frances Hurt, Andrew Lewis, H. S., Salem. Alternate— James Mays, Newport News H. S. The following new officers were elected: President— John Towler, Halifax High School. President-Elect— Ashton Rudd, Andrew Lewis High School. Secretary— Suzanne Wright, Lane High School. Thelma C. Heatwole, Chairman. 240 The Virginia Journal of Science [September JAMES RIVER PROJECT Financial Statement as of April 30, 1956 Total copies distributed as of April 30, 1955 . . . . . . 533 Balance on deposit Peoples National Bank, Lexington, Va. (as of April 30, 1955) . . . . . . . $165.90 Complimentary copies distributed between May 1, 1955 and April 30, 1956 . . . 10 Copies sold at $6.00 between May 1, 1955 and April 30, 1956 (3) . . . $ 18.00 Total copies distributed between May 1, 1955 and April 30, 1956 . . . 13 Deposited in Peoples National Bank between May 1, 1955 and April 30, 1956 . $ 18.00 Account in Trust Dept., First and Merchants National Bank, Richmond, Va . . . $1636.00 Total balance in Peoples National Bank, April 30, 1956 . $ 183.90 Total to credit of James River Project as of April 30, 1956 ........$1819.90 Total copies of Monograph distributed between May 11, 1950 and April 30, 1956 . . . 546 Marcellus H. Stow, Chairman. REPORT OF COMMITTEE ON CONSERVATION Your Conservation Committee during the past year concerned itself with two main activities: keeping abreast of conservation education de¬ velopments in the Commonwealth, and giving aid and moral support to meaningful and worthy conservation education projects at the state level. Once again the Committee gave endorsement to the annual conserva¬ tion essay contest in the schools sponsored by the Virginia Commission of Game and Inland Fisheries and the Virginia Division of the Izaak Walton League of America. This was the ninth year of the contest with more than 10,000 school pupils participating. Though unable to give financial aid to the project, the Committee endorsed tlie publication of the booklet, A Look at Virginias Natural Resources, pubhshed by the Virginia Resource Use Education Council. Also, the Committee has helped with publicity on tlie new conservation workshop for teachers to be held at the Virginia Polytechnic Institute, June 13-29, 1956. Various agencies and industrial firms contributed a total of $2450 in scholarship funds for this short course in natural re¬ sources, to be apportioned in $100 teacher scholarships. Similar work¬ shops in conservation for teachers are planned at other institutions of higher learning ui Virginia next year. No special meetings of the Committee were held but contact with members was maintained by correspondence. A. J. Shomon, Chairman. 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 241 REPORT OF COMMITTEE ON VIRGINIA FLORA The work on the State flora develops slowly but we feel that progress is being made. The majority of those on the committee have little or no time, in connection with their position, to conduct intensive studies of the flora. Dr. Patterson is actively developing studies of the mosses. Two of his papers dealing with the moss flora have been published dur¬ ing the year. Miss Artz, through illustrated lectures and nature study groups, has contributed to the better appreciation of native plants and of conservation. Such work is of importance in connection with the de¬ velopment of studies of the flora. Miss Dorothy Crandal, of Randolph- Macon Women's College, has reported, in Rhodora, the occurrence of the rare oconce bell, Shortia galaciflora, in Amherst County near Lynch¬ burg. This is a new species in our flora and represents a range exten¬ sion northward from the southwestern comer of North Carolina. The question arises as to whether the colony represents a natural range ex¬ tension or have the plants been planted by man. Mr. Scmggs, editor of Daily Advance in Lynchburg, states that he had known of the oc¬ currence of the species in the Amherst Co. station for 40 years. This fact does not preclude its having been planted by man. In April Pro¬ fessor Freer and Massey visited the station. The development of a State herbarium at Virginia Polytechnic Insti¬ tute has been greatly promoted by the recent acquisition of three large all metal herbarium cabinets in addition to those on hand. The heirs of Dr. E. A. Smyth, Jr., former Prof, of Biology at Virginia Polytechnic Institute, have donated his private collection to the Virginia Polytechnic Institute herbarium. This is a very welcomed contribution. The collec¬ tion contains species collected in South Carolina as well as in Virginia. Many of the specimens are over 50 years old. Mr. F. W. Hunnewell, an Associate of the Gray Herbarium of Har¬ vard University, has contributed several hundred specimens collected in northern Virginia. Mr. Hunnewell, of Wellesley, Massachusetts, has a summer home near Winchester, Virginia. He has made several valuable contributions to the State collection at Virginia Polytechnic Institute of specimens from his private herbarium. Virginia Polytechnic Institute has issued, altogether, six bulletins rela¬ tive to the plant life of the State. Two of these. Medicinal Plants and Virginia Ferns, are out of print. The bulletin on Poisonous Plants is in tlie second edition. The third edition of the Farm Weed bulletin, which deals with the weed flora, will be issued this spring. A new bulletin, seventh of the series, on Legumes of Virginia will probably be released in June. Manuscripts on other phases of the flora studies are in progress. A. B. Massey, Chairman. 242 The Virginia Journal of Science [September REPORT OF THE VIRGINIA INSTITUTE FOR SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH The past year has been one of real progress for the Institute. Some noteworthy work has been done, and the Institute is stronger both in staff and in its financial position. Principal research fields at the Research Institute are (1) surface chemistry, particularly with the aid of the large single crystal, (2) char¬ acterization of proteins and other macromolecules, (3) solid state phy¬ sics, and (4) crystal growth phenomena. During the past year Dr. Henry Leidheiser, Jr., has been appointed Assistant Director of the Institute. He continues also in his capacity as a Research Supervisor, in charge of the surface chemistry and crystal growth work. Other Research Supervisors are Dr. Carl J. Likes, in charge of the heavy molecule studies, and Dr. G. Wayne Clark, in charge of the solid state physics group. The staff has grown so that it will shortly include 12 full-time and 2 part-time professional people plus 5 non-professional people in research and 6 people in administration, or a total of 25. Notable additions to the staff have been Dr. Robert A. Lefever, a graduate of M. I. T. in inorganic chemistry, and Dr. James F. Kim, a graduate of Michigan State in physical chemistry. Dr. Henry Leidheiser, Jr., received the Westinghouse Brake and Sig¬ nal Company Ltd. Prize, 1954, for “the most valuable advance in the science or practice of electrochemistry.” This prize is administered by the English Institute of Metal Finish¬ ing, whose publications Committee selects the Prizeman. There are at present eleven major research projects and some minor projects in progress. The income from research contracts is expected to reach $170,000 in 1956, almost double the amount last reported. The present facihties of the Institute are 82% fuU and will be completely filled by midsummer. Plans are now being made for additional space, which will be urgently needed soon. F. G. Armistead, Director. 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 243 REPORT OF THE ADVISORY COUNCIL ON EDUCATION IN THE SCIENCES The activities of the Panel during the past year have been focused on the gathering of infonnation and the presentation of two programs at the Annual Meeting of the Academy. The information assembled includes facts and statistics and many expressions of concern on the apparent shortage of scientists and engineers and the need for the maintenance of good instruction in the sciences and mathematics. The Panel is now in a position to provide information and has offered to assist in an advisory capacity to those interested in the State government, industries, and in public education. The progiam for the Symposium on the Shortage of Teachers of Science and Mathematics, of which the Panel was a co-sponsor with the Manpower Committee of the Virginia Section of the American Chemical Society and the Science Teachers Section of the Virginia Academy of Science, is presented elsewhere in the Proceedings of the Annual Meet¬ ing. The Symposium was enthusiastically received. In the discussions members of the Academy and others expressed a variety of opinions and made valuable suggestions for action. The Panel is particularly indebted to members of the State Board of Education who participated in thej Sym¬ posium and who expressed a willingness to use facihties of the Virginia Academy of Science where appropriate. The consensus of the Panel was that, through the cooperate efforts fo all concerned, much could be ac¬ complished to insure tiiat Virginia has adequate science and mathematics instruction in the public schools. The Advisory Panel also had an open meeting on Saturday morning of the Annual Meeting of the Academy for more informal discussion of the issues and for formulation of resolutions. After considerable discus¬ sion the following resolution was passed and forwarded to the Academy Council for further consideration: ‘"Being deeply concerned about the shortage of scientists and engineers and aware of its responsibility, the Virginia Academy of Science desires to cooperate fully with the State Department of Education. Therefore, be it resolved that a committee be appointed to represent the Virginia Academy of Science to work with the State Department of Education if and when re¬ quested, in strengthening the qualifications for high school science teachers, and in other ways to improve science and mathematics instruction in the public schools of Virginia.” A second resolution was passed to the effect that the Panel would encourage the establishment of local action committees to develop pro¬ grams which would help in meeting the needs of the various areas of the State. Area chairmen will be appointed and requested to work 244 The Virginia Journal of Science [September during the year with the view of reporting at the next annual meeting of the Virginia Academy of Science. The Advisory Panel has established contact with the Virginia Ad¬ visory Legislative Council, which is a study group of the Virginia Gen¬ eral Assembly. The V.A.L.C. has been instructed, through a joint reso¬ lution of the General Assembly, to gather information and to determine whether additional steps should be taken at the State level to maintain an adequate supply of scientists and engineers and teachers of the sub¬ jects. James W. Cole, Jr., Chairman. REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE ON AWARDS The Committee on Awards during the year 1955-56 has suggested two names to he Council for receiving Distinguished Service Awards. These were Dr. W. T. Sanger, President of the Medical College of Vir¬ ginia, and Dr. Ivey Lewis, former dean at the University of Virginia. These two nominations were approved by the Council and Distinguished Service Awards are to be presented at the Annual Meeting of the Acad¬ emy Friday, May 11. The question of Honorary Life Membership was made a major issue during this year by the presentation of seven or eight prominent scientists and former active members of the Academy. It is the feeling of the Awards Committee tliat some definite policy should be set up for handling Honorary Life Members and that men such as we have been considering be given some recognition. Boyd Harshbarger, Chairman. 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 245 REPORT OF THE VIRGINIA JOURNAL OF SCIENCE Following the appointment of H. H. Hobbs, Jr., as Editor and B. F. D. Runk as Managing Editor by the Coimcil of the Academy at the Annual Meeting at Harrisonburg in May of 1955, the editorial and busi¬ ness office of the Virginia Journal of Science was moved from the De¬ partment of Statistics at Virginia Polytechnic Institute to the Alderman Library of the University of Virginia on Jime 3, 1955. Since that time all back copies of the original and new series of the Journal have been brought together in one location. Despite mounting costs the Journal has retained its sound financial status as originally established by its former distinguished Editor-in-Chief, Dr. Boyd Harshbarger. Its circulation continues to grow, and as indi¬ cated in the report of distribution on pages 91-94 of the April, 1956, issue, the Journal reflects credit on the Commonwealth, its institutions, and the Virginia Academy of Science. Financial statements are at best dull. I shall turn the detailed audited statement over to the Council for its careful study and consideration. Let me briefly state that receipts this year amounted to $2,946.79, ex¬ penses to $2,559.73. With all bills to date paid, there is a cash balance in the bank of $2,891.02. The Journal has $2,655.23 in the savings account and thus has a total favorable balance of $5,546.25. B. F. D. Runs, Managing Editor. 246 The Virginia Journal of Science FINANCIAL STATEMENT [September VIRGINIA JOURNAL OF SCIENCE Operation Statement for the Fiscal Year Virginia Journal of Science May 10, 1955 -May 10, 1956 RECEIPTS: Academy Subsidy Regular members 948 at $2.00 . $1,896.00 Student members 62 at $1.25 . 81.25 Advertising . 320.90 Subscriptions . 348.55 Miscellaneous (Sexton Foimdation) . . . . . . . . . . . 300.00 Total of All Receipts . $2,946.70 EXPENDITURES; Reprints . . . . . . . ....$ 131.80 Printing . 1,874.40 Engraving . 117.89 Index . 52.00 Freight . 65.43 Postage . 130.00 Office Supplies . 171.62 Miscellaneous . 16.59 Total of All Expenditures . $2,559.73 STATEMENT OF CASH ACCOUNT: Balance of cash at beginning of year . $2,504.05 Total receipts for year . . . . 2,946.70 Total cash on hand during year . 5,450.75 Total expenditures for year . 2,559.73 Balance of cash at end of year (checking account) . 2,891.02 Balance in savings account . 2,655.23 Total . . . . . $5,546.25 Audited by; Ladley Husted and Jacques Rappaport. May 10, 1956 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 247 VIRGINIA JOURNAL OF SCIENCE ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE MAY 10, 1956 Dombrower Advertising Agency . . . . . $ 24.90 April, 1956 Issue Eastern Advertising Associates . . . . . . . 24.90 April, 1596 Issue American Tobacco Company . . . . 58.80 January and April, 1956 Issues Miss Frances Myers . . . . 2.55 Subscription— Armed Forces Med, Lib. Total . . . . . . . ..$111.15 Audited by.* Ladley Husted and Jacques Rappaport. May 10, 1956 248 The Virginia Journal of Science [September REPORT OF JAMESTOWN EXPOSITION COMMITTEE By letter of November 3, 1954, President Foster appointed William G. Guy, Horton H. Hobbs, Jr., and the undersigned as a ‘"committee to meet with the Jamestown Celebration Committee and explore the ave¬ nue of cooperation between this group and the Virginia Academy of Science."’ In May 1953 the chairman presented a report to the Long Range Planning on a meeting with Mr. Parke Rouse, Jr., Executive Director of the Virginia 350th Anniversary Commission. Four possible aspects of cooperation with the Jamestown Celebration Committee were consid¬ ered; 1. Put attractive jacket on copies of the James River Monograph and sell the volumes at the Exposition for $2.50 -$3.00. 2. Issue a special Jamestown Celebration number of the Virginia Journal of Science. It would be for sale during the year of the cele- Dration. 3. Develop appropriate exhibits in conjunction with other exhibits devised by the Jamestown Committee. 4. Hold a special Academy meeting during the Celebration year. The Special Committee decided that item 4 would be impractical and recommended no further consideration of it. Mr. Rouse was en¬ thusiastic about the possibihty of participation by the Academy in the Celebration and at a later date wrote, “I gave our Commission a resume of our brief discussion when it met here last week, and I want to report that considerable interest and enthusiasm was shown. We hope you will be able to go through with all your plans, and we’ll be glad to do any¬ thing we can to help you.” On Jrme 19, 1955, President Flory appointed the above Survey committee as an Academy Committee to “carry out the recommenda¬ tions made to the Long Range Planning Committee in May. Stow was requested to arrange for the design and printing of a jacket for the James River Monograph and Hobbs was asked to develop the special issue of the Journal. At the conference with Mr. Rouse, the Special Committee was in¬ formed that details concerning exhibits at the Festival had not been determined and that in all probability space would be at a premium. In March 1956 Dr. Guy consulted Mr. Rouse about Academy participa¬ tion in exhibits and was informed that, “In view of our limited exhibit space, and the fact that the governments of Great Britain and the Com¬ monwealth of Virginia are to provide the two principal exhibits, I can¬ not at present see opportunity for the Academy to participate in this 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 249 manner. Should we need your help with the Virginia exhibit, however^ I will let the Academy know through you/" At a later date Mr. Rouse suggested to President Flory that the Academy develop its exhibit at Williamsburg, possibly at the College of William and Mary. After con¬ sideration of these facts it is recommended that the Academy not attempt to develop exhibits for the Jamestown Festival. Dr..- Hobbs has made excellent progress in the organization of ma¬ terial for the special issue of . the Journal of the Virginia Academy of Science. The issue will be composed of five chapters on the following topics: History of Science in Virginia by Ivey F. Lewis, Fisheries by J. 1. McHugh, Geology by Arthur Bevan, Indians by Bruce D. Reynolds, and Medicine by Sidney S. Negus. An appropriate cover is being de¬ signed for the Special issue. Arrangements have been made with an artist in Richmond for the design of the jacket for the volume on the James River Basin, in keep¬ ing with the spirit of the Jamestown Festival and the Monograph. Marcellus H. Stow, Chairman. REPORT OF THE SPECIAL COMMITTEE ON ACADEMY INCOME This committee was directed to investigate sources of revenue avail¬ able to the Academy. A full report is recorded in the Minutes of the meeting of the Council, May 10, 1956. Its conclusions are as follows: (1) The largest potential for increased income lies in an increase in business memberships. A concerted and organized campaign to ob¬ tain such memberships should bring in a good return, judging by the past experience of the Finance Committee. If a large increase in in¬ come is desired the committee recommends such an effort. (2) A real effort to increase the number of sustaining and contribut¬ ing members might be made. This could conceivably increase our in¬ come by $1000. We recommend that this be tried. (3) The committee is sharply divided over the desirability of rais¬ ing dues. No increase of more than $2000 could possibly be netted in this way, if dues were raised to $5.00. This step is not recommended. Considering the present financial situation of the Academy, the com¬ mittee feels no sense of urgency in embarking upon -any of the three steps above. I. G. Foster, Chairman. 250 The Virginia Journal of Science [September REPORT OF THE MEMBERSHIP COMMITTEE For the calendar year 1956 new members were obtained as follows: Regular members . . . . . . . 50 Student members . . . . . . . . . 20 Business members . . 4 Total . 74 Losses for the calendar year 1955 (all classes) were: Senior members . . 78 Student members . 11 Total . . 89 As of April 1, 1956, the membership of the Academy was made up as follows; Regular members . . . . . . . . . . . 734 Business members . 13 Contributing members . 50 Sustaining members . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Life or honorary members, and Patrons . 14 Student members . 50 Total . 891 Robert F. Truitt, Chairman. 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 251 MINUTES OF THE SECTION OF AGRICULTURAL SCIENCE (1) R. W. Engle, Blacksburg, Chairman P. M. Reaves, Blacksburg, Vice-Chairman J. W. Midyette, Jr., Richmond, Secretary Carl W. Allen, Blacksburg, Section Editor FRIDAY, MAY 14, 1956 — 9:00 A.M. — EMPIRE ROOM, JEFFERSON HOTEL 1. Moisture Release Characteristics of Virginia Type Peanuts On Drying. D. L. Hallock; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station, Holland. A study of the miosture release characteristics of peanuts was con¬ ducted in an attempt to find ways of eliminating inconsistent variations in results from peanut experiments. Several temperature levels were investigated as bases for expression of results because peanuts, par¬ ticularly shells, are very hygroscopic and a definite and reproducible basis is essential. Unshelled peanut samples of similar moisture content at the start of the experiment were placed in a forced draft oven, one new lot with each increase in temperature, and heated to constant weight at 9 dif¬ ferent temperature levels over an 18-day period. In each case over a range of 110° to 210 °F., the samples followed the same drying curve as those previously or subsequently placed in the oven. No loss in weight occurred on prolonged heating at any of the temperature levels, after initial equilibrium. In another experiment, 10 lots of shelled and unshelled peanuts varying in initial moisture content were heated to constant weight at 150° and 190° F., and then dried at 266®F., according to the A.O.C.S., Official Method Ab2-49. Peanut shells at equilibrium at 150° and 190° F. retained slightly more moisture (266°F. basis) than did the kernels, whether or not the samples were shelled prior to drying. The difference between the moisture content of the shells and the kernels, however, was much greater at higher moisture contents. Hence in grading peanuts, shelling percentages and related data are influenced appreciably by variations in moisture content. Z52 The Virginia Journal of Science [September 2. A Cover Crop Study in Southwestern Virginia. A. H. Allison and D. L. Hallock; Smith-Douglass Co., Inc. and Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station. Peanut yields were not influenced appreciably by either rye grass or crimson clover cover crops. The application of fifteen pounds of nitrogen per acre under peanuts after rye grass resulted in a slight decrease in per cent of sound mature kernels. Removal of the cover crop forage prior to plowing had no effect on yield or grade of peanuts. The highest yields of com were obtained where sixty pounds of nitrogen per acre were plowed under with crimson clover. Com pro¬ duction following crimson clover and 'without supplemental nitrogen was approximately equivalent to plots having no cover crop but on which sixty pounds of nitrogen were plowed do’wn prior to planting. Com following rye grass produced lower yields than where it followed crimson clover or no cover crop. Crimson clover yields were considerably higher planted after com than after peanuts whereas little difference was noted in rye grass yields. Greater response to treatments would, in all probability, have been obtained on soils having a lower fertility level. 3. Effect of Lime on Rock Phosphate Avahabhity. W. W. Moscher; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station. The effect of three forms of hme on the availability of row rock phosphate to two crops, alfalfa and millet, was studied on two soil types, Wellston fine sandy loam and Davidson clay loam, in the greenhouse. Changes in soil properties associated with liming, including pH, ex¬ changeable bases, base exchange capacity, and percentage base satura¬ tion were also determined. Lime reduced the availability of rock phos¬ phate to both millet and alfalfa but yields of the latter on WeUston were nevertheless increased by the use of lime, apparently due to the benefits of lime to alfalfa outweighing the reduction in availability of the rock phosphate. 4. A Practical Field Determination for Nitrogen Content of Anhydrous Ammonia Fertilizer. Maurice B. Rowe; Virginia Department of Agriculture. This method was adopted for use by Virginia Fertilizer Regulatory inspectors and represents the result of numerous field trials and con¬ sultations with producers of Anhydrous Ammonia and State Fertilizer Control Officials from other States. Equipment recommended.— Ammoma resphator, rubber gloves, pyrex 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 253 glass cylinder graduated at 100 ml. with nipple graduated to 1 ml. in 1/10 subdivisions, couplings and reducers ranging from 1/4 to 1 1/2 inches, a 14 inch pipe wrench and several crescent wrenches, a 1/2 gal¬ lon bucket, several rubber stoppers with everflow glass tube in center and a cone shape funnel with 1/4 inch opening for passage of NHs to cylinder and to which is attached necessary fittings for connecting to source of NHs. Procedure (Operator wears rubber gloves and ammonia respirator when exposed to NHa).— Make connection between storage tank out¬ let and sampling equipment with proper couplings and reducers. Check all equipment for leaks and open valves for flushing out equipment. After rapid flushing, close valves until ready to collect sample. Collect sample by withdrawing liquid ammonia into pyrex cylinder up to 100 ml. mark. Place rubber stopper into open end of pyrex cylinder quickly and place tube end of cylinder in water bath. Vapor ammonia will boil off through hole in stopper. When all liquid is boiled off, operator ob¬ serves residue left which is measure of degree of purity. 5. Fulfillment of Future Needs of Agricultural Scientists. Edwin Cox; Virginia-Carolina Chemical Corporation. Requirements for Agricultmral Scientists in future years exceed avail¬ able supply. This deficit is common also to other fields of physical and life sciences and engineering professions. This condition is our infirm¬ ity which Soviet strength threatens more seriously than by competition in weapons. The Agricultural Research Institute, an agency of the National Research Council, is seeking means of correcting this status. It has no immediate answers. The ARI, Agricultural Board, National Research Council, and National Academy of Sciences organizations are reviewed. Diverse scientific groups represented are cited. The need for increased scientific personnel is not limited to a single science or discipline. Current competition^ uncontrolled, is creating confusion. With shortage in supply, there is the risk of lowering standards so that the deficiency may be in quality as well as quantity. The problem is not one of a separate segment of Agri-industry”— it in¬ volves education, scientific agencies, agriculture and industry and our national welfare. No single group can solve the problem. Recruitment is a duty of all engaged in Agricultural Science, and one which cannot be delegated. It requires the individual effort of all. Assistance and advice of the Agricultural Science Section of the Virginia Academy of Science is besought. 254 The Virginia Journal of Science [September 6. Possible Effects of OASV on AcRicuLTimAL Resource Use and Needed Research. W. L. Gibson, Jr., Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station. The impact of the old-age retirement and survivors benefits insur¬ ance program (OASI) upon agriculture will have its principal influence upon farm land tenure and conservation. Many landlords may change their rental arrangements to permit them to participate in the retirement program through their farm businesses. After coverage is accomplished, they will shift back to a leasing ar¬ rangement. Undoubtedly, these shifts will increase the instability in our tenure system, and they could be a source of considerable mis- allocation of resources in agricultural production. Research will be needed to determine remedial measures to minimize the disruptive effects. OASI will discourage conservation through the increasing tax rate between 1955 and 1975, and through attempts of farmers to increase income in the years just previous to their 65th birthday in order to qualify for maximum benefits. Both factors will increase farmers’ pref¬ erences for present income over future income. Perhaps the most important need for research is to determine the effect of OASI on the rate of capital accumulation in agriculture. It ap¬ pears that collection of taxes from young people for payment of bene¬ fits to retired people and from people among the high-income groups for benefit payments to those in the low-income groups will reduce capital accumulation. 7. Competitive Relationships Between Corn and Soybeans for Use OF Land in Virginia. Carl W. Allen; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station. For profit maximization, farmers’ decisions on which of several in¬ dependent competitive crops with constant rates of substitution to pro¬ duce should be based on product substitution and price ratios and on per acre costs of production. Relevant resource substitution rates in crop production have been inadequate for making rational decisions. A sample of farms having one or more fields of Sassafras or Rumford soils planted to corn or soybeans were surveyed in 1954. Restrictions placed on the sample to provide homogeneity included: variety planted must have been on recommended list, corn to be for grain, soybeans to be harvested for beans, drilled in rows and not following another harvested crops in 1954, only tractor power used (no team), and a minimum size placed on the field. Specific input data were collected relating to (a) land preparation, planting, cultivating and harvesting, (b) disease and insect control, (c) depth and time of planting, (d) rate of planting, and (e) soil productiv- ^ OASI refers to the Old-Age Retirer^ent and Survivors Benefits Insurance Program of the Social Security Administration, U. S. Department of Health, Education and Welfare. L956] Proceedings 1955-1956 255 ity and fertility measurement and maintenance. Costs directly asso¬ ciated with each enterprise were obtained. These were separated from fixed costs. Separate estimates have been derived of the "T)reak-even” price between com and soybeans for the two contrasting soils. On tlie Sassafras soil with com at $1.20 per bushel, preliminary estimates indi¬ cate that soybeans must be slightly over $3.00 per bushel to be as profitable as com. The figure for Rumford is about $2.20. 8. Efficiency Study of Pipeline and Conventional Milking Systems, Paul M. Reaves and Wm. E. Blalock; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. The pipeline system of milking consists of a vacuum pipeline to which standard milking equipment is attached. This glass pipeline car¬ ries the milk into the milk room and releases it into cans or a bulk cool¬ ing tank. The pipeline may be installed in a milking parlor or in a conventional dairy bam. In-place-cleaning procedures have been developed. A pipeline system was installed in a 56 cow dairy bam at VPI in July 1954. Prior to its installation two men operated two milker units each and a third man carried the milk to the milk room. After the pipehne installation the two men operate two units each and the pipeline carries the milk. Under these conditions the pipeline system requires the same amount of time for actual milking, but with one less man. Thus, one-third of the labor is saved. For the entire milking operation, including assembling, disassembling and cleaning, there was a saving of 22 per cent in man hours. 9. A Comparative Case Study of Two Systems of Dairy Barn Operations. R. Lee Chambliss, Jr., Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station. To determine the relative labor requirements of the chore work, under winter conditions, and the relative capital requirements, in a con¬ ventional stanchion barn and in a milking parlor-loose housing arrange¬ ment, data were collected in December and January from two dairy farms in Virginia. The stanchion barn housed 126 cows, of which 107 were milked with conventional milking machines. All cows were hand fed in the barn. Three men were required in the chore work. In the other system 160 cows were loose-housed and largely self- fed. Of these 125 were milked in a six-stall walk-through pit-type milk- 256 The Virginia Journal of Science [September ing parlor by two men using a pipe-line milking system. In this set-up two men cared for more cows than three men in the stanchion barn. In the stanchion bam the total labor requirements for chore work were 17.5 man-minutes per cow milked per day, whereas in the milk¬ ing parlor-loose housing system the requirements were 10.1 man-minutes, or a saving of 42% in labor requirements per cow milked. The invest¬ ment in facilities for the latter system was about $200 per cow milked, as against $400 to $600 for comparable facilities in the stanchion barn. 10. How Good Are Slaughter Cattle and Calves Consigned to Southern Auction Markets. Roy G. Stout; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station. Preliminary results of a study conducted jointly by the states of Ala¬ bama, Georgia, Louisiana, South Carohna, Tennessee, Virginia, and West Virginia showed that 45% of all slaughter cattle and calves sold at the 32 southern auctions in the study were of beef type breeding. Dairy animals composed 15% of the total sales of slaughter cattle and calves and mixed breeding accounted for 32% of all sales. Brahman breeding accounted for the remaining 8%. The distribution of all slaughter cattle and calves at the auctions studied during selected periods of 1953-1955, by market classes, re¬ vealed that 17% of all animals were veals, 24% slaughter calves, 24.2% steers, 15.4% heifers, and 19.4% cows. For the purposes of analysis, the region was sub-divided into 4 areas. Area III was composed of 4 markets in Virginia, 3 in West Virginia, and 1 in Tennessee. The average grade of veal calves (on the basis of the standards of the United States Department of Agriculture) was High Commercial. Sixty-two percent of all veals were sold in Area III. The average grade of veals for Area III was Low Good. The average grades of the other market classes for the region were as follows: slaugh¬ ter calves. High Commercial; steers. Low Commercial; heifers. High Utility; and cows. Medium Cutter. 11. Breeding Frost Hardy Peaches and Nectarines for Virginia. George D. Oberle; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station. Frosts and freezes during the peach blossoming seasons of 1949, 1950, and 1953 destroyed most of the crop on trees of peach and nec¬ tarine in the variety testing orchard of the Virginia Agricultural Ex¬ periment Station. A wide range of variability in response to the freezes was observed. The ability of some varieties to withstand the effects of freezes suggested that breeding for this characteristic might result in production of frost hardy commercial types of peaches and nectarines. 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 257 All crosses made since 1951 have involved at least one hardy parent. The seasons of 1954 and 1955 gave opportunity to evaluate seedling peaches and nectarines on the basis of their response to frosts and severe freezes. These observations indicated beyond question that abihty to withstand blossoming season frosts is of a hereditary nature and can be transmitted to succeeding generations. Approximately 75 seedlings hav¬ ing a high degree of frost resistance were selected in 1955 for propaga¬ tion for further testing on the basis of their desirable fruit characteris¬ tics. These seedlings had been selected in 1954 for further study on the basis of superior fruit characters and heavy yielding ability. 12. The Effect of Molasses Supplementation on the Digestibility AND Consumption of Pasture Herbage by Grazing Animals. W. A. Hardison and J. T. Reid; Virginia Agricultural Experi¬ ment Station and Cornell University Agricultural Experiment Station. In order to study the effect of molasses supplementation to grazing animals a short-term test was conducted during the 31 -day period from August 25 to September 25 in which forage digestibility and consump¬ tion of animals grazing pasture with and without molasses supplement were compared. The pasture consisted largely of birdsfoot trefoil with some Kentucky bluegrass. Five Holstein heifers composed the group receiving molasses in addition to pasture while 4 Holstein heifers and one Holstein steer were allotted to the group allowed pasture as the only source of nutrients. The molasses was group fed, ad libitum, and the amount consumed was measured daily. The digestibility and amount of forage consumed were estimated by indicator techniques. It was observed that the ingestion of molasses did not appreciably affect the digestibility of the herbage dry matter; however, it did result in a marked reduction in the amount of pasture herbage consumed. 13. Some Chemical Characteristics of Sheep and Goat Fibers. Lubow A. Margolena; Animal and Poultry Husbandry Research Branch, United States Department of Agriculture. In conjunction with other studies on the influence of season on skin and fiber follicles, representative samples of wool of Merino and Hamp¬ shire sheep and hair of Toggenburg goats were tested periodically throughout a whole year at Beltsville, Maryland, for moisture content. Simultaneously hydrogen ion concentration and ammonia nitrogen con¬ tent were determined in aqueous solutions. Certain species and sex differences were found to exist between these animals as follows: 1. Goats" fibers showed a lower pH, average 6.5, and contained 258 The Virginia Journal of Science [September more ammonia nitrogen, average 200 ftg/g, as compared to those of sheep, 7.75 and under 75 fJ-g/g respectively. Variability in pH was higher in sheep than in goats. 2. Variability in water content was higher in Merino sheep than in Toggenburg goats. Hampshire wool carried a greater percentage of water than Merino wool, namely 12.0% as compared 9.2%. 3. In both Merino and Hampshire sheep, the wool of ewes 10.2% and 12.8% respectively, carried more water than rams’ wool, 8.1% and 11.1%, respectively. 14. Effects of Hexachloronaphthalene on Vitamin A Metabolism IN THE Rat. G. E. Bunce and R. W. Engel; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station. In vivo studies were undertaken to investigate the effects of hexa¬ chloronaphthalene on vitamin A metabolism and carotene conversion in the rat. It was found that dietary hexachloronaphthalene would accelerate the appearance of vitamin A deficiency symptoms in weanling rats on a vitamin deficient diet without specifically destroying the stores of the vitamin in the liver. The rate of carotene conversion was markedly lowered when hexa¬ chloronaphthalene was included in the diet. This decline in conversion rate appeared to stem from some metabolic malfunction other than a lack of available bile salt. In contrast, hexachloronaphthalene did not noticeably interfere with the mechanisms involved in the absorption and storage of a single oral dose of vitamin A palmitate. 15. Bean Seed Treatment Trials in Eastern Virginia. T. J. Nugent and R. N. Hofmaster; Virginia Truck Experiment Station, Norfolk. Numerous trials have been made with various fungicide-insecticide combination seed treatments on snap and lima beans for the prevention of seed decay and/or injury by soil insects. The effects of time in stor¬ age and storage temperatures on treated seed were also studied. Seed treatments were applied as a slurry. When seed-corn maggots were a factor, insecticides used alone gave increased stands and yields compared to the untreated seed, but their performance was enhanced when combined with fungicides. Some re¬ sponse was noted when fungicides were used along on lima beans but not with snap beans. In most of the trials combination treatments increased stands and yields compared to treatments in which the ma- 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 259 terials were used separately, or where no treatment was applied. Fungi¬ cide combinations with aldrin, dieldrin or heptachlor gave better results than combinations with lindane. In this respect no differences were evident between the fungicides Arasan SF-X and Orthocide 75. The various treatments had no detrimental effect on seed stored for two to three months and gave results similar to treatments made just prior to planting. However, dieldrin was superior to aldrin, heptachlor, or hndane when the treated seed was stored for one year prior to planting. Storage temperatures ranging between 45° and 100°F. for a period of three months had little effect on the germination of snap bean seed, but the 100°F. temperature reduced the germination of hma bean seed consid¬ erably. This high temperature also resulted in loss of some of the in¬ secticides, particularly hndane, aldrin and hepachlor. 16. Some Influences of Soil Moisture, Date of Sampling, Fer¬ tilizer, AND Cropping on Certain Soil Tests. E. M. Dunton, Jr., Virginia Truck Experiment Station. The purpose of this study was to determine the influence of the above factors on the soil tests for pH, phosphorus, potassium, nitrate nitrogen and salt concentration, in the surface and subsoil of a Sassafras sandy loam. The surface soil samples were taken at two week intervals and the subsoil samples every two months. Soil moisture in the surface soil varied markedly with date of sam- phng and most in the summer time. The percent moisture was greatest on the cover crop side in winter and on the no cover side in summer. The pH of the surface soil was lowered by the added fertihzer and by the presence of soluble salts as indicated by the nitrate and salt con¬ centration. The percent soil moisture at time of samphng did not ap¬ preciably influence the soil reaction. The nitrate nitrogen and soluble salt content of the surface soil increased with fertihzer and was much lower on the cover crop side. The levels on all treatments were mark¬ edly lowered in winter time by the flushing effect of rainfall. This is shown by the nitrate-nitrogen content of the subsoil samples. The phos¬ phorus level changed very httle with any of the treatments, while the potassium level fluctuated markedly with fertihzer. 17. Review of Plant-Parasitic Nematodes Found in Virginia During 1955. A. M. Somerville, Jr., and V. H. Young, Jr., Virginia-Corolina Chemical Corporation, Richmond. During 1955, plant and soil samples from many sections of Virginia were examined. From these samples, nematodes of fourteen of approxi- 260 The Virginia Journal of Science [September mately twenty-three known plant-parasitic genera were isolated and identified. The preliminary data accumulated indicate that the scope of the nematode problem is of sufficient importance to warrant a sys¬ tematic survey. Business Meeting The annual business meeting was held at the close of the session, May 11, 1956. The nominating committee composed of S. F. Thornton, Chairman; Lawrence 1. Miller and Rodney C. Berry, presented the fol¬ lowing nominees for 1956-57: Chairman, P, M. Reaves; Vice-Chairman, James W. Midyette, Jr.; Secretary, A. H. Alhson; Section Editor, C. W. Allen. The report of the nominating committee was accepted and those nominated were elected for next year’s officers. The desirability of interesting 4-H and Vocational Agriculture students in becoming affiliated with the Junior Academy was discussed. It was recommended that this matter be investigated. 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 261 MINUTES OF THE SECTION OF ASTRONOMY, MATHEMATICS, AND PHYSICS J» Gordon Stipe, Jr., Chairman Melvin A. Pittman, Secretary Frank L. Hereford, Section Editor FRIDAY, MAY 11, 1956~~9i00 A. M.-FLEMISH ROOM JEFFERSON HOTEL 1. Permeability Tensors for the Propagation of TE and TB Modes IN Round Wave Guides. Edward F. Turner, Jr., and Nicholas Karayianis^; George Washington University. An attempt is made to derive the most general form of the micro- wave permeability tensor of a magnetic material which will allow the propagation of a TE (or TB) mode in a wave guide of arbitrary cross- section filled with the material. The derivation proceeds from MaxwelFs equations. In order to ob¬ tain a solution, the following assumptions are made: (1) The material has a scalar permittivity. (2) The microwave permeability tensor of the material has an inverse, and the tensor components are independent of the coordinates. (3) Taking the z-axis as the direction of propagation, then all wave components other than E^,, and all their derivatives are non-zero. The most general form of the microwave permeability tensor which will give a non-trivial wave equation for the propagation of a TE mode under these conditions is found to be: A similar analysis gives: AGO GAO BCD A G B GAG G G D as the most general form of the tensor which will allow a TB mode. 1. Now at Diamond Ordinance Fuze Laboratory, Washington, D. C. 262 The Virginia Journal of Science [September 2. Transversely Magnetized Ferrite Rods in Circular Waveguide. Nicholas Karayianis; Diamond Ordnance Fuze Laboratory. Some experimental studies of the birefringent phenomena of ferrite rods in circular waveguide are discussed in this paper. These phe¬ nomena were investigated experimentally at 9.375 kmc/sec in standard 15/16 inch and reduced circular waveguide. Measurements of insertion loss and phase shift were made as functions of length and diameter of the ferrite rods for two fixed sizes of circular waveguide. Also, similar measurements were made as a function of the diameter of reduced cir¬ cular waveguide completely filled with ferrite, and two representative size diameters were investigated varying the frequency from 9.0 to 10.0 kmc/sec. It was found that the phase shifts produced by ferrite in reducer circular waveguide are much larger than those produced in standard 15/16 inch guide and that the cutoff effects in reduced guide further enhance the phase shifts. 3. Scattering of Polarized Neutrons. Frank L. Hereford; University of Virginia. If polarized neutrons are scattered by a nucleus for which the neutron-nucleus interaction involves spin-orbit couphng, a right-left asym¬ metry appears in the angular distribution of scattered neutrons^ If the magnitude of the spin-orbit term in the scattering potential is known, this right-left asymmetry can be used to determine the degree of polari¬ zation of the incident neutrons. Similarly, if the degree of polarization of the incident neutrons is known, the right-left asymmetry yields in¬ formation about the spin-orbit effects for a particular scatterer. These effects can be described quantitatively and form the theoretical basis of the results presented in the following paper. 4. Experimental Results, Polarization of D-D Neutrons. B. McCormac, M. Steuer, C. Bond, and F. Hereford; University of Virginia. The polarization of the d(d,n)He^ neutrons as a function of incident deuteron energy and angle from the deuteron target has been investi¬ gated. The right over left asymmetry of the neutrons scattered from was taken simultaneously by two counters. This scatterer was used at an angle which gives 100% efficiency in detecting polarized neutrons. A colhmator of wedges of HaO plus HsBOj plus Pb schielded the 1” by 1” by 1/4” stilbene crystals from the neutron beam. From the measured right over left asymmetry the polarization was computed. Reasonable 2. J. Schwinger, Phys. Rev. 69, 681 (1946). 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 263 agreement was obtained with the theoretical calculations made by Blin- Sotyle® and Firez\ A polarization of 10.6% at Bx of 53° was ob¬ tained for 600KEV incident deutrons. These polarized neutrons were then scattered from zirconium and carbon to determine the polarization as a function of scattering angle. For carbon, in agreement with Meier et flf, a Sin B^x dependence was observed. Incomplete results on zir¬ conium indicate some lik© a Sin AB2 dependence. 5, The Production and Scattering of Polarized Electrons. Wilham G. Pettus; University of Virginia. An investigation has been carried out in order to determine whether or not the polarization of electrons by nuclear single scattering is pre¬ dicted correctly by the Mott theory. A double scattering experiment was carried out in which a partially polarized beam of electrons was produced by the first scattering as evidenced by an azimuthal asym¬ metry in the distribution of the second scattered electrons. These experiments have been carried out in the energy range from 80 to 200 kilovolts and for scattering angles of 60, 90, and 120 degrees. The degree of polarization produced by scattering from gold foils (0.16“Vcin^) was determined relative to that produced by scattering from aluminum (1.8“Vcm^). This procedure of normahzing the ob¬ servations for gold to those for aluminum allowed the effects of instru¬ mental asymmetries to be minimized. The results show clearly a polarization effect and its magnitude is considered in satisfactory agreement with the theory for energies above 120 kilovolts. Below 120 kilovolts the measured asymmetries are defi¬ nitely low and seem to follow the trend observed by Ryu. The ob¬ served angular dependence of the polarization asymmetry appears to confirm the recent calculations of Mohr and Tassie which indicate increased asymmetries for angles larger than 90 degrees. 6. Sunlight Integrator of Wide Intensity Range. E. W. Glossbrenner and H. Y. Loh; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. A moderately priced sunlight integrator which registers the amount of light received through the entire length of the day has been designed and constructed. The detecting element is a photomultiplier tube with ample sensitivity to measure early morning and late evening light. As the light changes ®R. J. Blin-Stoyle, Proc. Phys. Soc. 65 A, 949 (1952). Fierz, Helv. Phys. Acta. 25, 629 (1952). ^R. W. Meier, P. Scherrer, and G. Trumpy, Helv. Phys. Act. 27, 577 (1954). 264 The Virginia Journal of Science [September during the day, filters of greater or less density are inserted automatically into the light path to prevent damage to the tube and at the same time to maintain rehabihty of the measurements. Six filters are provided to give a complete coverage of the daily range of sunhght intensity, each filter being coupled to a counter recording photoelectric charge accumulated at that filter density. The phototube is located inside a rotating transparent drum on which are mounted the filters. Rotation of the drum in the proper direction is initiated by variations of sunhght intensity. Precise positioning of the filters and choice of counter is controlled automatically by a specially designed commutator assembly. This allows the instrument to function unattended. 7. Ion Source for 2 Mev Electrostatic Accelerator. J. T. Rogers; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. The r-f ion source constructed for the V. P. I. Electrostatic Accelera¬ tor is designed to produce a current of 1.0 ma with a gas consumption of 1 cm at standard temperature and pressure. It is a modification of the Moak and Thoneman designs. Power for the source and associated circuits is provided by a 500 watt peimanent magnet alternator. Con¬ struction problems and design criteria will be discussed. 8. Design and Construction of a Magnetic Analyzer for the V.P.I. Electrostatic Accelerator. David W. Ohver; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. Nearing completion at V. P. I. is a ninety degree magnetic analyzer which is to be used in conjunction with the V. P. 1. electrostatic acceler¬ ator to analyze the accelerator beam, to aid in focusing the beam, and to serve as part of the beam energy measuring system and as a part of the beam energy control system. The magnet is the double-focusing, non-uniform field type designed to deflect a four MEV deuteron beam in a sixteen inch radius. Power for the magnet is supphed by a 6.5 kilo¬ watt amphdyne controlled motor-generator set. 9. Voltage Control of the V. P. 1. Electrostatic Accelerator. George L. Ball; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. Under construction in the Department of Physics at Virginia Poly¬ technic Institute is a voltage control system for the nuclear accelerator which utilizes corona feedback. An aluminum slit box using tantalum sHts collimates the particle beam and analyzes it according to energy. The signal received from the sht jaws is electronically amphfied and fed to a corona discharge system inside the tank of the accelerator. The accelera- 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 265 tor electrode voltage is stabilized by an automatic change in the corona current when fluctuations occur in the beam energy. 10. Some Remarks on the Diagonalization of Matrices in Quantum Mechanics. S. Olanoff; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. The eigenvalue problem is considered and three avenues of approach are reviewed: the solution of quantum mechanical operator equations (such as the Schrodinger equation); the matrix method that leads to the secular equation and its solution; and the evaluation of the eigenvalues directly from the diagonal form of the operator matrix. It is pointed out that the direct evaluation of the eigenvalues from the diagonal form of the operator matrix is a relatively cumbersome procedure. Thus the real value of diagonalizing the matrix does not lie in its direct use for finding the eigenvalues. In the view of the author, this point should be made explicitly in the instruction of graduate students who are encountering the matrix formulation of quantum mechanics for the first time. The value of the diagonalization procedure for quantum mechanics is then discussed. 11. The Distribution of Ionization Energy Losses of Mu Mesons IN Argon. T. E. Gilmer, Jr.®, Robert Mace, E. D. Palmatier; University of North Carolina. Studies of the ionization energy losses of relativistic cosmic ray mesons have been made using a specially constructed proportional counter with argon gas at pressures up to 80 atmospheres. Standard Geiger counter telescope techniques were used to restrict the meson path length and to define the meson energy groups. The pulses produced by indi¬ vidual mesons were amplified and analyzed on a forty-channel pulse- height analyzer of special design. The distribution of the pulses was observed to become narrower with increasing pressure in qualitative agreement with theory. This variation of width with pressure is com¬ pared with the theories of Landau, Blunck and Leisegang, and Moyal. It is found that the experimental widths fall in between the values pre¬ dicted by the last two theories. 12. The Preparation and Strange Behavior of Pseudomonocrystals OF Alpha-Titanium. Francis J. Denise and Henry Leidheiser, Jr.; Virginia Institute For Scientific Research. Commercially pure titanium rods, 1/2" in diameter and 2" long, were 3R. J. Blin-Stowle, Proc. Phys. Soc. 65 A, 949 (1952). ® Now at Experiment Incorporated. 266 The Virginia Journal of Science [September wrapped in foil and sealed in evacuated Vycor tubes. When such rods were cycled between 850° and 1200 °C. or between room temperature and 1200 °C., large crystals of the beta-phase were formed at the high temperature. On cooling through the transition temperature at 880°C. the high-temperature crystal recrystallized to a very highly oriented assembly of small crystals of the low-temperature, alpha phase. Since the orientation was so high and continued to the boundaries of the original high-temperature crystal the term “pseudomonocrystal” is warranted. Heating a pseudocrystal in an evacuated Vycor tube at 850°C. for sev¬ eral days resulted in a great change in shape of the cross section, which change in shape was discontinuous at the boundary of another pseudo- crystal. One type of commercial titanium became severly distorted when cycled between 860° and 1200°C. Metallographic and X-ray studies were made of the pseudocrystals. 13. Time of Flight Apparatus for High Energy Neutrons. P. J. Dolan, P. J. Kenny and H. A. Fincher; University of Virginia. The apparatus described herein was designed for use in measure¬ ments of angular distributions of scattered neutrons. 15.2 Mev neutrons obtained from the H^(d,n)He* reaction were used. A one million volt Van der Graaff generator was utilized to accelerate the deutrons. Col- limation was performed electronically by counting coincidences between neutrons and the recoil alpha particles which were physically collimated. This avoided the high gamma background introduced by mechanical collimation. The counters were plastic scintillation crystals attached to model 6342 photomultipliers. One output of each of these went to a fast coincidence circuit, and a second output from each counter went through a pulse height discriminating device and then to a slow triple coincidence circuit. The output of the fast coincidence circuit furnished the third input to the triple coincidence circuit. Thus, the scaler, which counted the output of the triple coincidence circuit registered a count only when events occurred in both counters within a short time of each other and which caused pulses of the desired size. Collimated beams of neutrons about 12° wide were obtained. This width was a function of the counter size, and could have been made smaller if desired. Times of light were measured over paths of 15 cm. and 30 cm. with an accuracy of about 5%. These times amounted to 3 x 10'^ and 6 X 10~^ sec. respectively. 14. Standard Cell for Student Potentiometer. F. L. Robeson and J. F. Ryman; Virginia Polyetchnic Institute. The mallory mercury-zinc dry cell (RM-1000), widely used as the “A” battery in hearing aids, has been found very satisfactory as the ® Now at Experiment Incorporated . 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 267 standard cell for students beginning measurements with the potentiometer. In each of four laboratories, a single cell of this type has been used without replacement for three years. During that time the greatest change of emf was from 1.3554 to 1.3392 volts. The temperature co¬ efficient between --l^C. and -b30®C. is 0.0001 per 1°C, 15. Elastic Scattering of 14 MEV Neutrons. Patrick J. Kenny, Herbert A. Fincher, Philip J. Dolan; University of Virginia. In order to study the applicability of the Fesbach, Porter, Weisskopf (Phys. Rev. 96, 448 {1954) "cloudy crystal ball” model of the nucleus at intermediate energies, the scattering of 15-Mev neutrons by various targets was undertaken. This energy was chosen, because it is high enough so that compound elastic scattering can be ignored and the ex¬ perimental results more easily compared with the predictions of the theory. (Jtilizing the University of Virginia Van der Graaf electrostatic ac¬ celerator as a source of accelerated deuterons, neuterons were produced in the T(d,n)a reaction. "Electronic collimation” of the beam of neu¬ trons was secured by counting only neutrons in coincidence with as in an arbitrarily chosen direction. The neutron beam so defined was then scattered by a target, and the scattered neutrons were counted by a neutron detector whose bias was set to reject those neutrons inelastically scattered. Gamma rays from inelastic neutron scatterinor in the target were rejected because of their shorter flight time, whereas background neutrons- scattered by the walls were rejected because of their longer flight time. The data obtained for aluminum and lead scatters have been com¬ pared with the original optical model and a few of its subsequent mod¬ ifications. 16. Positron Annihilation in Liquids and Solids. S. Berko; University of Virginia. 17. The Effects of Temperature and Phase Ghange Upon Positron Annihilation. Hugh S. Landes, S. Berko, and Artley J. Zuchelli; University of Virginia. Delayed coincidence measurements have yielded an anomalous life¬ time (2.35 i 2) X 10“^ sec., for positrons annihilating directly in liquid helium. No anomalous or long lived component was observed for 268 The Virginia Journal of Science [September positron lifetimes in liquid nitrogen, only a short lived component of (3.02 + .3)10*^° sec. The observed lifetimes for positrons annihilating in Teflon at liquid helium and liquid nitrogen temperatures suggest a deviation from linearity for the functional relation between temperature and positron lifetimes in Teflon. The effect of a phase change upon positron behavior was determined by observing the lifetimes for positrons annihilating in the organic crystal, naphthelene, throughout the temperature range from 25 °C. to 100*^0. The anomalous lifetime was found to increase about the melt¬ ing point of 80.2 ""C. and to reach a value 2^4 times its room tempera¬ ture lifetime. Furthermore, the number of positrons annihilating with the anomalous lifetime was seen to triple upon passing from the solid phase to the liquid phase. These data suggest a strong correlation between positron behavior and disorder of the crystal, i. e., the capture cross section for positrons annihilating with the anomalous lifetime increases with the disorder. On the other hand, the triplet to singlet conversion rate decreases with disorder, thereby giving an increase in lifetime. 18. Concerning the Liquefaction of Helium. L. G. Hoxton; University of Virginia. In a program of low temperature research the production of the temperatures desired and the experimental researches dependent thereon are often conveniently considered as two separate undertakings. This paper is limited to the former imdertaking. The Department of Physics in the University of Virginia has been operating a Collins plant for liquefying helium (at 4.3 °K.) for the last three years. Since appar¬ ently at the present time there is no similar plant in any other academic institution in Virginia, it is thought that a brief account of experiences with it and of accessories made for it would be of interest locally even if not in the realm of discovery. 19. Temperature Effect in G-M Counters. Addison D. Campbell; University of Richmond. The effect of temperature change in the range from 0°C. to 80°C. on argon-alcohol filled G-M counters was investigated. For a counter having a good plateau characteristic at room temperature, no effect was noted from 2°C. (the condensation temperature of the alcohol vapor) to 80°C. At 0°C. the plateau of this counter disappeared. This effect may be attributed to the formation of semi-conducting paths between the electrodes through the condensed alcohol. 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 269 Other counters having poorer plateau characteristics exhibited tem¬ perature effects at temperatures as high as 10 °C. This is believed to be due to air contamination in the counters. 20. Instrumentation Problems in Underwater Explosion Tests. M. E. Cruser, Jr.; U. E. R. D., Norfolk Naval Shipyard. A general description of a program of instrumentation for under¬ water explosion tests against structures is outhned. Various gauges and recording methods are described, and problems in obtaining faitli- ful records are discussed. 21. Tensile Strength of Liquid Helium \ J. W. Beams; University of Virginia. The tensile strength of hquid hehum has been measured by a cen¬ trifugal method similar in principal to that used by L. J. Briggs® in his classical experiments on the tensile strengths of hquids near room tem¬ perature. Prehminary results give the tensile strength of hquid hehum be¬ tween 0.3 and 0.5 atmospheres. Below the Lambda point the tensile strength also has been measured by a piston and cyhnder method. The values obtained are in essential agreement with those found by the cen- trilugal method. 22. Mechanical Strength of Thin Silver Films®. M. M. Jones, Jr., S. Martinez and A. Stamper; University of Virginia. The mechanical strength of thin silver films varying in thickness from 4 X 10-® cm to 2 x 10-® cm was tested by the bulge technique. The silver films were prepared by evaporating silver on a readily dissoluble plastic film mounted across one end of a small tubular cyhnder. After the plastic was dissolved, leaving only the silver film, the cyhnder was mounted on a nozzle attached to the movable stage of a microscope. Air pressure was apphed until the film ruptured. From the pressure and deflection reading the tensile strength of the silver film could be calculated using the equation derived from L. N. Kachanow. The results of the experiment showed that the average tensile strength gradually increased as the film thickness decreased with cer- atin films showing a marked increase in tensile strength. Supported by Office Ordnance Research, U. S. Army and Navy Bu. Ord. ® L. J. Briggs, J. Appl. Phys, 21, 721, (1950). ® Supported by OOR. 270 The Virginia Journal of Science [September 23. The Magnetic Balance. C. W. Hulbert and M. G. Sheffield; University of Virginia. The change in position of a small magnetically supported sphere as the space around it was evacuated of gas was first noted by Beams'. In subsequent work, it has been found that a change in mass of 10=^ grams can be detected in a sphere weighing 175 micrograms^ and that a change of grams can be detected in a sphere weighing 2 micro¬ grams®. Besides the buoyancy effect in gases, absorption effects were also found. The magnetic balance used to obtain the results above is the usual type of magnetic support circuit except that the position signal is obtained from light reflected from the sphere into a photomultiplier in¬ stead of the usual tuned grid tuned plate oscillator detector. A modification of this balance is being used at the present time ta study the properties of liquids. Sucrose solutions (water as a solvent) were chosen for the preliminary study of liquids because of the linearity between density and concentration. Adsorption effects are found here also, and preliminary results show that metalHc surfaces adsorb a large amount of sucrose. Thus far coating with paraffin has been the only method for reducing the adsorption an appreciable amount. 24. Tensile Strength of Thin Metallic Films at Liquid Nitrogen Temperature. P. B. Price, Jr.; University of Virginia. Thin films of silver are electrodeposited on tlie surfaces of small, highly polished cylindrical rotors which have been specially treated to reduce adhesion. The rotor is supported magnetically in a vacuum, surrounded by a bath of liquid nitrogen, and accelerated synchronously by means of a rotating magnetic field until the film bursts and is thrown off. From a knowledge of the rotational speed of the rotor at the time of film failure, the tensile strength of the film can be determnied, using AR the relation T=:p w^R^ — r — n T= tensile strength R=: radius of rotor density of film A = adhesive force per unit area w=: angular velocity at time of h=film thickness failure For films thicker than about 6 x 10"^ cm., the strength is about that of bulk silver at room temperature. Thinner films exhibit increas¬ ing tensile strength which is explained on the basis of dislocation theory. 1 Beams, J. W., Rev. Sci. Instr., 21, 182 (1960) 2 Lotz, W. E., “Magnetic Balance,” Dissertation in Physics ; University of Virginia (1953) 3 Montague, R. M., ‘^Gaseous Adsorption Measurements Using the Magnetic Balance” Thesis in Physics, University of Virginia (1966). 271 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 25. The Compression of Condensed Gases to 20,000 KG/cm^* at Low Temperature. John W. Stewart; University of Virginia. The previously reported^ piston displacement technique for measur¬ ing compressibilities of solidified gases at low temperature has been carried up to pressures of 20,000 kg/cm^^, and has been extended to in¬ clude solid helium. For helium at 4°K., measurements have been made between 2,000 and 20,000 kg/cm^ and the results correlated with the molar volumes at pressures below 2,000 kg/cm^ which were obtained thermally by Dugdale and Simon’ Values of the molar vol¬ ume and instantaneous compressibility at 4°K. follow: Pressure Molar Volume v\ ap /t kg/cm^ cmV mole cmVkg 143 17.1 93 X 10-" 2,000 10.7 11 4,000 9.30 5.5 8,000 7.93 3.0 12,000 7.20 1.9 16.000 6.70 1.4 20,000 6.41 1.2 Results from other solidified gases at 4°K. and higher temperatures will also be presented. 26. The Determination of Molecular Weights by the Equilibrium ULTPtACENTRIFUGE MeTHOD. Kenneth D. Williams; University of Virginia. The equipment consists primarily of a 9 pound steel rotor, spinning at speeds of 100-300 revolutions per second in an evacuated chamber. It has been found that with a vacuum approximately 10'^ mm, Hg., the deceleration of the rotor is only about 1 r. p. s. in 10-12 hours. A dilute solution of the sample is put in a sector-shaped cell con¬ tained in the rotor. The rotor is accelerated by means of an air turbine and then allowed to coast until the rate of sedimentation and the rate of diffusion of the molecules are balanced, thus establishing a condition of equilibrium. Measurements of the concentration distribution within the cell are made from photographs (spectroscopic plates) of a changing interference 10 Physical Review, 97, 578 (1955). 11 Proc. Royal Acad., A218, 291 (1953). 272 The Virginia Journal of Science [September pattern produced by the refractive index dependence on concentration. The molecular weight is calculated by use of the formula^. M =: 2RT In (C,/Ci) / (l~Vp) (x' - x^) where R is the gas content, T the absolute temperature, and Cj the concentration^ at the radial distance Xg and Xi respectively, o) the angular velocity, V the partial specific volume of the solute, and P the density of the solution. 27. Some Methods of Making Thin Film Windows for Electrons. W. Kent Ford, Jr.; University of Virginia. Various methods of making thin metallic films have been tried in an attempt to make windows for an image-intensifying device to be used for astronomical purposes. A thin film window in an image tube serves to prevent contaminating vapors from a photographic plate from reach¬ ing a cesium photocathode and destroying its sensitivity. To serve this purpose the thin film must be free of pinholes, thin enough to pass lOkv t3lectrons with negligible scattering, and sufficiently strong to support its own weight over an aperture of 1 cm. or larger. In addition, the film must image The general approach has been to evaporate aluminum onto an or¬ ganic backing such as collodion or Zapon. At first, attempts were made to remove this backing material by using a solvent, or by baking in vacuum until the backing decomposed. Films made in this way were unsatisfactory because of the difficulty of removing the backing and because such films were very fragile and had pinholes. Stronger films were made by using a backing which remained after baking. It was found that films evaporated onto Formvar (polyvinyl formal) would withstand the baking out, but it was difficult to produce large uniform Formvar films. Recently, the following method has been used with considerable success: A large Zapon film is made in the con¬ ventional way by placing a drop of Zapon on a clean surface of water and lifting the film when it has hardened. Then Formvar dissolved in chloroform is allowed to run over the surface of the fresh Zapon film. After the excess Formvar solution has drained off and the film hardened, the aluminum is evaporated onto the Formvar surface. The Zaphon can then be removed by using amyl acetate as a solvent, leaving the Formvar backing of the evaporated metallic film, intact. Films made in this way have considerable strength, are generally free of pinholes, have thick¬ nesses less than 0.05 mg./cm, and withstand baking out at 400 °C. (This work was supported by the Carnegie Institution of Washington.) withstand a baking out process at 300° C. in the evacuation of the tube. ^ Svedberg The K. O. Pedersen, “The Ultracentrifuge” (Oxford Press, 1940). 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 273 28. An Interesting L-C-R Circuit as a Test Problem. Addison D. Campbell; University of Richmond. An interesting d. c. circuit containing inductance, capacitance, and resistance was discussed and its value as an exercise for students of elec¬ tricity at the undergraduate level was pointed out. 29 Particle Distribution From a Thin Source in Contact with a COLLIMATOR^^ Glenn H. Miller; Ordnance Research Laboratory, University of Virginia. Calculations have been made on various quantitites associated with a thin particle source in contact with a collimator consisting of a flat plate with cylindrical holes. Expressions have been obtained for the distribu¬ tion in angle for the emitted particles, the track length distribution in the source, and the total counting rate for any maximum angle. The total counting rate falls off very rapidly as the colhmation is made more severe. It is concluded that the use of a colhmator is not generally advisable, unless it is necessary to restrict the particles to a small angular spread. For such cases the expressions obtained make possible a rapid calculation of such quantities as the source thickness necessary for a given counting rate and the resulting distribution in energy loss in the course. 30. Statistical Relations Between Galactic Orbital Elements of Red Dwarf Stars. E. R. Dyer, Jr.; Leander McCormick Observatory, University of Virginia. Space velocities with respect to the sun have been computed from proper motions, parallaxes, and radial velocities for the first 305 red dwarfs discovered in the McCormick spectral survey. The galatocentric orbital elements a (semi-major axis), e (eccentricity) and i (inclination to the galactic plane) were calculated under the following well justified assumptions: (a) the motions in our neighborhood around the massive galactic center 8000 parsecs away are nearly Keplerian; (b) the point of maximum density in velocity space is identified with the circular veloc¬ ity of 200 km/sec. Preliminary plots show varying degrees of correlation between the elements in the following senses: (A) Orbits with a different from 8000 parsecs have for obvious reasons correspondingly large e; (B) The dis¬ persion in i increases with increasing e; (C) The dispersion in i for orbits in the range a = 7 to 9 kiloparsecs is considerably smaller than outside 13 This work was done at the Ames Laboratory of the U. S. Atomic Energy Commission at Iowa College while the author was associated with that institution. 274 The Virginia Journal of Science [September this range; this is possibly a correlation compounded from (A) and (B). This situation is similar to that prevailing among bodies in the solar system., It may reflect primordial conditions in the Galaxy, where stars (or proto-stars) with low inclinations would undergo more extensive momentum exchange with the surrounding material and would thus tend to have large eccentricities reduced. 31. A Pressure Regulation for A Low-Pressure Continuous Flow Ionization CHAMBER^^ Ralph A. Lowry, John E. OsheP^ and Glenn H. Miller; Ordnance Research Laboratory, University of Virginia. A description is given of an automatic pressure-regulating device for a continuous-flow ionization chamber operated in the pressure range of 1 to 10 mm. Hg. The pressure monitor, consisted of an oil manometer, a light source, and two phototubes arranged whereby any small change in pressure gave rise to a corresponding electrical signal. This signal was used to control the power to a thermal gas flow valve. The regulator was capable of maintaining the pressure constant to within 0.03 mm. Hg. for a period of at least 24 hours. 32. Defining Functions. Robert C. Yates; College of William and Mary. For many reasons it seems important to define elementary functions properly before quitting a first course in Calculus. For example, a geometric treatment of the continuity of the sine function is wholly un¬ satisfactory; the calculation of the logarithm of a number through its customary definition is impossible except by an uncontrollable approxima¬ tion. There are various ways by which the elementary transcendental func¬ tions may be satisfactorily defined. A choice and popular means is via a definite intergral. A useful means, but somewhat less neat, is through a differential equation with conditions imposed on the function and its derivatives. By far the most direct means, however, is through the medium of power series. It is through such series that the logarithm, the experimental, the trigonometric and inverse trigonometric functions are defined. Assuming that the processes of addition, multiplication, differentiation, and integration are applicable, all properties of these functions are estab¬ lished. Points of particular interest are the periodicity property of the trigonometric functions derived directly from their defining series, and the calculation with controllable accuracy of all function values. This work was done at the Ames Laboratory, of the U. S. Atomic Energy Commission at Iowa State College while the authors were associated with that institution. Present Address : University of California, Berkley, California. 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 275 33. Astrometric Investigations on a Star Association in the Con¬ stellation OF Cygnus. Heinrich K. Eichhom; Leander McCormick Observatory, Uni¬ versity of, Virginia. Recently, L. Muench and W. W. Morgan^® pointed out a group of OB stars around BD + 40° 4225. These stars are about 9“ to 10“ but from heavy reddening the total absorption is estimated about 5“. Measurable proper motions might be expected, but only if extreme care is used in the reductions. A subsequ^t investigadon of the field of the McCormick telescope” has shown that this instrument has a very noticeable coma and optical distortion, but that its accuracy compares otherwise (m, e. of one exposure 0'i06) very favorably with that of similar instruments^®. For the first epoch only the AC Helsingfors positions were available. To utilize the full inherent accuracy of these positions they were also investigated for coma. The findings of another investigator^® were con¬ firmed. When the proper motions of this association have been measured accurately, we expect to confirm the expansion of the system. 34. Spectral Classification of Stars in the ACK2 Zones. A. G. A. Balz, Jr., (Introduced by A. N. Vyssotsky); Leander McCormick Observatory, University of Virginia, Bergedorf Observatory in Hamburg (Germany) is engaged in a de¬ termination of proper motions of some 180,000 faint stars, in the northern hemisphere. In order to make these motions statistically significant, it is important to have spectral classifications of these stars. For some 120,000 stars, spectra are available in publications of other observatories. The McCormick Observatory undertook to classify the remaining 60,000. A preliminary comparison of our classification with those of Bergedorf and Crimea (U.S.S.R.) shows that our accidental errors and systematic differences are small. This work has been supported by the National Science Foundation, 35. The Astrometric Orbit of Chi Draconis 1900.0: R.A. = 18°22“.9 Decl. = + 72°41’). H. L. Alden, W. E. Mitchell, Jr., and V. Osvalds; Leander McCormick Observatory, University of Virginia. Chi Draconis is a spectroscopic and an imresolved astrometric binary. 18 L. Muench and W. W. Morgan, Ap. J. 118, 161, 1953. ” H. K. Eichhorn, A. J. 61, 3, 1956. 18 W. Dieckvoss, A. N. 282, 25, 1955. i®H. O. Gronstrand, Acta Soc. Sclent. Fenn, Nov. Ser. A, Tom II No. 7. 276 The Virginia Journal of Science [September Its visual magnitude is 3.7, spectral type dF5. The periodic variation in its radial velocity, indicating duplicity, was discovered by W. H. Wright in 1898. The large spectroscopic orbit suggested that an astrometric orbit might be derived also. There are two series of plates taken with the 26-inch visual refractor at the Leander McCormick Observatory. The first series, discussed by Alden in 1936, revealed further evidence of the duplicity of the system and gave a set of orbital elements. However, that series was taken in the early days of the astrometric photography and naturally was not as accurate as is possible today. On his return to the McCormick Observatory, Alden began an extensive second series. During the interval April 1946- August 1952, 92 plates were obtained covering 8 revolutions. The measurement of these plates yields a more reliable astrometric orbit in good agreement with the spectroscopic results. The period P = 280.53 days and the eccentricity of orbit e = 0.45 have been accepted from the latter and used throughout this work. The results are: Semi major axis Inclination of orbit Parallax, absolute Annual proper motion: in R.A. in Deck total a = O'iOSl = 0*357 Astr. Units i = 54° 77 = + 0iJl43 = + o'.' 505 liS =- 0*392 l^ = 0'J64 in 128° 36. Certain Properties of Hyper-cubes, Regular Hyper-tetra¬ hedrons AND Hyper-spheres. Herta T. Freitag, Hollins College; Arthur H. Freitag, Jefferson Sr. H. S., Roanoke, Virginia. The above listed hyper-solids are constructed by the usual inductive procedure. The three continuities are: (1) point, line-segment, square, cube, tesseract . . . hypercube of n dimensions, (2) point, line-seg¬ ment, equilateral triangle, regular tetrahedron, regular simplex .... regular hypertetrahedron of n dimensions; (3) point extremities of a line segment, circle, sphere .... hyper-sphere of n dimensions. The principles employed for the space-extension of these sequences are set forth in the paper. Formulas for the number of boundary manifolds, the lengths of the hyper-heights, the lengths of the circum- and inscribed hyper-radii, and the hyper-volumes, are some of the properties developed in this work. In general, these formulas are established by mathmatical induction. N + i\ \rT+“T i + 1/ i! V 2^ for the i-dimensional hyper-contents of n-dimensional Tegular hyper-tetra- 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 277 hedron is an example. Well known relationships about certain properties of one-, two- and three-dimensional configurations in 3-dimensional Euclidean space emerge as special cases of a general law. For example, the above formula may be used for finding the perimeter, or area of any equi¬ lateral triangle as well as for the surface or volume of any tetrahedron. 37. A Simplified Design for a Sphere Grinder Applicable to Very Hard Materials. Lilly R. Rappaport and William H. Dancy, Jr.^”, Ordnance Research Laboratory, University of Virginia. In the past few years several devices have been described in the literature for grinding spheres from various materials. A study was made of these methods as apphed to ferrites and other similar ceramics of extremely hard and brittle nature, and a design was evolved based on certain modifications of a unit due to Reggia and Stadler^\ The instrument and its performance will be discussed in detail. It is cur¬ rently used to grind spheres from various ferrites beginning with pieces of 1/4 inch diameter rods, but can be adapted to other sizes of stock. It is capable of high precision in sphericity, and the necessary grinding time is reasonably short. 38. The Effect of Film Thickness on the Adhesion of Chromium Films Electrodeposited on Steel^**. Wilham H. Dancy, Jr., and William M. Bland; Ordnance Research Laboratory, University of Virginia. Small steel cylindrical rotors containing electrodeposited films of chromium have been suspended in a magnetic field and accelerated until the centrifugal forces acting on the plate cause the films to be torn from the base metal. The maximum stress on the adhesive band can be computed directly with a knowledge of the size of the rotor, the thickness and density of the rotor coating, and the speed of the rotor at failure. The stress is applied normally at the interface and involves no shear. It has been generally known for some time that the thickness of the electrodeposited film had a definite influence on the adhesive force. With the new and improved testing method described above it has been possible to examine this effect in more detail. The results of this study will be presented as well as those obtained from an investigation of the effect of various pre-bath cleaning treatments on the adhesion. 20 Supported by the Office of Naval Research. 21 R. S. 1. 26, 731 (1955). 2 2 Supported by the U. S. Army Ordnance Corps. 278 The Virginia Journal of Science [September 39. Taylor Instabilities in High Speed Slip FLOw■^ Robert B. Nelson and A. R. Kuhlthau; Ordnance Research Laboratory, University of Virginia. A high speed modification of a concentric cylinder viscosimeter with the inner cylinder rotating has been used to measure drag forces in low density air. Taylor has shown theoretically that this geometry should produce inherent instabilities above a critical Reynolds Number, cul¬ minating in the formation of a series of vortices. This effect has been observed by several investigators using liquids and even gases at low speeds and relatively high densities. The present work represents a detailed investigation of the predicted instability region under the conditions of low densities and extremely high cylinder speeds (surface speeds up to 1600 ft. per sec., Mach. No. = 1.47). The apparatus will be described briefly and experimental results presented. An evaluation of these data with regard to theory and other experimental work will be presented. 40. An Improved Method for the Accurate Determination of the Surface Temperature of Rapidly Moving BoDIEs^^ A. R. Kuhlthau and Lilly L. Rappaport; Ordnance Research Laboratory, University of Virginia. A simple method for the measurement of the surface temperature of objects with which one is unable to make contact has been previously reported to the Academy^®. This paper will describe various revisions and improvements made during the ensuing years which have markedly enhanced the accuracy and flexibility of the method. The basic principles of operation remain essentially the same as before and may be outlined briefly as follows: A lead sulfide cell is used as a detector for the infra red radiation from a similar body at known temperature. The radiation beam is modu¬ lated mechanically at 10 c. p. s., and the corresponding output of the detector is amplified by a tuned amplifier whose output may be cali¬ brated to give the desired temperature directly. 41. A High Speed Electronic Amalog MuLTIPLIER®^ Donald F. Nieman; Ordnance Research Laboratory, University of Virginia. Work in progress at the Ordnance Research Laboratory of the Uni- 23 Supported by Bureau of Ordnance, U. S. Navy under Contract NOrd 15875. 2* C. I. Taylor, Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, Ser. A, 223, 289-343 (1923). 25 Supported by the Bureau of Ordnance, U. S. Navy under Contract NOrd 15875. 23 Va. Jour. Sci. 4, Pg. 222, Sept. 1953. 2'^ Supported by the Bureau of Ordnance, U. S. Navy under Contract NOrd 15875. [956] Proceedings 1955-1956 279 v^ersity of Virginia required highly stable hnear multipliers for use in real time simulation. Analog multipliers in conjunction with arbitrary function generators may be used to simulate the transfer characteris¬ tics of physical systems. In addition, these devices, in the communica¬ tions sense, are excellent suppressed carrier linear modulators. After an extensive survey of the field one commercial multiplier^® was chosen as offering, in principle, the most promise in fulfilhng the laboratory's needs. This paper will describe work done in speeding up this unit and improving its stabihty and linearity characteristics. Business Meeting At its business meeting the membership elected the following new officers: Chairman, Melvin A. Pittman; Secretary, Edward E. Dyer, Jr.; Section Editor, Irving G. Foster. 28 Manufactured by G. A. Philbrick Researches, Inc, 280 The Virginia Journal of Science [September MINUTES OF THE SECTION OF BACTERIOLOGY (3) A. L. Rosensweig, President Wesley Volk, Vice-President Barbara H. Caminita, Secretary-Treasurer P. Arne Hansen, Section Editor FRIDAY, MAY 11, 1956-MONTICELLO ROOM, JEFFERSON HOT8L 1. Lactose Urea Iron Agar; a New Differential Medium for THE Isolation of Salmonella. John McNeill Sieburth; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station. Double and triple sugar iron agar slants which are widely used as differential tube media in the isolation of Salmonella fail to definitely separate species of Proteus from Salmonella. An autoclave sterilized lactose urea iron agar (LUI agar) has been developed which clearly separates cohforms as well as species of Proteus from other lactose non¬ fermenting organisms. Isolates having urease activity are detected in the original subculture from primary differential plate media, thereby obviating the customary use of a separate urease test medium. The basal medium of LUI agar consists of heart infusion agar (to support luxuriant growth) with the addition of lactose and urea as substrates, ferrous sulfate and sodium thiosulfate as a hydrogen sulfide indicator, mono- and di-hydrogen phosphates as a buffer, and phenol red as a pH indicator. Another application of LUI agar is as a primary plating medium for ‘organ isolations’. Cultures can be read after 18 hours in¬ cubation but still retain their true reactions after 48 hours. Antigenicity of Salmonella species tested is maintained on this medium. 2. A Preliminary Report on a Freeze-Agglutination Test Applied TO A Respiratory Disease of Chickens. C. H. Domermuth and E. P. Johnson (With the technical as¬ sistance of A. P. Tichelaar; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station. A new serological technique, freeze-agglutination (F-A), has been developed. This test appears to be effective in detecting PPLO infected or carrier birds. The procedure is briefly as follows: Serum which has been heated at 56 C. for 45 min. is delivered into capillary tubes and frozen. The Van Roekel PPLO strain, grown in Difco PPLO medium without crystal violet and concentrated to an optional density of 35 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 281 (Fisher electrophotometer, 650 A filter), is subsequently delivered into the tubes adjacent to the serum and the tubes are incubated horizon¬ tally for 5 min. at 37 °C. The layered serum and antigen is then frozen horizontally, thawed in a horizontal position at 37 °C., rotated to the vertical, slowly inverted, rotated ot an upright position and examined for presence or absence of clumping. Tubes containing no clumped material are regarded as negative and tubes containing clumped material are regarded as positive. Data obtained as a result of comparing the F-A test with the hemag¬ glutination-inhibition test and the macroscopic tube agglutination test indicate that the F-A test is relatively specific, sensitive and compara¬ tively economical to run. Preliminary evidence indicates that suitable modifications of the test will also be useful in other antigen-antibody complexes. 3. Experimental Encephalomyelitis in Cats. P. Y. Paterson, E. D. Brand and M. I. Hansrote; University of Virginia School of Medicine. Several mammalian species ranging in size from monkeys to mice develop encephalomyelitis following the injection of normal brain tissue emulsified in Freund’s adjuvant. The pathogenesis of this condition is unknown. Studies in this laboratory have clearly shown cats to be sus¬ ceptible to encephalomyelitis. Thus a new host has been provided for investigating the nature of this experimental form of tissue damage. Five normal cats received 3 ID or/and SQ injections of homologous brain in adjuvant at 3 week intervals. Each animal developed striking neurological signs 23 to 70 days after initial injection. These signs appeared abruptly and ranged from mild ataxia and weakness of the extremities through marked pupillary inequality to complete paralysis of the hind legs in individual animals. One of 2 cats examined histo¬ logically showed intense, patchy leptomeningitis and widely disseminated vascular inflammatory lesions within the brain and spinal cord. Sero¬ logical, studies revealed that 4 of the 5 animals developed a high titer circulating anti-brain antibody which fixed complement with alcoholic extracts of brain. Studies in progress are designed to extend these observations and define the role this new host may play in an attack upon the pathogenesis of experimental encephalomyelitis. 4. An Unusual Colonial Formation by a Strain of Pseudomonas Aeruginosa. H. J. Melshimer; Medical College of Virginia. The plating of a specimen of bronchial aspirate revealed two colony forms in abundance. One form was the typical flat, somewhat spread- 282 The Virginia Journal of Science [September ing type of colony associated with Pseudomonas; the other was a large, dome-shaped, mucoid looking colony consisting of gram negative mobile rods that subsequently proved to be Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Although mucoid in appearance, this colony form does not string out on picking and does not emulsify easily. All attempts to demonstrate capsules failed. Upon subculturing the mucoid type colony in peptone broth and incubating at 37 °C. a mixture of mucoid and typical Pseudomonas col¬ onies is obtained. Cultivation of the mucoid form on peptone agar plates usually results exclusively in a mucoid colony subculture. 5. Antigenic Components of Lactobacillus lactis. Robert H. Miller and P. Arne Hansen; Department of Bac~ teriology and the Livestock Sanitary Service Laboratory, Uni¬ versity of Maryland. The antigenic components of a collection of 15 authentic strains of Lactobacillus lactis have been investigated. These appear to fall into 3 distinct categories on the basis of their reactivity in prepared mono- specific sera. Various types have been demonstrated in this species, some of which contain major antigenic components that are different from those described by Williams and Orland. All L. lactis strains in¬ vestigated contain the antigenic component K; so far this antigen has not been found in any other lactobacillus. Close agreement between the serology and the physiological characters of the species has been established. 6. Form Variations and Electrophoresis. Shelley Harrell and P. Arne Hansen; Live Stock Sanitary Service Laboratory, University of Maryland. A collection of 37 strains of Salmonella pullorum was classified as "Variant,” “intermediate,” and “standard” by means of absorbed sera, specific for the somatic antigens: 122 or 123. A certain range of elec¬ trophoretic mobility was found to be characteristic for each variety. Using a Michaelis acetate-barbital buffer at pH 6.12 in a Northrop- Kunitz cell, “standard” strains showed a mobility (expressed in w/sec./volt/cm.) higher than 1.26; “variant” strains a mobility lowe* than 1.07; and “intermediate” ones occupied a position in between. The ammonium sulfate precipitation method by J. E. Williams was compared with the serological and the electrophoretic procedures. When the con¬ centration of ammonium sulfate was 404 g. in one liter, complete agree¬ ment was obtained with the three methods. Some of the strains studied were so unstable that it was mandatory to carry Out the tests simultaneously. 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 283 7. Some Causes of Pollution in Shellfish From Harvest to Marketed Product. R. Travis Hill; Virginia State Department of Health, White- stone, Virginia. Business Meeting The following officers were elected to take office January 1, 1957: President, Wesley Volk, University of Virginia; Vice-President, Mrs. Bar¬ bara Caminita, Office of Naval Research, Washington, D. C.; Secretary- Treasiirer, Miles Hench, Medical College of Virginia, Richmond. 284 The Virginia Journal of Science [September MINUTES OF THE SECTION OF BIOLOGY (4) J. L. McHugh, Chairman J. N. Dent, Secretary Robert T. Brumfield, Section Editor FRIDAY, MAY 11, 1956-9:00 A. M.-EMPIRE ROOM ^‘B” * 1. Live Trapping as a Technique of Estimating Rabbit Abundance. John B. Redd, Jr.; Virginia Folytechnic Institute. The estimation of the rabbit population by the use of trap-mark- retrap formulae is questionable unless approximately 40 percent of the estimated population is handled. Due to the seasonal variation in the trapability of the rabbit, this technique appears to be of greatest use in mid-fall when a larger proportion of die rabbit population may be trapped. The trap -mark-retrap technique of estimating rabbit popula¬ tion on a monthly basis seems impractical on areas less than 100 acres due to inability to capture a sufficient number of animals. The use of indices obtained from a hve trapping program may be of value in comparing population densities on various areas. The indices which appear of greatest value for this purpose are (1) total number of individual rabbits captured per land use type and (2) trap nights per rabbit capture by land use type and (3) the total number of rab¬ bits captured per 100 acres of land use type. 2. An Investigation of Factors Affecting the Bear Kill in Virginia. Allen R. Stickley, Jr.; Virginia Folytechnic Institute. Virginia’s bear kill since 1949 has been quite erratic and over the past two years has dechned steeply. Although weather and most con¬ ditions undoubtedly affect this kill, available information indicates that a decline in the bear population is perhaps the primary reason for the drop in black bear kill in Virginia in the past two years. Shortening the season and starting it later in the year are two possible corrective measures that may be expected to help maintain the bear population in the State in the face of the increasing hunting pressure. However, no definite conclusions should be drawn from the scanty data now avail¬ able. 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 285 3. A Study of Sportsmen’s Magazine Preference as a Guide to Effective Conservation Education. Robert H. Giles, Jr.; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. Because of the great need for conservation of our natural resources, and the consequent need for more effective education of the public in wise resource use, a study was made of sportsmen’s magazines to con¬ sider their possibilities as a conservation medium. The study revealed that the most preferred magazines (in order) were: Virginia Wildlife, Field and Stream, Sports Afield, Outdoor Life, and Hunting and Fishing. The reasons for this preference were: “Keeps me informed”, “Is enjoyable to read”, “Gives me a wide variety”, and “Is usually well written.” The four most preferred types of articles were, in order: True tales of hunting and fishing, short articles on animals, stories of places and places to go, and how-to-do-it articles. These preferences and reasons led to the following conclusions and recommendations. An informal, non-educational approach is needed for teaching conservation to adults. This seems best done by well-written, informative articles, and by presenting conservation in those articles most preferred, and consequently most read by sportsmen, published in mag¬ azines with larger circulation. 4. The Acanthocephala of Mountain Lake Mammals H. L. Holloway; Roanoke College. The examination of 178 mammals belonging to six orders has re¬ vealed the presence of five species of the phylum Acanthocephala. Species and host list: Centrorhynchus wardae Holloway, 1956 from Spilogale putorius (Linnaeus); Centrorhynchus species (previously un¬ recognized) from Procyon lot or lot or (Linnaeus); Moniliformis clarki (Ward, 1917) from Tamias striatus and Echinopardalis macrurae (Meyer, 1931) from Spilogale putorius. Each report represents a new locality record. The species of the genus Centrorhynchus generally mature in birds but probably have a low degree of host specificity. The two species reported here were immature and only slightly advanced over encysted juveniles reported from frogs and snakes. Because the primary specific characters of the proboscis attain a stable state early in the ontogeny there would be no difficulty in recognizing the described species upon later encounter. M. ingens has previously been reported from Texas and Pennsylvania. M. clarki is widely distributed in North America. This is the first report of E. macrurae from the fauna of North America. The lack of gravid females in the “Allegheny Spotted Skunk” appears to indicate some degree of host-parasite incompatability. 286 The Virginia Journal of Science [September 5. Three Modes of Reproduction Within a Single Genus (Histio- STAMA, AnOETIDA, Ac ARINA. Roscoe D. Hughes and Caroline Goode Jackson; Medical Col¬ lege of Virginia. Preliminary observations on the mode of reproduction in eleven species of the genus Histiostoma show that one species is nonpartheno- genetic, and ten species are arrhenotokous, the unfertilized eggs giving rise to males, and the fertihzed eggs to females; and four species thely- tokous, all eggs giving rise to females. This extreme degree of plas¬ ticity in the mode of reproduction, and by extension the mode of sex determination within a single genus, appears to be unique in the entire animal kingdom. The examples of thelytokous forms which apparently have arisen from arrhenotokous species in very recent times are given. In both species cited as examples, there are two “hnes,” or incipient sub-species. One “line” of each species is arrhenotokous and the other “line” thelytokous. For both species the females of the arrhenotokous “line” are almost indistinguishable from the females of the thelytokous “line.” The possible significance of these preliminary observations are discussed. 6. Toxonomic and Morphological Studies on the Genus Acanthatrium (Trematoda Lecithodendriidae ) . Thomas C. Cheng; University of Virginia. The genus Acanthatrium in the Family Lecithodendriidae was erected by Faust (1919) to include all trematodes which possess the characteris¬ tics of the genus Lecithodendrium but in addition possess genital atria armed with spines. The generotype is A. nycterides. Lecithodendrium sphaerula (Looss, 1896), was included in the new genus. Up until the present only seven species, excluding the two already mentioned, have been described: A. eptesici Ahcata, 1932, A. molossidis Martin, 1934, A. oregonense Macy, 1939, A. ovatum Yamaguti, 1940, A. alicatai Macy 1940, A. microcanthum Macy, 1940, and A. pipistrelli Macy, 1940. Many of the above mentioned species have been identified from the small intestine of the bat, Eptesicus f. fuscus. In addition to these, two new species of the genus are being described. Detailed studies have shown that the structure of the genital atrium and the morphology of the spines are the only reliable criteria for dif¬ ferentiating species. The reproductive organs and affiliated ducts were traced in whole mounts. Studies of sectioned material were made to determine the structure of these organs, previously poorly described. 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 287 7. A New Species of Aphanomyces, and Its Significance in the Taxonomy of the Water-Molds. William W. Scott; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. A new member of the Saprolegniaceae was described as the cause of a serious epidemic among populations of the planktonic cladoceran Daphnia sp. from Frame Lake, Washtenaw County, Michigan. A de¬ scription of the fungus and a discussion of the differences between it and related species of the genus were included. The significance of the behavior of the primary zoospores under abnormal environmental con¬ ditions was considered. 8. The Chromosome Morphology and Speciation of Some Species IN the Genus Aglaonema. Gertrude Earl; The Blandy Experimental Farm, University of Virginia. The chromosome number and morphology of four species in the genus Aglaonema Schott are given. These are Aglaonema Griffithii Schott (Aglaodorum Griffithii Schott, Aglaonema palustre Teijsm, & Binn.), A. commutatum Schott, A. simplex Blume, and A. Haenkii Schott. The 2n numbers are 36, 120, 60, and 60, respectively. Cytological evidence now seems to indicate that Engler's (1889) treatment of Aglaonema Griffithii as a separate genus Aglaodorum Grif¬ fithii is more correct. The chromosome number, chromosome mor¬ phology, and general morphology of this species is quite different from the other Aglaonema species examined. It is doubtful that these genera should be included within either the tribe Philodendrae as proposed by Bentham and Hooker (1883) or the Richardieae as proposed by Hutchinson (1934). Both classifica¬ tions place Aglaonema and Aglaodorum, which have the longest chrom¬ osomes yet described in the family Araceae, in tribes with genera which have some of the smallest chromosomes. It is suggested that Engler’s classification is more in keeping with the cytological evidence. He places both genera in the tribe Aglaonemeae along with the genus Dieffenbachia Schott which also has very long chromosomes. Aglaonema commutatum with a 2n 120 appears to be a higher polyploid species derived from some species with 2n=60. 9. A Monograph of the Genus Rosa in North America. I. Rosa acicularis. W. H. Lewis; The Blandy Experimental Farm, University of Virginia. Rosa acicularis was described by John Lindley in his Rosarum Mono- 288 The Virginia Journal of Science [September graphia (1820) from a specimen collected in Siberia. Since that time this species has been found distributed over all Northern Eurasia and North America south of the tree line, giving it the most extensive range of any species in the genus. Not only are the Eurasian individuals octaploid (2n=56), but in contrast to the hexaploid individuals of North America (2n=42), but generally they possess longer peduncles with stalked glands, stems with bristles almost equal in length, leaves with 5 leaflets, eglandular below, and uniserrate, with those of North America characteristically have shorter, eglandular peduncles, stems with bristles unequal in length, and leaves with 7 leaflets, glandular below, and biserrate. From this evidence, the species is separable into two. The North American popu¬ lation is named Rosa acicularis Lindl. subsp. Sayi (Schw.) comb. nov. (= R. Sayi Schw., R. bourgeauiana Crep., R. Engelmanni Wats.,); the Eurasian population being known as Rosa acicularis Lindl. subsp. acicu- laris. a-' , /5 'S. 10. Morphological Variation within a Clarke County Population OF Ipomoea hederacae (L.) Jacquin. Robert J. Knight; The Rlandy Experimental Farm, University of Virginia. With the long range view of studying possible evolutionary trends in Ipomoea hederacea, mass collection of this species was begun late in the summer of 1955. Herbarium specimens were made of 102 plants. Individuals in the population varied in leaf character and color of corolla. Rarely 5-lobed leaves are found, but the commonest type is 3-lobed. Corolla color may be a dilute blue or, more commonly, a deeper blue designated “wild”. The genetic behavior of the above traits has not yet been determined. Percentages for the 1955 collection were as follows: dilute color— deeply lobed, 2.94; moderately lobed, 12.75; shallowly lobed, .98; unlobed, 2.94; wild co/or— deeply lobed, 22.55; moderately lobed, 56.86; shallowly lobed, .98. No wild color, unlobed plants were collected. All three lobed percentages can be added together under each corolla color type as follows: wild— lohed, 80.39; unlobed, 0.0; dilute— lobed, 16.67; unlobed, 2.94. Open-pollinated seeds were collected from selected individuals in the population for growing in the greenhouse. This is currently underway. The general similarity of the open-pol~ hnated Fi to the parental type makes an investigation of mode of pol¬ lination in this species desirable. Ipomoea hederacea occurs in tropical America as well as the U.S.A. 11. Hemophilia in the Human Female, a Review and Evaluation. Murl C. Shawver; Madison College. Reports of announcements from England that human female hemo- 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 289 pMia had been discovered were made. The clinical histories and lab¬ oratory reports of three cases were reviewed. These reviews were based on the report of Dr. Clarence Morskey in the Quarterly Journal of Medicine, 1951. Morskey studied two daughters of a first cousin marriage in a family whose bleeding abnormalities had been studied since 1886. One case history was reviewed from Lancet^ June, 1951 by Israels and others. A report was made on the opinions of selected American hema¬ tologists, geneticists, and authors of leading college textbooks of genetics as to the validity of the studies made in England which had resulted in the claim that the first known human female hemophilics had been sub¬ stantiated. It was reported that most of the authorities who responded to the inquiry indicated that the studies made in England on female hemophilics were valid. Several authors indicated that the recent studies in England regarding human hemophilia would be noted in forthcoming revisions of their books. A brief review of recent advances in research on the nature of hemo¬ philia and hemophilia-like diseases was made. 12. The Effects of Nucleic Acids on Growth of Timothy Roots. Robert T. Brumfield; Longwood College. The growth in length of timothy roots is essentially constant under controlled conditions for about 24-36 hours. Total root growth and the growth of individual cells can be accurately measured from photo¬ graphs taken at 30 minute intervals. The timothy root is therefore an excellent object to test the effects of varied environmental conditions. The rate of growth of the roots was observed for a four-hour period; then they were treated with varied concentrations of RNA and RNAse. Preliminary results indicate that treatment with 0.01^ RNA for 2 min¬ utes completely inhibits growth. RNAse 0.005% (2 minutes) stimulated growth in two roots and depressed growth in two; 0.002% depressed growth in two. 13. Plants as Indicators. A. B. Massey; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. Plants may be indicators of soil conditions by virtue of their ability to develop normally. Also they may be used as indicators of chemical elements in the soil by chemical analysis of their tissues. Many plants absorb chemical elements present in the soil in minute amounts. These accumulate in the leaves and stems of some plants. By ashing the tissues of plant and making a chemical analysis of the ash, man can learn more as to the minor elements in the soil. Species 290 The Virginia Journal of Science [September differ as to the amount of the difference minor elements which accumulate in their tissues. The species which accumulates a certain minor ele¬ ment, boron for example, can be used to determine the presence of that element in the soil. 14. Intraspecific Adaptation to Varying Photeperiod in Certain Members of the Convolvulaceae. Robert J. Knight; The Blandy Experimental Farm, University of Virginia. Positive blooming response to a short day— or long dark period— has previously been reported by others for the sweetpotato, Ipomoea Batatas (McClellan, 1928), and for Z. Nil. This is also implicit in Barkers (1917) recorded winter behavior of I. purpurea grown in greenhouses at Ithaca, N. Y. The latter two species grown at the Blandy Experimental Farm (39° N. Lat.) contain forms which vary in the time of onset of the flowering period. This is true of Ipomoea hederacea, and I. tricolor, and probably also of Evolvulus alsinoides. The time of bloom is appar¬ ently correlated with the latitude at which the parent plants grew, a form from a northern source invariably blooming under a longer day than the same species collected farther south. Forms of I. Nil long grown at high latitudes in European botanical gardens, flower at Blandy Farm under a long day (14 hours, 53 minutes) in July, while the same species collected wild near Ciudad Trujillo, Dominican Republic (18.9° N. Lat.), does not bloom in Virginia until early December (daylength 9 hours, 39 minutes.) Forms of wild I. hederacea originally from Blandy Farm, Brownsville, Texas (26° N. ’Lat.), and near Antigua, Morelos, Mexico (22.5°), began flowering at Blandy Farm under a day of 14 hours, 53 minutes; 13 hours, 4 minutes; and 12 hours, 47 minutes, re¬ spectively. This suggests a trend toward earlier bloom at higher lati¬ tudes in certain species of the Convolvulaceae. 15. The Modification of Cell Size in Timothy Roots by Alpha Particles. Donald E. Foard; Longwood College. In a growing organ cell size may be modified by affecting any of the following factors: the frequency of cell division; the rate of cell ex¬ pansion; the length of time the cell expands after its final division. The relationship between these factors may be observed directly in the sur¬ face cells of timothy roots, where it is possible to record photographically the division and elongation of individual cells. Irradiation of timothy roots by alpha particles of appropriate dosage results in abnormally long cells in the meristematic region ( apical 300 p ) , the maximum effect appearing 10-12 hours after exposure. That these greatly elongated cells are due to the inhibition of cell division and not to the stimula- 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 291 tion of cell elongation is evident since the rate of elongation is de¬ pressed during a 13 hour period after irradiation, and new cell walls fail to appear in the meristematic cells during this interval. 16. The Effect of Partial Hepatectomy on the Hematology and Spleen Size of the Golden Hamster. W. L. Mengebier; Madison College. Normal hematological values for the golden hamster were determined and compared to published results. After appropriate control values were secured, the left lateral lobes of the livers were excised and the hematology of these experimental animals was investigated at determined post-operative intervals. No significant changes in total R. B. C. or W. B. C. were found. Differential counts were not significantly changed nor was the hemoglobin concentration. Clotting times were significantly increased. The weight of spleen expressed as percentage of total body weight was significantly increased in experimental animals. Variations in the above results after treatment with thyroxin were discussed. 17. Cytochemical Observations on the Differentiation of the Anterior Pituitary Gland of the Rat. Jean C. Dofflemoyer; University of Virginia. Cytochemical observations were made on the developing pituitary glands of young rats in vitro and in vivo. Pituitaries from animals five days old showed little cytological differentiation. At 25 days beta cells, delta cells, and acidophils were observed, but the acidophils were not as well differentiated as the other two cell types. At sixty days all three were present and well differentiated. Pituitary glands from five day old rats grown in vitro exhibited only fibroblastic growth. In glands from 25 day old rats, delta cells, beta cells, and numerous fibroblasts were observed in tissue culture. Pitui¬ tary glands from 60 day old rats produced flourishing growths of beta and delta cells, acidophils and fibroblasts. It is suggested that when the cells of the pituitary divide in tissue culture they undergo some de-differentiation with each division, regress¬ ing eventually to the status of fibroblasts. It is concluded that the stage of development of the gland prior to its being put in tissue culture is probably an important factor in the degree of differentiation seen in the cells which arise from the cultured fragment. 18. Conjoined Twinning in Crayfish. Elizabeth M. Zipf; University of Virginia. While pursuing a study of the embryonic development of the cray- 292 The Virginia Journal of Science 1 SeptembtM fish, Camharus longulus longulus Girard, a pair of newly-hatched cra\- fish were discovered to be inseparately conjoined. The two animals were joined along the dorsal surface of the body, from the rostrum to the posterior margin of the carapace. Upon sectioning, it appears that the two share a common yolk mass as well as a common anterior blood sinus but each crayfish seems to have its full complement of appendages and internal organs. Since cleavage in the centrolecithal egg is super¬ ficial, the occurrence of conjoined twins is not common. It is postulated that two eggs passed down the oviduct in tandem, and were affixed to the pleopods in a common enveloping membrane. As the developing carapace of each animal progressed dorsally, the margins of one met the corresponding margin of the other and fused. The juxtaposition of the two yolk masses probably inhibited the usual dorsomesial growth of the fold. 19. The Crayfishes of the Lower Flint-Chattahoochee River System. C. W. Hart and Horton H. Hobbs, Jr.; Randolph-Macon Col¬ lege and University of Virginia. Twenty species and subspecies of crayfishes are known to inhabit the region of the lower Fhnt-Chattahoochee and Apalachicola rivers. Among the assemblage are representatives of four genera; Cambarellus and Orconectes are each represented by one species, the genus Camharus by four, and the remaining 14 are members of the genus Procambarus. Only two crayfishes, P. rogersi rogersi and P. latipleurum are en¬ demic in this drainage system but the ranges of several of them have their eastern or western boundaries terminating here. Of particular interest is the highway provided by the river for two species that have reached Florida from the Piedmont Province. Despite the absence of marked differences in elevation of the terrain, the diversity in soil type and aquatic habitats has provided barriers and highways in this region that has permitted the development of a rich crayfish fauna. Too, the diversity of habits of the members of this fauna has apparently contributed to its wealth. Some of the species are con¬ fined to streams, others to burrows in flatwoods or seepage areas, while still others are most abundant in temporary ponds or roadside ditches. 20. The Agar Diffusion Technique as Applied to the Study of Serological Relationships of Crayfishes. Rose Mary Johnson; University of Virginia. The right-angled double-diffusion gradient method of Elek (1949) was tested as a means of detecting serological homogeneity and hetero¬ geneity among closely related crayfishes of the family Astacidae. Nine 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 293 species of the genus Cambarus, one species of Procambarus, three species of Orconectes, all members of the sub-family Cambarinae, and one species of Astacus^ sub-family Astacinae, were used in the study. The results of tests involving antisera of four species of Cambarus with sera of twelve species and sub-species are reported. The conclu¬ sions tend to support the current classification used in this group. 21. Reactions of Stenostomum virginianum to Vital Staining. E. W, Pullen; University of Virginia. Evidence obtained in experiments in which the rhabdocoel Stenos¬ tomum virginianum was vitally stained with Bismarck brown indicates that the rhabdites of the epidermal cells proper stain readily and that these vitally stained rhabdites are engulfed by the histiocytes of the collenchyma. The histiocytes apparently destroy the rhabdites by phagocytosis. Contrary to previous reports, the staining of. the gut epithelium is merely the result of the vital stain entering the enteron and staining cellular components of the ciliated gastrodermal cells. Diminution of color in the epidermis, then, is the result of the loss of rhabdites to the histiocytes while diminution of color in the gastrodermis is by the digestive action of the gastrodermal cells. 22. Studies on the Gastrotricha with Especial Reference to Polymerurus rhomboides Stokes in Virginia. C. E. Packard; Randolph-Macon College, Ashland. Polymerurus rhomboides Stokes, a chaetonotid gastrotichan, is re¬ ported from Ashland, Virginia, with observations on its laboratory habitat, morphology, cultivation, and embryology. This (and other species) has been the subject of study by the author in Maine and elsewhere since 1935, relatively Httle attention having been given the group by investi¬ gators in this country. It is believed that this is the first official report¬ ing upon these multicelluar, microscopic animals in the State, and the third time it (Polymerurus rhomboides) has been reported since its dis¬ covery by Stokes in New Jersey in 1887. 23. A Clarification of the Species of the Genus Typhloplana. John G. Mahan; Lynchburg College. In recent years only one species of Typhloplana has been recognized, Typhloplana viridata. At least two exist, the other being Typhloplana minima. This is proved by the presence of a special dorsal atrium in one which receives the penis, this structure being absent in the other. A new form of Typhloplana viridata which lacks the viviparous stage in the life cycle has been found and for this a sub-specific name ovipara, is proposed. 294 The Virginia Journal of Science [September 24. Some Morphological Studies on Resistant and Non-Resistant Strains of the German Cockroach. John G. Mahan and James McD. Grayson, Lynchburg College and Virginia Polytechnic Institute. Measurements of total length, head width, pronotum width, and pronotum length were made on adult cockroaches of comparable age from DDT-resistant, chlordane-resistant, lindane-resistant, and non-re¬ sistant strains. Results have indicated a significant diminution in all measurements for the resistant strains. Business Meeting The following new officers were elected: Chairman, Jack B. Burke and Secretary, Harry L. Holloway. 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 295 MINUTES OF THE SECTION OF CHEMISTRY (5) Richard M. Irby, Chairman Mary E. Kapp, Secretary Carl J. Likes, Section Editor FRIDAY, MAY 13, 1956-9:00 A. M.-LIBRARY “A” 1. The Fluorination of Cyanogen Bromide. H. L. Craig, Jr., and E. R. Nixon; Reynolds Metals Company and University of Pennsylvania. Cyanogen bromide was reacted with silver difluoride in an all-glass vacuum system. The volatile products were condensed in a trap cooled with hquid air. Some nitrogen gas, formed in the reaction, was re¬ moved by pumping on the system. The major product was hexafluoro- azmethane. A relatively pure fraction of this material was collected by fractional distillation. Compounds found in the lower boihng fractions were: carbon tetrafluoride, carbonyl fluoride, trifluorobromomethane, hexafluoroethane, silcon tetrafluoride, carbon dioxide and trifluoronitro- somethane. The high boihng fractions contained considerable hexa- fluoroazomethane with some bistrifluoronitrosamine, bromine fluoride and two unidentified compounds. Product identification was made by molecular weight determination, chemical analysis, and by interpretation of ultraviolet, visible and infrared spectra. The reaction is postulated to occur through the addition of the cyan¬ ide nitrogen to the silver atom and fluorination of the cyanide carbon. Upon further fluorination and substitution for the bromine atom, a tri- fluoromethyl nitrogen radical is formed. Decomposition of the trifluoro- methyl nitrogen-silver complex accounts for the formation of the products. Oxygenated compounds result from oxygen contamination of the silver difluoride. Traces of silicon fluoride appear to result from a partial re¬ action of bromine fluoride with the glass of silicone stopcock grease. 2. Derivatives of Chelidamic Acid, D. G. Markees and G. W. Kidder; Amherst College, Amherst Massachusetts. Chelidamic acid and some of its esters were converted for derivatives of 4-chlorodipicolinic acid, which in turn were used for the preparation of O-alkylchelidamates. The various interconversions of these com¬ pounds are reported. Free O-alylchelidamic acids were prepared and 296 The Virginia Journal of Science [September compared with their N-alkyl isomers. The ultraviolet absorption spec¬ tra of these acids are presented and some of their reactions are described, 3. New Aminopyridines and Related Compounds. D. G. Markees and G. W. Kidder; Amherst Colie ge^ Amherst, Massachusetts. The Curtis Reaction was carried out with a number of substituted pyridinecarboxyhc acids. Besides the expected amines, products of par¬ tial rearrangement and hydrolysis were isolated and identified. Some of the compounds obtained are closely related to powerful plant growth regulators and were tested for such activity. The results of these tests are presented. 4. New Analogs of Guanine and Xanthine. D. G. Markees an^ G. W. Kidder; Amherst College, Amherst Massachusetts. The synthesis of several analogs of guanine and xanthine is reported. It was accomplished by preparing some new triaminopyridines and sub¬ sequent ring closure between amino groups in positions two and three. Ultraviolet and infrared spectra of some of the compounds are pre¬ sented. Intermediates used in these syntheses were new azo- and nitro- soderivatives of pyridine. Some of their reactions are described. 5. The Rates of the Acm-CATALYZED Reactions of Aromatic AlDERHYDES with n-BUTYLAMINE. George M. Santerre and Thomas I. Crowell; University of Virigina. The rate of formation of the Schiff base from piperonal and 7r-butyl- amine, ArCHO -f- BuNHa — ^ ArCH=:NBu -f HaO was measured in mechanical solution at 25 °C. The solutions were buffered with acetic acid and of n-butylamine at the appropriate ionic strengths, the actual concentration of n-butylamine was calculated. The observed rate equa¬ tion, checked at several pH values, was k = k, -f k, [HOAc] where k is the apparent second-order rate constant; rate = k [BuNH,] [ArCHO]. The effect of structural changes in the aldehye upon ^ and ^ is discussed. ”” 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 297 6. Reactions of Nitryl Chloride. W. D. Goode, Jr., R. D. Whitaker, and J. H. Wise; Washington and Lee University. A convenient method of preparing nitryl chloride will be described. An investigation of substitution reactions of organic molecules with this reagent has been undertaken. The observed reactivity of nitryl chloride was not so great as was expected from the postulated mechanism of the preparation reaction. Results of reactions with benzene and toluene, in the presence of acid or base or neither, have indicated that nitration predominates in acid media, while chlorination predominates in basic media. The interpretation of these results required a difference in polariza¬ tion of the nitryl chloride in the different media. The proposed mechan¬ ism was an interaction of the nitryl chloride with a Lewis acid or Lewis base to yield nitronium or chloronium ions as the attacking agent. 7. Nuclear Substituted Analogs of 3, 4-Dihydroxyphenyl alanine. Carl Kaiser and Alfred Burger; University of Virginia. Substances closely related in chemical structure to an essential meta¬ bolite often antagonize the biological function of the metabolite. A series of nuclear substituted 3, 4-dihydroxyphenylalanines and 3,4-di- methoxyplenylalanines, closely related in chemical structure to DOPA, has been prepared. Studies of the metabolism of phenylalanine, an essential amino acid, indicate that DOPA may be an intermediate in the formation of the hormones, epinephrine and nor-epinephrine. Antagonists of DOPA have been sought with the objective of preventing the forma¬ tion of these two hormones in vivo. The possible usefulness of such antimetabolities as chemotherapeutic agents will be discussed. 8. Synthesis of Purine and Ribofuranosylphonic Acids and Related Compounds. Manfred E. Wolff and Alfred Burger; University of Virginia. Previous work in this laboratory has resulted in the preparation of a number of 7-theophyllinylalkylphosphonic acids. The synthetic methods developed as a result of these studies are now being extended to the production of purine ribofuranosylphosphonic acids. The status of the latter problem and the potential usefulness of phosphonic acid rnalogs of nucleotides in the chemotherapy of cancer will be discussed 9. The Preparation of Chloro Substituted N, N, Diphenyl Benza- MIDES. James E. Worsham, Jr., and James W. Cook; University of Richmond. Attempts to prepare a series of chloro substituted N. N. diphenyl 298 The Virginia Journal of Science [September benzamides for an investigation of their dipole moments to benzene solu¬ tion are described. Several known methods ‘ were employed in addition to the thermal rearrangement of the pure N-phneylbenzinimo phenyl ethers. These imino ethers were prepared by treating benzanilide with phosphorus pen- tachloride yielding an imino chloride, followed by the reaction of this product with the phenoxide ion in absolute ethanol. An interesting possibihty is the existence of isomers of the mono- chlorodiphenyl benzamide. This is to be investigated by dipole moment studies of the benzamide obtained from N-p-chlorophenylbenzimino phenyl ether and from N-phenylbenzimino p-chlorophenyl ether. 10. A Kinetic Study of the B-Glucosidase-B-D-Glucoside System. H. L. Whidden; Randolph-Macon Womans College. Thermodynamic functions were calculated from kinetic data to aid in elucidating the mechanism of action of B-glucosidase on B-D-gluco- sides. A detailed kinetic study, based on the theory of equilibrium-enzyme- substrate formation, was effected over a range of temperatures for the enzymatic hydrolysis of four phenyl B-D-glucosides. “Rohferment”, the crude B-glucosidase content of sweet almonds, was the enzyme and the four glucose sybstrates were phenyl-, p-nitrophenyl-, p-aminophenyl-, and p-hydroxyphenyl-B-D-glucoside. The hydrolysis was carried out in ace¬ tate buffer (pH 4.5) in a constant temperature bath at 29°, 30°, and 40 °G. The rate of hydrolysis was determined by measuring with a Beckman DU spectrophotometer the glucoside remaining unhydrolyzed at designated time intervals. The kinetic data obtained was analyzed in such a way as to furnish thermodynamic data— heats of reaction and changes in entropy— for both the formation and the decomposition of the complex. Positive entropy changes for the formation of the complex indicate that the enzyme may form the complex by opening out its structure; negative entropy values for the decomposition of the complex may indicate that under those conditions the enzyme may resume its original structure and thus de¬ crease its volume. Thermodynamic data obtained by other investigators has suggested similar enzyme action for trypsin, pepsin, and urease on their respective substrates. 11. Stereochemistry and Conformation in Conjugated Unsaturated Ketones and Enols. Addition-enolization. Robert E. Lutz and Chi-Kang Dien; University of Virginia. 1, 1, 2-Triaroylethylenes have bene prepared through 3-aroyl-2, 5- 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 299 diarylfurans by nitric acid oxidations. They are reduced to the saturated triketones or to furans, and undergo typical addition-cyclizations to the chloro and actetoxy furans. In the additions of hydrogen halide and morpholine, the groups go to the two positions as shown by subsequent furanizations of the addition compounds and oxidations of the furans. Chlorinations and brominations have been studied. Bromination of the unsaturated triketone involves reduction of the 1 -bromine of the dibro¬ mide and furanization. The persistence and instabihty of metastable a-substituted -diketones are attributed to steric effects. The existence of two stereoisomeric a phenacyldibenzoylmethane enols has been demonstrated. One (cis, crystalhne) was obtained by enohzation of the triketone and gave a normal chelated copper derivative. The other {tram, oil) was obtained by conjugate reduction of tribenzoylethylene which followed a predicted stereochemical course, and gave a non-chelated complex copper salt in¬ volving four molecules of enol. Steric factors affecting the ease of furanization of the tram enol and its 3-bromo derivative are discussed. Beversible addition-enolization of tribenzpylethylene by alkoxide ion was demonstrated, and the effect of acid on competing ketonization and elimination is discussed. Trans-dibenzoylethylene is shown to undergo reversible base-catalyzed addition of alcohol under amilar conditions. New examples of cis-addition-furanization have been studied and the mechanism discussed. 12. Unsaturated Cyclic Sulfones; Pyrolysis of 3-Bromomethyl-2, 5-dihydrothiophene 1, 1-Dioxide. Robert C. Krug and Teh Fu Yen; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. The peroxide catalyzed reaction of 3-methyl-2, 5-dihydrothiophene 1, 1-dioxide with N-bromosuccinimide in chloroform grade 3-bromomethyl- 2, 5-dihydrothiophene 1, 1 -dioxide in 38 per cent yield. The pyrolysis of the latter compound under reduced pressure gave a bromodiene iden¬ tified as 2-bromomethyl-l, 3-butadiene together with a second and un¬ expected compound which appeared to be a dibromoalkene. On the basis of certain chemical properites and the interpretation of the infra¬ red spectrum, this dibromoalkene has been assigned the structure cor¬ responding to 1, 4-dibromo-2-methyl-2-butene. 13. Some Experiments Regarding the Elbs Reaction. Frank A, Vingiello and Walter W. Zajac, Jr.; Virginia Poly¬ technic Institute. The Elbs reaction which involves the pyrolysis of diaryl ketones having a methyl substituent adjacent to the carbonyl group provides one of the simplest routes to the preparation of polynuclear hydrocarbons.r 300 The Virginia Journal of Science [September In an attempt to broaden Bradsher’s aromatic cyclodehydration re¬ action [C. K. Bradsher, /. Am. Chem. Soc. 62, 486 (1940)] we under¬ took to study the cyclization of some 2-benzylphenyl naphthyl ketones. The first ketone studied was 2-benzylphenyl-l-naphthyl ketone (I). The cyclization required drastic conditions and the results were quite sur¬ prising. High temperature acid catalyzed cyclization gave 1 0-phenyl- 1, 2-benzanthracene (III) and 9- (1-napthyl) -anthracene (II) in approxi¬ mately equal quantities. Cyclization of the same ketone using alumina gave mainly 10-phenyl-l, 2-benzanthracene (HI) with but a small amount of 9- (1 -naphthyl) -anthracene (II). Compound II was expected as the normal product of the acid catalyzed cyclization of the ketone I according to all previous work; however, the presence of compound III was surprising indeed. The cychzation seems to have followed a path similar to an Elbs-type reaction. Such reactions were thought to occur only at higher temperatures and with no solvent or catalyst present. This led us to investigate the use of alumina to effect the Elbs-type cycliza¬ tion of other structurally similar ketones. The ultraviolet spectra of all new hydrocarbons will be presented. 14. The Apparent Role of Cystine in Various Commercial Proteins. William R. Smithey, Jr.; Virginia-Carolina Chemical Corporation. Cystine has long been recognized as an important constituent of the proteins in wool and hair. The classic researches of Milton Harris and his co-workers [Patterson, Geiger, Mizell, and Harris, /. Res. Nat. Bur. Stds., 27, 89 (1941); Geiger, Kobayashi, and Harris, ibid., 29, 381 (1942)] have led to a sound theoretical and practical understanding of the role of cystine in both wool and hair. The proteins from corn and soybean are known to contain much less cystine than wool. The probable role of cystine has been studied through cystine analyses and chemical reactions and by comparison of properties of various fibers. The conclusion reached is that cystine probably plays a minor role so far as the fiber forming properties of zein and soybean proteins are concerned. 15. The Bohr Theory of Atomic Hydrogen. Eric Adelberger; Washington-Lee High School, Arlington. 16. Growth of Copper Powder in the Reaction of Hydrogen and Oxygen on a Copper Single Crystal. Robert E. Cunningham; University of Virginia. Under some conditions the reaction of hydrogen and oxygen on a 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 301 copper surface leads to the formation of dendritic metal growths. It has been found that these growths occur only when an oxide film is present. In the absence of oxide films, powder already formed slowly disappears if reaction is continued, but not if the metal is simply heated in hydrogen. 17. The Etching of Copper Single Crystals in Aqueous Solutions. G. Tyler Miller, Jr.; University of Virginia. Etching of copper single crystals was shown to vary with crysatllo- graphic face in CuSOi-HsSO* solutions. Studies also showed that the nature of the etch patterns formed varied with the acidity of the solution. 18. The Development of Etch Pits, Spirals, and Facets by Heat¬ ing Copper Crystals to High Temperatures in High Vacuum. F. W. Young; University of Virginia. In order to study the development of tech pits and facets on differ¬ ent crystal faces, single crystal spheres of copper were carefully polished, cleaned and heated by induction heating to temperatures near the melt¬ ing point in vacua 5 x 10-® mm. Hg. In one set of experiments copper was evaporated from the surface of the crystal and condensed on the cold wall of the vacuum vessel. Facets were formed parallel to the (111), (100), and (110) faces, and some etch pits were developed. On some crystals, spirals with large steps were developed around the (111) poles. In a second set of experiments the crystal was suspended in a copper cup which was heated with the crystal so as to approach equili¬ brium between crystal and vapor. Facets were also formed by this treat¬ ment, and a larger number of etch pits were foraied in the surface. The number of etch pits per imit area varied with crystal face and with tem¬ perature of heating. 19. A High Voltage Electron Diffraction Apparatus and its Application to the Study of Metal Surfaces. Kenneth R. Lawless; University of Virginia. Information on the structure of surfaces and surface films is obviously essential to an understanding of the surface properties of metal crystals. To supplement X-ray and microscope methods for studying this struc¬ ture a high voltage electron diffraction apparatus has been designed and constructed. The diffraction unit operates at 40, 60, 80 and 100 KV, will accept either bulk specimens for reflection studies or stripped films for transmission studies, and the patterns may be recorded on film for a permanent record. Four major types of information have been ob¬ tained: 1. Crystal structure and chemical composition. 2. The degree of 302 The Virginia Journal of Science [September perfection of the crystals. 3. The surface topography. 4. Orientation re¬ lationships between surface films and the metal substrate. 20. The Oxidation of Single Crystals of Nickel. Kenneth R. Lawless, Fred W. Young, and Allan T. Gwathmey; University of Virginia, Previous studies have shown that the rates of oxidation of single crys¬ tals of copper, and the structure of the oxides formed thereon, vary mark¬ edly with the crystal face exposed at the surface. The purpose of the present paper is to present preliminary results of a study of the oxida¬ tion of large crystals of nickel. The presence of hydrogen in the nickel was found to have a striking influence on the rates of oxidation of the different faces, and reproducible results could be obtained only when the crystals were thoroughly outgassed and metal was evaporated from the siirface at a temperature of approximately 1300 °C. and a pressure of 1 x 10-'^ mm. Hg. The relative order of the rates of oxidation of the different faces, using interference colors as an approximate measure of the thickness of the oxide film, and the structures of the oxide on the (100), (110), and (111) faces as determined by electron diffraction, >^1 be given. Nuclei of oxide could be seen on the different faces with an optical microscope for crystals from which all hydrogen had been re¬ moved. No nuclei could be detected on crystals from which hydrogen had not been removed. 21. Radioactive Tracers in Elucidating Antioxidant and Corrosion iNmBiTiNG Mechanisms. Donald R. Campbell and James W. Cole, Jr.; University of Virginia, The unusual activity of phenothia2dne and some of its derivatives as inhibitors for the autoxidation of high boiling fluids, such as di-(2-ethyl- hexyl) sebacate, has been attributed, at least in part, to the presence of oxygenated free-radicals of a semi-quinone type. The fate of these species cannot be determined because of the complex nature of the oxidation products of the system. Convenient techniques have been de¬ vised for following the behavior of additives as antioxidants and corrosion inhibitors when the additive contains a radioactive isotope. These sub¬ stances have been synthesized: S“ phenothiazine; N-G^* methyl pheno- thiazine and N-methyl S® phenothiazine. Their behavior at 200 ®C. has been followed when they were present in small quantities in the oxida¬ tion of di-(2-ethylhexyl) sebacate in the absence and presence of cata- lytioally active metal surfaces. The results support the hypothesis that the intermediate oxygenated species imdergo a further approximately first order reaction to precipitate sulfur containing substances. 303 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 22, The Preparation of Elemental Boron of High Purity. Claude P. Talley, James C, Rahman, and Lloyd E. Line, Jr.; Experiment Incorporated, Elemental boron of high purity has been prepared by the reduction of boron tribromide by hydrogen in the neighborhood of incandescent wires of tantalum, molybdenum, and tungsten. The reduction occurs when a flowing mixture of boron tribromide vapor and hydrogen gas passes over the incandescent wire on which the elemental boron de¬ posits. Preliminary results indicate that the boron deposits probably have a purity in excess of 99 per cent. The boron tribromide was made by reacting bromine with commer¬ cially available elemental boron in a furnace at 850° C. and purifying in a specially designed distilling unit. Glass apparatus for carrying out the reduction step is described. Most of the massive black deposits of boron were clearly crystalline, exhibiting sharply defined faces; however, some apparently amorphous material was observed. In addition, diiny black spheres up to 0.1 mil¬ limeter in diameter and having densities approximately that of boron were found. Their presence is difficult to accormt for on basis of melt¬ ing since the measured temperature of the wire never exceeded 1300°C., which is about 900 °C. lower than the reported melting point of boron. If the spheres were formed from liquid material, then the energy re¬ quired for the melting of the boron may be associated with the catalytic recombination of hy^ogen or bromine atoms or condensation of boron atoms at sites with low heat dissipation rates. Their presence might also be accounted for by assuming that the boron is deposited in a vitreous form, in which case the onset of softening could be at a relatively low temperature. Future work planned includes (1) the establishment of the purity of the boron deposits, (2) a study of their structure, and (3) an investi¬ gation of the oxidation behavior of boron. 23. Absorption of Undiluted Vapors by Drops. William E. Rice; Experiment Incorporated, The evaporation of liquid drops moving through air and the absorp¬ tion by drops of soluble gases diluted with air have been studied ex¬ haustively [W. E. Ranz and W. R. Marshall, Jr., Chem. Eng, Progr., 48, 141-146 and 173-180 (1952).] But work has just begun [R. R, Hughes and E. R. Gilliland, Chem. Eng, Progr. Symposium Ser. No. 16, 51 101-120 (1955)] on absorption of undiluted soluble gases. Diffusion in the gas phase probably does not limit absorption rates 304 The Virginia Journal of Science [September of pure gases unless the vapor pressure of the drop substance is quite high, since any boundary layer will be composed almost entirely of the “dfifusing subsatnce.” In the present work, absorption of ammonia by falling water drops was measured. Most instances showed a pickup, within a few milli¬ seconds, of a quarter of the amount required to saturate the drop. Then the absorption rate became slower. Possible rate-limiting processes are (1) diffusion in the liquid phase and (2) the striking of me drop surface by ammonia molecules, with a sticking probability that varies with surface composition. Liquid-phase diffusion, whether rate-limiting or not, must be aided by circulation to account for the high absorption rates found. In one case of absorption of the less soluble carbon dioxide, circulation accom¬ panying transient drop oscillations proved rate-limiting. Absorption rates of ammonia decrease much faster with time. The project was sponsored by the Aimy Ordnance Corps. 24. Spark Ignition of Dust Clouds. Line, Jr., and James C. Rahman; Experiment Incor- The previously described apparatus [Lloyd E. Line, Jr., and Wendall J. Clark, Va. J. Sci., 6, 258 (1955)] for studying dust explosions has been employed with certain modifications to obtain information on the ignition limits of lycopodium, magnesium, and boron dusts suspended in oxygen- inert diluent-gas mixtures. Essentially two kinds of experiments are being carried out: (a) the determination of the minimum percentage of oxygen required in an Oa- diluent mixture for ignition, with a fixed spark energy, of a column of dust of fixed concentration, and (b) determination of die minimum spark energy required for ignition of a column of dust of fixed concentiation suspended in an Oa-diluent mixture of fixed composition. These minima, unlike those of combustible gases, are not sharply defined. Instead there is a range of oxygen concentration or of energy in which there is only a certain probability that ignition will occur. Results are presented concerning the effect on ignition of the absence or presence of a confining wall, of the spark gap distance, and of other apparatus parameters. Some results are presented also on the effect on the ease of ignition of (a) using either nitrogen or helium as the diluent, (b) oxygen concentration, (c) dust concentration, and (d) particle size, These were obtained in order to gain a preliminary understanding of the underlying basic phenomena. Lloyd E. porated. 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 305 25. Formation of Ions in Flames. H. F. Calcote and I. R. King; Experiment Incorporated* The abnormally high concentration of ions in the combustion zone or inner cone of a Bunsen flame is probably related to nonequilibrium elec¬ tronic excitation, but the mechanism of such processes still requires eluci¬ dation. It is the purpose of this paper to survey the mechanisms which have been considered for the formation of ions and to discuss these in terms of the experimental evidence, including some new results obtained with a Langmuir probe. The following explanations of ionization have been considered 1. Thermal ionization of impurities with low ionization potentials, such as the alkali metals. 2. Thermal ionization of radicals with low ioniza¬ tion potentials, e.g., Cg, CH and OH. 3. Thermal ionization of small carbon particles where the ionization potential approaches the work function, 4.4. e. v. 4. Chemical energy released as translational energy. 5. Chemiionization. 6. Collisions of the second kind. The research was conducted under the auspices of Project SQUID. 26. Semiquantitative Analysis of Alkyl Acid Polyphosphate Mixtures. T. M. Melton; Virginia-Carolina Chemical Corporation. Alkyl acid polyphosphate mixtures are obtained by the reaction of aliphatic alcohols with phosphorus pentoxide. A method has been de¬ veloped for the determination of the relative amounts of mono-, di-, tri-, and polyphosphate components present in the alkyl acid polyphosphate mixtures. Trends in the change in composition with different reaction conditions are discussed. 27. Vapor Phase Chromatography. Robert B. Seligman, Frank E. Resnik, Andrew E. O'Keeffe, Joseph C. Holmes, Francis A. Morrell, and Donald P. Murrill; Philip Morris and Company, Ltd., Incorporated. Vapor phase chromatographic analysis is well suited to work with complex liquid and gaseous mixtures because of thq., extremely small sample size needed, the rapidity of the method, and the efficiency of the separations. The physical set-up, transfer of samples to the chromatographic col¬ umns, preparation and development of these columns, and trapping of fractions for analysis with the mass spectrometer are discussed. 306 The Virginia Journal of Science [September 28. The Use of the Mass Spectrometer as a Qualitative Tool. Frank E. Resnik and J. C. Holmes; Philip Morris and Company, Ltd., Incorporated. It is well known that mass spectrometers are used extensively for the quantitative analysis of mixtures of known compounds; however, our objective is to show how it can be used as a qualitative instrument. A brief description of the mass spectrometer will be given consisting of the physical layout, the analyzer assembly, and the sample introduc¬ tion system which includes a heated inlet system. The techniques used to effect qualitative identification of compounds from a mass spectrum are: (1) uniqueness of spectra; (2) mass inter¬ vals to identify fragments and elements present; (3) peak-free regions to establish the absence of compounds; (4) identification by stable isotopes, and (5) characteristic peak shapes and distinctive groupings, such as metastable and half-mass peaks. Another important technique in qualitative analysis is the use of hi^ resolution mass spectrometry. This technique utilizes the principle that atomic masses are not exactly integral numbers; thus separation of oxygen-nitrogen- or sulfur-containing compounds from hydrocarbon com¬ pounds can be accomplished. Resolution of ion pairs of known com- poimds is presented and its application to unknown compounds dis¬ cussed. The use of the mass spectrometer in conjunction with gas chroma¬ tography will be discussed. Business Meeting A nominating committee consisting of Robert E. Cunningham, Chair¬ man, Jane Bell Gladding, and Henry Leidheiser nominated the follow¬ ing candidates as officers of the Chemistry Section for 1956-57: Chair¬ man, Mary E. Kapp; Secretary, Joe H. Holmes. These officers were elected by a unanimous vote of die members present. No other busi¬ ness was transacted. 29. The Electrodeposition of Aluminum from Ether-Amb^ Aluminum Chloride Solutions. N. F. Murphy and A. C. Doumas; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. Three-component solutions of amines dissolved in ether and aluminum chloride have been found to be electrical conductors and to deposit aluminum from the solution. The three-component system has a single-phase area in which the deposits are adherent and smooth. The 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 307 extent of the single phase area depends on the amine and ether used. In addition to ethyl ether, other, higher-boiling ethers may be used, but if the molecular weight of &e ethers is too high, the deposits are of poor quality. The amines used include n-butyl amine, 2-ethyl hexyl amine, di-butyl amine and tri-butyl amine. Other amines would be suitable, if the molecular weight is not too high. The bath must be provided with a recovery system for the volatile solvents since the bath operates at the boiling points. High current densities have been shown to form highly polished deposits, and these high current densities permit deposition in rapid strip machines. 30. Gas Phase of Cigarette Smoke: The Effect of Changes in Smoking Technique on the C02:C0 Concentration Ratio. J. Scott Osborne, Jr. and Edward S. Harlow; The American Tobacco Company. The influence of speed of puff on the COg-.CO concentration ratio was studied. By speed of puff is meant the puff volume divided by the duration of the puff. Other variables of the smoking process were held constant to the extent feasible. A simple smoking apparatus allowing independent variation of puff volume and duration was constructed and used, and analyses were accomplished with a double beam infrared spectrophotometer. Under the experimental conditions described, the C02:C0 ratio decreased with increasing speed of puff. An expression of the form of ^ = flx” was found to fit the experimental data, giving a linear log-log plot. A brief discussion of the results is included. 31. Acid and Base Catalysis in the Solvolysis of Alkyl Borates. Gilbert T. Perkins and Thomas I. Crowell; University of Vir¬ ginia, The rate of reaction of sec.-butyl borate with ethanol, to form ethyl borate, was measured ddatometrically at O® and 25®C. Acetic acid, acetate ion, ethylonium ion, and ethoxide ion all accelerated the alco¬ holysis. Experiments using buffer solutions at constant ionic strength showed general acid and base catalysis. Small amounts of water also accelerated the reaction except when it was acid catalyzed, in which case, the conversion of ethylonium ions to the less reactive hydronium ions decreased die rate. Isopropyl borate reacted twelve times as fast, and terf.-butyl borate only a fraction as fast as the sec.-butyl ester. Esters of primary alcohols apparently reacted too rapidly for measurement. The reaction mechanism is discussed with reference to the catalysis, structural effects, and activation energies observed. 308 The Virginia Journal of Science [September 32. Oxidation of Boron With Hydrogen Peroxide. Ira A. Updike and Grover L. Farrar; Randolph-Macon College. This paper reports a new quantitative method of oxidizing elemental boron togetiier with some combined boron. Because of the difficulty in obtaining pure boron by the commonly employed reduction processes, commercial samples of the element usually contain considerable impuri- ites, 10-15 per cent, of unspecified composition, but frequently spoken of as borides and suboxides. These impurities may present difficulties in the oxidation of boron to orthoboric acid. The presence of HCl, HNOa and NaCl reduce the solubility of boric acid and thus could be a disadvantage in the oxidative dissolution of boron. Our study confirms previous work that hot aqua regia reacts with finely powdered boron and also with accompanying impurities containing combined boron to give orthoboric acid. Another method, which ap¬ pears more feasible, has been found for dissolution of the sample. The quantitative oxidation of boron by our reagent, concentrated hydrogen peroxide, is especially advantageous in that reaction begins spontaneously and proceeds without applied heat, whereas the aqua regia method requires heating under reflux with special precautions to prevent loss of boric acid by steam distillation. 33. A Spectrophotometric Method for the Determination of Nickel in Human Blood. Maxwell L. Cluett and John H. Yoe; Pratt Trace Analysis Lab¬ oratory, University of Virginia. Gram atom absorptivity values of several Ni (II) chelates were com¬ pared in order to select the most sensitive reagent for the spectropho¬ tometric determination of trace amounts of nickel. A separation pro¬ cedure based on the behavior of Ni (II) and interfering metal ions on an anion exehange resin in strong hydrochloric acid solution and on a calcium carbonate column in alkaline solution has been developed. The blood samples were wet ashed with nitric acid at 350 °C. The pro¬ cedure has been used to establish the "normal range” for nickel in human whole blood. 34. Determination of Boron in Plant Tissue with a New Group OF Colorimetric Reagents. Everett C. Cogbill and John H. Yoe; Pratt Trace Analysis Lab¬ oratory, University of Virginia. Diaminochrysazin, diaminoanthrarufin, and tribromoanthrarufin give sensitive color reactions with borate ion in concentrated sulfuric acid solu¬ tion. The color change with diaminochrysazin is from lemon yellow to 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 309 orange; that of diaminoanthrarufin, from brownish yellow to deep blue; and that of tribromoanthrarufin, from reddish violet to bright blue. A spectrophotometric study has been made of the three compounds as colorimetric reagents for the determination of trace amounts of boron, particularly in biological material. Their spectrophotometric sensitivities in 95.4 per cent sulfuric acid are, respectively, 0.0022, 0.0025 and 0.0009 micrograms of boron per square cm. at their optimum analytical wave¬ lengths; and with them, quantities of boron in the range 2 to 7 micro¬ grams may be determined spectrophotometrically with a precision of less than 1 per cent. The effect upon the color reactions of the variables, time, temperature, concentration of sulfuric acid, and presence of diverse ions have been studied. Titanium is the only common metallic ion likely to interfere; oxidizing anions and fluoride must be absent. For the de¬ termination of boron in plant tissue, a procedure has been developed employing wet digestion and separation of the boron by methyl borate distillation. By means of it, with the diaminochrysazin as the colorimetric reagent, quantities of boron between 6 and 12 micrograms in a 0. 1-0.3 g. sample of plant tissue may be determined vidth a precision of 4 per cent. 35. A New Class of Organic Reagents for the Spectrophotometric Determination of Trace Amounts of Osmium. Edgar L. Steele and John H. Yoe; Pratt Trace Analysis Labora¬ tory, University of Virginia. The investigation of the naphthylamine sulfonic acids as analytical reagents for osmium has followed three main courses. The first, to determine the apphcability of the osmate (VI)-l-naphthylamine-3, 5, 7- trisulfonic acid complex to the quantitative estimation of trace amounts of osmium. It was found that this reagent is very sensitive to osmium (VI). The second part of the investigation involved the separation of os¬ mium from interfering substances. This was accomplished by oxidizing the osmium to the tetraoxide and distilling. The tetraoxide was then reduced to osmium (VI) by hydroxyl ions, the valence state required for forming die colored complex. The third part of the investigation deals with structural analysis of the osmium complexes. The nature and position of the amine nitrogen and of the sulfonic acid groups are being studied to determine their effect on complex formation and stability. A series of twenty-four different naphthylamine sulfonic acids are being used in this study. 36. A Study of the Boron-Curcumin System. W. Allan Powell and Emmett H. Poindexter; University of Richmond. Turmeric, an impure material containing the yeUow coloring matter. 310 The Virginia Journal of Science [September curcumin, has been used for the colorimetric determination of boron for more than fifty years. Many modifications and applications have been reported; however, much still needs to be learned about the mechanism of the reaction. In the present study an attempt has been made to ob¬ tain a better understanding of this reaction. Evidence has been obtained which indicates that the red color formed in the turmeric method is that of a boron-curcumin-oxalic acid complex having a molar ratio of 1-1-1. Oxalic acid increases the sensitivity of the method by increasing the rate of reaction, apparently by chelating with the boron prior to reaction of the boron with curcumin. This chela¬ tion activates the boron and makes it more susceptible to reaction with curcumin. Of twenty-eight compounds studied, oxahc acid was found to be most suitable for sentization of the method. 37. Progress Report of Studies of the Coordination of Ca¬ tions OF THE First Transition Series by Several Polyhydroxyl- amine Hydrochlorides. W. P. Moore and Wm. E. Trout, Jr.; University of Richmond. 1, 3-trishy droxymethyl-methyl-amino-ethane dihydrochloride; 1, 2, 3- trishydroxymethyl-methyl-amino-propane trihydrochloride, and 1, 3-tris- hydroxymethyl-methyl-amino-propanone dihydrochloride were prepared. The composition and stability of chelates formed by these organic com¬ pounds and cations of the first transition series were studied. 38. The Determination of Formic Acid and Other Volatile Acids. B. R. Warner,* R. D. Carpenter, and L. Z. Raptis; Philip Morris and Company, Ltd., Incorporated. A method developed for determining formic acid and other volatile acids utilizes separation by means of successive azeotropic distillations from a single sample. The formic acid is distilled with chloroform, and the acetic acid with benzene. The acids are then determined quanti¬ tatively by titration with methanohc sodium hydroxide. * Deceased 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 311 MINUTES OP THE SECTION OF EDUCATION (6) Deforest L, Strunk, II, Chairman W. Donald Clague, Secretary James B. Patton, Jr., Section Editor FRIDAY, MAY 11, 1956-9:00 A. M.-ROOM 11 SECOND BAPTIST CHURCH, 7 EAST FRANKLIN STREET 1, A Progress Report on the Joint Study of the Qualities of Experience for Prospective Teachers. J. P. Wynne; Longwood College. The American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education and The Philosophy of Education Society have appointed a Joint Committee to study ways and means of defining desirable qualities of experience and of defining a tentative set of such quahties as a starting point for further studies on the part of schools and colleges. This committee consists of the following: Karl W. Bigelow, Teachers College, Columbia University, Chairman; William F. Bruce, Washington, D. C.; Franklin H. McNutt, Woman's College of University of North Carolina; G. Max Wingo, Uni¬ versity of Michigan; John P. Wynne, Longwood College, Farmville, Virginia. The outline of the study approved by the two organizations involves: 1. Defining the idea of the qualities of experience, 2. Defining the quali¬ ties which are found through systematic study to be desirable, 3. Secur¬ ing from educational philosophers representing different schools of thought criticisms of the idea of qualities of experience and of the particular qualities defined, 4. Securing from specialists in various kinds of educa¬ tion their reactions to the idea of qualities of experience and to the par¬ ticular qualities defined, 5. Developing techniques of studying and culti¬ vating qualities of experience for use in particular situations. The Joint Committee has developed Items 1 and 2 in a preliminary manuscript. The standard qualities of experience proposed and defined are designated as: (1) The quality of relevancy, (2) The quality of sociality, (3) The quality of satisfaction, (4) The quality of creativity, (5). The equality of intelligence, (6) The quality of unity. The Com¬ mittee will ask persons representing a variety of interests to criticize the manuscript. Their suggestions will be used as a basis of revision. The revised manuscript vrill be sent to educational philosophers representing 312 The Virginia Journal of Science ISeptember various schools of thought and to outstanding specialists in different kinds of education in order to obtain data for use in preparing Items 3 and 4. The data for use in preparing Item 5 are to be secured from reports on the use of the manuscript in schools and colleges. 2. Experimental Study in the Teaching of Arithmetic. Francis G. Lankford, Jr. and Evan G. Pattishall, Jr.; University of Virginia, Experimental and control conditions were randomly assigned to each of eighteen pairs of intact, non-homogeneous fifth grade classes. The experimental conditions involved the teaching of addition and subtraction of fractions with the help of experimental materials emphasizing two im¬ portant features: (I) ideas and rules of arithmetic were developed in¬ ductively through pupil participation rather than the more usual method of teacher explained rule followed by practice, and (2) pupils were encouraged to learn arithmetic thoughtfully and independently using men¬ tal arithmetic with emphasis on varied approaches. The control condi¬ tions involved the use of the best teaching as normally employed by the designated control teachers. The experimental design included the use of analysis of covariance using the California Arithmetic Test and the Californnia Mental Maturity Test as initial Xi and Xa variables respectively for all groups. A final Y variable test was constructed to measure pupil achievement in frac¬ tions at the completion of the five-month experiment. Results demonstrated the experimental groups to be; (1) significantly superior in the mean number of correct answers on final achievement test, and (2) significantly superior in expression of arithmetical concepts through mental computation. Other significant results in achievement and expressed attitudes are discussed. 3. Enriching the School Program Through Audio-Visual Aids. Edwin M. Logan; University of Virginia, Research has revealed that audio-visual materials can play a vital role in educational programs ranging from elementary grades through the university levels. Among other contributions to more effective teaching, audio-visual aids stimulate interest, reduce teaching time, and make learning more permanent and meaningful. Aware of this research, the writer undertook a project under the auspices of the University of Virginia which dealt with enriching the school program through the use of audio-visual aids. First, a survey was conducted in a Virginia county which revealed numerous weak¬ nesses in the existing audio-visual program— facilities, administration. 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 313 and utilization of sensory materials. After analyzing survey results, both teachers and administrative personnel recognized and desired to strength weaknesses at both the school and county levels. To correct these deficiencies, various audio-visual activities were undertaken. Some activities included were: (1) demonstrating and teaching the operation of equipment such as motion picture projectors, tape recorders, and vu-graphs; (2) helping the school Bureau of Teach¬ ing Materials representatives to better understand their role as well as their functions with local, regional, and state bureaus of teaching ma¬ terials; (3) participation of many teachers and principals in the county in preparing a local field trip directory; (4) helping teachers achieve more effective utilization of films in their classrooms; (5) darkening classrooms adequately for use of audio-visual materials; and (6) dem¬ onstrating the various uses of the felt board. All of these activities, and others too, were carried out at the school level. Suggestions for the county, embracing supervisory, administra¬ tive, and budgetary considerations, were recommended and accompanied by a practical plan for their implementation. At this time, the interest shown in activities already conducted and the sustained interest displayed thus far during the current school year has resulted in the instructional program of this Virginia county being greatly enriched through the effective use of audio-visual materials. 4. A Comparison of Subjective Predictions With Objective Pre¬ dictions OF College Achievement. Marshall Moore Brice; Staunton Military Academy. The pm’pose of this study was to compare objective predictions— in¬ telligence test results and twelfth grade averages— with subjective predic¬ tions made by secondary school teachers as to academic achievement in college. Statistics were derived from records of graduates in three recent Staunton Military Academy classes— 244 students attending 101 different colleges. Each subjective prediction was converted to a statistical equivalent between 0 and 100 on a predetermined scale. Grade point averages in the college freshman year constituted the criterion, with which six predic¬ tive factors were compared: Otis IQ’s; Q-scores, L-scores, and total scores on ACE Psychological Examinations; twelfth grade averages; and aver¬ ages of teachers’ predictions, called predictive rating averages. Only two predictive indices correlated significantly with the criterion: predictive rating averages, .478; and twelfth grade averages, .412. Inter¬ correlations computed among variables indicated that subjective predic- 314 The Virginia Journal of Science [September tions, although influenced by academic marks, emanated also from other factors. Results appear to warrant the conclusions that secondary schools send¬ ing graduates to many different colleges should base prognosis principally upon subjective predictions and academic averages, and that it is possible to reduce subjective predictions to numerical equivalents which are of somewhat greater reliability than are twelfth grade averages. Business Meeting The report of tlie nominating committee was presented and the fol¬ lowing officers were elected to serve for the year 1956-1957; Chairman, W. Donald Clague; Secretary, Evan G. Pattishall, Jr. 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 315 MINUTES OF THE SECTION OF ENGINEERING (7) Robert W. Truitt and Nelson F. Murphy, Co-Chairmen David M. Crim, Secretary Robert M. Hubbard, Section Editor FRIDAY, MAY 11, 1956-9:30 A. M.-VIRGINIA ROOM, JEFFERSON HOIEL 1. A Note on the Slope of the Lift Curve in Two-Dimensional Transonic Flow, Robert W. Truitt; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. Experimental pressure distribution over the front half of a symmetric diamond wedge, at small angle of attack, was integrated to find the slope of die lift curve. The experimental Eft-curve slope was compared vrith existing theory in the transonic range. The experimental local Mach number variations were presented and discussed. 2. An Experimental Investigation of Transonic Base Pressures. Robert W. Truitt, Arthur C. Bruce, and Gerald D. Walberg; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. The transonic base pressures on an ogival body of revolution, with a short cylindrical afterbody, were measured in the V. P. I. transonic wind tunnel under conditions of varying wall configuration and porosity. The results of these tests showed that the base pressure drag reached a peak value in the transonic region, but different test configurations caused the maximum value of base pressure drag to occur at different Mach num¬ bers. An increase in wall porosity caused an increase in base pressure drag co-efficient and a decrease in base pressure ratio. The measurement of free-stream static pressure was found to have a profound influence on values of base drag coefficient. From the results of this investigation it is concluded that transonic base pressures may be found from wind tunnel tests, but tiiat care must be taken in the measurement of free-stream static pressure and in the dis¬ tribution of wall porosity. 3. Some Aspects of Two-Dimensional Subsonic Flow. Arthur C. Bruce and Robert W. Truitt; Virginia Polytechnic ■ Insitute. Some of the details concerning application of subcritical and super- 316 The VraGiNiA Journal of Science ISeptember critical subsonic solutions to a simple wedge were described. In particu¬ lar, it was shown that the Schwarz-Christoffel (exact) solution can be used only in Gothert’s Similarity Rule. The solution thus obtained pre¬ dicted a forward movement of the Cp == 0 point with increasing Mach number; this was found to be in direct contradiction to experiment. It was shown that if boundary layer effects are considered, better qualita¬ tive agreement with experiment is obtained in this respect. An analysis of the results of subcritical and supercritical theories indicated a very simple solution from a free-stream Mach number of zero to Mach num¬ bers in excess of unity. It was pointed out that experiment does not completely verify the existence of the local Mach number freeze; by ap¬ plying Cole’s ‘‘unit chord solution” between the stagnation and the experi¬ mentally determined body sonic point, excellent quantitative agreement with experiment was obtained. 4. A Note on the Limitations of Three-Dimensional Linear Theory for Compressible Flow. James B. Fades, Jr.; Virginia Folytechnic Institute. The limit of applicabihty of Hnear theory was investigated. An upper limit was defined for which hnear theory may be assumed to give a reason¬ able approximation of aerodynamic phenomena about a symmetric body of revolution in axisymmetric flow. To illustrate this range of appHcabihty, an investigation was carried out on the pressure coefficient about a special class of bodies, meeting the requirement of this investigation; the pres¬ sure coefficients were corrected by hnear approximation, and a compari¬ son with experiment was made. The result of such an extension was shown in graphical form. 5. A Note on the Hypersonic Flow About Two-Dimensional Blunt Bodies. Robert W. Truitt; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. A simplified analysis of the flow at Mach number 5.8 over a two- dimensional circular cyhnder was made for (i) the case of a normal de¬ tached shock wave and (ii) the case of a shghtly curved detached shock wave. The theoretical pressure distributions were shown for the two cases and it appeared that the addition of a shear flow analysis improves the accuracy of the subsonic pressure distribution when the detached shock wave is curved. The present results were compared with available experimental data. 6. A First Approximation to Aerodynamic Response of a Two- Dimensional Airfoil Type in Single Degree of Freedom Motion. 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 317 James B .Eades, Jr. and Frank B. Anthony, Jr.; Virginia Poly^ technic Institute. A two dimensional mathematical airfoil was investigated, under the assumption of a quasi-steady aerodynamics, to determine the aerodynamic response of the airfoil to vertical and angular single degree of freedom motion. Experimental tests were conducted in the Virginia Polytechnic Institute subsonic wind tunnel to determine the correlation between the response predicted by a theory of this type and the response of the actual case. The analysis represents a first approximation to be the de^ termination of the response of an airplane wing to flutter and vibrational motion. 7. Some Considerations of Pressure-Drag Over the Front Surface OF Two-Dimensional Wedges Having Different Afterbody Configurations. William P. Harrison, Jr. and Robert W. Truitt; Virginia Poly^ technic Institute. This paper presented a general discussion of pressure drag over the front surfaces of two-dimensional wedges, with particular emphasis placed on afterbody effect. Considerations were made of existing theory and experimental results in the subsonic, transonic, and supersonic regions. With regard to the theoretical determination of drag in the transonic range, the three most frequently used approximate methods, namely those of Cole, of Guderley and Yoshihara, and of Vencenti and Wagoner, were mentioned. Comparison of these results for drag over the front surface of two different wedge families~one having a symmetrical diamond profile and the other having a straight after-body of infinite length— with experi¬ mental data revealed that some discrepancies exist throughout the liter¬ ature where apphcation has been made of the three theoretical solutions. These differences between theory and experiment were discussed briefly. It was concluded that the work of Cole, Guderley and Yoshihara, and Vencenti and Wagoner has done much to enhance a better understanding of the transonic-drag problem. Furthermore, it was concluded that more exact theoretical methods need to be developed which will take into ac¬ count the secondary effects of afterbody shape and provide a continuous solution from Mach number zero through the transonic range. 8. Results and Approximate Method for Determining Transonic Pressure-Drag Over the Front Surfaces of Two-Dimensional Wedges Having Different After-Body Configurations. George E. Powell and Robert W. Truitt; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. An approximate method of analysis was used to determine the effect 318 The Virginia Journal of Science iSeptember of after-body on front surface pressure drag coefficient on two different wedge profiles within the transonic range. The bodies considered were a symmetric diamond airfoil and a wedge with a straight after-body, both having 7.5 degree semi-opening angle. The method of analysis used was commonly referred to as the ‘‘throat station concept.” According to the throat station concept, the front sur¬ face pressure drag coefficient is a function of the subsonic pressure dis¬ tribution. This indicates that the after-body configuration has a definite effect on the front surface pressure drag coefficient, even in the transonic range. A comparison of the present method with experimental and theoretical results was presented and discussed. In particular, it was found that ex¬ periment indicates an appreciable effect of after-body which is predomi¬ nantly viscous in nature and not compressible. 9. Operational Analogs as Dynamic Engineering Models. O. L. Updike, Jr.; University of Virginia. Structural analogs, or models, of thermal, electrical, mechanical, and hydrodynamic systems have long been used in engineering research and design. Complementing these, functional electrical analogs which closely approximate mathematical operations are now coming into wide accept¬ ance. Use of these “operational analogs” is illustrated by problems of chemical reaction, control system simulation, and biological growth. The balanced accuracy, speed, simple operation, and versatility of this equip¬ ment recommends it for many engineering tasks. With it, most engineers can set up and solve their own problems, in contiast to digital computers which require mathematical specialists as operators. 10 Synopsis of Highway Sign Brightness in Relation to Position, Distance, and Reflectorization. Arthur L. Stiaub and TeiTence M. Allen; Virginia Council of Highway Investigation and Research. The nighttime brightnesses of highway signs vary with incident illumi¬ nation and the reflective properties of the sign materials. The incident illumination depends on the headlamp isocandle distribution, and the po¬ sition and distance of the sign from die headlamp. For a given incident illumination, the brightness of the sign depends on the entrance and divergence angles. This paper presented a series of curves of sign brightnesses for typical sign materials as seen by a driver approaching from a distance of 2,000 feet. Several lateral and vertical positions of the sign were assumed, and tangents, vertical curves, and horizontal curves were taken into account. 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 319 The data presented were derived from geometrical relationships between the headlamps, driver, and sign, the isocandle distribution characteristics of headlamps, and laboratory test results for reflective materials. A field validation of the derived data was reported. The significance of sign brightness to target value and legibility was discussed. 11. Equilibrium Data for Viscous Ternary Systems. John C. Howard; University of Virginia. The paper described a method developed to determine equilibrium data for viscous ternary liquid systems. Index of refraction and density were the analytical methods employed, and Hand coordinates were used to check the accuracy of the data. Using this method, equilibrium data were determined for the systems Propylene Glycol-Tributyrin-Di (methoxy ethyl) Phthalate, and Propylene Glycol-Di Octyl Phthalate- Acetic Acid at 25°G. 12 Heat Transfer in Narrow Enclosed Gas Spaces. John R. Marshall; University of Virginia. The ability of gas in small enclosed spaces less than 0.08 inch thick to conduct heat is affected by changes in temperature, pressure, orienta¬ tion of space, and the nature of the gas. A special hot plate apparatus for studying heat transfer in such spaces was described, and the results of investigating the effects of these variables on the heat transfer proper¬ ties of carbon dioxide, air, Freon-12, and helium between parallel plates were given. As the gas space thickness increased, the heat transferred decreased and convection became the important mode of heat transfer. The modes of heat transfer were affected by pressure only at very low pressmes when heat transfer decreased largely due to the decrease in thermal conductivity of the gas. The amount of heat transferred de¬ creased as the gas space was rotated from horizontal to vertical when the heat transferred by convection was appreciable. 13. The Effect of Superimposed Alternating Current and Periodic Reverse Current on the Yield of Eletrochemical Reactions. N. F. Murphy and B. C. Doumas; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. Electrochemical preparation of pigment grade lead chromate was studied with periodic reverse current. The direct to reverse current time ratio varied from 1 to 20, anode current density was 0.0059 ampere per square centimeter, and temperature was about 33° C. Electrolyte solu¬ tions contained KsCr04 with NaNOs, and KaCrO* with NaNOg. The yield and purity of lead chromate were not improved by using periodic re¬ verse compared to using direct current. 320 The Virginia Journal of Science [September Also studied was the effect of superimposing 60-cycle and 500-cycle alternating current of variable magnitude on constant direct current during electrolysis of potassium chromate solution between lead elec¬ trodes. The electrolyte contained 3.6 grams KaCrOi and 11.62 grams NaNOa per 1000 grams HsO. Solution pH was kept at 6.0 and the tem¬ perature was about 30 °C. The ratio of peak alternating current to direct current varied from 0.25 to 2.91 so that both pulsating and reverse cur¬ rents were studied. With 60-cycle superimposed alternating current the yield of lead chromate decreased sharply when the current changed from pulsating to reversing. This was not observed with 500-cycle current. Purity of the product obtained using 500-cycle current was higher than that obtained using direct current or 60-cycle superimposed current. There was no decrease in yield. Anode corrosion efficiency for 500- cycle current was equal to that witii direct current and greater than that obtained with 60-cycle superimposed current. 14. Barium Titanate Probe for Ultrasonic Intensity Measure¬ ments. N. N. Bakhshi and F. C. Vilbrandt; Virginia Polytechnic Insti¬ tute. Assurance of uniformity of intensity and a measurement of the de¬ gree of intensity in ultrasonorated media was accomplished by the de¬ sign and construction of a laboratory probe. A cylindrical, tiny barium titanate piezoelectric element was used as the source for evaluating loci throughout a solution undergoing ultrasonation in 2-inch diameter cylin¬ drical ‘"Sonicell” laboratory equipment. Details of probe design and data of intensities in the overall field were presented. Business Meeting Mr. Murphy convened the business meeting at 4 P. M. Three mem¬ bers of the Junior Academy of Science were invited to describe the project each exhibited at the meeting. From these three contestants, Mr. Benton Durley of Falls Church High School was selected to receive the 1956 George Washington Engineering Award. The previously appointed nominating committee presented .the fol¬ lowing names on a slate of officers for the year 1956-1957, who were elected unanimously: Chairman, David M. Grim; Secretary, Otis L. Up¬ dike, Jr. The possibility of limiting the subject of papers presented at the next annual meeting of the Section to some topic of general interest to sev¬ eral branches of engineering was discussed, and general approval of this plan was given. Instrumentation and control was mentioned as a possible topic. 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 321 The Section Editor reported that one paper previously presented at the Charlottesville meeting of the Section by Robert F. Fleming had been printed in tihe Journal in VoL 7^ No. 2^ April 1956. Mr. Bernard Niemeir suggested that the Section consider making an effort to have established in Virginia a museum of scientific and tech¬ nical exhibits that would be beneficial and instructive to students and the technically uninformed. Without takng any formal action on this suggestion, the meeting adjourned at 4^45 P. M. 322 The Virginia Journal of Science [September MINUTES OF THE SECTION OF GEOLOGY (8) William T. Parrot, Chairman Troy J. Laswell, Vice-Chairman Robert S. Young, Secretary W. D. Lowry, Section Editor (1958) FRIDAY, MAY 11, 1956-9:10 A. M.-GAME ROOM, Y.M.C.A. 1. Cleavage in the Arvonia Slate, Buckingham County, Virginia. Jonathan Edwards, Jr.; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. A study of the cleavage in the Arvonia slate was made in order to determine whether the cleavage is due to a parallel orientation of platy minerals (known as axial plane cleavage), or due to closely spaced frac¬ tures produced when the parent shale of probable Ordovician age was tightly folded and converted to slate. Thin sections show that the cleavage is not related to the mineral- ogical composition of the bedding. Large porphyroblasts of biotite scat¬ tered throughout the slate have been subjected to rotation caused by strike-slip movement. False cleavage was noted in some of the slate. Striated shckensides are characteristic of many of the cleavage sur¬ faces. It is believed that the cleavage of the slate represents surfaces of shear developed when deforming stresses could no longer be relieved by flexure folding and recrystallization. The common development of joints and minor faults withhi the slate supports this conclusion. 2. Distribution of Triassic Fish in the Piedmokt of Virginia. Shelton P. Applegate; University of Virginia. Triassic fish have been foimd at several localities in the Richmond Coal Basin. They occur in the coal measures at Winterpock, Midlothian, and Gayton. They occur outside the coal measures at Hallsboro, Vinita, and half a mile south of Manakin. Fish scales have been reported in the Farmville Basin. One fish has been found in the Danville Basin. In the Potomac area Triassic fish have been found at Midland and near Thoroughfare Gap. The classification of Virginia Triassic fish needs re¬ vision. Recognized families are Acrolepidae, Catoperidae, Semionotidae, and Coelacanthidae. The following foims are tentatively recognized: Ptycholepis marshi, Newberry; Catopterus redfieldi, Egerton; Dictyopyge macrura, W. C. Redfield, Dictyopyge sp. Seminoteus cf, fultus (Agassiz), Diplurus longicaudatus, Newberry; and Diplurus newarki (Bryant) 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 323 Schaeffer. These fish appear to be an endemic fresh water fauna with worldwide affinities. They are similar to the Triassic fish of the western United States. The genus Dictyopyge seems characteristic of the Rich¬ mond Coal Basin. Catopterus predominates at Midland and Semionotus at the Millbrook Quarry near Thoroughfare Gap. Until the ranges of these forms are better known, it does not seem wise to use them for cor¬ relations within the Virginia Triassic. 3. Lignite in Colluvium, Smyth County, Virginia. Charles E. Sears, Jr.; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. Lignite occurs in colluvium overlying a belt of Shady dolomite at an elevation of approximately 3150 above sea level on Brushy Mountain, Smyth County, Virginia. The colluvium consists chiefly of Erwin quartz¬ ite with kaolinitic clay in which occur angular quartz grains with inclu¬ sions of weathered feldspars. The age of the lignite, as determined from spores and pollen, is either Late Cretaceous or Early Tertiary. The lig¬ nite was probably formed on a graded erosional surface at a higher level than that at which it now occurs. It is believed that since the accumula¬ tion of the lignite, it has been lowered to its present position mainly by chemical weathering of the imderlying Shady dolomite, and subsequently that it has been covered by the colluvial material. Many of the manga¬ nese and residual silicia sand deposits in this area are thought to be re¬ lated to the same erosional surface as that represented by the lignite deposit. Some of the implications that the presence of this lignite has on the erosional history of the area are discussed. 4. Domestic Manganese Developments. Charles W. Massie; Virginia Department of Conservation and Development. Manganese ore is used for three main purposes*. (1) in tlie steel in¬ dustry as a reagent in the steel-making process and as an ingredient in special alloy of steels, (2) in the chemical industry as an oxidizing agent in chemical processes and for the production of permanganate and other manganese chemicals, (3) in the manufacture of dry cell batteries as manganese dioxide to serve as a depolarizing agent. It is also used in small tonnage in the production of aluminum and magnesium and in addition is an important alloying element in the manufacture of manga¬ nese bronze. The steel industry consumes about 95 percent of the total amount of manganese produced. Between 14 and 16 pounds of manganese metal are used for each ton of steel manufactured. Because first-grade steel cannot be made without manganese, it is classed as our number one strategic mineral. 324 The Virginia Journal of Science [September Manganese development in the United States has been hampered by the importation of cheap ore from Russia and other countries where it is mined by cheap labor. Our domestic operators, employing the highest paid labor in the world, cannot compete with these imported ores in nor¬ mal times. Under the Defense Production Act of 1950, the General Services Administration, in order to stimulate domestic production, is now buying high-grade manganese ore from small producers at a price above the open market. Our domestic production has made rapid strides under this program which, however, expires on June 30, 1958. 5. Mineralogical Study of Part of the Patuxent Formation in Virginia. William M. Greene, Charles L. Sherman and Dederick G. Ward; Washington and Lee University. A microscopic study of heavy minerals of samples from five areas of the Patuxent formations (Lower Cretaceous) in Virginia was con¬ ducted chiefly to identify the minerals present and to determine from their frequency their provenance. The areas from which the samples were taken include, from north to south: Doswell, which is just above the confluence of the North and South Anna Rivers, Drewry’s and Chaf¬ fin's Bluffs, below Richmond, the classic Dutch Gap, Farrar Island, and Point of Rocks west of Hopewell. Petrographic examination showed staurolite, leucoxene, magnetite, ilmenite, zircon, muscovite, rutile, and tourmahne to be present in all samples; kyanite and garnet, in nearly all samples; enstatite, epidote, titanite, diopside, and sillimanite, in most samples; and hornblende, mona- zite, and tremolite in a few samples. These heavy mineral suites showed such striking similarity both in mineral content and relative frequency as to warrant attributing their origin to a common source of pre-existing crystalline rocks of the Pied¬ mont Province. Anhedral grains of zircon and tourmaline suggest the possibility of an additional provenance composed of sedimentary forma¬ tions. 6. A Statistical Study of Heavy Minerals in the Sands of the South River, Augusta County^ Virginia. Dorothy Carroll; U. S. Geological Survey. Samples of bed material from above the junction of five tributaries draining the Shenandoah Valley and of five tributaries draining the Blue Ridge were collected according to a plan which would enable the results to be treated statistically. Four samples of material were collected from 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 325 each of ten localities. Heavy minerals were separated from the 125- to 62-micron sand size, and 300 grains were identified microscopically in each heavy residue by a random sampling method. The principal heavy minerals in the sands are opaque minerals (large¬ ly ilmenite), zircon, tourmaline, epidote, and rutile. Smaller quantities of chloritoid, amphibole, staurohte, kyanite, garnet, and sphene are also present. Only the grains of opaque minerals and zircon are present in sufficient amounts for a statistical analysis by the method of variance which shows that there is a significant difference in percentages of these minerals carried by streams draining the rocks of the Shenandoah Valley from those draining the rocks of the Blue Ridge. The significance is increased by the results of the examination of four samples from each locality. 7. Mineralogy of Sediments from the Virginia Triassic. Bruce W. Nelson; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. The sandstones, siltstones, and shales of the Potomac Triassic Basin near Manassas, Virginia contain quartz, feldspar, calcite, hematite, illite, and chlorite. They are arkosic rocks. Quartz, feldspar, and some mica make up the larger part of the silt and sand fractions. Calcite occurs as cement. Hematite occurs in the clay fraction and imparts a reddish color to the rocks. The clay fraction consists entirely of the clay minerals illite and chlorite, in addition to hematite. No kaolinite is present. The clay-mineral composition of these sediments suggests that the basis of mineralogical classification of arkoses should be re-evaluated, and this point is discussed. Quantitative characterization of the illite constituent by Fourier synthesis is illustrated. The chlorite constituent consists in part of a swelling or hydrating variety. Problems related to the arkosic sedimentary rocks of the Virginia Triassic illustrate the need for precise mineralogical determination in sedimentary petrology. 8. Geopetal Fabrics of Clastic Limestone. C. R. B. Hobbs, Jr.; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. During a recent study of oriented thin sections prepared from Cambro- Ordovician limestones in Virginia, top and bottom criteria were noted to be present in the fabric of the carbonate. Recognition of these criteria is reported in the literature, but is generally overlooked in present day thin-section analyses. These fabric relationships which are used to indi¬ cate the original position of ancient sediments are called “geopetaF fabrics. In carbonate rocks these geopetal fabric relationships are defined by the relative position of clear granular calcite to carbonate detritus. The distribution of the carbonate material may be recognized in many dif- 326 The Vibginia Journal of Science iSeptember ferent spatial arrangements. These arrangements include areas between carbonate laminae, beneadi open fossil shells, in fractured zones, and in solution cavities. Within these structures coarse granular calcite overlies the carbonate detritus which is composed of pellet aggregates. It is suggested that the detritus is deposited in openings formed by solution work or resulting from minor adjustments caused by desiccation or load compaction. After emplacement of limestone detritus, calcium carbonate crystallizes from percolating supersaturated fluids and fills the remainder of the original voids. Because the original orientation of some coherent lime-mud fragments and whole fossils has been changed, more than one geopetal fabric miist be used. 9. Granites and Phylutes of Southeastern Piedmont Virginia and Their Relation to the Tectonic Maps of This Area^. Arthur A. Pegau and William B. Brent; Virginia Division of Geology and Oklahoma A. ir M. College. The area discussed embraces about 2500 square miles in the south¬ eastern Piedmont of Virginia. The prevailing rock type is a granitized schist-gneiss complex; the next most abundant rock is granite; and the third most abundant is phyllite. The granite, in roughly lenticular bodies striking a little east of north, is of three general types: (1) a gneissose, medium-textured, light-gray rock in the western part of the area, (2) a porphyritic pink feldspar rock in the southern and centml part of the region, and (3) a coarse-grained, equigranular pink feldspar rock in the northeastern part of the area. There are four bodies of phyllite, presumably derived from material of volcanic origin, in the area: (1) in the southwestern part of the area, part of the Vhgilina series, (2) in a narrow strip extending from the State line to Lawrenceville and striking slightly east of north, (3) east of the second body and extending from the State line to Ante, and (4) in the northeastern part of the area striking northwest parallel to and near the border of a granite body. The bodies of granite and phyllite appear to fit into the southeastern Piedmont Virginia portion of the tectonic map of United States (1944). 10. Feeder Dikes of the Catoctin Greenstone, Albemarle County, Virginia. Tinsley Mack; University of Virginia. Three dikes which cut granodiorite in Albemarle County on the east- * Presented with the permission of the State Geologist of Virginia. 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 327 em flank of tihe Blue Ridge are believed to have fed lava to the Catoctin greenstone formation. The petrography of the dikes as to color, texture, and mineral composition is given; the width and attitude of the largest dikes are also noted. 11. Petrographig Study of Beach Sands from Cape Henry, Virginia TO North Carolina Line. J. R. Alford, J. K. Kane, D. M. Marthison, Washington 6- Lee University. A petrographic study of the beach sands from Cape Henry, Virginia to the North Carolina line showed a similarity of mineral content although a percentage decrease of magnetite, ilmenite, and the less stable minerals from north to south. These recent sediments could not be traced to specific somce formations. Because the grains become smaller and more rounded from north to south, Chesapeake Bay is believed to be their predominant geographic origin. Heavy minerals identified, in order of decreasing frequency of occurrence, were: magnetite, ilmenite, leucoxene, zircon, garnet, epidote, staurolite, hornblende, kyanite, tourmaline, silli- manite, muscovite, monazite, hypersthene, brookite, topaz, diopside, olivine, biotite, and enstatite. 12. Chert-Dolomite Relationships in Upper Knox, Giles County, Virginia. R. V. Dietrich and W. D. Lowry; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. White porcelaneous chert occurs as syngenetically brecciated frag¬ ments in the Upper Knox dolomite along the Mountain Lake road west of Sinking Creek in Giles County, Virginia. Essentially identical but un- brecciated chert is intimately associated with dolomite laminae and also occurs in skeletal chert nodules that contain dolomite. The major dimen¬ sions of all the chert masses, except a few of those disrupted by breccia- tion, are conformable with the bedding. Scattered dolomite rhombs (up to 1 mm. in greatest dimension), concentric banding, and shrinkage cracks and associated phenomena characterize the chert. The associated dolo¬ mite strata exhibit primary clastic features and directly above lenticu¬ lar chert masses constitute supratenuous folds which resulted from dif¬ ferential compaction. It is concluded that: (1) the enclosing dolomite is either primary clastic dolomite or dolomitized clastic limestone, i.e.^ essentially volume for volume replacement of calcite by dolomite, (2) the chert is either primary or, at the latest, penecontemporaneous with sedimentation, and (3) the dolomite rhombs probably were formed prior to consolidation of the silica that formed the chert. 328 The Virginia Journal of Science [September 13. The Correlation of Piedmont Virginia Strata and an Interpre¬ tation OF Piedmont Structure Based on This Correlation. Wilbur A. Nelson; University of Virginia. The Preoambrian Basement Complex is known as the Lovingston gneiss. In ascending order above the Basement Complex are the Rock- fish conglomerate, the Lynchburg gneiss, the Swift Run formation, the Catoctin greenstone and fhe Loudoun formation. The western part of the Piedmont is composed of a great anticlinorium extending from the Blue Ridge Mountains to Southwestern Moimtain. East of this is a great anticlinorium composed of four synclinal belts and three anticlinal belts. The axes of the synclinal belts from west to east are: (1) the Everona limestone of Ordovician age, (2) the Arvonia slate of Ordovician age, (3) the Virgilina-Quantico syncline of Cambro- Ordovician age, and (4) the Gasburg syncline with Swift Rim volcanics of Precambrian age. It is thought that much of the granitization and folding in the Pied¬ mont took place at the close of the Ordovician period and that the peg¬ matite dikes occurring in belts throughout this area are of the same age. There are several granite stocks of late or post-Paleozoic age. The oldest major faults are high-angle thrusts which strike northeast. Northwest-striking normal faults displace Pleistocene gravel deposits 5-10 feet. Several Triassic basins partly obscure older structures. 14. A Diabase Dike Near Afton, Virginia. H. Robert Hopkins; University of Virginia. A diabase dike in Waynesboro, Virginia strikes N.25°W. and dips 75-80° northeast. The dike cuts the country rock at the west entrance of the Blue Ridge Tunnel, at Rockfish Gap, and at the Neese Farm west of Avon, Virginia. Petrographic study of thin sections of the diabase showed no mineralogic or petrographic variations even though the speci¬ mens, collected at 100-foot vertical intervals, represent a total difference in elevation of 1200 feet. 15. The Transport of Sand by Wind. Edwin F. Ford; Arlington, Virginia. The problem of the motion of an individual sand grain in wind is sub¬ jected to a physical-mathematical analysis. At the surface of the groimd on a windy day the air is not movmg. The wind velocity increases rapidly as height above the ground increases 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 329 and approaches a limiting velocity at approximately one to three feet. Four principal forces act on a sand grain suspended in this wind velocity gradient: (1) the horizontal viscous drag, which tends to reduce the relative velocity between the air and the sand grain to zero; (2) the vertical viscous drag; (3) the aerodynamic lift, which is found by two different thoeretical methods to be proportional to the difference in the squares of the wind velocities at the top and bottom of the sand grains; and (4) the force of gravity. On the basis of the above analysis differential equations are set up expressing the vertical and horizontal accelerations of the sand grain as fimctions of the position and velocity of the grain. A theoretical trajectory is calculated for an average sand grain in an experimental wind profile obtained in a home-made wind tunnel. The actual paths of sand grains in the same wind-tunnel profile were photographed. The observed tra¬ jectories agree fairly well with those calculated. 16. Native Sulphur in Galena Molds in Quartz. R. V. Dietrich; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. Native sulphur, which contains trace amounts of lead, occurs in cavities in a pyrite-bearing quartz vein approximately 0.5 mile east of Venable Creek and 8.9 miles north of Columbia in Fluvanna County, Vir¬ ginia. The cavities have terraced cubic outlines with octahedral modifi¬ cations similar to those that commonly characterize galena. Measurements of the volumes of the cavities and of the volumes of the included sulphur indicate that the sulphur fills essentially the same proportional part of each cavity (about 13 per cent) and that there is much less sulphur in the cavities as native sulphur than there was as combined sulphur when galena filled the cavities. The shapes of the cavities plus the facts that the sulphur contains trace amounts of lead and that the volume proportion ratio is essentially the same for all cavi¬ ties measured suggest that the sulphur must have been formed as a result of reactions that involved galena mat originally filled the cavities. The occurrence is of particular interest because removal of lead from oxidized zones is apparently uncommon (especially where pyrite has not been removed) and because derivation of native sulphur from reactions involving galena are apparently even less common. 17. Erosion by Catastrophic Floods in the Ridge and Valley Province, Virginia. J. T. Hack; U. S. Geological Survey. During the night of June 17-18, 1949, a severe storm with rainfall exceeding 9 inches centered in Augusta County, Virginia, in the moun- 330 The Virginia Journal of Science ISeptember tainous headwaters of the North River. The drainage basin of a tribu¬ tary 15 square miles in area suffered severe damage. More than 100 landslides of the debris-avalanche type occurred, and trees and sedi¬ ments on the valley bottoms were in places completely removed or re¬ worked. Slides were most abundant in the hollows above the stream heads where large areas of soil mantle and rubble were removed and transported to the rivers by the flood. Features resulting directly from the work of the flood, such as terraces on the larger streams, slides, and alluvial cones, have been compared with similar features in areas un¬ damaged by the 1949 flood. It is concluded that severe storms of the type are recurring phenomena in this region and are an important factor in the erosion and formation of the central Appalachian moimtain land¬ scape. Damage of a similar type was caused by the flood associated with hurricane Diane in northeastern Pennsylvania during the summer of 1955. Business Meeting At the close of the technical session presided over by Vice-Chairman Troy J. Laswell, the nominating committee placed the following names in nomination for section officers for 1956-1957. All were unanimously elected: Chairman, Troy J. Laswell; Vice-Chairman, R. V. Dietrich; Sec¬ retary, Robert S. Yoimg; and Section Editor, W. D., Lowry. The meeting was adjourned at 4:15 P. M. SATURDAY, MAY 12, 1956-8:30 A. M.-FIELD TRIP At 8:30 A. M. a group of 30 geologists assembled south of Richmond for the annual field trip. In brilliant sunshine the group headed east to examine the geology of the Virginia Coastal Plain south of the James River. The field trip theme was the Pleistocene history of the area, and the day was spent examining the sediments that underlie the Pleistocene terraces of the Virginia Coastal Plain. A highlight of the morning session was a visit to one of the excellent Yorktown fossil-collecting localities near Claremont, Virginia. After lunch in Surry, Virginia, the group continued east to Newmans Point on the east shore of the Nansemond River north of Suffolk where there is an excellent exposure of the unconformable con¬ tact between the Yorktown (Miocene) and late Pleistocene sediments. The group disbanded at 4:00 P. M. The field trip leader was Wayne K Moore. 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 331 MINUTES OF THE SECTION OF MEDICAL SCIENCE (9) Grover C. Pitts, Chairman Geraudine M. Duncan, Secretary Chalmers L. Gemmill, Section Editor FRIDAY, MAY 11, 1956-9:00 A.M.-WASHINGTON ROOM, JEFFERSON HOTEL 1. An Evaluation of the Metachromasy of Anionic DYES^ * John W. Kelly; Medical College of Virginia. A brief summary of earlier work will provide background for this investigation, which was planned to assess the histochemical value of anionic dyes in localizing basic tissue elements by means of meta- chromatic reactions. Thirteen dyes from the azo, indigoid, triphenylmethane, and xanthene groups were chosen for this work. Protamine was the basic chromotrope of greatest interest; guanidine, histamine, procaine, quinine, strychnine, and a cationic detergent were also used. Solutions of dyes and chromo- ti’opes were screened visually and significant reactions were then studied in the spectrophotometer. Selected tissue sections were stained with all dyes and examined microscopically; some of these will be further studied microspectrophotometrically. The metachromasy of anionic dyes in this series is of low order. Spec¬ tral shifts in solution were not greater than 20! millimicra, compared to 90 millimicra or more for some cationic thiazine dyes. Diazo and xanthene dyes are most susceptible to external influence; indigoid, monoazo, and triphenylmethane dyes showed no useful color changes. Trypan blue, unlike the other diazo dyes, displayed only minor spectral shifts in solution but stained some tissue components red and others blue. This sharp differentiation appears to be a metachromatic reaction equivalent to those of the most useful basic dyes. The discrepan¬ cy between solution and staining observations with trypan blue is now being investigated. 1 Research supported by a grant (G-4212) from the National Institutes of Health, United States Public Health Service. 332 The VraciNiA Journal of Science ISeptember 2. Some Problems and Techniques in Biological Measurement. W. A. Peabody; American Tobacco Company and Medical Col¬ lege of Virginia. Preparation of various classes of tissue and excreta for counting, and coiTection for natural potassium beta activity will be discussed briefly. Consideration also will be given to several types of counters as related to the requirements. 3. Lipids and Pigments in the Motor Cortex of Human Brains AT Various Ages. Robert H. Brownson; Medical College of Virginia. Sections of superior precentral gyrus were removed from 15 essentially normal neurological specimens. The material consisted of one brain from each of the following years: 28 days, 3.5, 18, 25, 34, 38, 39, 40, 44, 50, 54, 55, 56, 76 and 89. All tissues were fixed in 10 per cent calcium formalin and frozen sections cut at 10 micra. Sections were stained for lipids using the Sudan black B technique. Prior to staining with Sudan black B, controls were immersed overnight in a solution containing equal parts of ethyl alcohol and ether. The remaining frozen sections were impregnated with Del Rio-Hortega's ammoniacal silver carbonate solution for pigment. Analysis of the human primary motor cortex indicated that lipid and pigment inclusions were present in varying amounts in both neurons and glial cells of all ages. Pigment in neurons and glial cells demonstrated little or no consistent age change and the amount of pigment varied from trace to heavy de¬ posits. It was noted, however, that there were evidences for consistent age changes in lipid distribution within neuron and glial cells. The quan¬ titative amount of lipids appeared to increase with the increasing age of specimen. 4. The Effect of Acylation of the Biological Activity of Hydrazino Compounds. Herbert McKennis, Jr. and Jesse H. Weatherby; Medical Col¬ lege of Virginia. Following the administration of hydrazine to rabbits there appears in the urine a minimum of two excretion products. One type responds immediately to acidic iodate with release of hydrazino nitrogen as nitro¬ gen gas. Nitrogen is evolved from the other type only after hydrolysis. Although no metabolites of hydrazine have yet been isolated these find¬ ings suggest the presence of diacylated hydrazine in which both of the 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 333 nitrogens of hydrazii^e have been substituted. In consequence we were led to examine acylated derivaties for biological activity. One of the probable metabolites of hydrazine is the monoacyl com¬ pound y-glutamylhydrazide. Using a mixture of cofactors modified from Schou et. al., it has been possible to show that simple aqueous extracts of acetone powers from hver (rabbit, and pigeon) and kidney (rabbit and hog) catalyze the uptake of hydrazine in the presence of glutamine. In common with hydrzine, 7 -glutamyUiydrazide, the probable product, causes elevation of blood ammonia in the dog. In collaboration with Dr. Allan S. Yard, we have found fatty livers in rabbits following single doses of 7 -glutamylhydrazide. 5. Experimental Medial Hypertrophy and Hyperplasia of Cats’ Pulmonary Arteries. J. F. Kell, Jr., G. E. Hennigar, and E. C. Hoff; Medical College of Virginia, Pulmonary arterial medial hypertrophy and hyperplasia nd intimal proliferation or so-called endarteritis obliterans were produced in cats by chronic stimulation of suprasegmental centers of autonomic control. The stimulation of the brain was performed through the intact cranium with the electric shock apparatus and by repeated chronic parental ad- are produced by a combination of repeated pulmonary arterial and advanced changes including the intimal proliferation were produced by following the electrical shock stimulation with removal of twenty per cent of the estimated blood volume. It is suggested that these findings are produced by a combination of repeated pulmonary arterial and arteriolar vasoconstriction and massive engorgement of lesser circulation following a shift of the blood volume by extensive systemic vasoconstric¬ tion. These results suggest a hypothesis of the mechanism in one typ^ of primary pulmonary hypertension. 6. Integration of Blood Pressure Responses in Decerebrate Animals. T. R. Harvood, J. F. Kell, and E. C. Hoff; Medical College of Virginia. It has been noted that some patients involved in accidents resulting in decerebrations showed blood pressure changes but all did not show similar changes. In an attempt to find out why there was variation and to try to find a center or centers that were involved in the blood pressure control above the medulla, various operative procedures were done on experimental animals to produce decerebrate preparations and the blood pressures recorded from the femoral artery, before, during and after the procedures. 334 The Virginia Journal of Science [September Decerebrations below the tentorium caused no increase in blood pressure, but above the tentorium, there were transient rises in blood pressures after anesthesia (ether) had worn off. In these experiments, adequate and complete decerebrations did not lead to sustained hyper¬ tension. 7. Studies of Some Physiologic and Clinical Conditions Asso¬ ciated WITH Increased Fibrinolytic Activity of the Blood. Susan J. Mellette and Louis A. Leone; Medical College of Virginia- Increased fibrinolytic activity of the blood is associated with varying patterns of alteration in levels of the measurable components of the fibri¬ nolytic enzyme system. Chronic low grade fibrinolysis, such as may occur in leukemia or carcinomatosis, is often characterized by low levels of profibrinolysis, proactivator, and antifibrinolysin. Conversely, an increase in net fibrinolytic activity with high profibrinolysin and rising tibrinogen may follow the administration of estrogens or of cortisone. Acute increases in fibrinolytic activity (secondary to exercise, surgical procedures, shock, etc.) are accompanied by changes in fibrinolytic enzyme components determined by the type, extent and duration of the stimulus. That the fibrinolysis occurring occasionally in prostatic carcinoma is directly related to prostatic proteases is suggested by the demonstration that a marked increase in blood fibrinolytic activity, paralleling changes in serum acid phosphatase, may follow prostatic massage or manipula¬ tion. Furthermore, variations in individual rates of fibrinolysis as com¬ pared to fibrinogenolysis and in the inhibition produced by soybean trypsin inhibitor and by serum antiprotease also strongly suggest that more than one enzyme is responsible for the total fibrinolytic activity in any single case. Both qualitative and quantitative differences occur from time to time in the same patient as well as in different individuals. 8. Perthane (Q-I37) Administration to the C3H Mouse and Its Effect on the C3H/BA Mammary Carcinoma. L. A. Leone, Henry Hahn and Susan J. Mellette; Medical Col¬ lege of Virginia. Perthane, (2,2-bis-(p-ethyphenyl)-I,I-dichloroethane) , a DDT ana¬ logue, has caused adrenal cortical atrophy with insufficiency in dogs. Because of the known effect of adrenal ablative procedures in human breast carcinoma and the influence of ovarian and adrenal hormone in mouse mammary carcinoma, this study was carried out. C3H mice with and without transplanted BA mammary carcinoma were studied. Oral perthane administration caused significant body weight loss in the ab- 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 335 sence of decreased dietary intake or other obvious cause of food loss. It is possible that this effect may represent perthane influence on the adrenal gland in spite of the absence of histologic atrophy or hypertrophy. Sub¬ sequent stabilization of body weight occurs during continuing treatment to the point of toxicity at 20 days. The reason for this is not clear from these studies but this ability to “adapt” by weight stabilization may repre¬ sent adrenal or “pituitary-adrenal” response. Body weight and tumor size studies suggest that weight loss can be accounted for primarily by loss of normal tissue rather than by destruction of tumor substance. Per¬ thane has no significant growth-inhibiting effect on transferred mammary carcinoma in the C3H mouse as indicated by tumor size measurement and suiwival time. 9. The Inhibition of Azo-dye Carcinogenesis by Varying Dietary Levels of Certain Benzimidazfles. C. C, Clayton and L. D. Abbott, Jr.; Medical College of Vir¬ ginia. 2,5 Dimethylbenzimidazole and 2-ethyl 5-methylbenzimidazole inhibit in vitro incorporation of from N^^-glycine into heme by nucleated avian erthyrocytes (Va. Journ. Sci. 6: 77, 1955), the multiplication of influenza virus (J. Exp. Med. 98: 245. 1953) and the development of liver tumors in rats when fed with the hepato-carcinogen 3'-methyl-4- dimethylaminoazobenzene (Federation Proc. 14: 194, 1955). In our pre¬ vious liver tumor experiments the benzimidazole derivatives were fed at 0.5% level for the 16 week duration of the experiment and afforded complete protection. In most of the present studies a purified diet con¬ taining 0.064% 3'-methyl-4-dimenthylaminoazobenzene was fed for 8 weeks - after which the diet without the dye was continued for another 8 weeks. The benzimidazoles were fed only during the first 8 week period (with the dye) at dietary concentrations of 0.5, 0.25, or 0.1%. The two higher levels of 2-ethyl-5-methylbenzimidazole completely prevented the develop¬ ment of hver tumors while the 0.1% level decreased the incidence to about half that of the animals not receiving the compound. The lower levels of 2,5-dimethylbenzimidazole also decreased the percentage of liver tumors but not as markedly as the 2-ethyl compound. 0.5 percent of unsubstituted benzimidazole afforded some protection while benzo- triazole and 5-methylbenzotriazole at this level were ineffective. When the active benzimidazoles were fed at 0.5% for a 4 week period be¬ tween the 4 week periods of dye feeding, they had no influence on the development of liver tumors. 10. Effects of Physical Exercise of Gross Body Composition of THE Guinea Pig. Grover C. Pitts; University of Virginia. Thirty- three male guinea pigs were studied. Thirteen animals seden- 336 The Virginia Journal of Science [September: tary since birth were killed at eight months of age. An exercise group of 20 animals walked on a power-driven treadmill daily from weaning until eight months of age. Twelve of these were then killed and the other eight were retired to a sedentary regimen. The retired animals were then killed after varying intervals of retirement. All carcasses were separated by dissection into eleven gross components (heart, liver, kid¬ neys, spleen, gut, CNS, skin, muscle, bone, adipose tissue and remainder). Fractions of fat, water and residue were determined on each com¬ ponent as well as on the entire carcass. This report is limited to changes observed in adipose tissue. Changes in both extractable fat and fat-free weight of the adipose tissue were followed. The latter datum reflects the mass of lipocytes available for fat storage. During the first five days of retirement, per cent of both fat and fat-free adipose tissue nearly doubled and then subsided to the previous levels by the tenth day of retirement. Subsequently, a slow, asymptotic rise in both components began and appeared to continue during 90 days of retirement. It seemed unlikely that the retired animals would ever reach levels of fatness and fat-free adipose tissue found in the animals which were sedentary throughout life. The sedentary group possessed more than twice as much fat and about 1.4 times as much fat-free adipose tissue as the ex¬ ercised animals which were sacrificed before retirement. 11. Histochemical Studies on the Effects of Castration and Androgen Replacement on Rat Epididymides. L. F. Cavazos; Medical College of Virginia. Sexually mature male rats were castrated and injected with the fol¬ lowing levels of testosterone propionate in sesame oil (0.05 ml): 0, 12.5, 25, 50, 100, and 500 micra grams. Injections were commenced immediate¬ ly after gonadectomy and continued daily for 20 days. Epididymides were fixed in Orth’s, acetic alcohol formalin, Zenker’s, and Bouin’s. Staining reactions employed included: the periodic acid-Schiff technique, toluidine blue, Lillie’s azure A-Eosin B, alcian blue with chlorantine fast red, and the Feulgen reaction. In epididymides from intact rats, there was a weak reaction in the intertubular connective tissue and a stronger coloration of the basement membrane following the periodic acid-Schiff technique. Epithelial cyto¬ plasm was faintly stained, but demonstrated numerous reactive granules and vacuoles. Glycogen was noted in the epithelial cytoplasm of the middle caput. Stereocilia were positive. Castration resulted in epithelial cell height reduction and a strongly Schiff-positive basement membrane which appeared thickened. Following the toluidine blue and azure A-Eosin B techniques, an intense basophiHa, which was removed by ribonuclease, was noted in the perinuclear cytoplasm of epididymides from intact rats. In some cases, metachromatic material was dispersed 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 337 among the stereocilia and spermatozoa. Cytoplasmic basophilia was re¬ duced or absent in castrate epididymides, but present in hormone-treated castrates. 12. The Effect of Thermal Injury, Operative Stress and Hypo- Physectomy on the Metabolic Activity of the Pineal Gland the Pituitary and the Adrenal Gland as Measured by P^^-Up- take in the Adult Male Rat. A Preliminary Report. O. J. Malm and O. E. Skaug; Medical College of Virginia. The effect on the P®^-uptake of 20 different tissues has been studied two and a half hours after intraperitoneal injection in normal adult rats, and following a 15 per cent full-thickness burn and after sham-pinealec- tomy. The most striking finding is the marked and statistically significant fall in the relative specific activity of the pineal gland at four and a half hours after burn and sham-operation (reference: pooled brain tissue spec, activity = 100). The metabolic activity, measured by the two and a exceeded by the liver. The high uptake of the pineal gland, only exceeded by the liver. The high uptake of the pineal gland is nearly restored at 17 and 48 hours after traumatic stress. In adijlt rats hypophysectomized two to three weeks prior to the uptake study, the rel. spec, activity of the pineal is not significantly altered from that of normal controls, while the adrenal cortical and thy¬ roid activities are markedly reduced. Cortisol injection, .25 mg. daily for two days, increased the pineal activity, without altering the uptake of other tissues. Administration of a purified growth hormone prepara¬ tion (Somacton), 3.3 Tibia units daily for four days, increased the relative specific activity of the pineal gland to values exceeding those of both hypophysectomized and normal controls. 13. Alterations in Casein by Exposure to Ethylene Oxides. Herbert G. Windmueller, Clemens J. Ackerman, and Ruben W. Engel; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station, Blacksburg. The exposure of vitamin-free casein to gaseous ethylene oxide for 24 hours so alters the protein that when it is fed to weanling albino rats as the sole nitrogen source they fail to grow. This growth inhibition is reversed as soon as untreated casein is substituted in the diet or when the treated diet is supplemented with methionine and histidine. The uptake of ethy- ene oxide by casein is followed by the Warburg manometric technique. When individual amino acids are so tested, only cysteine. HCl shows a rapid uptake, resulting in a compound lethal to weanling rats when in¬ jected subcutaneously. The LDgo of this unidentified compound is 13 mg. of treated cysteine-HCl per 50 gm. body weight. Cysteine (free base) does not undergo this reaction. Electrophoretically, casein exhibits 338 The Virginia Journal of Science [Septembei: a decrease in mobility following treatment with the gas. Addition of the gas to active sites on the protein is indicated by a decrease in Kjeldahl nitrogen of 1.4% following prolonged ethylene oxide treatment. The ability of pepsin or trypsin to hydrolyze ethylene-oxide treated casein is apparently not impaired. 14. The Effect of Nucleosides on Phosphate Transfer in Human Erythrocyte Ghosts. D. R. H. Gourley; University of Virginia School of Medicine. By hemolyzing human erythrocytes in the presence of a given nucleoside and subsequently restoring the isotonicity of the medium with sodium chloride, it is possible to prepare cells containing large amoimts of the nucleoside. With this technique cells can be prepared to contain, for example, 5-8 times the original concentration of adenosine. Since cells prepared in this way lose their ability to utilize glucose and contain only about 60% of the original hemoglobin concentration, they are re¬ ferred to as “ghosts.” In addition to the nucleosides adenosine, xantho- sine, guanosine, and cytidine, ghosts containing large amounts of adeno¬ sine triphosphate, adenosine monophosphate and ribose-5-phosphate have also been prepared. During subsequent incubation at 37 °G. die nucleo¬ sides leave the ghosts until the concentrations in the ghosts and medium are equal. However, the phosphorylated compounds remain largely in the ghosts suggesting that the membrane of the ghost is impermeable to phosphorylated compounds. All of the above-mentioned compounds will support the active uptake of P ^-labeled orthophosphate by the ghosts with the exception of cytidine. Since ribose-5-phosphate (but not free ribose) also provides the necessary energy for phosphate ion transfer, these results suggest the presence of an enzyme in the ghosts which pro¬ motes phosphorolysis of the purine nucleosides with the production of ribose phosphate. 15, Phosphate Uptake in the Erythrocytes of Human Blood Heated in vitro. Ralph A. Natwig and Odvar E. Skaug; Medical College of Virginia. Previous work indicates a deleterious effect of heat, both in vivo and in vitro, on the glycolytic activity of erthyrocytes. In the present study P®^-uptake during four hours of incubation at 37 °C. has been used as an indicator of the glycolytic activity of human erythrocytes heated in vitro to 48°, 51°, 53° and 55°C. for 3 minutes. The mean uptake after four hours in eiythrocytes from 35 normal individuals was 15.7% i 1.0 per 0.1 ml. red blood cells of the P^'-dose added to 1 ml. blood. Heating for 3 minutes at 48 °C. caused no significant decrease in uptake of P^. A significant decrease in phosphate incorporation was observed in the 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 339 erythrocytes of blood heated to 51°, 53° and 55 °C., the uptake after four hours amounting to 92%, 89% and 80% respectively, as compared to the unheated controls. These results add further evidence to the existing data indicating a detrimental effect of heat on the glycolytic activity of red cells. A relationship is suggested between the reduction in glycolytic activity and the previously reported morphological changes, increased fragility and hemolysis of red cells subjected to heat. 16. The Transfer of Energy from p-Terphenyl to Riboflavin. Chalmers L. Gemmill; University of Virginia. In order to study the transfer of excitation energy to molecules of biological interest, the Beckman DK-1 was modified in order to record automatically the fluorescent spectra. Various concentrations of phos¬ phors were used in this study with this instrument. When p-terphenyl and alpha-naphthyl phenyloxazole (ANPO) were used in toluene, there was a marked reduction of the fluorescence of p-terphenyl and an in¬ crease in the fluorescence of ANPO. Similar results were obtained with p-terphenyl and diphenylhexatriene and with 2,5-diphenyloxazole and l,4-di“2(5-phenyl-oxazolyl) benzene. When various amounts of ribo¬ flavin were combined with p-terphenyl in a water-dioxane solvent, there was a reduction of the fluorescence of the riboflavin. These results in¬ dicate that riboflavin may accept the energy from the p-terphenyl on excitation of this molecule by ultraviolet light. In all cases the exciting light was held constant. 17. Ryanodine Induced Contractures in Frog Skeletal Muscle. Mary Frances Arrighi and Robert W. Ramsey; Medical College of Virginia. The alkaloid ryanodine induces some very profound changes in the metabolism and mechanical properties of frog skeletal muscles. Edwards and Flinker have shown that ryanodine induces an enormous consump¬ tion of oxygen provided the unrestrained muscle does not shorten to a length less than 40% of its rest length. With further shortening to 30% of rest length, there is a rapid and complete cut off of this excess oxygen consumption induced by ryanodine. It will be shown that in ryanodine induced contractures where the final length is less than 40% of rest length, there is a large and progressive synuresis of water until the maxi¬ mum shortening is achieved (final length 13% of rest length). The process is irreversible and has a Qio of 8.6 indicating most probably a denaturation process. The results are interpreted in terms of a recent analysis by one of us that showed muscle statistically behaves like some high polymers discussed by chemists. 340 The Virginia Journal of Science [September 18. Psyche and the Human Uterus. William Bickers; Medical Arts Building, Richmond, Virginia. A technic for recording human nongravid uterine contractions em¬ ploying the principle of the stress gauge is described. The normal pat¬ tern of human uterine contractions at various stages of the menstrual cycle is illustrated. It has been shown that certain psychic stimuli in hyper-susceptible women is followed by immediate increase in tone of the uterus and an altered pattern of myometrial contractions. This prompt response on the part of uterine muscles to psychic stimuli must be explained on a neurogenic basis since the time interval between stimu¬ lus and response is too short to be mediated through a humoral mechan¬ ism. The clinical opinion long held that psychic disturbances affect uterine physiology has been shown to have a valid basis in demonstrable physiologic changes which occur in the human uterus in the wake of fear and anxiety. The significance of these observations as they relate to obstetrical and gynecologic disorders is emphasized. 19. Toxicity Studies on Salicylamide in Man. Reno Porter and Allan L. Forbes, Medical College of Virginia. Twelve thousand, six hundred and twenty-six grams of salicylamide, the amide of salicylic acid, were administered to 13 patients in 1,079 patient days, with an average daily dose of 12.0 gm. Seven patients had rheumatoid arthritis, five acute rheumatic fever, and one congenital heart disease. The average daily doses for each patient varied from 5.2 gm. to 19.7 gm., and the duration of therapy varied from 9 to 192 days. The maximum total dose to a single patient was 3,582 gm. in 182 days, with an average of 19.7 gm. per day. One patient developed an acute febrile reaction and a rash secondary to the drug. In the remaining patients, side effects were absent, or mild, the most common being “light¬ headedness”; gastric distress was noticeably absent. No significant change occurred in the white blood cell counts or in the prothrombin concentra¬ tion; there was a tendency for the prothrombin concentration to rise, rather than to fall. None of the manifestations of salicylism occurred. The clinical impression of the therapeutic effect of salicylamide as an anti-inflammatory drug was distinctly promising, similar or superior to what would be expected from therapy with aspirin or sodium salicylate in non-toxic doses. The low incidence of toxic reactions to salicylamide in very large doses as compared with aspirin and sodium salicylate seems established. 20. Use of Anti-Rh Sera for Demonstrating the Agglutination Activating Factor in Rheumatoid Arthritis. Marion V. Waller and John H. Vaughan; Medical College of Virginia. 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 341 Certain high titered anti-Rh sera may be used to sensitize human Rh-positive red cells for the demonstration of the Agglutination Activat¬ ing Factor (AAF) of rheumatoid arthritic sera. Parallel studies of rheu¬ matoid sera using the sensitized sheep cell technic and the sensitized Rh-positive red cell technic showed comparable titers. Lack of complete correlation suggests the possibility of a multicomponent system for AAF, consisting either of multiple antibodies or of a single antibody with mul¬ tiple cross specificities. The fact that there exists a suitable immune sys¬ tem, involving only antibodies and antigens of human origin for the demonstration of AAF is of interest in terms of the possible significance of this factor in the production of the disease process, rheumatoid arth¬ ritis. 21. Plastic Prosthetics in the Post-Surgical Care of Diabetic. Gangrene. A Preliminary Report. Albert Pincus, Milton Cummins, Ted Levy, William Bricker, and Stanley Bricker; Medical College of Virginia Hospitals and Out-Patient Clinics. The dynamic application of a plastic material to replace a missing tCfC is a procedure relatively new in medicine. It is our purpose to present our method of rehabilitating the diabetic foot by preventing the deforma¬ tion of the toes adjacent to the amputation. The deformities most com¬ monly seen by the chiropodist in the diabetic clinic in patients with toe amputations are hallux valgus with infected bunion, the hammer-toe and the overlapping toe with infected corns. If we can see the patient soon after surgery we have been able to keep the adjacent toes from deforming. We accomplish this by using a flexible acrylic resin in the space of the missing digit. The resin is mixed and prepared in a few minutes, molded into the area, covered with a vinyl sheeting and with the shoe on the foot the patient is permitted to walk. The plastic is hydraulically responsive in this state, thereby molding exactly between the toes and under the toe webbing. This usually takes from 2-5 min¬ utes depending on the environmental temperature. The plastic resin is then separated from between and under the toes and permitted to cure at room temperature for 24 hours. The margins are then ground down to a feather edge and fitted to the part. This type of toe prosthetic acts as a buttress to forcibly pry apart toes that previously would de¬ form into hammer-toes and bunions with resultant infections and ulcera¬ tions so commonly seen on the diabetic foot. 22. Lipid Concentration of Human Adrenals with Particular Reference to Hypertensive Disease. Cornelia Hoch-Ligetti, Karen Irvine, James E. Irvine; University of Virginia. Adrenals from 210 unselected autopsies were analyzed for cholesterol, 342 The Virginia Journal of Science [September phospholipid and total lipid concentration; heart, kidneys, liver and blood of 41 cases were similarly studied. The data were correlated with the disease, cause of death, degree of arteriosclerosis and weights of the or¬ gans. The average concentration of cholesterol, total lipids, and dry weights of adrenals were significantly increased in patients dying with compensated hypertensive cardiovascular disease, and with persons who committed suicide. These values were significantly decreased in cases of malignancy, active infections and chronic degenerative diseases. The changes in lipid concentration in the various diseases were restricted to the adrenals. No correlation was found between adrenal and blood cholesterol concentration or between adrenal lipid concentration and de¬ gree of arteriosclerosis. The adrenal phospholipid concentrations were significantly increased with malignancy, active infections and degenera¬ tive diseases when calculated on dry- weight basis. On histological in¬ vestigation the adrenals in hypertensives showed increase of lipid con¬ tent in the zona fasciculata and increased number of brown pigment containing cells in the reticularis. 23. Renal Function in Man and Dogs Rendered Polycythemic by Oxygen Tension. E. Lowell Becker; Medical College of Virginia. Studies of renal function were made on five normal men native to an altitude of 14,900 feet. Glomerural filtration rates and effective renal plasma flow were determined by the constant infusion technique using insulin and p-aminohippurate. All "subjects showed a statistically sig¬ nificant decrease in filtration rate, effective renal plasma flow and effec¬ tive renal blood flow, with an increase in hematocrit and filtration frac¬ tion. Studies were carried out at sea level on three dogs rendered poly¬ cythemic by exposure to low oxygen tension (8%) for a period of two years in a decompression chamber. The filtration rate and effective renal plasma flow were decreased and the effective renal blood flow and filtration fraction were increased, as compared with control observations on five normal dogs, and with other data recorded in the literature. rpc The concentrating capacity of the experimental dogs as measured by H20?was substantially lower in the polycythemic dogs than in our con¬ trols and lower than in other dogs reported in the literature. 24. The Pelger-Huett Anomaly in a Negro Family. Jonas C. Strouth and Roscoe D. Hughes; Medical College of Virginia. The first case of Pelger-Huett anomaly in an United States Negro 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 343 family is reported. This anomaly is inherited as an autosomal dominant with 100% penetrance, and has virtually invariable expressivity. Its poten¬ tial clinical significance, incidence in the population, and importance in autosomal linkage studies are discussed. 25. Schultze’s Picture in the Bovine Colon. James R. Rooney; Animal Pathology. This study was designed to elucidate the occurrence and nature of a thickened area in the mucosa of the bovine colon. Two such thickened areas were found to occur normally in all colons examined. The thick¬ ening was caused by accumulations of lymphoid tissue in a Peyer’s patch-type of arrangement. Microscopically, the crypts of Lieberkuhn were found to penetrate into the submucosa in these lymphoid areas, apparently as a result of defects in the muscularis mucosae. Pathological changes were frequently noted in these areas. The submucosal crypts of Lieberkuhn, particularly, were subject to cystic, abscessing changes. This type of lesion was found to be specific for the glands themselves and not for any particular disease entity. 344 The Virginia Journal of Science [September MINUTES OF THE SECTION OF PSYCHOLOGY (10) Frank W. Finger, Chairman Robert Filer, Secretary-Treasurer Noble McEwen, Executive Committeeman Richard H. Henneman, Section Editor FRIDAY, MAY 11, 1956-2:00 P. M.-LITTLE THEATER 1. The Effect of Certain Sensory Stimulation on the Perception OF a Long Time Interval. Patricia Ann Rund; College of William and Mary. The study was undertaken to determine whether annoying auditory, visual, or cutaneous stimulation affected the perception of a long time interval. Twelve female subjects were used. Each was presented with four conditions in a counter-balanced order: 1— control; II— loud noise; III— flickering light; and IV— tickle. S was asked to indicate was press¬ ing a key when she felt that a five-minute interval had passed. This judgment was made on four consecutive intervals. Experimental sessions varied in length from 20 to 35 minutes for each condition. Subjects’ estimates under the tiiree experimental conditions were about 20% less than those under the control condition. Estimates under Condition III (flickering light) may be slightly less than those under the experimen¬ tal conditions; however, since no error had been made to equate intensi¬ ties of the three experimental variables, no conclusions are drawn from this aspect of the results. These results place in a different light a study by Smith, Wing, and Jerison on “The Effect of Acoustic Noise on Time Judgment”. They interpret similar data in terms of a hypothesis about central neural mechanisms of audition. Since the present study indicates that the stimulation of sensory systems other than audition can produce about the same effects, doubt is cast on any purely auditor)^ explanation. 2. Skin Temperature Effects on Vibratory Thresholds. Glenn R. Hawks; University of Virginia. The effect of warming and cooling tlie skin on vibratory thresholds has been reported by Weitz (1941). Using a mechanical stimulator, he obtained an initial lowering of thresholds, followed by a rise as tempera¬ ture was increased; with lowered temperatures there was a considerable heightening of threshold. Subsequently he showed that sensations pro- 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 345 duced by electrical stimulation of the skin were similarly influenced by temperature changes. Recent work by the author and others in the Virginia Laboratory on this problem has utilized 1,000-cycle sinusoidal alternating current, both slowly rising to threshold, and in short pulses which permit a determination of threshold by the Method of Limits. Results thus tar indicate a usual but not invariable heightening of threshold with lowered skin temperature. No reliable effect from raised temperatures has been obtained. Present work is attempting to find small “spots” on the skin surface where sensitivity is both reliable and high in relation to immediately surrounding areas. 3. An Experimental Study of Vibrotactile Apparent Motion. William H. Sumby; University of Virginia. The purpose of the research reported was to determine the optimal vibrotactile stimulus conditions for the arousal of apparent tactual move¬ ment. The variables rnanipulated were the intensity of vibration, the temporal interval between stimulations, and the spatial separation be¬ tween transducers. The frequency of vibration was held constant as was the general cutaneous area stimulated, the thoracic area of the back. By simultaneously manipulating the independent variables 81 different stimu¬ lus patterns were available. Each stimulus complex was delivered 5 times to each of 5 Ss, or 2025 stimulus presentations. The results dem¬ onstrate quite conclusively that the optimum temporal interval between bursts lies beween 80 and 120 milliseconds of stimulus overlap regard¬ less of the intensity or spatial separation used. In other words, it is quite apparent that the spatial separation and the intensitive variable are not as critical as the temporal interval. Analysis, however, does not reveal any consistent general relationships existing among the stimulus properties which might be interpreted as suggesting the vibrotactile analogues of Krote’s laws for visual apparent motion. 4. Training on a Vibratory Communication System. William C. Howell; University of Virginia. The purpose of this study was to develop a practical communication system utilizing three dimensions of vibratory stimulation: location, ampli¬ tude, and duration. The language elements to be encoded were letters of the alphabet and digits. The 36 discrete stimulus patterns neces¬ sary to encode these elements were selected on the basis of preliminary investigations; five loci, three durations, and three intensities of stimula¬ tion constituting a satisfactory arrangement. Assignment of language elements to these patterns was carried out in a manner calculated to en¬ hance speed and accuracy. Three subjects were trained to receive in¬ formation utilizing this system. Training consisted of 25 double presenta¬ tions of the alphabet in random order, 25 single presentations of 52- 346 The Virginia Journal of Science [September letter lists, and a number of words and short messages. All subjects at¬ tained a high degree of accuracy which was maintained throughout the rest of the training period. Retention after several months was almost perfect. Limitations imposed by the equipment, however, rendered im¬ possible the determination of the maximum speed of reception. There¬ fore, the apparatus was modified and a new training series undertaken to resolve this question. Results indicate that the vibratory communica¬ tion system may be expected to compete successfully with the inter¬ national Morse Code in terms of both accuracy and speed of reception. 5. A Comparative Personality Study of A Croup of Stutterers AND Hard of Hearing Patients. Reuben S. Horlick; Audiology and Speech Center, Walter Reed Army Medical Center. The purpose of this study is to investigate the personality structure of and compare the differences between two groups of Army and Air Force patients referred to the Audiology and Speech Cented for evalua¬ tion of and therapy for stuttering or impaired hearing. Two groups of twenty patients each were administered the California Test of Personality and the results compared for statistical significance. The test was ad¬ ministered prior to initiation of therapy and rehabilitation. A third group of medical technicians was used as a control group. Although the dif¬ ference was not statistically significant, the findings suggest that the stutterers, as a group, tend to manifest more nervous symptoms, greater tensions, feelings of inferiority and insecurity, and withdrawal symptoms. On the other hand, the personality picture of the hard of hearing is more like that of the control group. The results do not justify the often expressed depressing view of the hard of hearing. A detailed report will be given. 6. Language Behavior in the Mentally Retarded. Henry Winthrop; Hollins College. A series of studies of the language behavior of the mentally retarded has been undertaken in terms of the Ammons FRPVT. Some of the results are indicated here. The relative abilities of a large sample of mental defectives were contrasted for abstract and concrete words. Failures and successes within concrete terms were compared, as well as failures and successes within abstract terms. A breakdown of successes and failures by parts of speech has been made, within the abstract and concrete categories. Correlations have been obtained between IQ and MA on the one hand and successes in abstract and concrete terms, on the other. Significant differences in the comprehension of different parts of speech within the abstract and concrete categories have been ex- 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 347 plored. Contrasting language abilities of idiopathic, familial and organic brain damaged defectives have been analyzed. 7. Critical Factors in the Academic Acceleration of Gifted Children Based on Clinical Data. Antonia Bell Morgan; Aptitude Associates Incorporated. Recent research in the field of gifted children has been largely clin¬ ical, or idiographic, rather than statistical or nomothetic. The chief value of idiography lies in the delineation of new variables and working hy¬ potheses which may then be subjected to testing by the nomothetic ap¬ proach. (See Falk, Psychological Review, 63, 1, 53-62.) Psychologists are practically unanimous in agreeing with Terman that academic ac¬ celeration of at least one year is very desirable for gifted children, pro¬ vided that it takes place on an individual basis after due consideration of all the factors involved. The following six factors are hypothesized as critical for the success of accelerations: 1. Physical maturity; 2. Social maturity; 3. Emotional maturity; 4. Academic achievement; 5. Attitude of the teacher; and 6. Attitude of the parents. These factors are discussed with reference to 21 clinical cases. Criteria for successful acceleration are suggested as hypotheses for experimental investigation. 8. The Rat’s Adjustment to 23-Hour Food-Deprivation Cycles Marvin H. Weasner; University of Virginia. Animal experimenters who have utilized extended deprivation cycles have usually assumed that a preliminary adjustment period of 5 to 10 days is sufficient before placing the animal into the experiment proper. This experiment is designed to yield information on the methodologi¬ cal question: How long must a rat be maintained on a 23-hour food- deprivation schedule for the various indices of drive to approximate their symptotic values? In this study the measured indicators of drive are body weight, amount of food and water ingested, 24-hour activity, and activity driving the last daily prefeeding hours. Activity is measured by the number of the rat’s interruptions of an infra-red light beam which bisects the long dimension of the rat’s home cage and which falls upon a photoelectric cell on the opposite side. Comparison of the eight-animal experimental group data with that of the matched control group indicates that the functions of the various drive indicants are not parallel, that body weight is still decreasing, and activity in the last prefeeding hour is still increasing at the end of 30 days of this deprivation schedule. The data suggest that a 30-day adjustment period is too brief to permit certain indices of drive to level off. 348 The Virginia Journal of Science [Septemher 9. Factors Influencing Complex Task Performance. Milton H. Hodge; University of Vir^Jnia. It is assumed (1) that there is a class of variables characteristic of simple response situations, (2) that these variables are also present in complex response situations, (3) that there is another class o': variables unique to complex response situations, and (4) that in complex task situations there exists the possibility for an interaction between these classes of variables. From these assumptions it can be predicted that certain values of the first class of variables maximize performance in simple response situations. This prediction is similar to Fitts’ concept of stimulus-response compatibility, i.e., some responses are easier to make to certain stimuli than are other responses. It is further hypo¬ thesized that use of the same values of the simple response variables in a complex response situation may lead to a decrement in performance, the decrement being a result of the interaction between the two classes of variables. An experiment is proposed to test the hypothesis that per¬ formance decrement in a complex response situation can result from an interaction between these variables. 10 Reinforcement and Complex Verbal Behavior. William E. Montague; University of Virginia. Reinforcement has been shown to be powerful in the control of much behavior. With some behavior, however, the psychologist finds it dif¬ ficult, at least in complex behavior, to adequately specify and measure the response which is being reinforced. Especially, as the complexity of verbal behavior increases it becomes more difficult to define responses and to bring them under the control of reinforcement. If the probability of a response is to be varied lawfully through the use of such a variable as reinforcement, the response must be clearly specified. In a simple verbal conditioning study reported last year, a high correlation existed between verbal responses being conditioned and the manual responses being measured. This was demonstrated to be the case because the verbal responses were brought under the control of reinforcement. Later work using a similar but more complex situation failed to show such results. This paper attempts to demonstrate that these results were due to ambiguity of the reinforcement with respect to the verbal response and that if the response is clearly specified it can be brought under the control of reinforcement. 11. Conditions Determining the Efficiency of Multiple Task Performance. John Bennett Feallock; University of Virginia. The present experiment is one of a series investigating the conditions 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 349 determining the efficiency of multiple task performance. In multiple task performance the subject moves from one task, or set of inter-related re¬ sponses, to another in varying orders. The characteristics of multiple task performance would seem to involve variables related to discrimina¬ tion and retention processes as well as the effects of shifting from one task to another. The first three experiments in this series indicated that both the order in which the subject performed the task and the degree to which retention was involved in the task were important behavioral determiners. The present experiment, like the previous three, utilized card-sorting technique. The variables manipulated were ( 1 ) similarity of the figures on the cards, (2) uncertainty, or the degree to which they were ordered in the deck, and (3) retention of the characteristics of pre¬ vious cards. Time and error scores were obtained from thirty-two sub¬ jects in a 4 X 4 X 2 factorial design. Analysis of variance indicated that both similarity and retention were significant factors. These results are discussed in light of the three previous experiments. 12. Academic Success of Public and Private School Students in College; I. The Freshman Year. Audrey M. Shuey; Randolph-Macon Womans College. In comparing academic achievement during the freshman year of 189 pairs of students at Randolph-Macon Woman’s College, we found the public school students to have made significantly higher grades on the average, than the students from private schools of the same age, in¬ telligence, and academic load, from the same section of the country and from communities of similar size. Students from private schools appear to have participated with more distinction in athletics; however, there were no significant differences found in extra-curricular participation (excluding athletics), in fraternity membership, or in leadership. Our two groups did not differ significantly in academic motivation in so far as it depends upon such factors as: number of siblings, religious prefer¬ ence, education of parents, and state of home (whether broken or un¬ broken). It would seem, therefore, that neither motivation, extra-cur¬ ricular participation in general, nor leadership activity would account for the differences obtained; nor was differential selectivity or the type of preparatory school attended found to be primarily responsible for the higher average attained by the public school students. 13 An Investigation of Several Methods of Teaching Contour Interpretation. F. J. McGuigan; Hollins College. Two companies of 162 Army Basic Trainees, each trained by the use of various combinations of concrete or abstract representations of terrain (a terrain board, two-dimensional slides and three-dimensional slides of 350 The Virginia Journal of Science [September the terrain), and concrete or abstract symbols (contour lines on two- dimensional or three-dimensional maps) were observed. Learning re¬ sulting from these methods was compared to the Standard Army method, and a No-training (control) condition. The results showed that the training method involving representation of terrain by two-dimensional slides, and presenting the symbol on a three-dimensional map generally led to highest proficiency. In particular it is significantly superior to the Standard Army method. No definite conelusion was possible re¬ garding condition two above, although one possible interpretation is that variation of the representation of terrain along an abstract-concrete di¬ mension does affect learning. The data also suggest that the symbol should be of a relatively concrete nature. In addition, it was found that Pattern Analysis scores of the Army Classification Battery were highly related to contour interpretation profieiency (r = .86 to .94), and Ss with high Pattern Analysis scores learn contour interpretation significantly better than lower aptitude Ss. 14. Mental Hygiene’s Challenge to Education. John A. Blake; Central State Hospital, Petersburg. Although the amount of mental illness is increasing annually, as shown by first admissions to mental hospitals, it can be shown how the pubHc school and kindergarten teachers, with proper training and motivation, can very effectively assist in stemming the tide in a few years and even actually reverse the trend eventually. First, statistics are presented to indicate the following: (a) amount of mental illness in the country; (b) the annual rate of increase; (c) the per cent of psychogenic dis¬ orders, which are known to start developing during the school years. Second, statistics are presented from over 140 Teachers Colleges and University Departments of Education, which train teachers, to determine two facts: (a) the number and kinds of psyehology courses provided for teachers-in-training; and (b) to what extent these teacher-students are not only speeifically trained to identify the earliest signs of poten¬ tial future personality disorder in sehool children, but also have such a duty formally set forth as an avowed goal in which they would refer such questionable cases to the proper authorities immediately for further appropriate handling. Finally, ways and means are discussed, and pos¬ sible objections are raised and answered. BUSINESS MEETING The business meeting was opened by the Chairman at 7:30 P. M. The Secretary-Treasurer reported a membership of 101 and receipts of $361.00; of this money, $245.00 was disbursed to the Treasurer of the Academy, $41.00 to the Treasurer of the Conference of State Psychologi¬ cal Associations, $20.44 to the Chairman of the Psychological Section, 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 351 and $54.56 to the Chairman of the Committee on Constitution. Announcement was made of the appointment of Dr. Reuben Hodick as representative to C.S.P.A. and of Dr. Gilbert Rich as alternate; of Dr. Cyril Mill as member of the Examining Board for Clinical Psy¬ chologists for a five-year period, succeeding Mrs. Catherine Giblette; of the following members as making up the Committee on Constitution: Dr. William Morgan (Chairman), Dr. Richard Henneman, Dr. Horlick, Dr. Jacob Silverberg, Dr. Stanley Williams, and Dr. Rich {ex officio). The following were appointed as members of the Committee on Professional Ethics: Dr. Arthur Bachrach (Chairman), Dr. Kenneth Lloyd, Dr. Hiram Gordon, Dr. Merton Carver, and Dr. Mill, The Chairman announced that the Section program has been length¬ ened to one and one-half days, and that a dinner had been included to precede the business meeting. Dr. Horlick reported that the Conference of State Psychological Associations was concerned with 1) public re¬ lations, 2) certification, 3) professional ethics, and 4) internal organiza¬ tion of the Conference of State Associations. The report of the Nominating Committee was presented and the following persons were elected officers for the coming year: Chairman, Dr. Frank Finger; Secretary-Treasurer, Dr. Robert Filer; and Executive Committeeman, Dr. Noble McEwen. Dr. Morgan gave a report of the Committee on Constitution. The following motion was made and carried unanimously: I move that the Psychology Section of the Virginia Academy of Science approve and sponsor a Virginia Psychological Association and that a meeting be held immediately after adjournment to organize such an association. The meeting was adjourned at 9 P. M. 352 The Virginia Journal of Science [Septembei MINUTES OF THE SECTION OF SCIENCE TEACHERS Franklin D. Kizer, Chairman Samuella Crimm, Chairman-Elect Martha W. Duke, Secretary Caroline Gambrill, Section Editor FRIDAY, MAY 11, 1956-8:30 A. M.-BALLROOM, HOTEL JEFFERSON 1. Business Meeting. Mr. Kizer appointed Mr. A. B. Niemeyer, Jr., chairman of the nom¬ inating committee. The following slate was presented: Chairman-Elect, Vera Remsburg, and Secretary, Martha W. Duke. As there were no nominations from the floor, these officers were declared elected. 2. Recent Trends in Plant Science Work at The Blandy Experi¬ mental Farm. Walter S. Flory, Jr.; University of Virginia. The White Arboretum comprises about 130 acres of land on which are found some 13,000 accessions, and a total of about 5,000 plant species. Some of the larger collections include Pines, other Conifers, Oaks, Iris, Oleaceae (Ash family), Rosaceae, Box and Hollies. Koda- chromes of the Arboi'etum were shown. Contemplated initial experiments to be carried out in the planned Cobalt-60 radiation field were described. Well advanced studies by different members of the Blandy group in¬ clude: (1) Corn genetic investigations including detailed meiotic surveys of both treated and untreated materials; (2) a cytotaxonomic and phy¬ logenetic survey of certain araceous genera; (3) collections and work in connection with a revision of eastern American roses; (4) an investiga¬ tion of the confusing Ipomoea complex encountered in the morning- glories and their relatives; and (5) detailed chromosome studies in con¬ nection with the larger problem of phylogeny and evolution in the Amaryllidaceae. Findings and conclusions from these and other projects were summarized. 3. Recent Trends in Medical Genetics. Roscoe D. Hughes; Medical College of Virginia. The knowledge that certain anomalies are inherited antedate both 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 353 Mendelian genetics and the art and science of modern medicine, Hemo¬ philia, certain types of dwarfing, and albinism are only three of many such examples which might be given. Since the turn of this century scores of man's ancient maladies have been subjected to genetic analyses with the result that their mode of transmission from generation to gener¬ ation by certain genes is known. The elucidation of the precise genetic mechanism predisposing an individual to a disease is an important ad¬ vance in medical genetics in itself. When the exact mechanism is known it is no longer necessary for a practitioner to use such vague terms as “congenital” and “familial.” Diseases which are “familial” or “congenital' of course may or may not be inherited, and such labels, when inherited is intended, may be more misleading than useful. When we know how a disease is transmitted through the germplasm, one important aspect of its etiology is solved. Perhaps the most significant recent trend in medical genetics is in the field of research. In this area team work among medical scientists and geneticists promises to pay huge dividends in the future. Medical science has been able for decades to deal a telling blow to a large num¬ ber of infectious, exogenous diseases. Attention is more and more being directed at degenerative diseases having an endogenous origin. Many, if not most, of such diseases have a genetic basis, known sometimes pre¬ cisely, and other times strongly indicated. Many of the blood anomalies and ectodermal dysplasias fall in this category. The team work of sci¬ entists from several disciplines, including genetics, will be necessary to mount the desired massive frontal attack on these ubiquitous and per¬ plexing diseases. 4. The Transport of Sound by Wind, Edwin F. Ford; Wakefield High School, Arlington, Virginia. The problem of the motion of an individual sand grain in wind is subjected to a physical-mathematical analysis. At the surface of the ground on a windy day the air is not moving. As height above the ground increases, the wind velocity increases rapidly approaching a limiting velocity at approximately one to three feet. Four principal forces act on a sand grain suspended in this wind velocity gradient: the horizontal viscous drag, which tends to reduce the relative velocity between the air and the sand grain to zero; the vertical viscous drag; the aerodynamic lift, which is found by two different theoretical methods to be proportional to the difference in the square of the wind velocities at the top and bottom of the sand grain; and the force of gravity. On the basis oF the above analysis differential equations are set up expressing the vertical and horizontal accelerations of the sand grain as functions of the position and velocity of the grain. A theoretical 354 The Virginia Journal of Science [September trajectory is calculated for an average sand grain in an experimental wind profile obtained in a homemade wind tunnel. The actual paths of sand grains in the same wind tunnel profile were photographed. The observed trajectories agree fairly well with those calculated. 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 355 MINUTES OF THE SECTION OF STATISTICS (12) M. C. K. Tweedie, Chairman J. E. Freund, Vice-Chairman Clyde Y. Kramer, Secretary Lionel Weiss, Section Editor FRIDAY AND SATURDAY, MAY 11, 12, 1956-ROOM 10, SECOND BAPTIST CHURCH HOUSE 1. The Comparison of the Sensitivities of Experiments Using Different Scales of Measurement. D. E. W. Schumann and R. A. Bradley; University of Stellen¬ bosch and Virginia Polytechnic Institute. This paper deals with a problem formulated by W. G. Cochran in a paper in the Annals of Mathematical Statistics (September 1953) on: “The Comparison of Different Scales of Measurement for Experimental Results.” Assume two experiments (equal in size and design) with iden¬ tical treatments, both depending on the analysis of variance and the scoring scales used. If real treatment differences exist, the more sensi¬ tive experiment or scoring scale will obviously be the one that best shows up the treatment differences, and a comparison of the sensitivities should be based on the variance ratios of the two experiments. Hence, in com¬ paring two scales for more than two experimental treatments, we need a test of significance that two noncentral variance ratios (non¬ central Fs) are equal. Considering the case of two noncentral F’s, both with 2a and 2b degrees of freedom and with parameters of noncentrality A. and ^2 (where A = _ i_ , tj being the ith treatment effect and the error 2g^ variance, in the usual additive model of analysis of variance), the distri¬ bution function of the ratio of two noncentral F’s is obtained. Some properties of this function and methods of finding the probability integral, w / °f(w)dw are considered. The construction of tables of percentage points for use in tests of significance under the hypothesis that i = s, i. e. the hypothesis of equal sensitivity of the two experiments is dealt with. 356 The Virginia Journal of Science [September 2. Components of Variance for a Two-Way Classification with Proportional Frequencies. R. E. Walpole; Virginia Polyteckntc Institute and McMaster University. A systematic and short method for computing the expected values of mean squares has been developed and applied to a two-way crossed classification model with proportional frequencies. The model in which the number of observations is equal is obtained as a special case. The variance components are then derived for a two-way nested classification model, also with proportional frequencies. In both cases Type I, II, III, and mixed models have been considered. 3. Linear Programming. R. J. Freund; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. Linear programming is essentially a mathematical device viz, to maxi¬ mize a linear function of non-negative elements, Ssjxj where xj > q subject to some hnear inequalities, 21tjjX- < 8 vj . Some applications for this device are quite obvious, while others do not, at first glance, appear as linear programming problems. Three types of problems are discussed: 1. An analysis of a productive firm; 2. A mixmg problem; and 3. A transportation problem. 4. Use of Electronic Computers for Sampling Experiments. Daniel Teichroew; National Cash Register Company. This paper discusses some of the problems encountered in using high speed electronic computers for random sampling experiments. The major difficulties are concerned with the generation of uniform random variates within the machine and the transforming of these variates to ones having the desired distribution. Some of the sampling experiments performed on the National Bureau of Standards Western Automatic Computer (SWAC) are described. These experiments were performed to compute power functions of various non-parametric tests and misclassification probabilities for hnear discriminant functions. 5. Economic Problems are Subject to Statistical Analysis. D. P. Morton; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. Those who are responsible for making decisions regarding capital 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 357 expenditures for industrial capacity must know what the probabilities are for continued expansion of the United States economy and for the relative prospects of the industry they represent. Statistical analysis, particularly with time series, can be material aid in reaching sound decisions. One problem is quite pertinent today in view of the long post-war period of expansion, and the memory of the great depression following the first World War. That is, “When may conditions be ripe for another depression?” This problem is studied by a time series analysis of industrial pro¬ duction since the Civil War. The conclusion is reached that a high level of industrial activity should be expected through 1962. 6. Use of Principal Components in Economic Problems. Edwards Ned Fiske; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. The co-variability of the xs (the independent variables) often hinders correct interpretation of the coefficients in a regression model (y=biXi + b2X2 + . . . +bnX„). Therefore, it is natural to ask whether there exist other independent vari¬ ables, possibly fewer in number than the original x’s, which determine the values the y’s will take. One such fundamental set of independent variables, say Z1Z2 . . . > , is called a set of principal components. Principal components analysis consists of a linear transformation of the x’s to the new variables: Z(nxp) = X(nxp) P(pxp). The columns of the P matrix (the transformation matrix) are orthogonal and are the direction cosines of the principal components. They are obtained by an iterative procedure. The orthogonality of the z’s assures their independ¬ ence, and the iterative procedure causes the z’s to account for as much as possible of the variation in the x’s in descending order. The transformation matrix P can be used to obtain the regression of the z’s on the dependent variable y. This regression will reduce the total sum of squares by exactly the same amount as the regression on the original variables, the x’s. However, due to the orthogonality of the z’s, the regression coefficients are capable of interpretation although there is no guarantee that the principal components themselves are capable of interpretation. Thus, although one may be no better off with a prin¬ cipal components regression than with the usual regression, if the com¬ ponents are meaningful, one has certainly gained by the procedure. 7. Some Distribution Theory Connected with Gaussian Processes. I. Miller and J. E. Freund; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. A variety of physical and economic problems give rise to observations 358 The Virginia Journal of Science, [September which can be regarded as functions of time. The familiar random walk problem is an example in which the time function is discrete, there being a complete distribution of states in which the particle can find itself at any given “step”. The classical Brownian motion problem of Physics is generally connected with the random walk scheme. On the other hand, data arising from vibration records mounted in aircraft, in the form of economic time series, etc., are examples of continuous time- dependent stochastic processes. The term “random process” is used throughout the theory of probability to cover sequences of random var¬ iables. The synonymous term “stochastic process” is ordinarily used to indicate the introduction of a continuous time parameter. Strictly speak¬ ing, a sequence of random variables constitutes a random process only when every finite sub-sequence possesses a joint probability distribution. It is the purpose of this paper to study some of the properties of Gaussian stochastic processes, that is, stochastic process which have the property that every finite sub-sequence has the multivariate normal distribution. 8. The Distribution of Column Totals in Sociometric Matrices. Paul D. Minton; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. Consider an n-by-n sociometric matrix, i. e., one whose elements are zeroes and ones with no entries in the main diagonal. Such a matrix may be used to represent the result of a sociometric survey by using the rows and columns to correspond to a people in a closed group naming each other as to popularity, leadership, desired work partners, etc. A “one” in the ith row and jth column indicates that person i named per¬ son j. If the rows and columns are totalled, then the row totals indicate the number of persons each person names and the column totals indicate that number of times each person is named by others. The column total is then of interest as the number of “votes” received by each person with regard to popularity, leadership, etc. Under the assumptions that each person names k others and that the entries occur at random, the joint distribution of two column totals (pre-selected) is obtained. 9. Estimation of Individual Variations in an Unreplicated Two- Way Classification. Thomas S. Russell and Ralph A. Bradley; Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Consider a two-way classification, the usual model i j f i j , i = I, . . . ,n, j = 1, . . . , r ( for example, 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 359 r chemists and n batches or r judges and n items) and the usual assumptions except let Var ( f j j ) = a ? . It was assumed that an esti- mator Qj of <7j should be a quadratic form in the (r-1) (n-1) linear contrasts usually ascribed to error. Reasonable requirements on such a quadratic form led to the estimator in Qj = [r(r-1) Ej-E]/ [ ( n-1 ) (r-l) (r-2 ) J where Ej -x. ]+ x. .) ^ r and E= 2 E-, j = l the usual error sum of squares. Qj is the estimator previously suggested by Ehrenberg (Biometrika, Vol 37 (1950), pp. 347-357). Qj has been shown to be the maximum likelihood estimator of cr ? only when r=:3. When (j?=(72 for all j, the distribution of Qj/o^ been shown to be that of (n-1) (r-l) - (n-1) (r-2)/(n-l) (r-l) (r-2), the two s being independent. Qj /E has been shown to be a monotone function of an F with (n-1) (r-l) and (n-1) degrees of freedom formed from those X ’s. The joint distribution of the Q’s has been considered and further research on various aspects of the problem is underway. (Work supported by A.R.S., U.S.D.A. and Q.M.R. and D., U.S. Army.) 10. Restricted Occupancy Theory. John E. Freund; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. If a number of persons rate a product on a subjective scale, says, 1, 2, 3, . . . , or m, it is not only important to know the average rating but it is also important to know the consistency of the ratings. In order to test whether for a given average rating the scores assigned by dif¬ ferent judges are consistent, it is felt that an appropriate mathematical 360 The Virginia Journal of Science [SeptembeT model is provided by that of restricted occupancy theory. The resulting distribution theory is discussed, and suitable tables for tests of signifi¬ cance are given for special values of m. 11. The Correlation Between Variate-Values and Normal Scores FOR Ranks (A Preliminary Report). R. A. Bradley and H. A. Still; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. It is common practice in taste testing to replace ranks (when ranks are used) with normal scores from Table XX of the Statistical Table for Biological, Agricultural and Medical Research by Fisher and Yates, and then use methods of analysis of variance. Alan Stuart, British Journal of Statistical Psychology, Vol. 7, Part I, 1954, obtained theoretically the correlation between variate values and corresponding ranks. Using a similar approach we have developed some analogous results for the cor¬ relation between variate values and normal scores for ranks. These cor¬ relations are evaluated in a number of special cases, notably for the normal distribution and the uniform distribution. Use of these correla¬ tions may be possible in studies of relative efficiencies of test procedures and this and further extensions are under investigation. 12. Variations Flow Analysis. N. L. Enrick, Institute of Textile Technology. Variations Flow Analysis is a new statistical tool for tracing the flow of variations in multi-machine and multi-process manufacturing. Thus, sources of inconsistently high variation are readily isolated. Such varia¬ tions may exist within or between heads on multi-head machines, be¬ tween machines, or between processing stages. In textile processing, where “doublings” and drafts take place, and in chemical processing, where mixings and dilutions occur, statistical allowances must be made for the transfer of variations from process to process. Simplification is accomplished by using average ranges in place of mean-squares, with specially computed modified F-Tables for significance testing. The loss in statistical efficiency is compensated by increased testing. Experience with this method in over fifty plants has shown that non-mathematical personnel in the plant can better appreciate the simplified method. As a result, they are in a better position to co-operate in the translation of statistical findings into actual processing improve¬ ments. 1956] Proceedings 1955'1956 361 13. Statistical Properties of Inverse Gaussian Distributions. M. C. K. Tweedie; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. The probability density function of the variate x is f (x; fz, A) = exp |~A(x-/i)2/2p\i^A/277'x^ with parameters p and X where x^p and X are all positive. The expecta¬ tion of X is p, while X is a measure of relative precision, being K2. The shape of the distribution depends on the ratio 0 = X / /x . It is pos- tively skew and leptokurtic for finite 0, but is normal in the limit as 0 increases indefinitely. The chief result is that the ML estimators of g and X have stochastically independent distributions, and are of a nature which permits of the construction of an analogue of the analysis of variance for nested classifications. The ML estimator of fi is the sample arithmetic mean, and for a fixed sample size n,its distribution Is of the same family as x, with the same fi but with X replaced by Xn. The distribution of the ML estimator of the reciprocal of X is of the chi- square type, and therefore the usual tables of and F can be used for significance tests, etc. The probability distribution of 1/X and the esti¬ mation of certain functions of the parameters in heterogenous data, are also considered. The regression mean of unbiased estimators of the cumulants, an the sample mean, is found. With x = Xx/ n and s2= X (x-x)^ / (n-1 ), the expectation and asymptotic mean square error of / x3^ ^ estimator ofl/Xare found, from which its asymptotic efficiency is0/(0+3). The statistic X ^ = ( n-1) / E ( 1 x; X,n) is also considered. 14. The Power of Multiple Range Tests. B. Lowell Wine; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. In place of the usual power function used to compare two tests when testing the differences in a pair of means, a set of n(n-l) power func¬ tions is introduced for testing differences between pairs from a set of n means. Before power expressions are formulated for a class of mul¬ tiple range tests, the regions of integration are carefuly described. 362 The Virginia Journal of Science [Septemhev Methods are presented for calculating these expressions, and tables giv¬ ing power for the three or four mean cases are included. A method is introduced for comparing two tests using their, corresponding n(n-l) power functions. 15. Factorials in Near Balanced Incomplete Block Designs for k(k-q) Treatments (Preliminary Report). C. Y. Kramer and R. A. Bradley; Virginia Polytechnic Institute. In this paper the adjusted treatment sum of squares in near balanced incomplete block designs with k(k-q) treatment is given as a function of the estimated treatment effects. This new form is valid both when the blocks are grouped into replications in the form of the near balanced rectangular lattice or the latinized rectangular lattice and when no group¬ ing into replications is effected. By imposing factorial arrangements of treatments on these designs and by using orthogonal contrasts, the sums of squares for the factorial effects with one degree of freedom are found as functions of the estimated treatment effects. A complete analysis of variance for the factorials set in these designs is developed. If the fac¬ torial treatments are assigned to the blocks in a special manner, the sums of squares for a (k-q) -level factor are obtained free of block adjust¬ ment. This work is preliminary to a more intensive study of the anal¬ ysis of factorial arrangements of treatments introduced into incomplete block designs of various classes. That this can be done for any balanced incoiTlplete block design seems to be well known but not discussed in statistical literature. BUSINESS MEETING The following new officers were elected: Chairman, J. E. Freund; Vice Chairman, N. L. Enrick; Secretary, Clyde Y. Kramer; and Section Editor, P. N. Somerville. 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 363 LIST OF MEMBERS 1955-1956 Note: Following are the types of membership in the Academy. Patrons, who contribute one thousand dollars or more to the Academy. Members, who contribute one hundred dollars or more to the Academy. Honorary Life Members (Elected by Council). "^Sustaining Members, who pay annual dues of ten dollars. ^Contributing Members, who pay annual dues of ten dollars. Regular Members, who pay annual dues of three dollars. Student Members, who pay annual dues of two dollars, (restricted to college students only). Note: Number following name designates section, or sections, to which member belongs; “C” following name indicates “Student Mem¬ ber”; “B” following name indicates “Business Member.” 1. Agricultural Sciences '2. Astronomy, Mathematics, and Physics 3. Bacteriology 4. Biology 5. Chemistry 6. Education 7. Engineering 8. Geology 9. Medical Sciences 10. Psychology 11. Science Teachers 12. Statistics Please notify Foley F. Smith, P. O. Box 1420, Richmond, of any errors you may find in this list. Abbott, Betty J., 4 . 2730 Broad St., N.W., Roanoke 12 Abbott, Dr. Lynn D., Jr., 9, 5 . Medical College of Virginia, Richmond Abbott, S. L., Jr. 10, 6 . 11 Broadway, Plymouth, New Hampshire ** Addison, W. Meade . 2000 Monument Ave., Richmond Akerman, C. J., 5 . . Dept, of Biochemistry, V.P.I., Blacksburg ** Albemarle Paper Manufacturing Co . . . . . Richmond — Alden, Prof. Harold L., 2 .... Box 3445, Univ. Station, Charlottesville Allan, Dr. D. Maurice 10 . . . . . . . Hampden-Sydney Allen, Carl W. 1 . . . Box 246, Blacksburg Allen, Dr. J. Frances 4 . Univ. of Maryland, Dept, of Zoology, College Park, Md. Alley, Prof. R. E., Jr. 2, 7 .... Physics Dept., Washington & Lee Univ., Lexington 364 The Virginia Journal of Science [September Allen, Dr. Rhesa M., Jr. 8 . French Coal Co., Bluefield, W. Va. Allied Chemical & Dye Corp. B . Nitrogen Div., Hopewell Alrich, Dr. E. Meredith, 9 . Univ. of Va. Hospital, Charlottesville Alston, R. E. 4 .... Dept, of Botany, Univ. of Texas, Austin 12, Texas Alvey, Dr. Edward, Jr. 6 . . . Mary Washington College, Fredericksburg American Tobacco Co. B . Research Lab., Petersburg Pike, Richmond Amore, Dr. Thomas 5 . Cardinal Products Co., Box 1611, Durham, N. C. Amos, John W. 4 . . V.P.I., Blacksburg Anderson, A. H. 1 . Forest. Supervisor, U. S. Dept, of Agriculture, Jefferson Nat’l Forest, Harrisonburg Anderson, Stewart W. 7, 6 . . . V.M.L, Lexington Andrews, Dr. Jay D. 4 . Va. Fisheries Lab., Gloucester Point Anslow, W. Parker Jr. 9 . 1626 Oxford Rd., Charlottesville — Apperly, Dr. Frank L. 9 . Med. College of Va., Richmond Applegate, Shelton C. 4 . . Rosser Lane, Charlottesville *Armistead, Fontaine C . 7611 Sweetbriar Rd., Richmond 26 Armstrong, Dr. Alfred R. 5 . 510 Newport Ave., Williamsburg Armstrong, Mary L. 4 . . 501 Virginia Ave., Front Royal Arrington, Dr. George E., Jr. 9 . McGuire Vet. Admin. Hosp., Richmond Artz, Miss Lena 4, 8 . Waterlick BABER, Clinton W. 5, 7 . . Box 6-S, Richmond 17 Bachrach, Arthur J. 10 . Univ. of Va. Hosp., Charlottesville Bahous, Mrs. C. Ruth 2 . 110 Langhorne Lane, Lynchburg Bailey, Dr. John Wendell 4 . 27 Willway Rd., Richmond 26 Baker, Dr. Joseph W. 5 . Research Dept., Monsanto Chem. Co., Nitro, W. Va. —Baker, Dr. T. Nelson 5 . Va. State College, Petersburg Baldock, Dr. Russell 2, 5 . 114 Ogontz Lane, Oak Ridge, Tenn. **Baldwin, Dr. J. T., Jr . College of William & Mary, Williamsburg Ball, B. J. 2 . . Box 1251, Univ. Sta., Charlottesville Balthis, Mr. Thomas A. 5 . 3301 Grove Ave., Richmond Bane, Ruby K., 5, 9 . 1206 W. Franklin St., Apt. 15, Richmond Bare, John K. 10 .... Dept, of Psychology, College of William & Mary, Williamsburg Bartsch, Dr. Paul 4, 8 . . . Gunston Hall Rd., Lorton Bass, Charles F. 8 . Box 43, Stephens City Bates, Dr. Robert L. 10 . V.M.L, Lexington Baum, Parker B. 5 . 2024 W. Chamberlain Ave., Knoxville, Tenn. Baxter, Donald L. 9 . Lt. Jg. (MC) USNR, USNAS, Willow Grove, Penn. Bayton, Dr. James A. 10 . Howard Univ., Psycholgy Dept., Washington 1, D. C. 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 365 —Beams, Dr. Jesse W. 2 . . . Physics Bldg., University of Va., Charlottesville Beazley, Charles C. C 12 .... Commandant’s Office, V.P.L, Blacksburg Bee, Raymond F. C, 8 .......... 1266 Eight Ave., West Natrona, Penn. Bell, Dr. Wilson B. 9 . . . . V.P.L, Blacksburg Bennett, Ercelle 4 . . . Radford College, Radford Benton, Prof. Arthur F. 5 . . . . . . Charlottesville Berne- Allen, Dr. Allan, Jr. 5, 7 .... The Tahiti Sands, 317 Riviera Dr., Sarasota, Fla. Berry, Rodney C. 5, 1, 3 . . 1123 State Office Bldg., Richmond Berry, Rodney C., Jr. 5 . 1433 Drewery St., Richmond 24 Betts, Edwin M. 4 . . . . . Box 1203, University, Charlottesville Bevan, Dr. Arthur 8 . . . . . Churchville Beverly, Mary Lee 9, 4, 5 . 663 Montrose Ave., Roanoke Bice, Raymond C., Jr. 10 . Peabody Hall, Univ. of Va., Charlottesville —Bickers, Dr. William 9 . . . . . . Medical Arts Bldg., Richmond Bieliaukas, Dr. V. J. 10 . 2920 Kenwod Ave., Richmond 28 Bierhorst, Dr. David 4 . . . Dept, of Botany, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. —Bird, Lloyd C., 3 . . . . . . . . 303 South 6th St., Richmond Black, Dr. Zoe 4 . Box 1171, College Sta., Fredericksburg Blackwell, Prof. David 2, 12 . Howard Univ., Washington, D. C. Blackwell, Jane 11, 5 . Box 514, South Boston Blake, Dr. Archie 12 . 433 W. Sunnybrok Rd., Royal Oak, Mich. Blake, Dr. John A. 10 . . 6704 Stuart Ave., Richmond 26 —Blank, Miss Grace J. 9 . Chandler St., Williamsburg —Blanton, Dr. Wyndham B. 9 ............ 828 W. Franklin St., Richmond Blaser, Dr. R. E. 1, 4, 12 . V.P.I., Blacksburg Blincoe, Dr. J. W. 2 . . Ashland Bliss, Dr. Laura, 5 . . . 225 S. Princeton Circle, Lynchburg Boger, Jack Holt 6 . 6209 Dustin Dr., Richmond *Boggs, Prof. Isabel 2 . . . . . . . 305 Henry St., Ashland Bombara, Elwood C., C 12 . Dept, of Statistics, V.P.L, Blacksburg —Bond, Dr. W. R. 9 . . . . . . . . Box 106, Midlothian Boozer, Miss Mary E. 12 . 1140 W. Grace St., Richmond 20 Bose, Smritimoy C, 4 . Biology Bldg., Univ. of Va., Charlottesville Bouton, Dr. S. Miles, Jr. 9 .... Rt. No. 1, Cherry Hill Farm, Evington Bowen, Dr. Leroy E. 1 . 505 Elmwood Ave., Lynchburg Bowles, John L. 8 . . 329 Clovelly Rd., Richmond 21 Bowles, Miles C. 3 . Box 246, Accomac —Bowman, Dr. Paul W. 4 . . 3114 5th St., N., Arlington Bowman, Dr. Raymond P. G. 6 . 609 Progress St., Blacksburg Boyer, Dr. William P. 5 . . Director of Research, Va.-Carolina Chem. Corp., Richmond Bradley, Dr. R. A. 12 . Box 823, Blacksburg 366 The Virginia Journal of Science iSeptember Bragdon, Dr. Douglas E. 9 . Box 204, Univ. Hosp., Charlottesville Brand, Dr. Eugene D. 9 . Dept, of Pharmacology, Univ. Hosp., Charlottesville Brant, Dr. Joseph H. 5, 7, 1 . The Toni Co., Rm. 405, Merchandise Mart., Chicago 54, Ill. Bray, Dr. W. E. 3, 5, 9 . Box 1063, Univ. Sta., Charlottesville Brogden, C. E. 5 . 11 Greenway Lane, Richmond 26 Brown, Dr. Frederick L. 2 . 308 Montebello Circle, Chralottesville Brown, Irby H. 5 . 1123 State Office Bldg., Richmond Brown, Dr. W. Horatio 8 . . . . . . . Austinville Brown, Lt. Col. Warren W. 5, 6, 11 Box 73, Kable Sta., Staunton Brownell, George H. 7 . . Box 222, Waynesboro Brownell, Miss Marjorie H. 10 . 2209 Rivermont Ave., Lynchburg Brownson, Dr. Robert H. 9 . 4371, Chamberlayne Ave., Richmond Brumfield, Dr. Robert T. 4 . Longwood College, Farmville Bruner, B. M. 5 . 105 N. Wilton Rd., Richmond 21 Buchanan, Dr. Josephine J. 9 . 5806 Frankhn Ave., Falls Church Buck, John N. 10 . 1600 Langhome Rd., Lynchburg Bull, Fred W. 7, 5 . V.P.I., Blacksburg Bullington, Dr. W. E. 4 . Randolph-Macon College, Ashland Bully, Miss Kathryn 4 . 215 W. Queen St., Hampton Burch, John B. 4 . . Museum of Zoology, Univ. of Mich., Ann Arbor, Mich. Burch, Dr. Paul R. 4 . . . . . Rockville Burger, Miss Elizabeth, 4 . Longwood College, Farmville Burke, Jack D. 4 . Biology Dept., Univ. of Richmond, Richmond Buileson, Frank R. C 4 . Dept, of Biology, V.P.I., Blacksburg Bums, Prof. G. Preston 2 . Box 1005, College Station, Fredericksburg Burton, Willard W. 5 . 6510 Engel Rd., Richmond 26 Buxton, Dr. W. D. 10 . Univ. Hosp., Charlottesville Byrne, Col. William E. 2 . Box 836, Lexington Bywaters, Dr. James H. 4, 1 . Box 549, Blacks&irg CABRERA, Dr. N. 2, 5 . 14-R Copeley Hill, CharlottesviUe Callahan, William H. 8 . . 1 Rowe Place, Franklin, N. J. Calvin, Dr. Allen 10 . Psychology Dept., HoUins College, Hollins Caminita, Mrs. B. H. 3 . . 501 W. Lincoln St., Arlington Carman, George Gay 2 . 3907 W. Franklin St., Richmond 21 Carpenter, Prof. D. R. 2 . Roanoke College, Salem Carpenter, D. Rae, Jr. 2 . 428 Monroe Lane, Charlottesville Carroll, Dorothy 8 . U. S. Geolgical Survey, Washington 25, D. C. Carroll, Robert P. 4 . Box 613, Lexington Carter, Miss Linda 10 . Childrens Service Cent, Univ. Hosp., Charlottesville Carter, Louis L . Box 1080, Staunton 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 367 Carter, Marjorie E. 4 . . Valdosta State College, Valdosta, Ga. Carter, W. M. 4 . . . 21 Monroe Park, Charlottesville Carver, Dr. Merton E. 10 . . . . University of Richmond Cary, Miss W. Katherine 9, 5 . . Medical College of Va., Richmond Cederstrom, Jr. John 8 . American Embassy, USON/1, APO 231, New York, N. Y. Chace, F. M. 8 . . . 50th Floor, 70 Pine St., New York, N. Y. —Chapman, Dr. Douglas 9 . 324 Clovelly Rd., Richmond Chappell, Dr. Wilbert 5 . Madison College, Harrisonburg Charlton, Mrs. T. R. 9 . . . . Calthrops Neck Rd., Tabbs —Chase, H. M . . . 158 W. Main St, Danville Chase, John B., Jr. 6 . School of Education, Univ. of Va., Charlottesville Cheng, Thomas C. C 4 ........ Miller School of Biology, Univ. of Va., Charlottesville Chesson, R. R. 5 . 6 Lexington Rd., Richmond 26 Chevalier, Dr. Paul L. 9 . . 11 E. Franklin St, Richmond Chi Beta Phi, Iota Sigma Chap . Radford College, Radford Christie, Thomas H. 11 . 3713 W. Washington Blvd., Arlington Chi'onister, Bordon S. 1 . Box 28, Hopewell Churchill, Miss Helen 4, 3, 9 . . . Hollins College Claffey, Dr. Lawrence W. 5 . Chemistry Dept., V.P.I., Blacksburg Clague, Prof. W. Donald 5, 9 . Bridgewater Claiborne, Miss Imogene B. 5 . 2413 Terrell Place, Lynchburg **Clark, Austin H. 4 . Smithsonian Bldg., Washington, D. C. Clayton, Dr. C. C. 5 . MCV Station, Richmond 19 Cline, Frances 11 . WMHS, Fishersville Clough, Dr. O. W. 9 . Medical College of Va., Richmond Cocke, E. C. 4 . College Station, Winston-Salem, N. C. Cogbill, E. C. 5 . Cobb Chem. Lab., Charlottesville Cole, Dr. James W., Jr. 5 . Cobb Chem. Lab., Charlottesville Coleman, C. S. 1, 8 . Flint Hill * College of William & Mary . Williamsburg Compton, Dr. Jack 4, 5 . . Inst of Textile Tech., Chaorlttesville Cook, Mrs. F. Hartwick 2, 5, 12 . Alton State Hosp., Alton, Ill. Cool, Dr. R. D. 5 . Madison College, Harrisonburg Cooley, Dr. C. C. 9 . 912 Medical Arts Bldg., Norfolk 10 Cooper, Dr. Byron N. 8, 7 . . Room 634, Blacksburg Cooe, Dr. David F. 2 . 113 Orange Lane, Oak Ridge, Term. Copeland, Mrs. Madeleine Jeffers 10 . 2950 Rivermont Ave., Lynchburg Copenhaver, Nancy J. C, 4 . R.F.D. 2, Rural Retreat Cornfield, Jerome 12 . R.F.D. 2, Herndon Cotting, Mrs. Ed L. 9 . 1213 Rowe St, Fredericksburg Coty, O. N. 5 . 4300 N. Ashlawn Dr., Richmond 21 Coutts, Mrs. Gordon 9, 10, 4 . Box 604, Norton 368 The Virginia Journal of Science [September Cox, Edwin L. 12, 4 . —Cox, Edwin . . . Cox, Norman R. 5 . . Coyner, Prof. M, Boyd 10, 6 Crandall, Dorothy L. 4 . —Crawford, Stuart C. 5, 4, 7 Crim, David M. 2, 11 . Crim, Samuella 4, 11 . . Crittenden, Eugene D. 1, 5 Crooks, Carlton A., Jr. 3 . Crowell, Prof. Thomas I. 5 .. Cruser, Melvin E., Jr. 2 . Cunningham, Robert E. 5 ... . Assessment Div., Camp Detrick, Frederick, Md. . . Box 667, Richmond . 5209 Forest Hill Ave., Richmond . Longwood College, Farmville Box 278, R.M.W. College, Lynchburg . Box 124, Franklin . . . . . . V.M.I., Lexington . . New Market . . . . . Hopewell . 5008 Park Ave., Richmond 26 . Cobb Chem. Lab., Charlottesville . . 500 Botetourt St., Norfolk . I-R, Copeley Hill, Charlottesville DANCY, William H., Jr. .2 . Rt. 1, Box 79-B, Proffit ^Darden, Dr. Colgate W., Jr . Univ. of Va., Charlottesville '^Davenport & Co . . 113 E. Main St., Richmond Davies, Dr. E. F. S. 6 . Va. State College, Petersburg, Va. Davies, William E. 8 . 125 W. Greenway Blvd., Falls Church Davis, Hannah S. 10 . . . . Lynchburg State Colony, Colony Davis, Loyal H. 5, 2 . Box 1895, Richmond 15 DeArmon, Ira A., Jr. 12 . 537 Wilson Place, Frederick Decker, Miss Mary G. 5 . Alabama College, Montevallo, Ala. DelPriore, Frances R. 12 . Rt. No. 2, Box 22, Arnold, Md. Denise, Francis F. 5 . 1705 Butte Rd., Richmond Dent, Dr. J. N. 4 . Miller School of Biology, Univ. of Va., Charlottesville Denting, John F. 8, 1 . . . Box 2, Fairfax Desha, Dr. L. J. 5 . Box 776, Lexington Dickerson, Dr. L. M. 4, 1, 5 . Box 686, Tappahannock Dietrick, L. B. 1 . 506 Preston Ave., Blacksburg Dietrick, Dr. Richard V. 8 . Box 779, Blacksburg Digiamo, John J. 10 . . 1300 - 43rd St, North Bergen, N. J. Dinwiddie, Dr. J. G. 5 . . 620 Walnut Ave., Waynesboro Dodd, Dr. Eileen K. 10 . Box 1205, College Sta., Fredericksburg Doerhoefer, Basil C, 8 . Longview Lane, Upper River Rd., Louisville, Kentucky Dorsey, Edward G., Jr. 7 . 1327 Avondale Ave., Richmond 27 Dovel, Anne Hundley 5 . 2011 Baynard Blvd., Washingotn, Del. Duke, Miss Martha W. 4, 11 . 721 Park St, Charlottesville Dumville, S. H. 2, 5 .... Box 5595, Friendship St, Washington, D. C. * Duncan, Cecil E. 2 . American Embassy, Vienna, Austria Duncan, Mrs. Geraldine 9 . 2917 Seminary Ave., Richmond Dunlap, Miss Elizabeth 5, 4, 11 . Spring Farm, Lexington Dunn, Dr. William L. Jr., 10 . 1902 Warner Rd., Richmond 25 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 369 Dunton, Dr. E. M., Jr. 1 . . . . . . . . . Box 2160, Norfolk ***Mrs. Alfred I. DuPont . Nemours, Wilmington, Del. E. I. DuPont de Nemours & Co., Inc . . . Textile Fibers Dept, Richmond Dyer, Edward R., Jr., 2 . Leander-McCormick Observatory, Univ. of Va., Charlottesville EADES, James L. 8 . . . . 1528 Westwood Ave., Charlottesville Eddy, C. Vernon 6 . . . Box 58, Winchester Edmundson, Dr. R. S. 8 . 1411 Virginia Ave., Charlottesville Edwards, Dr. Leslie E. 9 . . Dept, of Physiology, M.C.V. Sta., Richmond 19 Eggert, Matthews J. 9 . 3123 Stuart Ave., Richmond Eheart, James F. 5, 1 . . . . . . . V.P.I., Blacksburg Eisenhart, Dr. Churchill 12 . Natl Bureau of Standards, Washington 25, D. C. EUett, Virginia C. 11 . . Beaverdam *Emmett, Dr. J. M. 9 . . . C. & O. Hosp., Clifton Forge Engel, Dr. R. W. 5 . V.P.I., Blacksburg —English, Prof. Bruce V. 2 . Box 267, Ashland Enrick, Norbert Lloyd 12 .... % Insti. of Textile Tech., Charlottesville Esso Standard Oil Co. B, Att. C. C. Pembroke ...... Broad & Hamilton, St., Richmond Evans, Carolyn C 4, 5 . . . 1428 S. Askin St, Martinsville Evans, L. S. . . . . . Blue Shingles, Butte Lane, Richmond Everett, Grover W. 5 . . . 218 Langhome Lane, Lynchburg Evert, Dr. Henry 4, 5 . . . St. U. of N.Y. Med. School, 350 Henry St., Brooklyn 2, N. Y. —Experiment Inc . . . . . Box 1-T, Richmond 2 FARLOWE, Vivian 4 . . . New Church Faulconer, Dr. Robert J. 9 . Dept of Pathology, DePaul Hosp., Norfolk 5 •Fentress, Walter L. 1 . 32 Roanoke Dock, Norfolk Femeyhough, Dr. Robert S. 9 . 810 Lee St, Warrenton Fessler, Dr. W. A. 5 .... Nitrogen Div., Allied Chem. and Dye. Corp , Hopewell Filer, Dr. Robert J. 10 . Univ. of Richmond Fillinger, Miss Harriett 5, 2 . Box 18, Hollins College Finch, Earl A. 1, 12 . 1311 Hillside Ave., Richmond Finger, Prof. Frank W. 10 . Peabody HaU, Charlottesville Finlay, Dr. Cecile B 10 . . . 3615 Martha Custis Dr., Park Fairfax, Alexandria Finnegan, Dr. J. K. 5, 9 . . . . . M.C.V. Sta., Richmond 19 Fischer, Dr. Ernst 9, 4 . Med. College of Va., Richmond 370 The Virginia Journal of Science ISeptember 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 371 Fish, Prof. F. H. 5 . . . Box 702, Blacksburg Fisher, Dr Robert A. 7, 5 . . . Box 535, Blacksburg — Fitzroy, Herbert W. K. 6 . . 1 W. Main St., Richmond Area, Univ. Center, Richmond Flemer, Capt. John 7 . . . . Oakgrove Fletcher, Dr. F. P. 9 . . . . . . 2319 E. Broad St., Richmond Flora, J. P. 12 . . . . . Rt. 1, Richmond — Flory, Dr Walter S., Jr. 4, 1 . Blandy Exper. Farm, Boyce Flowers School Equip. Co., Inc. B .... 327 W. Main St., Richmond 20 Flowers, William L. 5 ............ 3908 Pilots Lane, Laburnum Manor, Richmond Floyd, Miss Susie V. 4 . . . 46 Hopkins St., Hilton Village Foard, Donald E. C . 432 Luray Ave., Alexandria Foltin, Dr. Edgar M. 10 .... Penn College for Women, Woodland Rd., Pittsburgh 22, Penn. Forbes, Dr J. C. 5, 9, 2 . Med. College of Va., Richmond Foster, Col, I. G. 2 . 451 Institute Hill, Lexington Franklin, Thomas C. 5 . Chem. Dept., Baylor Univ., Waco, Texas Freer, Prof. Ruskin 4, 8 . Lynchburg College, Lynchburg Freitag, Arthur H. 2, 11 . 2424 Avalon Ave., N.W., Roanoke Freitag, Mrs. Herta Taussig 2 . Hollins College —French, G. Talbot 1, 4 . 1510 Wilmington Ave., Richmond 27 French, R H. 5 . . Longwod College, Farmville Freunt, Dr. John 12 . 606 Preston Ave., Blacksburg Friedline, Dr. Cora L. 10, 9 . . . R.M.W.C., Lynchbur.g ^Froehling & Robertson, Inc . . . 814 W. Cary St., Richmond Fulton, Harry R. 4, 8 . . 1732 Lanier Place, Washington 9, D. C. Furtsch, Dr E. F. 5, 6 . Box 618, Blacksburg •*GAINES, Prof. Robert E. 2 .... 3 Bostwick Lane, Univ. of Richmond Gambrill, Miss Caroline 11, 5 . . . Fairfax Hall, Waynesboro Gant, Dr. James Q. 9 . 1726 M. St., N.W., Washington 6, D. C. Garber, Louis L. 10 . Box 1080, Staunton Garretson, Harold H. 5 . . . . . Lynchburg College, Lynchburg Garrett, Dr. H E. 10 . 35 Claremont Ave., New York, N. Y. Garrett, Richard E. 2 . Box 17, Hollins College Geldard, Dr. Frank A. 10 . . 1900 Edgewod Lane, Charlottesville Gemmill, Chalmers L. 9 .... Dept, of Pharmacology, Univ. of Virginia, Charlottesville German, Dr. Leslie 5 . . 303 Letcher Ave., Lexington Giblette, Mrs. Catherine T. 10, 6 . 3001 - 5th Ave., Richmond 22 Gibson, Prof. Theodore W. 2 . Wise Gilbert, Ray C 8 . . . . . . . Austinville Gildersleeve, Benjamin 8 . 5811 N. 19th St., Arlington 5 Gillespie, Robert F., Jr. G 4 .... Virginia Episcopal School, Lynchburg Gilmer, Prof. Thomas L. 2 . . . . . Hampden-Sydney 372 The Virginia Journal of Science [September Gilreath, Dr. E. S. 5 . . . Box 745, Lexington Gladding, Randolph N. 5 . . . Am. Tob. Research Lab, Gladding, Mrs. Goethe 400 Petersburg Pike, Richmond Walter, 5, 9 ........ 1613 Park Ave., Richmond 20 Mr G. M . . . 720 Gapital Natl Bank Bldg., Sacramento, Galif. Goldsborough, Mrs. Gora L. 10 . 115 Lisle Ave., Pimmett Hills, Falls Ghurch Gooch, Edwin O. 8 . Div. of Geology, Box 3667, Gharlottesville Goolsby, Gharles L. G, 110 . Gihnan, Vermont Gordon, Dr. Hiram L. 10. Glinical Psychology Dept., V. A. Hosp., Roanoke Gos. Nauchn, BibHoteka . Minist. Vyssh. Obraz. PI. Nogina 215, Moscow USSR Gottschall, Andrew W., Jr. 10 . College of W. & M.,— V.P.I., Norfolk 8 Gould, Henry W. 2 . . . 422 N. 6th Ave., Portsmouth Gourley, Dr. D. R. H. 9 .... Univ. of Va. Med. School, Charlottesville Goyette, Dr. Lewis E. 4 . 6506 Stuart Ave., Richmond Grable, Prof. Sherman E. Graef 2 . 1109 Foxcroft Rd., Richmond Philip E. C, 4 . . Box 117, East Carolina College, Greenville, N. C. Graf, Dr. G. C. 1 . Dept, of Dairy Science, V.P.I., Blacksburg Graf, H. Stanley, C, 12 . 58 Winans Dr., Yonkers, N. Y. Grant, Dr. William C., Jr. 4 . . . Box 802, Williamsburg Gray, Dr. Clarence C. 5, 1 . . . Box 537, Va. State College, Petersburg Graybeal, Prof. H. C. 6 . Box 1204, Radford College, Radford Grayson, Dr. James McD. 4 . . . . . Blacksburg Green, Ralph E. 2 . 3015-A, Woodrow Ave., Richmond Griffin, L. H. 11 . Rt. 3, Box 217-B, Portsmouth Grigg, Austin H. 10 . Psychology Dept., Univ. of Richmond Gross, W. B. 9 . c/o Animal Pathology, V.P.I., Blacksburg Groves, Dr. A. B. 1, 4, 5, 3 . Winchester — Guerry, Dr. DuPont, III 9 . 2015 Monument Ave., Richmond 20 Gupton, Oscar W. 4 . Dept, of Biology, V.M.I., Lexington Guthridge, Joe W. 2 . Univ. Club, Blacksburg Guthrie, John D. 1 . “Ville View,” Charlotte Court House —Guy, Dr. William G. 5 . . . . . Box 1274, Williamsburg *Gwathmey, Dr. Allan T. 5 . Cobb. Chem. Lab., Charlottesville Gwathmey, Mrs. Allan T. 6 . Dawson’s Row, Charlottesville Gwathmey, John H. 6 . . . . . 1115 West Ave., Richmond —HAAG, Dr. H. B. 9 . . . Med, College of Va., Richmond Hack, Dr. John T. 8 .... U. S. Geolgical Survey, Washington 25, D. C. Hackney, R. P. 5 . 4500 Hanover Ave., Richmond 21 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 373 Hague, Dr. Florence S. 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . Sweet Briar Hahn, J. F. 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . Peabody Hall, Charlottesville Hahn, Dr. T. M. Jr. 2 . . . . . Dept, of Physics, V.P.I. Blacksburg Hall, Donald R. 4 . 1324 Eye St., N. W., Washington, D. C. Hallock, Daniel L. 1 . . . . . . . . . . Holland Ham, Dr. WilHam T., Jr. 2 . . . Box 816, MCV Sta. Richmond 19 Handley, Charles O., Jr. 4 .... U.S. Natl Museum, Washington 25, D. C. *Handy, E. C. S. 4, 10 . . . . . . Box 216, Charlottesville Hanenson, Dr. I. 9 . Box 2653, Williamson, W. Va. ** Hanmer, Mr. H. Rupert 5 . . 400 Petersburg Turnpike, Richmond 24 Hanna, Bertram L. 12, 9 . 1307 Claremont Ave., Richmond Hansen, Dr. P. Arne 3, 4 Dept, of Bact., Univ. of Md., College Park, Md. Hardin, Dr. R. L. 5 .... Dept of Bio-Chemistry, MCV Sta., Richmond 19 —Harlan, Dr. William R. 5 ........................ 329 Greenway Lane, Richmond Harlow, Edward S. 5 Stuart Court Apts. #303, 1600 Monument Ave., Richmond 20 Hame, Mary AHce 12 . . . 1910 Hanover Ave., Richmond Hamsberger, W. T., Jr. 8 . . 366 Franklin St., Hanisonburg Harrell, Mr. Cleon 12 . . . Princess Anne Harrell, Miss Ruth Elinn 10 . . 6411 Powhatan Ave., Norfolk 8 Harrington, Mrs. Beatrice A. 2 . 2024 Barton Ave., Richmond 22 Harris, Dr. Isabel 2 . . . . 6411 Three Chopt Rd., Richmond Harris, Dr. Orville R. 2, 7 . . 908 Rosser Lane, Charlottesville Harris, Dr. William E. 10, . Bon Air Harrison, Dr. Guy R. 9 . . . . . Professional Bldg., Richmond — Harshbarger, Dr. Boyd 12 . . . Dept, of Statistics, V.P.I. , Blacksburg Haven, Dexter S. 4 .... Biology Dept., Va. Fisheries Lab., Gloucester Point Hay, N. R. T. 8 . . . . . Four Winds, Mendham, N. J. Heatwole, Mrs. B. G. 11, 2 . . 1411 Churchville Ave., Staunton Heckel, Dr. H. L. 5 . . . . . . . . 2817 Pickett St., Hopewell Heflin, Col. S. M. 2 . . . 508 Highland Rd., Lexington Hegre, Dr. Erling S. 9 . . . MCV Station, Richmond 19 Heisey, Dr. Lowell 5, 3 . . Bridgewater College, Bridgewater Hench, Miles E. 3 . . . . . 8407 Rolando Drive, Richmond Henderson, R. G. 1, 4 . . . . . . . . Blacksburg Hennricks, Joseph 2 . . . 100 Indian River Rd., Norfolk Henneman, Dr. Richard H. 10 . . . Psychology Lab., Charlottesville Henry, Elvin F. 1 . . . . . . . Callao Herbert, Dr. Paul, Jr. 8 .... Tri State Zini Co., 5207 Wisconsin Ave., N. W., Washington, D. C. Hereford, Dr. Frank L. 2 . Physics Bldg. Charlottesville Hering, Mrs. T. T. 4, 2, 11 . . . W. M. H. S., Fisherville Herr, J. M., Jr. 4 .... Dept of Botany, Univ. of N. C., Chapel Hill, N. C. Hildreth, Dr. H. M. 10 . . . 7606 Lakeview Dr., Falls Church HiU, C. H. 4 . . . . 447 N. Braddock St., Winchester Hillsman, Overton L. 5 . . 5814 Crestwood Ave., Richmond 26 Hinkle, James L. C, 8 . . . . . . Sigma Nu House, Lexington 374 The Virginia Journal of Science [Septembei Hinton, Dr. William 10 . . . . 15 Jordan St., Lexington Hoak, James F. C, 2 . Luray Hobart, Helen W. 10 . 2710 Avenham Ave., Roanoke Hobbs, Prof. Horton H., Jr. 4 . . 517 Rugby Rd., Charlottesville Hoch, Dr. Hans 5, 2 . MCV Sta., Box 816, Richmond 19 Hoch-Liget, Dr. Cornelia 9 . 408 Park St., Charlottesville Hodge, Robert A. 11, 4 . . 63 Copeley Hill, Charlottesville —Hodges, Dr. Fred M. 9 . 100 W. Franklin St., Richmond Hodgkin, Dr. W. N. 9 . Warrenton Hoff, E. C. 9, 4, 10 . . MCV Sta., Richmond 19 * Hollins College . Hollins College HoUoway, Harry Lee. Jr. 4 . Roanoke College, Salem —Holmes, Dr. B. T. 9 . Kentucky State College, Frankfort, Ky. Holmes, Dr. E. M., Jr. 9 . City Hall Annex, Richmond Horlick, Dr. Roeben S. 10 . 3004 N. Stuart St., Arlington 7 Horowitz, Alan S. 8 . 2440 Winchester Ave., Ashland, Ky Horowitz, Charles L. 5 . 7804 Meherrin Rd., Richmond *Horsley, Dr. Guy W. 9 . 617 W. Grace St., Richmond Horton, Dr. John P. 1, 5, 7 . 2022 Stratford Rd., Richmond Hostetter, Dr. D. Ralph 4, 8 .... Eastern Mennonite College, Harrisonburg Hough, Dr. W. S. 4, 1, 8 . 523 Fairmont Ave., Winchester House, Dr. Verl L. 4 . . . 1123 Clement St. Radford Howard, Miss Marianna 4, 5 . 135 Holbrook Ave., Danville Howard, Noiman R. 7 . Box 4136, Richmond Hoxton, L. G. 2 . Physics Bldg., Univ. of Va., Charlottesville Hubbard, Robert M. 7, 5 . 311 Montebello Circle, Charlottesville Hudgins, Webster R. 5 . . Port Haywood Huf, Dr. Ernst G., 9 . . . . . MCV Sta., Richmond 19 Hughes, Dr. Roscoe D. 4, 9 . Med. College of Va., Richmond ^Humphreys, Dr. Mary E. 4 .... Box 127, Mary Baldwin College, Staunton Humphreys, Miss M. Gweneth 2 . R.M.W.C., Lynchburg Hunt, Harvey L. 5, 7. 1 . 1411 N. Shore Dr., Norfolk — Himter, J. M. 2 . Va. State College, Petersburg Hurley, John F. 10 . 333 S. Glebe Rd, Arlington Husted, Dr. Ladley 4 . Dept of Biology, Univ. of Va., Charlottesville Hyde, Dr. Austin T. 4 . Rutherford Hosp., Rutherfordton, N. C. Inkenberry, Dr. Emmert 2 . . . 310 West View St., Harrisonburg Imus, Henry A. 10 . 2828 Connecticut Ave., N. W., Apt. 913, Washington 8, D. C. Inge, Dr. Frederick D, 4 . . Hampton Institute, Hampton IngersoU, Everett H. 9 . MCV Sta., Richmond 19 Ingles, Andrew L. 4 . . . 1006-3rd St, West, Radford Irby, Richard M., Jr. 5 . . . . 712 Spottswood Rd., Richmond Irvine, Karen 9 . . . Box 3096, Univ. Sta., Charlottesville 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 375 Jackson, Eugene L. 4, 5, 9 . . 1322 W. Broad St., Richmond Jackson, Dr. H. W. 4 ........................ Sanitary Engineering Center, 4676 Columbia Parkway, Cincinnati 26, Ohio James, Dr. G. Watson, III 9 ................................ MCV Sta., Richmond James, Col. Harold C. 2, 11, 6 . . . Kable Station 32, Staunton Jannan, Dr. A. M. 6, 10 ................ 1872 Winston Ave., Charlottesville Jarman, L. W. 6 . . . 4702 Pocahontas Ave., Richmond —Jeffers, Dr. George W. 4, 11 . . . . . . . Rt. 6, Farmville Jeffreys, Dr. A. W., Jr. 10 . . Western State Hosp., Staunton Jenkins, Herschel S. 5 . . . 2101 Hickory Rd., Richmond Jennings, Dr. H. Y. 5 . . . . 128 Park Ave., Danville —Johns, Ben I. 4 . . . 611 Beverly Dr., Alexandria Johnson, Dr. E. P. 9, 4 . . Va. Agr. Exp. Sta., Blacksburg Johnson, Dr. Harry I. 7, 5, 6 . 429 High St., Salem Johnson, James A., Jr. 5 . 1123 State Office Bldg., Richmond 19 Johnson, J. H. 6, 5 . Booker T. Washington High School, Norfolk 4 Johnson, Rose Mary C 4 . . Carrolton Apts., Jefferson Park Ave., Charlottesville Jonas, Dr. Herbert 9, 4, 1 . Cancer Research Lab., Univ. of Va. Med. School, Charlottesville Jones, Arthur R. 2 . V.M.I., Lexington Jones, Dr. E. Ruffin 4 Dept, of Biology, Univ. of Florida, Gainesville, Fla. Jones, George D. 1, 4 . . . Box 448, Orange Jones, George R. 3 . Luray Jones, J. Claggett 5 . 805 Overbrook Rd., Richmond Jones, John C. 4 . . 5810 Namakagan Rd., Washington 16, D. C. Jones, Mrs. Louise L. 9 . . MCV Sta., Richmond 19 Jones, Muriel M. 3 . . . . . MCV Sta., Richmond 19 Jopson, Dr. Harry G. M. 4 . Bridgewater College, Bridgewater Judkins, Dr. W. P. 1 . . Kaye, Dr. Sidney 9, 5 . Kapp, Mary E. 5 . —Kean, Dr. Robert H. 5 . Keeble, Prof. W. H. 2 . Kehrer, Victor J., Jr. 5 . Keith, B. Ashton 8, 6 . Keller, Miss Janness C 4 .. Keller, Dean May L. 6 .... Kelly, J. J., Jr. 6 . . . Kelly, Dr. M. Mae 10 . Kent, Prof. George W. 10 Kepner, Dr. William A. 4 .. Kincaid, C. W. 4, 12 . Kindred, Dr. J. E. 9 . King, Dr. Kendall W. 3, 4 . V.P.L, Blacksburg . 404 N. 12th St., Blchmond 19 .... 901 W. Franklin St., Richmond 20 . . Box 667, Richmond . . . Box 607, Ashland . 6919 Staunton Ave., Richmond % General Delivery, Washington, D. C. . . . . . Box 144, St. Charles . Univ. of Richmond . . . . . . . Wise . Radford College, Radford . Bridgewater . 29 University Circle, Charlottesville . 605 Draper Rd., Blacksburg . Box 1873, Univ. Sta., Charlottesville . Dept, of Biology, V.P.I., Blacksburg 376 The Virginia Journal of Science ISeptember Kinnear, D. L. 6, 10 . . Blacksburg Kise, Dr. M. A. 5 . . . . . Va. Smelting Co., W. Norfolk Kizer, F. D. 11 . .....4403 Maury Ave., Norfolk 13 Knutson, Ray M. 8 . . . . . . . . Austinville Koenig, Donald F. 2 . 1101 Grove Ave., Richmond 20 Koppel, Leopold 5 . 16 West St., Fort Plain, N. Y. Kramer, Clyde Y. C, 13 . Dept, of Statistics, V.P.I., Blacksburg Kreshover, Dr. Seymour J. 9 1204-A Willow Lawn, Keswick Gardens, Richmond Kriegman, Mrs. Lois S. 10 . . . Lee Med. Bldg., Richmond Krug, Dr. Robert C. 5 . Dept, of Ghemistry, V.P.I., Blacksburg Kuhlthan, Dr. A. R. 2 . 1615 Hardwood Ave., Charlottesville Kunz, Walter B. 5, 2, 6 . Amer. Viscose Corp., Marcus Hook, Penn. Klye, Z. T. 6, 2 . Supt. of School Lib. & Text Books, State Dept, of Educ., State Office Bldg., Richmond Lacy, O. W. 10 . Trinity College, Hartford 6, Conn, Lacy, WilHam S. 6 . . Ill N. 5th St., Richmond Lambert, Dean J. Wilfred 10 College of WiUiam & Mary, Williamsburg Lancaster, Dr. Dabney L. 6, 2 . Longwood College, Farmville Lancaster, J. L. 6 . 416-17th St., N. W., Charlottesville Lane, Charles F. 8 . . . Longwood House, Farmville *Lane, E. H. 5 . . The Lane Co., Altavista Langston, Dr. F. G. 6 . Longwood College, Farmville — Larew, Dr. Gillie A. 2 . . . . . . . RMWC, Lynchburg Larson, Dr. Paul S. 5, 9 . Med College of Va., Richmond Laswell, Dr. Troy J. 8 . Davidson Park Apt. H, Lexington Lawless, Dr. Kenneth R. 5 . . . Cobb Chem. Lab., Charlottesville Lawrence, Dr. C. K. 5 . Claremont Lawrence, Lt. James D. 2 . 113 West Nelson St, Lexington Lawrence, Wilham F., Sr. 3, 4 . 1724 Matthews Terrace, Portsmouth Layman, John C. 2 . 307 Eheart St, Blacksburg Lebo, Dr. Dell 10 . 812 Park Ave., Richmond 20 Lee, Dr. Claudius 7 . . . . Box 157, Blacksburg Lee, Prof. Mary Ann 2, 12 . . . . . . Sweet Briar Leidecker, Dr. Kurt F. 6 U.S.I.S., Box B, APO 74, San Francisco, Cal. Leidheiser, Henry, Jr. 5, 2 Va. Inst. Scientific Research, 326 N. Blvd, Richmond Levin, Neal T. 5 . 6932 Ninth St, N. W., Washington 12, D. C. Levitan, Max 4 Woman’s Med. College of Penn., Philadeljphia 29, Penn. **Lewis, Dr. Ivey F. 4 . . . 1110 Rugby Rd., Charlottesville **Lewis, John B. 1 . . R.F.D. Box 36, Broadnax Lewis, Penelope B. 10 . . . Western State Hosp., Staunton Lewis, Walter H. C, 4 . . . . Blandy Experimental Farm, Boyce Likes, Dr. Carl J. 9 . 2006 Hanover Ave., Richmond Lindsay, J. R. 5 Bureau of Indus. Hygiene, State Office Bldg., Richmond 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 377 Lindzey, Dr. James S. 4 ....................... Biology Dept^ V.P.I., Blacksburg Linfieldj Dr. B. Z. 2, 12 .................... 1324 Hill Top Rd., Charlottesville —Littleton, Dr. Leonidas R, 5, 2 ............ 1611 N. Greenbrier St., Arlington Lloyd, Dr. Kenneth E. 10 Psychology Lab., Peabody Hall, Charlottesville Loh, Hung-Yu 2 . . . Box 767, Blacksburg Lombardi, 7, 12 ............ 1705 Indiana, N. E., Albequerque, New Mexico Love, E. Gilmore 10 ................ 814 Windsor Ave., S. W., Roanoke 14 Lowry, Miss Jean 8 ............................ 140 East Union St., Wytheville Lowry, W. D, 8 . . . . 206 Rose Ave., Blacksburg Lundquist, Di\ Eugene, 2 ............................................ Box 462, Hampton Lutz, Dr. Albert W. 5 Ill Nelson Dr., Williamsburg Lutz, Prof. Robert L. 5 Cobb Chem. Lab., Charlottesville Lyons, Dr. Harry 9 . . . . . . . MCV Sta., Richmond 19 Mahan, Dr. John G. 4 ........................ Lynchburg College, Lynchburg Malcom, Dr. Edward B. 10 . . . 603 Westcott St,, Falls Church **Manahan, Dr. John E. 2, 4 . . . . . Radford College, Radford Maner, Alfred W. 7 . . Va. Dept, of Highways, 1221 E. Broad St., Richmond Mankin, Douglas W. 4 . . . Herndon Manzelh, Dr. M. A. 1 . . . Mount Bella Rd., Bon Air Mapp, John A. 10, 6 . . Bristol Steel & Iron Co., Bristol Margolena, Mrs, Lubow A. 3, 4 7011 Fordham Court, College Park, Md, Markees, Dr. D. G. 5 . . . Dept, of Biology, Amherst, Mass. —Martin, Dr. Walter B. 9 ........................ 521 Wainwright Bldg., Norfolk Mason, Dr. A. Hughlett 2 . . . . . 2119 H. St, N. W. No. 101 Washington, D. C. Massey, Prof. A. B. 4, 1 ........................................ Box 95, Blacksburg Matthews, T. L., Jr. 10 ................ 8710 Brawner Drive, Rt. 13, Richmond Matthews, Dr. William P. 10 ........................ 504 Brevard St, Lynchburg Mattus, Dr. George 1 .................... Agri. Exp. Sta., V.P.I., Blacksburg Maurice, Mrs. Elmira C. 6, 4, 11 ........ 1208 W. 45th St., Richmond 24 Maurice, H. A., Jr. 4 ............................ 1208 W. 45th St, Richmond 24 McBride, John W. 10 . . . 3538 Floyd Ave., Richmond McCain, David C, 8 . . . Beta Theta Pi House, Lexington McConnell, E^gar P. C. 2, 4, 5 ............ 131 Warsaw Ave., Harrisonburg McCorkle, T. A. 5 .................................... ... Longwood College, Farmville McCracken, Prof. Robert F. 5 . . . 41 Mill Rd., Spartanburg, S. C. McDaniel, Dr. R. R. 2, 12 .................... Va. State College, Petersburg McDarment, Capt Corley, 4, 2 . . . ....Route 1, Eau Galhe, Florida McDermott, Mrs. Kate B. 2, 11 . . 331 Vernon St, Lynchburg McEwen, Dr. Nobel 10 ................................ 401 College Ave., Ashland McFeely, F. S. C 12 .... Child Research Council, Univ. of Colorado, School of Med., 4200 E. 9th Ave., Denver, Colorado McGehee, Dr. Frances 10 ............ 2615 Rivermont Avenue, Lynchburg 378 The Virginia Journal of Science [September McGill, William M. 8, 6, 7, 5 ........ Va. Geological Survey, Box 1428, Charlottesville McGuigan, F. J. 10 . . . . . Paychology Dept, HolHns College McHugh, Dr. J. L. 4 . Va. Fisheries Lab., Gloucester Point Mclnteer, Warren H. . . . . . . . . . Box 211, Quantico McIntosh, Charles A. C, 8 . 3 College Circle, Haverford, Penn McKillop, L. D. 5 . . . Box 117, Rt. 2, Glen Allen McMillan, Dr. John J. 10 . 10403 Montrose Ave., Bethesda 14, Md. McPherson, Col. W. L. 5, 6 . Box 23, Blacksburg McShane, E. J . . . 209 Maury Ave., Charlottesville ^Medical College of Virginia . Richmond Melton, Charles E. 2, 5 . 129 S. Purdue Ave., Oak Ridge, Tenn. Mengebier, Dr. W. L. 4 Dept, of Biology, Madison College, Harrisonburg Meredith, Dr. John M. 9 . . 1200 E. Broad Street, Richmond Merritt, Robert E. 4, 6 . Longwood College, Farmville Midyette, James W., Jr. 1 . Box 228, Ashland Mill, Dr. Cyril R. 10 . 407 N. 12th St., Richmond Miller, Prof. Edwin D. 4 . Box 388, Madison College, Harrisonburg Miller, G. Tyler, Pres. 6 . Madison College, Harrisonburg Miller, Irwin C 12 . Dept, of Statistics, V.P.I., Blacksburg Miller, Lawrence I. 1 . Tidewater Research Sta., Holland Miller, Robert R . 19 N. Queen St., Shippensburg, Penn Miller, Thomas S. 8 . 138-14th Ave. North, St. Petersburg, Fla. MiUer, Miss Vada C. 4, 5 . Rt. 1, Bridgewater Miller, Dr. W. Schuyler 5 . Box 202, Ashland Mitchell, Dr. Eva C. 6 . Hampton Institute, Hampton —Mitchell, Dr. S. A. 2 . Box 3466, Univ. Sta., Charlottesville Mixson, Allen R. C, 8 . 6 S. Center St., Windsor Locks, Conn. Moller, Dr. Elizabeth 10 . . . . . . Sweet Briar Monroe, Douglas E., Jr. C, 8 . 960 Edgewood Ave., Pelham 65, N. Y. Monsanto Chem. Co. B . 6429 Cottage Toll Rd., Norfolk 9 Montgomery, Mrs. Dorothy D. 2 . Hollins College Moody, W. L. 5 . 5 N. 6th St., Richmond Moomaw, Rawie P. 5, 7 . 1233 Floyd Ave., S. W. Roanoke 7 Moore, Robert C. 1 . , . Blacksburg Moore, Ross E. 8 . c/o Phillips Petroleum Co. 740 Main St., Grand Jimction, Colo. Moore, Dr. Warren 4, 1, 5 . . . . . Raphine Moore, Dr. Wayne E. 8 . . . . Box 611, Blacksburg Moreland, Dr. J. Earl 10 . Randolph-Macon College, Ashland Morgan, Dr. William J. 10 . Merrifield Morgan, Mrs. William J. 10, 6 . Merrifield Moschler, W. W. 1 . Box 195, Blacksburg Moseley, Edward C. 10 . 1607-B Mohle Drive, Austin, Texas Moseley, John M. 5 . 5703 York Rd., Richmond Mosman, Kenneth F. 10 . 4204-12th Rd., Arlington Mottley, Charles M. 12, 4 . . . 602 Woodland Terrace, Alexandria 1956] Proceedings 1955-1956 379 MuU, Dr, Helen K. 10 ..... —Mullen, Dr. James W. 2, 7 .. Muller, Mrs. Rene 8 ............ MuUin, George B. P. 1 ........ Mumford, George S., Ill 2, Murden, William P. 7 ........ Murphy, Dr. Nelson 7, 5 ... Murphy, R. S. 5 ................ Murray, Miss Frances B. 4 Murray, Dr. J. J. 4 ........... Murray, Prof.,W. A. 7, 2 .... Myster, Alonzo M. 12, 6 .... ...................................................... Sweet Briar . . . Box 1-T, Richmond 2 ............................................................ Ivy, Va. U. S. Dept, of Agri., Jefferson Natl. Forest, Roanoke 8 . . . Pegan Lane, Dover, Mass. ............................... 15 Gibson Rd., Hampton . . . Box 104, Blacksburg ........................... 502 McRae Rd., Bon Air ........... 2815 Marshall Ave., Newport News . . . 6 White St, Lexington . . . . . . . Box 2, Blacksburg . . Va. State College, Petersburg ^Nance, Mrs. W. R. 11, 6, 4 . . . . . . . . . . Axton -Negus, Dr. Sidney S. 5 . . . . MCV Sta., Richmond 19 Nelson, Dr. Charles M. 9 . . 906 W. Frankhn St, Richmond Nelson, Dr. E. CHfford 3, 9, 4 . . . MCV Sta., Richmond 19 Nelson, Prof. Wilbur A. 8 . . . Monroe Hill, Charlottesville Newcomb, Dr. Robinson 12 . . . . R. D. 1, Box 445, Vienna Newman, Lt Col. James B. 2 . 445 Institute Hill, Lexington Newman, M. D. 1 . . 1100 Skipwith Rd., Richmond ^##The Newport News Shipbuilding & Drydock Co. Newport News Julian Ney, C, 5 . . . . 3102 W. Grace St, Richmond 21 — Niemeier, B. A. 7 . . . . . . . . . Box 2-AB, Richmond Niemeyer, A. B., Jr. 5 . . . 85 Alywin Rd., Cradock, Portsmouth Nofsinger, Dr. C. D. 9 . . . . . Lewis-Gale Hosp., Roanoke Norfolk & Western Railway Co, B . . . Attm Sidney F. Small, V. P., Roanoke 17 Norment, C. Russell, Jr. 11, 5, 2 . . . . . . . Ellerson —Norris, Dean Earle B. 7, 2 . . . . . Blacksburg Nugent, T. J. 1 . . . . . . . . . Box 2160, Norfolk — Obenshain, Dr. S. S. 8 ... —Oglesby, Prof. E. J. 2 ......... Old, Mrs. James E., Jr. 11 . Olivier, Dr. Charles P. 2 .... Olsson, EHs 7 ..................... O'Meara, Eleanor W. C, 5 O'Neil, Charles T. ............. Oref, Wallace R. 8 . . Osborne, J. Scott, Jr. 5 .... O'Shaughnessy, Louis 7 ..... Osvalds, Dr. B. 2 ............. Overeash, H. B. 4 ........... . . . . . . . . . Blacksburg .......... Box 1887, Univ. Sta., Charlottesville . . . . 406 S. Main St, Norfolk 6 521 N. Wynnewood Ave., Narberth, Penn. ......... The Chesapeake Corp., West Point . . 316 Alderman Rd., Charlottesville . . . Box 711, Charlottesville 47 Hendricks Ave., Elm Grove, W. Va. . . 2404 Berwyn St, Richmond 24 . . . . . Box 93, Blacksburg ...... Box 3445, Univ. Sta., Charlottesville . . . Hampden-Sydney 380 The Virginia Journal of Science iSeptember CSit" No. 71-281-1 $45.00 Cat. No. 71-726 $10.00 Without obligation send us com¬ plete information on your Pipette Dryer. Name . . . Title . Company . Address . City . . . State . PHIPPS & BIRD FIFETTi DRYER In the laboratory this large capacity Pipette Dryer is special¬ ly recommended for thorough dry* ing pipettes of any size up to 375 mm. in length. Cylinder is mounted on vented base with specially designed heat¬ er placed in lower end of cylin¬ der, The instrument is designed to take the standard rack of 6-in. pipette washer. Rack is tak¬ en out of washer drained for about a minute and placed right into the dryer. Drying time varies according to size and load of pipettes. But this method of dry¬ ing means less handling by the technician thus the hazard of breakage is greatly reduced. The Pipette Dryer comes com¬ plete with cord and plug but without rack. The instrument operates on 115 volts AC or DC. A^UFACTURERS AND DISTRIBUTORS OF SCIENTIFIC EQUIPAAQ^T dTH & mo STRECTS IUCHA4ON0« VA. 1956] Proceedings 1956-57 381 Overton, E. F. 6 . . . . . . . . . Univ. of Richmond Owen, Dr. Benton B. 5 . Yale Univ., New Haven, Conn. Packard, Charles E. 4 . . . Randolph-Macon College, Ashland Parker, M. M. 1 . . . . Box 2160, Norfolk Parkhurst, R. T. 1 . . . . 702 Shenandoah Ave., N. W., Roanoke Parkins, John H. 5 . . . . . . . . 288 Bank St., Norfolk Parrish, Mary Jo 4 . 917 William Street, Fredericksburg Parrott, W. T. 8 . . . . . . Va. Dept, of Highways, Richmond Partlow, Benj. W. 5 . . 518 Madison College, Harrisonburg Patterson, Dr. Paul M. 4 . . . . . Hollins College Patton, James B., Jr., 6 . State Dept, of Educ., State Office Bldg., Richmond Peabody, Dr. William A. 5, 9 . 4805 Brook Rd., Richmond Peachee, Charles A., Jr. 10 . 3612 Edgewood Ave., Richmond 22 Pedersen, P. M. 5, 2, 7, 12 . 4071 Crutchfield St., Richmond 24 Pegau, A. A. 8 . . Va. Geological Smwey, Box 1428, Charlottesville Pegau, Lucy Byrd, 4 . . 1808 Winston Rd., Charlottesville Pence, Col. J. Worth 11, 6 . . . . . . Box 116, Kable Sta., Staunton Pendleton, Dr. John D. 5 . 213 Washington St., Blacksburg Perry, John L. 2 . . . . . . 2839 Oak Ave., Norfolk Pertzoff, Dr. V. A. 2 . Keelona, R.F.D., 1, Charlottesville Petterson, Olfa M. 9 . . . Box 727, MCV Sta., Richmond Pettigrew, T. P. 5 . 1015 W. 47th St., Richmond Pettus, William G. 2 . 106 N. Shamrock Rd., Charlottesville Phalen, Prof. H. R. 2 . 130 Chandler Court, Williamsburg Philip Morris & Co., Ltd., Inc. B . . Robert N. DuPuis, V. P. Research, Box 1895 Richmond Phillips, Dr. E. Lakin 10 . . . 310 Riley St., Falls Church Phillips, Mrs. Margaret C. 2 . 114 Conway Ave., Norfolk Phipps and Bird, Inc. B . . . . 303 S. 6th St., Richmond Pickral, Col. George 5 . 315 Letcher Ave., Lexington Pien, Y. K. 7 . Dept, of Applied Mechanics, V.P.I. Blacksburg Pierce, Dr. J. Stanton 5 . 813 Roseneath Rd., Richmond Pinchbeck, Raymond B. 6 . . . Univ. of Richmond Pincus, Dr. Albert 9 . . Central Natl Bank Bldg., Richmond Pitt, Lyndale A. 5, 6, 11 . 4304 New Kent Ave., Richmond Pottman, Dr. Melvin A. 2 . . College of William & Mary, Williamsburg Pitts, Prof. Frank P. 5 . Med. College of Va., Richmond Pitts, Dr. Grover C. 9 ................ Dept of Physiology, School of Med., GharlottesviUe Pond, John W. 3 . . . . . . 1711 Hanover Ave., Richmond Porter, H. G. 8 . Crewe Porter, Dr. William B. 9 . . . . Med. College of Va., Richmond Powell, W. Allan 5 . . Box 86, Univ. of Richmond ^Powers and Anderson . . . 603 E. Main St., Richmond 382 The Virginia Journal of Science [September —Pownall, L. H. 5, 7 . Amer. Viscose., Roanoke Pugh, Jean E. 4 . Norfolk Div., W. & M. -VPI, Norfolk Pulliam, Elizabeth 3 . 2815 Hawthorne Ave., Richmond Purser, William B. 12 . Box 1358, Richmond Quarles, Dr. Lawrence R. 7 Quinn, I. T. 4 . . . Thornton Hall, University of Va., Charlottesville . Box 1642, Richmond Rageot, Roger, 4 . Norfolk Museum of Art & Sciences, Norfolk Ragland, Richard S. 2 . . . . Box 685, Lexington Ramsey, M. M. 8 . 126 Observatory Ave., Charlottesville Ramsey, Robert W. 9 . MCV Sta., Richmond ^Randolph-Macon Woman’s College . Lynchburg Rappaport, Dr. Jacques 4 . Miller School of Biology, Charlottesville Rayburn, Dr. C. H. 5 . 5212 Devonshire Rd., Richmond Reams, William M. 4 . Dept, of Anatomy, Med College of Va., Richmond Reaves, Harry L. 2 . 305 Wall St., Blacksburg Reaves, Paul M. 1 . 215 Washington St., Blacksburg Reeves, John H. 4 . Dept, of Biology, VMI, Lexington Reid, Dr. J. Douglas, 3 . Univ. Heights, R.F.D. 13, Richmond Reid, Dr. L. Starling 10 .... Dept, of Psych., Peabody Hall, Charlottesville Reitz, John E. 4 . 1414 Gordon Ave., Charlottesville Remsburg, Vera Baron 4 . Box 154, South Boston *^Rennie, Bruce 1, 7, 5 . Ca. Carolina Chem. Co., 401 E. Hain St., Richmond Rennie, James G., Jr. 2 . 1202 Confederate Ave., Richmond Reubush, Henry Lee C 2, 4 . Penn Laird Reynolds, Dr. Bruce D. 4 . . . Charlottesville Reynolds, Emmett D. 1 . . . Blacksburg Reynolds Metal Co. B . . . . Richmond Rhodes, Jacob L. 2 . Roanoke, College, Salem Rhodes, Raymond C. 12 . . . Box 658, Blacksburg Rice, Dr. Nolen E. 4 . . Box 169, Univ. of Richmond Rich, Dr. C. I. 1 . . . Box 481, Blacksburg Rich, Dr. Gilbert J. 10 . 406 Allison Ave., S. W. Roanoke Richards, Walter L., Jr. 4 . 1502 Cedar Lane, Richmond Richardson, Prof. W. 2 . 401 Roanoke St., Blacksburg —Richmond Public Schools . 312 N. Ninth St., Richmond Ridley, Walter N. 10, 6 . Va. State College, Petersburg Riese, Dr. Hei*tha 10 . Rt. 2, Box 443, Glen Allen Riffenburg, Robert H. C 12 . 1005 Draper Rd., Blacksburg Riggins, Mrs. William M., Jr. 4 . Rt. 5, Waterlick Rd., Lynchburg Risley, Miss A. Marguerite 2 . Box 63, R.M.W.C., Lynchburg 1956] Proceedings 1956-57 383 — Rison, J. Waddell . . . . . 216 Southern Bank Bldg., Richmond Ritchey, Col. H. E. 5 . . . . . 213 Maiden Lane, Lexington Robb, J. Bernard, . . % A.B.C. Board, Box 1359, Richmond A. H. Robbins, Co., Inc., B . 1407 Cummings Dr., Richmond Roberts, D. B. 7, 10, 6, 2 . . . . . . Rt. 3, Box 191, Norfolk Roberts, Dr. Joseph K. 8 . Box 1471, Charlottesville Roberts, J. W. 7 . . . . Box 1-J, Richmond Robeson, Dr. F. L. 2 . . . Box 57, Blacksburg Robey, Dr. Ashley 5 . . . . . . Box 421, Salem Robinson, N. Virginia C 4, 7 . 4211 Brook Rd., Richmond Rodger, E. E. 1 . 1427 Gentry Lane, Charlottesville Rogers, D. A. 1, 5 . % Allied Chem. & Dye Coip. Morristown, N. J. Roseman, Dr. Morris 10 . . 4023 Barrington Rd., Baltimore, Md. Rosenzweig, Abraham Leon 3 . Vet. Adm. Hosp., Richmond Rowlett, Dr. Russell J., Jr. 5 . 4606 Wythe Ave., Richmond Rozsa, Dr. George 9, 5 . . 6 Lexington Ave., Buffalo 22, N. Y. Runk, Dr. B. F. D. 4 . Miller School of Biology, Univ of Va., Charlottesville Rusk, Richard W. 2 . . . Box 318, Blacksburg Russell, Miss Catherine 3 . Dept, of Micro-Biology, Univ. Med. School, Charlottesville Russell, Edgar V. 5 . V.P.I., Blacksburg Russell, Thomas S. C, 12, 5 . Dept, of Statistics, V.P.I., Blacksburg Ryman, Jacob F. 2 . . . Box 147, Blacksburg Sadler, O. P. 11 . Buckingham Central High School, Buckingham *St. Clair, Dr. Huston 9 . Tazewell Samuel, Boyd L. 5, 1 . . 1123 State Office Bldg., Richmond Sander, Lt. William C. 2 . 202 McDowell St., Lexington Sanders, H. W. 6 . Box 79, Blacksburg Sanders, Jerrell 2 . 1546 Beekeley Ave., Petersburg Sanger, Dr. Wm. T. 9, 10, 6 . Med. College of Va., Richmond Saunders, Mrs. Kirkland R. 4, 11 . 307 N. Grandy St., Richmond Savedge, Capt. C. E. 4, 5 . . Augusta Mihtary Academy, Fort Defiance Scandahas, John G. . . . . Box 754, Emmet House, Charlottesville Schaub, Richard C, 8 . 415 Jones St., Elm Grove, W. Va. —Scherer, Dr. J. H. 9 . . 820 W. Franklin St., Richmond Scherer, Dr. Philip C. 5 . . . . Box 80, Blacksburg Schneider, Dr. Joseph Z. 5 . 127 Hesketh St., Chevy Chase 15, Md. Schoenbum, Alexander W. 5, 7 . . 403 Beechwood Drive, Richmond Schuman, D. E. W. C 12, 2 . Dept, of Statistics, VPI, Blacksburg Scott, Dr. A. P. 9 . . . . Allied Arts Bldg., Lynchburg Scott, Frances Deane 10, 6 . Woodstock Apt. 12, Lynchburg Scott, Frederic R. 4, 2 . 115 Kennondale Lane, j^chmond Scott, Dr. Wm. W . . . . Dept, of Biology, V.P.I., Blacksburg ** Scott and Stringfellow . Richmond 384 TiiE Virginia Journal of Science [September Sears, C. E. Jr. 8, 7 . . . Box 522, Blacksburg Sears, Dr. D. Scott 5 . 8131 Sawmill Rd., Richmond Sharpley, J. M. 3 . . . . . 421 Avon Rd,, Memphis 17, Tenn. Shawver, M. C. 4 . Box 278, Madison College, Harrisonburg Shelburne, Tilton 7, 8 . . . Thornton Hall, Charlottesville Sheppard, Dr. L. Benjamin 9 . . 301 Med. Arts Bldg., Richmond Sheppe, Lt. Comdr. Robert L. 7 . . Highway District Office F redericksbmg Sheiwood, C. S., Ill 5, 6, 8 . . . Ill West Rd., Portsmouth Sholes, Dr. Dillard M., Jr. 5, 9 . St. Elizabeth Gen. Hosp., Ehzabethton, Tenn Shomon, Joseph F. 4, 6 . . . . . Bon Air Shorts, Clyde P. 10 . Madison College, Harrisonburg Showalter, Dr. A. M. 4, 1 . . . 310 Paul St., Harrisonburg Shuey, Dr. Audrey M. 10 . 1059 Rivermont Terrace, Lynchburg Shuffleburger, T. E., Jr. 8 . 3804 Appletree Drive, Alexandria Silas, Dr. Gordon 10 . Roanoke College, Salem Silverberg, Dr. Jacob 10 . . . 102 S. Drive, Richmond Silverman, Miss Teressa 9 . . 3325 Stuart Ave., Richmond Simpson, Dr. J. A. G. 12 . 2215 Monument Ave., Richmond Simpson, Dr. R. L., Jr. 6, 9 . Med. College of Va., Richmond Simpson, Dr. T. McN., Jr. 2 . . . . . . . . . Ashland Singleton, Dr, Ralph W. 4 . Dept, of Biology, Univ. of Va., Charlottesville Sinnott, Allen 8 . . 1604 Greenleaf Lane, Charlottesville Sites, Jack A. C 8 . . . 1301 W. King St, Martinburg, W. Va. Sitler, Miss Ida 4 . . . 137 S. Second St, Lehighton, Penn Sitterson, Miss Louise 11 . 118 Warren St, Apt 1, Norfolk Skinner, W. French 3, 9 . . State Health Dept, Richmond —Smart, Dr. Robert F. 4, 2 . . Box 108, Univ. of Richmond Smiddy, Joseph C. 4 . Box 425, Big Stone Gap Smith, Bessie S. 10 . . 26 Elm Ave., Hilton Village Smith, Dr. Burke M. 10 . 827 Kemer Ave., Salem Smith, David V. 4 . . . . . . . . . Box 735, Blacksburg —Smith, Foley F. 5, 9, 1 . . . . Box 1420, Richmond Smith, Dr. J. Doyle 5 . Med. College of Va., Richmond Smith, Dr. LeRoy 9 . 1805 Monument Ave., Richmond Smith, Miss Pat C 4 . . 298 Norma Park, Norfolk Smith, Robert L. 5 . . . 7324 Hermitage Rd., Richmond Snieszko, Dr. S. F. 3, 4 . Kearneysville, W. Va. Snoddy, Virginia C. 4, 5 . Jack Jouett Apts., Charlottesville Sohns, Dr. Ernest R. 4 . Dept, of Botany, Smithsonian Inst, Washington 25, D. C. Solomon, Dr. Sidney 9 . 3825 Howard Road, Richmond Somerville, Prof. Paul N. 12 8650 Piney Branch Rd., Silver Spring, Md. Sommerville, Dr. R. C. 10 . . . . . 307 Vernon St, Lynchburg Speer, Miss Virginia Lee 4, 3 . 5509 Alson Dr., Apt. 142-C, Norfolk 1956] Proceedings 1956-57 385 Speidel, Dr. Carl C. 9, 4 . . . . Charlottesville Sprague, Elizabeth F. 4 . . . . . . . . Sweet Briar Starling, Dr. James 4 . . . . Main St., Lexington Starr, Nicholas 8 . . . . . 4443 Seminary Rd., Alexandria Stein, Dr. Seymour S. 7 . . 634 Hendrix St., Brooklyn, N. Y. Steinhardt, R. G., Jr. 5, 2 . . 509 Preston Ave., Blacksburg Stephenson, William J. 8, 7, 4 . 7617 Ainet Lane, Bethesda, 14, Md. Stem, Dr. E. George 7 . . . . Box 361, Blacksburg Stevenson, Dr. Edward C. 2 . Box 1893, Univ. Sta., Charlottesville Stevens, Eleanor B. 11, 2, 5, 4 . Foxcroft School, Middleburg Stevens, Dr. Kenneth P. 9, 4 . . . 404 E. Nelson St, Lexington Stewart, Dr. Roberta A. 5 . Box 25, Hollins College Stipe, Dr. J. Gordon, Jr. 2 . . RMWC, Lynchburg Stivers, Dr. Russell K. 1 . . . R.F.D. 2, Cambria *Stow, Dr. Marcellus H. 8 . 405 Morningside Heights, Lexington *Strauss, Lewis L. 2, 1, 9 Room 518, 620 Fifth Ave., New York 20, N. Y. Strickland, Dr. John C. 4 . Biology Dept, Univ. of Richmond **Stmdwick, Edmund, Jr . Fine Creek Mills Strunk, Dr. DeForest L, II 10 . . Dept of Education, Peabody Hall, Charlottesville Stuart, Thomas L. 1, 12 . Box 1659, Richmond Stucklen, Dr. Hildegard 2 ................................ . . . . Sweet Briar Sturgill, Harold C, 8 . Box 233, Harmon Suter, David B. 4 . . Eastern Mennonite College, Harrisonburg —Sutton, Dr. Lee E. 9 . . 1200 E. Broad St, Richmond Sweeney, Hale C. 7, 12 . 202 Turner St, Blacksburg * Sweet Briar College . . . . . Sweet Briar Swem, Dr. Earl G. 6 . 119 Chandler Court, Williamsburg Swertferger, Dr. Floyd F. 6, 10 . Longwood College, Farmville Taylor, Henry M. 12 . . 1027 State Office Bldg., Richmond Taylor, Jackson J. 2 . . . . . Univ. of Richmond Taylor, Mrs. Mary M. 4, 12 . . . Rt 4, Appomattox Taylor, Dr. Mildred F. 2 . . Mary Baldwin College, Staunton Taylor, Dr. Raymond L. 4 . 2504 N. 11th St, Arlington 1 Taylor, Robert J. C, 12 . 1211 Edmonston Dr., Rockville, Md. Teasley, Harry N. Jr., . . . . . 2 N. Confederate Ave., Sandston Tebo, Dr. Edith J . 53 E. End Ave., Shrewsbury, N. J. Telford, S. R., Jr. C 4 . 1720 Lake Shipp Dr., Winterhaven, Fla. — Thalhimer, Morton G . 3202 Monument Ave., Richmond Thiers, Dr. Ralph 5 . 3 Boulevard Court, Revere, Mass. Thomas, Dr. Minor W. 10, 6 . Radford College, Radford Thompson, Dr. Dorothy D. 5 . Box 32, Sweet Briar —Thompson, Dr. Dudley 5, 7 . Dept, of Chem. Engineering, Univ. of Missouri, School of Mines & Metallurgy, Rolla, Mo. Thompson, Norman R. 4 Dairy Science Department, V. P. I., Blacksburg 386 The Virginia Journal of Science [September Thompson, W. A., Jr., 12 ... ^Thomsen, Dr. Lillian 4 . Thompson, Jesse C. 4 . . —Thornton, Dr. S. F. 1 . Thornton, Dr. Van V. 5 . Todd, R. G. 5 . Toone, Dr. Elam C. 9 . Trattner, Dr. Sidney, 9, 4, 3 Trout, Dr. William E., Jr. 5 Truitt, Prof. R. W. 7 . Turner, Edward F., Jr. 2 ... —Turner, Dr. J. V., Jr. 9 . Turner, Walter L., Jr. 1 . Tweedie, Prof. M. C. K. 12 *The University of Richmond . *The University of Virginia .. ..... Computing Branch, Board Nr. 4 CONARC, Fort Bliss, Texas . Mary Baldwin College, Staunton . Biology Dept., Hollins College . . . Box 479, Norfolk . Box 292, RMWC, Lynchburg . A.B.C. Board, Box 1359, Richmond . 1200 E. Broad St., Richmond . 1210 Confederate Ave., Richmond . Box 64, Univ. of Richmond Aero Engr. Dept., V.P.I., Blacksburg . 5412 Youngblood St., Falls Church . 804 Professional Bldg., Richmond . 619 Connecticut Ave., Norfolk . Statistical Lab., Dept, of Math., Univ., Manchester, England . Richmond . Charlottesville Updike, Dr. Ira A. 5 . Randolph-Macon College, Ashland Updike, Dr. O. L., Jr. 7, 5 . Thornton Hall, Univ. of Va. Charlottesville Ussery, Hugh D. 2 . Box 187, Blacksburg —Valentine, C. Braxton 5, 9 . Box 1214, Richmond Valentine, Granville G., Jr. 5, 9, 3 . Box 1214, Richmond VanAlstine, J. N. 8 . Box 33, New Castle Vanderrin, Jack 5 . Box 539, V.P.I., Blacksburg Van Engle, Willard A. 4 . Va. Fisheries Lab., Glouchester Point Vilbrandt, Dr. Frank C. 7, 5 . V.P.I., Box 126, Blacksburg Vingiello, Dr. Frank 5 . . . . 408 Roanoke, St., Blacksburg Virginia-Carolina Chem Corp., Attn. Edwin Cox 8 . . Richmond Virginia Electric & Power Co. B . Richmond *Virginia Military Institute . . Lexington V.M.I. Student Chap., VAS . . . . . . . V.M.I., Lexington ^Virginia Polytechnic Institute . Blacksburg Von Elbe, Dr. Guenther 5 . U.S. Bureau of Mines, Pittsburg, Penn. Von Gemmingen, Felix, Jr. 7, 2 . 3306 Kensington Ave., Richmond Vyssotsky, Dr. Alexander N. 2 . . Box 3453, Univ. Sta., Charlottesville Wagener, H. Dickerson, Sr. 8 . . 3415 Gloucester Rd., Richmond Wagman, William C, 10 . Box 404, Emory Univ., Georgia Walker, Dr. Paul A. 4 . Dept, of Biology, RMWC, Lynchburg Walker, R. J. 9, 1, 6 . . . 2901 West Ave., Newport News 1956] Proceedings 1956-57 387 Wallace, Donald S. 7 . Box 1338, Univ. Sta., Charlottesville Wallace, John H. 4 . 315-A St., N. E., Washington, D. C. Wallerstein, Dr. Emanuel U. 9 . Professional Bldg., Richmond Walton, Benjamin F. 6 . Supt. of Schools, Brunswick County Lawrenceville Walton, Dr. Leon J. 9 . . . 713 Shenandoah Life Bldg., Roanoke Walton, Miss Lucile 4 . . . 1116 E. Main St., Danville Walton, Miss Margaret 4 . 1116 E. Main St., Danville Ward, Henry D. 11, 2 . . . . . Rt. 14, Box 157, Richmond -Ward, L. E. Jr. 1, 7 . % N. & W. Ry. Co., Roanoke Warren, Dr. Percy H. 4 . Madison College, Harrisonburg Wartman, William B., Jr. 5 . . 1020 Horsepen Rd., Richmond Wash, Dr. A. M. 9 . Med. Arts Bldg., Richmond ^Washington and Lee Univ . % Marcellus H. Stow, Lexington Watkins, Miss Leslie V. 2, 4 . 119 Acadmey St, Salem Watkins, Peter H. 5, 3 . . . Box 76, Salem Watkins, Dr. John W. 5 . Box 75, Blacksburg Watson, Dr. William L. 1 . Box 327, Va. State College, Petersburg Wayne, Mrs. Elinor T. C, 2 .... Box 571, Madison College, Harrisonburg Weaver, J. T., Jr. C 2, 5 . Lynchburg College, Lynchburg Weaver, Col R. C . 303 Letcher Ave., Lexington Webb, L. W., Jr. 2, 7 . 5234 Edgewater Dr., Norfolk Webb, Dr. Warren 10 . . . Rt 4, Roanoke Weeks, Elie 12 . . . . Chief, Food Technology Branch, Fort Lee Weiss, Lionel 12 . Dept of Economics, Univ. of Va., Charlottesville Wells, John C. 2, 11 . . . Madison College, Harrisonburg Weishimer, Dr. H. J. 3 . . Med. College of Va., Richmond West, Warwick R., Jr. 4 . Box 597, Univ. of Richmond Westbrook, Dr. C. Hart 10 . 17 Towana Rd., Richmond Whidden, Miss Helen L. 5, 2 . RMWC, Lynchburg Whitehead, William M. 6 . Va. State School, Hampton Whittimore, Dean J. W. 6, 7 . 900 Draper Rd., Blacksburg Whybum, G. T. 2 . . 133 Bollingwood Rd., Charlottesville Wilkerson, Emery Coles 2 . 5503 Forest Hill Ave., Richmond Williams, Dr. Carrington 9 . 805 W. Franklin St, Richmond ** Williams, Lewis C. 6, 12, 10 . 1001 E. Main St, Richmond Williams, Prof. Marvin Glenn 4, 8 . Bluefield College, Bluefield Williams, Dr. Stanley B. 10 . Dept of Psychology, Wm & Mary College, Williamsburg Williams, Mrs. Stanley B. 10 . 504 Newport Ave., Williamsburg Wilson, Dr. David C . Univ. Hosp., Charlottesville Wilson, Dr. I. D. 9, 4, 1 . . V.P.I., Blacksburg Wilson, Wingate C 4 . . . . 32 Univ. Circle, Charlottesville Wiltshire, Mrs. James W., Jr. 4 . RMWC, Lynchburg Wingard, S. A. 4, 1 . Box 425, V.P.I., Blacksburg Wingo, Dr. Alfred L. 6, 5, 1, 10 . State Board of Educ., Richmond 388 The Virginia Journal of Science [September Wise, Dr. John H. 5, 2, 6 . Dept, of Chem., Washington & Lee Univ., Lexington Wolin, Burton R. 10 . . Rand Corp., Dev. Div. 1700 Main St., Santa Monica, CaHf. Wood, Dr. John Thornton 4, 9, 10 . Vet. Adm. Hosp., Roanoke Wood, Robert S. C, 8 . . . . . 308 Charmian Rd., Richmond Woodland, Dr. John T. 4 . Biology Dept. Northeastern Univ., 360 Huntington, Boston 15, Mass. Woods, Prof. Walter A. 10, 12 . Box 718, Sparta, N. J. Woodson, Bernard R., Jr. 4 . 901 Parrish St., Richmond Word, Benjamin Jr* C 4 . . Box 1842, Univ. Sta., Charlottesville Worsham, James E., Jr. 5, 2 . Chem. Dept. Univ. of Richmond Wright, Cecil S. 5 . 3131 W. Grace St., Richmond Wright, Miss E. Katharine 5 .... 203 S. Tremont Drive, Greensboro, N. G. Wright, H. E., Jr. 5 . 5500 Queensbury Rd., Richmond Yoe, Dr. J. H. 5 . Charlottesville —York, James E., Jr. 5 . . . 1006 Baywood Court, Richmond Youden, Dr. W. J. 12 Nat’l Bureau of Standards, Washington, 25, D. C. Young, Fred W., Jr. 5 . Cobb Chem. Lab., Charlottesville Young, George M. C, 8 . Phi Delta Theta House, Lexington Young, Dr. H. N. 1, . . . Blacksburg Young, Dr. Robert S. 8 . Box 3667, Univ. Sta., Charlottesville Young, Roderick W. 1 . Box 66, Blacksburg Young, Virgil H., Jr. 1 . 8501 Spaulding Drive., Richmond Zimmermann, Henry D. 5 . 2410 Lakeview Ave., Richmond Zipf, Elizabeth C, 4 . Biology Dept., Princeton, N. J. 1956] Proceedings 1956-57 389 Virginia Academy of Science APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP Full Official Name . . . . . (With Titl^ and Degree) Name as Usually Written . . . . . (With Mr., Mrs., Miss, Prof., Dr., CoL, etc.) Address . . . . (With P O. Box or Street No.) Institution . . . . . Position . . . . . Field of Interest . . . Date . Membership Classification Desired . $2.00 of Membership Dues is for a subscription to The Virginia Journal of Science for one year. FORM OF BEQUEST (To be used for immediate gifts, for inclusion in a will or for addition to a will as a codicil.) I give (or bequeath) to the VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE, Inc. the sum of . . . . . . . . . ( . ) to be applied as an addition to its present endowment fund for scientific research (or) to be appHed as an endowment for the general purpose of the organiza¬ tion. Application for membership, together with membership dues, and forms of bequest should be sent to Mr. Foley F. Smith, Box 1420, Richmond, Virginia. NOTE: It is suggested by an attorney that if such gifts are made in securities on which a substantial paper profit has accrued above the purchase price, such profit will not have to be reported for federal or state income tax purposes. 'h The Annual Subscription Rate is $3.00, and the cost of a single number, $1.00. Reprints are available only if ordered when galley proof is returned. All orders except those involving exchanges should be ad- di'essed to B. F. D. Runk, Biology Laboratory, University of Virginia, Charlottesville. The University of Virginia Library has exclusive exchange arrangements, and communications relative to exchange should be ad¬ dressed to The Librarian, Alderman Library, University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Virginia. Notice To Contributors Contributions to the Journal should be addressed to Horton H. Hobbs, Jr., Biology Laboratory, University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Virginia. If any preliminary notes have been published on the subject which is submitted to the editors, a statement to that effect must accompany the manuscript. Manuscripts must be submitted in triplicate, typewritten in double spacing on standard 81/^” X 11" paper, with at least a one inch margin on all sides. Manuscripts are limited to seven pages, with the proviso that if additional pages are desired, the author may obtain them at cost. Division of the manuscripts into subheadings must follow a consistent plan, and be held to a minimum. It is desirable that a brief summary be included in all manuscripts. Footnotes should be included in the body of the manuscript immediately following the reference, and set off by a dashed-line above and below the footnote content. Footnotes should be numbered consecutively from the beginning to the end of the manuscript. Bibliographies (Literature Cited, References, etc.) should be arranged alphabetically according to author. Each reference should include the date, full title of the article, the name of the Journal, the volume, number (optional), pages, tables and figures (if any). For example: “Sniffen, Ernest W. 1940. Cobbles from the Pleistocene Terraces of the Lower York-James Peninsula Va. Journ. Sci., 1 (8) : 235-288 1 fig., 1 tab. Reference to the bibliographic citations should not be made by numbers. Instead, using the above citations, where a reference is desired: either ‘^Sniffen (1940)", (Sniffen, 1940: 186)”, or <‘Sniffen (1940) states that . . .” Explanations of figures. Graphs, etc., should be typed on separate pages. All figures should be numbered consecutively beginning with the first text figure and continuing through the plates. If figures are to be inserted in the text this should be clearly indicated by writing "Figure — " at the appropriate place in the margin. Illustrations including lettering, should be arranged so that on reduction they will not exceed the dimensions of the maximum size of a printed page. 4-1 /2” x 6-1 /2", and so that they are well balanced on the page. The Journal will furnish the author with one plate (halftone or line reproduction) or its equivalent; additional figures, colored illustrations or lithographs may be used only if the author makes a grant covering the cost of production. Original drawings (which must be done in black drawing ink) not photographs of draw¬ ings, should accompany the manuscript. Photographs should not be used if a line and dot (stippled) drawing will suffice. If photographic prints are to be used they should be glossy, sharp and show good contrast. Drawings not neatly executed and labeled (do not use a typewriter), or which are submitted on yellow or yellowish-white paper will not be accepted. Galley Proofs and engraver’s proofs of figures are sent to the author for correction. Costs of excessive changes from the original manuscript must be defrayed by the author. OFFICERS OF THE VIRGINIA JOURNAL OF SCIENCE Edward S. Harlow, President William G. Guy, President-Elect Foley F. Smith, Secretary-Treasurer William B. Wartman, Jr., Assistant Secretary COUNCIL (Board of Trustees) Sidney S. Negus (1957) Mrs. B. G. Heatwole (1960) Byron N. Cooper (1958) A. T. Gwathmey (1957) Horton H. Hobbs, Jr. William Hinton (1959) Irving G. Foster (1958) B. F. D. Runk Thomas E. Gilmer ( 1961) Walter S. Flory ( 1959) Lynn D. Abbott, Jr.